Some items in the TriCollege Libraries Digital Collections may be under copyright. Copyright information may be available in the Rights Status field listed in this item record (below). Ultimate responsibility for assessing copyright status and for securing any necessary permission rests exclusively with the user. Please see the Reproductions and Access page for more information.
SWART H MOR E
COLLEGE
B U L L E T IN
19 9 1
-
9 2
Swarthmore
College Bulletin 1 9 9 1 -1 9 9 2
Volume L X X X IX Number 1
Catalogue Issue September 1991
D irections fo r
C orrespondence
SWARTHMORE COLLEGE, 500 COLLEGE AVENUE, SWAKTHMORE, PA 19081-1397
A lfre d H . Bloom
GENERAL COLLEGE POLICY
President
ACADEMIC POLICY
S
Lb
J a m e s W. England
Provost
R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r .
ADMISSIONS AND CATALOGUES
Dean o f Admissions
RECO RDS AND TRANSCRIPTS
.C 3
l Cl Cll~ '
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
/W
Ja n e H . M ullins
Registrar
W illiam T. Sp o ck
Vice President
La u ra Talbot
FINANCIAL AID AND
FINANCING OPTIONS INFORMATION
Director o f Financial Aid
H . TllOltiaS Fra n c is
CA REER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT
Director
ALUMNI, DEVELOPMENT, AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
H a r r y D . G o tw a lS
Vice President
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY INFORMATION
P a tric ia A . W hitm an
Equal Opportunity Officer
gen era l
INFORMATION
M a ra ly n Orbison Gillespie
Associate Vice President
Swarthmore College does not discriminate in
education or employment on the basis o f sex,
race, color, age, religion, national origin, sexu
al preference, or handicap. This policy is con
sistent with relevant governmental statutes
and regulations, including those pursuant to
Title IX o f the Federal Education Amend
ments o f 1972 and Section 5 0 4 o f the Federal
Rehabilitation A ct o f 1973. All questions or
concerns should be directed to Patricia A.
Whitman, Equal Opportunity Office, Parrish
Hall 401, (215) 328-8313.
The Swarthmore College Bulletin (ISSN
0 8 88-2126), o f which this is Volume LXXXIX, number 1, is published in September,
November, December, February, May,' and
August by Swarthmore College, 5 0 0 College
Avenue, Swarthmore, PA 19081-1397.
Second-class postage paid at Swarthmore, PA
19081 and additional mailing offices. Post
master: Send address changes to Swarthmore
College Bulletin, 5 0 0 College Avenue, Swarthmore, PA 19081-1397.
Printed in U .S.A .
Table o f C o n te n ts
CALENDAR 4
INTRODUCTION 8
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES 10
ADMISSION 18
EXPENSES 21
FINANCIAL AID 22
COLLEGE LIFE 35
IV
V
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 47
FACULTY REGULATIONS 59
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 62
AWARDS AND PRIZES 64
FELLOWSHIPS 69
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION 72
Art 73
Asian Studies 78
Biology 80
Black Studies 85
Chemistry 87
Classics 92
Computer Science 97
Economics 101
Education 106
Engineering 109
English Literature 116
German Studies 128
History 130
International Relations 140
Linguistics 142
VI
Literature 147
Mathematics 149
Medieval Studies 157
Modem Languages and Literatures 159
Music and Dance 174
Peace and Conflict Studies 182
Philosophy 184
Physical Education and Athletics 189
Physics and Astronomy 191
Political Science 198
Psychology 206
Public Policy 212
Religion 216
Sociology and Anthropology 221
Women’s Studies 228
THE CORPORATION and BOARD OF MANAGERS 233
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OFFICERS and ALUMNI COUNCIL 237
THE FACULTY 240
ADMINISTRATION 256
VISITING EXAMINERS 267
DEGREES CONFERRED 269
AWARDS AND DISTINCTIONS 273
ENROLLMENT STATISTICS 276
INDEX 277
PLAN OF COLLEGE GROUNDS 286
DIRECTIONS FOR REACHING THE COLLEGE 288
3
m
m
m
m
m
1992
M AY
1991
SEPTEMBER ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ I f
Sun Mon Tue Wed Th\i
■ | t
2
"4
1
£
:. ' , 8
10
11
12'
16
,1 ?
IS
19
13
M E
23
,'3 0
|||||f|
B lit
M i.-: Sat
6
' rt ,
13
20
27
Su n M on
14 '
21
lito
3
10
17
24
31
Tue W ed
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
-/-/ 6
13
2
14
m m
21
'2 1 S B
Tue
- Ì
8
15
22
gg|
Wed Thu F ri
' 2
3
4
9 T O - 11
16
17
18' -23, 24
25
1 30
31
Sat
5
12
»
26
-
Sun M on
1
8
7
15
14
21
22
28
29
Tue W ed
2
3
10
9
16
17
23
24
30
Sun M on
T u e W ed
NOVEMBER
mm.
13
20
27
Sat
ill
14 Ü
28
1992
JA N U A R Y
Sun Mon
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
Tue Wed Thu
1
2
7
8
9
14
15
16
21
22
23
28
29
30
Fri
3
10
17
24
31
Sat
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
7
6
13
20
27
14
21
28
2
9
16
23
3
10
17
24
Tue Wed Thu
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
2
9
16
23
30
Tue Wed Thu
3
4
5
10
11
12
17
18
19
24
25
26
31
8
15
22
29
Tue W ed
3
10
17
24
31
4
11
18
25
Sun M an
ir
3
IO
S i»
"H i
" ,/tf
24
18
25
6
13
20
27
Sat
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
Fri
6
13
20
27
Sat
7
14
21
28
5
12
19
26
Tue W ed
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
29
30
7
14
21
28
F ri
5
12
19
26
Sat
6
13
20
27
../ 'S a n M a n
1
8
s 1 4 » Ì4
21 , Ì 2
iilif
6
13
20
27
Tue Wed Thu
1
2
7
8
9
14
15
16
21
22
23
28
29
30
Sat
4
11
18
25
S u n M an
10
17
24
31
11
18
25
Thu
F ri
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
Sat
- 1
8
15
22
29
9
Tue M
2 N«
9 Iliii
16
17
"23
24
23
30
i)
8
1 4 f'XSj
//111 '-22
28
fÉ t
" Tue
W ed
3
10
16
17
23
24
30
3i
- „2
I ' 7
9
mu
-, S u n - M a n
9
16
23
30.
1
!
j
||||||
i r
18
25
Thu
3
10
17
24
Thu i l
Sat
4
5 ,'
6
1
il
12
® '1
l i l i l í! T 9 „ 2 0 '
,2 5
m
i p
|
APRIL
lillii
?
13
20
Fri
t
8
13
14
21
28
27
2
9
16
23
30
22
29
Sat '
1111
lilP !
17
24
MAY
F ri
4
11
18
25
Sat
5
12
19
26
Fri
/ m ie , W e d
2
'
" 9
16
23
,
3
10
17
4
11
,
n
18 m m m
26
25
“2 4 .
31
Sun M on
4
11
18
25
5
12
19
26
Tu e W e d
Thu
F ri
Sat
7
8
15
22
29
9
16
23
30
10
17
24
31
6
13
20
27
■I ■ w i
13
14
•20 1? 2 1
27 2 8
-S a t
-
8
m
m
'
ñ
29
■ 14
21
28
NOVEMBER
Sun M on
1
2
8
9
15
16
22
23
29
30
Tue W ed
3
4
10
11
18
17
25
24
Thu
5
12
19
26
JU N E
Su n M on
Sun M on
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
Tu e W e d T h u
1
2
3
8
9
10
15
16
17
22
23
24
29
30.
31
T u e W ed
m
6
■l 7
13
20
, ,„ .2 7
14
21
28
?
m
2
8
9
16
23
30
Ü
22
29
Thu
3
Fri
• 10
H.>.
18 ,
25
4
1?
24
Sat
7
14
21
28
JU LY
Sun M on
4
11
; -25
F ri
4
11
18
25
Sat
5
12
19
26
¡ 15
12
19
26
SB
15
Tu « W ed
ÜÜÜ?
6
13
20
-2 7
7
14
21
28
Thu
1
8
15
22
29
F ri
2
9
16
23
30
■S a t
3
10
17 24
31
W M T ém m m M É
AU G U S T
Su n M on
¡ U f i . ., 2
8
Sat Í
5
12 !
19
26
gÈÉ
§11^
F ri
6
13
20
27
9
.1 6
23
30
|T u e W e d
4
' 3
IO ■TI-;
18.
Ì7
24,
31
25
m
I
f r i - " Sat/ /
JS ii I
5
1 2 .,' 13
W
2Ò i
;
v 26
2 7 P¡
T u e W ed
5
,/4
li
12
18
19
H J itii
22
29
4
45H :
22
29
MARCH
F ri
DECEMBER
Fri
3
10
17
24
8
14
21
28
Ills
18
5
12
19
26
' 12
19
"• 2 6
F i T - S a t". Í:
1
2
OCTOBER
A P R IL
Sun Mon
I I I
6
13
20
1 FEBRUARY
Thu
4
11
18
25
, 30
Fri
Tue W ed
w m
SEPTEM B ER
Sun M on
M ARCH
Sun Mon
1
2
8
9
16
15
22
23
30
29
Sat
2
9
16
23
30
AU G U ST
Sun M on
FEBRUARY
Sun Mon
F ri
1
8
15
22
29
JU LY
DECEMBER ü
m m
7
14
21
28
JU N E
Son Mon The Wed Thu -f*rT Sat §¡¡¡1¡§:
i
2 í
3
,;4
5
6
7
,8
-9--'
12 4 3
14
16
'M
11
21
22
23,
Id illi
18 ,19 , 2 0
2 S 1 26
27
25
2 9 ' "30/
24
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu
\ & |**.
'3
4
5
10
11
12,
' m . 9
16' 17 ,1 8
m
19
12
26, '
25'' 2 4 -, 2 5
m ám
W §$m % 0 1 »
Thu
M il |
OCTOBER
- Sun- Mon
6
13
20
27
1993
JA N U A R Y
Thu
5
12
19
26
a
F ri
6
13
20
Sat
2 1 :
28
7' 1
14
n
:
College C a le n d a r
1991
Fall Sem ester
August 28 -Septem ber 1
August 30
August 31
Septem ber 2
Septem ber 27-28
O ctober 18
D ecem ber 2
D ecem ber 6 - 7
D ecem ber 4 - 10
D ecem ber 10
D ecem ber 11
D ecem ber 13
D ecem ber 13
D ecem ber 21
Freshman placement days
Meeting o f Honors students
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October holiday ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Optional reading period
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Seminars end
Final examinations begin
Final examinations end
1992
Spring Sem ester
O ctober 28
November 27
January 20
February 28-29
March 6
March 16
A pril 3 -5
A pril 27 -M ay 1
May 1
May 1 -2
May 4
May 7
May 7
May 16
May 18
May 18-19
May 21-23
May 31
June 1
June 5 - 7
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Spring vacation ends, 8 :30 a.m.
Parents Weekend
Optional reading period
Classes and Seminars end
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate
Commencement
Alumni Weekend
5
C ollege C a le n d a r
(Tentative)
1992
Fall Sem ester
August 29 - Septem ber 2
Septem ber 1
Septem ber 3
O ctober 2 - 3
O ctober 16
November 30
D ecember 4 -5
D ecem ber 11
D ecem ber 12
D ecem ber 14
D ecember 18
D ecem ber 22
Freshman placement days
Registration
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
October holiday begins, end o f last class
or seminar
October holiday ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Thanksgiving vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Thanksgiving vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Classes end
Enrollment for spring semester
Final examinations begin
Seminars end
Final examinations end
1993
Spring Sem ester
January 18
February 2 6 -2 7
M arch 5
Classes and Seminars begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Spring vacation begins, end o f last class
or seminar
Spring vacation ends, 8 :3 0 a.m.
Classes and Seminars end
Enrollment for fall semester
Written Honors examinations begin
Course examinations begin
Meeting o f the Board o f Managers
Course examinations end
Written Honors examinations end
Senior comprehensive examinations
Oral Honors examinations
Baccalaureate
Commencement
Alumni Weekend
O ctober 26
November 25
M arch 15
A pril 30
May 3
May 6
May 6
May 7 - 8
May iy
May 17
May 17- 18
May 20 -2 2
May 30
May 3 1
June 4 -6
In tro du ctio n to
S w a rth m o re College
Swarthmore College, founded in 1864 by
members o f the Religious Society o f Friends
as a coeducational institution, occupies a cam
pus o f more than 3 0 0 acres o f rolling wooded
land in and adjacent to the borough o f Swarthmore in Delaware County, Pennsylvania. It is
a small college by deliberate policy. Its present
enrollment is about 1,300 men and women
students. The borough o f Swarthmore is a
residential suburb within half an hour’s com
muting distance o f Philadelphia. College stu
dents are able to enjoy both the advantages of
a semi-rural setting and the opportunities
offered by Philadelphia. The College’s loca
tion also makes possible cooperation with
three nearby institutions, Bryn Mawr and
Haverford Colleges and the University of
Pennsylvania.
OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSES
Swarthmore students are expected to prepare
themselves for full, balanced lives as individ
uals and as responsible citizens through exact
ing intellectual study supplemented by a varied
program o f sports and other extra-curricular
activities.
institutions, each school, college, and univer
sity seeks to realize that purpose in its own
way. Each must select those tasks it can do
best. By such selection it contributes to the
diversity and richness o f educational oppor
tunity which is part o f the American heritage.
The purpose o f Swarthmore College is to
make its students more valuable human beings
and more useful members o f society. W hile it
shares this purpose with other educational
Swarthmore seeks to help its students realize
their fullest intellectual and personal potential
combined with a deep sense o f ethical and
social concern.
VARIETIES OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIENCE
Education is largely an individual matter, for
no two students are exactly alike. The Course
and External Examination (Honors) Programs
are designed to give recognition to this fact.
They provide alternative systems o f instruc
tion for students during their last two years.
Both seek to evoke the maximum effort and
development from each student, the choice o f
method being determined by individual pref
erence and capacity. The Honors Program, in
which Swarthmore pioneered, provides an
enriching and exciting intellectual experience.
It has as its main ingredients close association
with faculty members, often in small seminars,
concentrated work in various fields o f study,
and maximum latitude for the development o f
individual responsibility. W ithin the Course
Program, options for independent study and
interdisciplinary work offer opportunities for
exploration and development over a wide range
o f individual goals. These opportunities typ
ically include considerable flexibility o f pro
gram choices from semester to semester, so
that academic planning may be responsive to
the emerging needs o f students.
THE RELIGIOUS TRADITION
Swarthmore College was founded by members
o f the Religious Society o f Friends. Although
it has been nonsectarian in control since the
beginning o f the present century, and although
Friends now compose a minority o f the stu
dent body, the faculty, and the administration,
the College seeks to illuminate the lives o f its
students with the spiritual principles o f that
Society.
8
Foremost among these principles is the individ
ual’s responsibility for seeking and applying
truth, and for testing whatever truth one
believes one has found. As a way o f life,
Quakerism emphasizes hard work, simple liv
ing, and generous giving; personal integrity,
social justice, and the peaceful settlement of
disputes. The College does not seek to impose
on its students this Quaker view o f life, or any
other specific set o f convictions about the
nature o f «-king» and the duties o f human
beings. It does, however, encourage ethical and
religious concern about such matters, and
continuing examination o f any view which
may be held regarding them.
TRADITION AND CHANGE
A college draws strength from tradition, and
energy from the necessity o f change. Its pur
poses and policies must respond to new con
ditions and new demands. By being open to
change, Swarthmore tries to provide for its
students, by means appropriate to the times,
the standard o f excellence it has sought to
maintain from its founding.
9
Ed u cational R e s o u rc e s
The primary educational resources o f any
college are the quality o f its faculty and the
spirit o f the institution. Financial as well as
physical resources play an important supportive role,
THE ENDOWMENT
The educational resources at Swarthmore
College have been provided by gifts and be
quests from many alumni, foundations, cor
porations, parents and friends. In addition to
unrestricted gifts for the operating budget,
these donors have contributed funds for build
ings, equipment, collections o f art and litera
ture, and permanently endowed profes
sorships, scholarships, awards, book funds
and lectureships. Their gifts to Swarthmore
have not only provided the physical plant, but
also have created an endowment fund o f ap
proximately $ 3 4 5 ,0 0 0 ,0 0 0 at market value
on March 31,1991. Swarthmore ranks among
the top ten in the country in endowment per
student. Income from the endowment during
the academic year 1990-91 contributed ap
proximately $ 9 ,8 0 0 to meet the total expense
o f educating each student and funded about
26% o f the College’s operating budget.
The College’s ability to continue to offer a
high quality o f education depends on con
tinuing voluntary support. Swarthmore seeks
additional gifts and bequests for its current
operations, its permanent endowment, and its
capital development programs to maintain
and strengthen its resources. The Vice Presi
dent in charge o f development will be pleased
to provide information about various forms
o f gifts: bequests, outright gifts o f cash or
securities, real estate or other property, and
deferred gifts through charitable remainder
trusts and life income contracts in which the
donor reserves the right to the annual income
during his or her lifetime.
LIBRARIES
The College Library is an active participant in
the instructional and research program o f the
College. It seeks to instruct students in the
effective and efficient use o f the library, and to
encourage them to develop the habit o f selfeducation so that books and libraries may
contribute to their intellectual development
in future years. To this end the Library ac
quires and organizes books, journals, audio
visuals, and other library materials for the use
o f students and faculty. W hile the Library’s
collections are geared primarily towards under
graduate instruction, the demands o f student
and faculty research make necessary the pro
vision o f source material in quantity not
usually found in undergraduate libraries. Fur
ther needs are met through interlibrary loan
or other cooperative arrangements. The Thom
as B. and Jean ette E. L. M cC abe Library, situ
ated on the front campus, is the center o f the
College Library system housing reading and
seminar rooms, administrative offices, and
the major portion o f the College Library
collections.
10
Total College Library holdings amount to
776.000 volumes with some 20,000 volumes
added annually. About 2,3 0 0 periodical titles
are received regularly. The C ornell Library o f
Science and Engineering (completed in 1982)
houses some 6 3 ,0 0 0 volumes. The D aniel
U nderhill M usic Library contains around
16.000 books and scores, 15,000 recordings
and listening equipment. A small collection o f
relevant material is located in the Black Cul
tural Center.
Special Library Collections
The Library contains certain special collec
tions: British A m ericana, accounts o f British
travellers in the United States; the works o f
the English poets Wordsworth and Thomson
bequeathed to the Library by Edwin H. W ells;
the W. H. Auden C ollection commemorating
the English poet who taught at Swarthmore in
the mid-forties; the Bathe C ollection o f the
history o f technology donated by Greville
Bathe; the Private Press C ollection representing
the work o f over 6 0 0 presses. The A udiovisual
Collection has over 6 0 0 recordings on disc,
tape, and over 1,200 videotapes. It includes
contemporary writers reading from and dis
cussing their works; full length versions of
Shakespearean plays (both videocassettes and
discs) and other dramatic literature; the liter
ature o f earlier periods read both in modern
English and in the pronunciation o f the time;
recordings o f literary programs held at
Swarthmore, and videocassettes o f U .S. and
foreign film classics. These materials are used
as adjuncts to the study o f literature, art,
dance, and history and are housed in the
McCabe Library. Their acquisition is partially
funded with income from the W illiam Plummer
Potter Public Speaking Fund (1950) and the
Betty Dougherty Spock ’52 Memorial Fund. The
Swarthmore College Libraries together with
those o f Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges
are now linked in a fully automated Three
College library system with an online public
access catalog and with other multi-purpose
functions.
Within the McCabe Library building are two
special libraries which enrich the academic
background o f the College:
T he Friends H istorical Library, founded in 1871
by Anson Lapham, is one o f the outstanding
collections in the United States o f manu
scripts, books, pamphlets, and pictures relat
ing to the history o f the Society o f Friends.
The library is a depository for records of
Friends Meetings belonging to Baltimore, Phi
ladelphia, and other Yearly Meetings. More
than 6,OCX) record books, dating from the
1670’s until the present, have been deposited.
Additional records are available on microfilm.
The William Wade Hinshaw Index to Qjiaker
Meeting Records lists material o f genealogical
interest. Special collections include materials
on various subj ects o f Quaker concern such as
abolition, Indian rights, utopian reform, and
the history o f women’s rights. Notable among
the other holdings are the Whittier Collection
(first editions and manuscripts of John Greenleaf Whittier, the Quaker poet), the M ott
manuscripts (over 500 autographed letters of
Lucretia Mott, antislavery and women’s rights
leader), and the Hicks manuscripts (more
than 300 letters o f Elias Hicks, a prominent
Quaker minister). The library’s collection o f
books and pamphlets by and about Friends
numbers more than 39,5 0 0 volumes. About
200 Quaker periodicals are currently received.
There is also an extensive collection o f photo
graphs o f meetinghouses and pictures o f rep
resentative Friends, as well as a number o f oil
paintings, including two versions o f "The
Peaceable Kingdom” by Edward Hicks. It is
hoped that Friends and others will consider
the advantages o f giving to this library any
books and family papers which may throw
light on the history o f the Society o f Friends.
T he Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection is o f
special interest to research students seeking
the records o f the peace movement. The re
cords o f the Women’s International League
for Peace and Freedom and the personal pa
pers o f Jane Addams o f Hull-House, Chicago,
formed the original nucleus o f the Collection
(1930). Over the years other major collections
have been added including the papers o f Devere Allen, Emily Greene Balch, Julien Cor
nell, Homer Jack, Lucy Biddle Lewis, A. J.
Muste, Lawrence Scott, John Nevin Sayre,
William Sollmann, E. Raymond W ilson, and
others, as well as the records o f the American
Peace Society, A Quaker Action Group, Busi
ness Executives Move, CCCO, Fellowship o f
Reconciliation, Friends Committee on Na
tional Legislation, The Great Peace March,
Lake Mohonk Conferences on International
Arbitration, National Interreligious Service
Board for Conscientious Objectors, National
Council for Prevention o f War, National Coun
cil to Repeal the Draft, SANE, War Resisters
League, Women Strike for Peace, World Con
ference o f Religion for Peace, and many oth
ers. The Peace Collection serves as the official
repository for the archives o f many o f these
organizations, incorporated here in more than
10,000 document boxes. The Collection also
houses over 12,000 books and pamphlets and
about 2,000 periodical titles. Four hundred
periodicals are currently received from 22
countries. The comprehensive Guide to the
Swarthmore C ollege Peace C ollection, published
in 1981, and the Guide to Sources on Women in
the Swarthmore C ollege Peace Collection describe
the archival holdings.
11
Ed u c a tio n a l R e s o u rc e s
PHYSICAL FACILITIES
Laboratories, well-equipped for undergradu
ate instruction and in most cases for research,
exist in astronomy, botany, chemistry, com
puter science, engineering, physics, psycholo
gy, and zoology. The Sproul Observatory,
with its 24-inch visual refracting telescope, is
the center o f much fundamental research in
multiple star systems. A 24-inch reflecting
telescope on Papazian Hall is used for solar
and stellar spectroscopy. The Edward Martin
Biological Laboratory provides facilities for
work in zoology, botany, and premedical stud
ies. A laboratory for Interdisciplinary Re
search, created with a grant from the Howard
Hughes Medical Institute, is designated for the
conduct o f interdisciplinary scientific research
by teams o f faculty and students selected
through an internally conducted, competitive
process. The Pierre S. Du Pont Science Build
ing provides accommodations for chemistry,
mathematics, and physics. Hicks Hall contains
the engineering laboratories, several o f which
are equipped for computer-assisted and com
puter-controlled laboratory experimentation
and a solar laboratory. Papazian Hall provides
facilities for work in psychology, and for the
engineering shops.
T he List Art G allery for exhibitions is located
in the Eugene M. and Theresa Lang Performing
Arts Center.
T he Eugene M. and Theresa Lang M usic Build
ing, opened in 1973, contains an auditorium
seating approximately 500, the Daniel Under
hill Music Library, classrooms, practice and
rehearsal rooms, and an exhibition area. It is
the central facility for the program o f the
Music Department and for musical activities
at the College.
The Eugene M. and T heresa Lang Performing
Arts Center, opened in January, 1991, houses
the Pearson-H all Theatre, the largest perform
ing stage on campus, and also the Frear Ensem
ble Theatre, an experimental and instructional
studio, the Patricia Wityk Boyer Dance Studio
and a Dance Lab, and the List Art Gallery. The
Lang Performing Arts Center also houses the
offices o f the English Literature Department,
Theatre Studies program, and Dance Depart
ment, as well as seminar rooms, the theatre
design studio, and set construction shop. The
Pearson-H all T heatre has a seating capacity of
about 825 or o f over 1,000 if seats are placed
on stage. The theatre can be divided in two,
with a cinema theatre on one side o f a movable
soundproof wall and a more intimate per
forming space on the other. The building is
linked to the second floor o f the Lang Music
Building by a walk way and faces Crum Woods
over the Ann Lubin Buttenvjieser Terrace.
The Computing C enter, with offices located on
the first floor o f Beardsley Hall, provides
computing resources and support to all regis
tered students, faculty, and academic staff.
These resources include DECsystem 5000
servers running DEC (R ISC ) UNIX to be
used as Macintosh file and print servers and
for applications such as local and Internet
Mail, bulletin boards, USENET News, and
programming, statistical, and graphics pack
ages. The servers are networked together with
4 0 0 Macintoshes, a SUN Computer worksta
tion LAN, and an Apollo Computer worksta
tion LAN. Using one o f a number o f available
terminal emulation programs, users can access
any academic computer on campus from any
Macintosh connected to the network.
Apple Macintosh computers are widely used
for word processing as well as for data man
agement, BASIC programming, desktop pub
lishing, and creating graphics and spread
sheets. Software for use on Macintoshes can
be purchased in the Computer Store, located
in Beardsley Hall. Macintosh and terminal
clusters are maintained in Beardsley, Du Pont,
and Trotter Halls, the Sproul Observatory,
and in McCabe and Cornell Libraries. Student
Consultants are available in the Beardsley
public area throughout most o f the day and
night, seven days a week, to assist student
users. Terminals or Macintoshes have also
been placed in virtually all academic and ad
ministrative departments.
Additional resources for academic computing
include: a network o f Macintosh IIs and DECStation 3100s and 5000s in the Astronomy,
Chemistry, and Physics Departments; a cluster
o f Apollo graphics workstations housed in
the Engineering Department; a network o f
SUN workstations and numerous software
development tools (e.g., the UNIX operating
system and languages such as C, Clu, Fortran
77, LISP, Pascal, and Prolog) available in the
Computer Science Laboratory in Sproul O b
servatory; a classroom on the second floor of
Beardsley containing five Macintosh Ilfxs and
a CD-rom, used for a growing number o f
courses; and state-of-the-art hardware and
software devoted to computer graphics. A
Prime 9950, running an integrated relational
database, is used for the College’s administra
tive data-management needs.
The Center for Social and Policy Studies in
Trotter Hall serves as a laboratory for the
social sciences. The Center has a social science
data archive available for empirical research
on social and policy issues, and it provides
statistical consulting for faculty and students.
The Center also supports the concentration in
Public Policy through its physical facilities,
data archives and program o f events.
The Language Laboratory in Martin Hall was
newly installed in 1982. It provides stations
for 27 students and has equipment for both
audio and video instruction.
SPECIAL FUNDS AND LECTURESHIPS
The W illiam }. C ooper Foundation provides a
varied program o f lectures and concerts which
enriches the academic work o f the College.
The Foundation was established by William J.
Cooper, a devoted friend o f the College,
whose wife, Emma Mcllvain Cooper, served
as a member o f the Board o f Managers from
1882 to 1923. Mr. Cooper bequeathed to the
College the sum o f $100,000 and provided
that the income should be used "in bringing
to the college from time to time eminent
citizens o f this and other countries who are
leaders in statesmanship, education, the arts,
sciences, learned professions and business, in
order that the faculty, students and the college
community may be broadened by a closer
acquaintance with matters o f world interest.”
Admission to all programs is without charge.
The Cooper Foundation Committee works
with the departments and with student organi
zations in arranging single lectures and con
certs, and also in bringing to the College
speakers o f note who remain in residence for
a long enough period to enter into the life of
the community. Some o f these speakers have
been invited with the understanding that their
lectures should be published under the aus
pices o f the Foundation. This arrangement has
so far produced eighteen volumes.
T he Promise Fund, established anonymously
by an alumnus on the occasion o f his gradu
ation, is administered by the Cooper Founda
tion Committee. Income fom the Promise
Fund brings guest speakers and performers in
music, film, dance, and theatre who show
promise o f distinguished achievement.
The W illiam l. Hull Fund was established in
1958 by Mrs. Hannah Clothier Hull, Class o f
1891, in memory o f her late husband. Dr. Hull
was Professor o f History and International
Law at Swarthmore College for 4 8 years. The
Fund enables the College to bring a noted
lecturer on peace to the campus each year in
memory o f Dr. and Mrs. Hull who were peace
activists.
T he Scott Arboretum. About three hundred
twenty-five acres are contained in the College
property, including a large tract o f woodland
and the valley o f Crum Creek. Much o f this
tract has been developed as a horticultural and
botanical collection o f trees, shrubs, and her
baceous plants through the provisions o f the
Scott Arboretum, established in 1929 by Mrs.
Arthur Hoyt Scott and Owen and Margaret
Moon as a memorial to Arthur Hoyt Scott of
the Class o f 1895. The plant collections are
designed both to afford examples o f the better
kinds o f trees and shrubs which are hardy in
the climate o f Eastern Pennsylvania and suit
able for planting by the average gardener, and
to beautify the campus. All collections are
labeled and recorded. There are exceptionally
fine displays o f hollies, Japanese cherries,
flowering crabapples, magnolias, and tree peo
nies, and a great variety o f lilacs, rhodo
dendrons, azaleas, and daffodils. Choice spec
imens from the collections are displayed in
several specialty gardens including The Terry
Shane Teaching Garden, The Theresa Lang
Garden o f Fragrance, and the Dean Bond Rose
Garden. Many interested donors have con
tributed generously to the collections.
13
Ed u c a tio n a l R e s o u rc e s
The Arboretum conducts applied research on
ornamental plants, and serves as a test site for
three plant evaluation programs: the Gold
Medal Award o f Garden Merit through the
Pennsylvania Horticultural Society and the
Plant Introduction scheme o f the University
o f British Columbia Botanic Garden and the
National Crabapple Evaluation Program.
The Arboretum offers horticultural educa
tional programs to the general public and an
extracurricular course in horticulture to
Swarthmore students. These workshops, lec
tures, and classes are designed to cover many
facets o f the science/art called gardening.
Tours are conducted throughout the year for
college people and interested public groups.
Aiding the Arboretum’s staff, in all o f its
efforts, are the "Associates o f the Scott Arbo
retum.” This organization provides not only
financial support but also assistance in carry
ing out the myriad operations which make up
the Arboretum’s total program, such as plant
propagation, public lectures, and bus tours to
other gardens. The Arboretum’s newsletter,
H ybrid, serves to publicize their activities and
provides up-to-date information on seasonal
gardening topics. Maps for self-guided tours
and brochures o f the Arboretum’s plant col
lections are available at the Scott Offices
(215) 3 2 8 -8 0 2 5 , located in the Cunningham
House.
T he Barnard Fund was established in 1964 by
two graduates o f the College, Mr. and Mrs.
Boyd T. Barnard o f Rosemont, Pennsylvania.
The fund has been augmented by the 50-year
class gifts from the classes o f 1917 and 1919,
and other friends. The income from the fund
may be used for any activity that contributes
to the advancement o f music at the College. It
has been used, for example, for concerts on
the campus, for the purchase o f vocal and
orchestral scores and other musical literature,
and to provide scholarships for students in the
Department o f Music who show unusual
promise as instrumentalists or vocalists.
T he Gene D. O verstreet Memorial Fund, given
by friends in memory o f Gene D. Overstreet
(1924-1965), a member o f the Political Sci
ence Department, 1957-1964, provides in
come to bring a visiting expert to the campus
to discuss problems o f developing or modemizing nations and cultures.
^
T he Benjamin W est Lecture, made possible by
gifts from members o f the class o f 1905 and
other friends o f the College, is given annually
on some phase o f art. It is the outgrowth o f the
Benjamin West Society which built up a col
lection o f paintings, drawings, and prints,
which are exhibited, as space permits, in the
college buildings. The lecture owes its name to
the American artist, who was bom in a house
which stands on the campus and who became
president o f the Royal Academy.
T he Swarthmore C hapter o f Sigma X i lecture
series brings eminent scientists to the campus
under its auspices throughout the year. Local
members present colloquia on their own re
search.
T he L ee Frank M em orial A rt Fund, endowed by
the family and friends o f Lee Frank, Class o f
1921, sponsors each year a special event in the
A rt Department: a visiting lecturer or artist, a
scholar or artist in residence, or a special
exhibit.
The M arjorie H eilm an Visiting Artist Fund was
established by M. Grant Heilman, Class o f
1941, in memory o f Marjorie Heilman to
stimulate interest in art, particularly the prac
tice o f art, on campus.
J
14
E n d o w e d C h a irs
The Edmund A llen Professorship o f Chemistry
was established in 1938 by a trust set up by his
daughter Laura Allen, friend o f the college
and niece o f Manager Rachel Hillborn.
T he Franklin E. and Betty Barr C hair in Econom
ics was established in 1989 as a memorial to
Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’4 8 by his wife, Betty
Barr.
T he A lbert L . and Edna Pownall Buffington
Professorship was established by a bequest from
Albert Buffington, Class o f 1896, in 1964, in
honor o f his wife, Edna Pownall Buffington,
Class o f 1898.
i
T
1
Centennial Chairs. Three professorships, un
restricted as to field, were created in 1964 in
honor o f Swarthmore’s Centennial from funds
raised during the Centennial Fund Campaign.
T he Isaac H. C lothier Professorship o f History
and International R elations was created in 1888
by Isaac H. Clothier, member o f the Board o f
Managers. Originally in the field o f Civil and
Mechanical Engineering, he later approved its
being a chair in Latin, and in 1912 he approved
its present designation.
The Isaac H. C lothier, Jr., Professorship o f Bi
ology was established by Isaac H. Clothier, Jr.
as a tribute o f gratitude and esteem for Dr.
Spencer Trotter, Professor o f Biology, 18881926.
The M orris L. C lothier Professorship o f Physics
was established by Morris L. Clothier, Class
o f 1890, in 1905.
T he Julien and V irginia Cornell Visiting Profes
sorship was endowed by Julien Cornell ’30,
member, and Virginia Stratton Cornell ’30,
former member o f the Board o f Managers, to
bring professors and lecturers from other
nations and cultures for a semester or a year.
Since 1962, from every comer o f the world,
Cornell professors and their families have
resided on the campus so that they might
deepen the perspective o f both students and
faculty.
{
The A lexander Griswold Cummins Professorship
o f English Literature was established in 1911 in
honor o f Alexander Griswold Cummins,
Class o f 1889, by Morris L. Clothier, Class o f
1890.
The H oward N. and A da J. Eavenson Professor
ship in Engineering was established in 1959 by
a trust bequest o f Mrs. Eavenson, whose
husband graduated in 1895.
The W illiam L. and M arjorie C . Huganir C hair
was created in 1990 by William L. Huganir
’42. It is to be held by the College Librarian.
The H oward M. and C harles F. Jenkins Profes
sorship o f Q uaker History and Research was
endowed in 1924 by Charles F. Jenkins, Hon.
’26 and member of the Board o f Managers, on
behalf o f the family o f Howard M. Jenkins,
member of the Board o f Managers, to increase
the usefulness o f the Friends Historical Library
and to stimulate interest in American and
Colonial history with special reference to
Pennsylvania. The fund was added to over the
years through the efforts o f the Jenkins family,
and by a 1976 bequest from C. Marshall
Taylor ’04.
T he W illiam R. Kenan, Jr. Professorship was
established in 1973 by a grant from the W il
liam R. Kenan, Jr. Charitable Trust to "sup
port and encourage a scholar-teacher whose
enthusiasm for learning, commitment to teach
ing and sincere personal interest in students
will enhance the learning process and make an
effective contribution to the undergraduate
community.”
The Eugene M. Lang Research Professorship,
established in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
member o f the Board o f Managers, normally
rotates every four years among members o f
the Swarthmore faculty and includes one year
devoted entirely to research, study, enrich
ment or writing. It carries an annual discre
tionary grant for research expenses, books
and materials.
T he Eugene M. Lang Visiting Professorship,
endowed in 1981 by Eugene M. Lang ’38,
brings to Swarthmore College for a period o f
one semester to three years an outstanding
social scientist or other suitably qualified
person who has achieved prominence and
special recognition in the area o f social change.
The Susan W. Lippincott Professorship o f French
was endowed in 1911 through a bequest from
Susan W. Lippincott, member o f the Board of
Managers, a contribution from her niece Caro
line Lippincott, Class o f 1881, and gifts by
other family members.
15
E n d o w e d C h a irs
The Edward H icks Magill Professorship o f M athe
m atics and Astronomy was created in 1888
largely by contributions o f interested friends
o f Edward H. Magill, President o f the College
1872-1889, and a bequest from John M.
George.
T he C harles and H arriet Cox M cDowell Profes
sorship o f Philosophy and Religion was estab
lished in 1952 by Harriet Cox McDowell,
Class o f 1887 and member o f the Board o f
Managers, in her name and that o f her hus
band, Dr. Charles McDowell, Class o f 1877.
T he G il and Frank Mustin Professorship was
established by Gilbert B. Mustin ’42 and
Frank H. Mustin ’4 4 in 1990. It is unrestricted
as to field.
The R ichter Professorship o f P olitical Science was
established in 1962 by a bequest from Max
Richter at the suggestion o f his friend and
attorney, Charles Segal, father o f Robert L.
Segal ’4 6 and Andrew Segal ’50.
The Scheuer Fam ily C hair o f H um anities was
created in 1987 through the gifts o f James H.
Scheuer ’46, Walter and Marge Pearlman
Scheuer ’48, and their children, Laura Lee
’73, Elizabeth Helen ’75, Jeffrey ’75, and
Susan ’78 and joined by a challenge grant from
The National Endowment for the Humanities.
16
The Henry C . and J. A rcher Turner Professorship
o f Engineering was established with their con
tributions and gifts from members o f the
Turner family in 1946 in recognition o f the
devoted service and wise counsel o f Henry C.
Turner, Class o f 1893 and member o f the
Board o f Managers, and his brother J. Archer
Turner, Class o f 1905 and member o f the
Board o f Managers.
T he D aniel U nderhill Professorship o f M usic was
established in 1976 by a bequest from Bertha
Underhill to honor her husband, Class o f
1894 and member o f the Board o f Managers.
T he M arian Snyder W are Professorship o f Physi
cal Education and A thletics was established by
Marian Snyder Ware ’3 8 in 1990. It is to be
held by the Chair o f the Department o f Physi
cal Education and Athletics.
The Joseph W harton Professorship o f Political
Economy was endowed by a trust given to the
College in 1888 by Joseph Wharton, President
o f the Board o f Managers.
T he Isaiah V. W illiam son Professorship o f C ivil
and M echanical Engineering was endowed in
1888 by a gift from Isaiah V. Williamson.
A d m is s io n
Inquiries concerning admission and applications should be addressed to the Dean o f Ad-
missions, Swarthmore College, 500 College
Ave., Swarthmore, Pennsylvania 19081'1397.
GENERAL STATEMENT
In the selection o f students, the College seeks
those qualities o f character, social response
bility, and intellectual capacity which it is
primarily concerned to develop. It seeks them,
not in isolation, but as essential elements in
the whole personality o f candidates for admis
sion.
Selection is important and difficult. No simple
formula will be effective. The task is to choose
those who give promise o f distinction in the
quality o f their personal lives, in service to the
community, or in leadership in their chosen
fields. Swarthmore College must choose its
students on the basis o f their individual future
worth to society and o f their collective realiz
ation o f the purpose o f the College.
It is the policy o f the College to have the
student body represent not only different
parts o f the United States but many foreign
countries, both public and private secondary
schools, and various economic, social, reli
gious, and racial groups. The College is also
concerned to include in each class sons and
daughters o f alumni and o f members o f the
Society o f Friends.
Admission to the freshman class is normally
based upon the satisfactory completion o f a
four-year secondary school program. Under
some circumstances, students who have virtu
ally completed the normal four-year program
in three years will be considered for admis
sion, provided they meet the competition o f
other candidates in general maturity as well as
readiness for a rigorous academic program.
All applicants are selected on the following
evidence:
1. Record in secondary school.
2. Recommendations from the school princi
pal, headmaster, or guidance counselor,
and from two teachers.
3. Scores in the Scholastic Aptitude Test and
in three Achievement Tests o f the College
Entrance Examination Board.
4. A brief essay (subject specified).
5. Reading and experience, both in school
and out.
Applicants must have satisfactory standing in
school, in aptitude and achievement tests, and
strong intellectual interests. Other factors o f
interest to the College include strength o f
character, promise o f growth, initiative, seri
ousness o f purpose, distinction in personal
and extra-curricular interests, and a sense o f
social responsibility. The College values the
diversity which varied interests and back
grounds can bring to the community.
PREPARATION
Swarthmore does not require a set plan o f
secondary school courses as preparation for
its program. The election o f specific subjects
is left to the student and school advisers. In
general, however, preparation should include:
1. Accurate and effective use o f the English
language in reading, writing, and speaking.
2. Comprehension and application o f the
principles o f mathematics.
3. The strongest possible command o f one or
two foreign languages. The College en-
courages students to study at least one
language for four years, if possible.
4. Substantial course work in (a) history and
social studies, (b) literature, art, and music,
(c) the sciences. Variations o f choice and
emphasis are acceptable although some
work in each o f the three groups is recom
mended.
Those planning to major in engineering should
present work in chemistry, physics, and four
years o f mathematics including algebra, geome
try, and trigonometry.
I
APPLICATIONS AND EXAMINATIONS
Application to the College may be submitted
through one o f three plans: Regular Admis
sion, Fall Early Decision, or W inter Early
Decision. Applicants follow the same proce
dures, submit the same supporting materials,
and are evaluated by the same criteria under
each plan.
1
I
The Regular Admission plan is designed for
those candidates who wish to keep open sev
eral different options for their undergraduate
education throughout the admissions process.
Applications under this plan will be accepted
at any time up to the February 1 deadline.
The two Early D ecision plans are designed for
candidates who have thoroughly and thought
fully investigated Swarthmore and other col
leges and found Swarthmore to be an un
equivocal first choice. The Winter Early
Decision plan differs from the Fall Early
Decision plan only in recognizing that some
candidates may arrive at a final choice o f
college later than others. Early Decision can
didates under either plan may file regular
applications at other colleges with the under
standing that these applications will be with
drawn upon admission to Swarthmore; how
ever, one benefit o f the Early Decision plans
is the reduction o f cost, effort, and anxiety
inherent in multiple application procedures.
Application under any o f the three plans must
be accompanied by a non-refundable applica
tion fee o f $45. Timetables for the three plans
are:
)
Fall Early Decision
Closing date for applications
November 15
Notification o f candidate
on or before
December 15
W inter Early Decision
Closing date for applications
Notification o f candidate
January 1
on or before
February 1
Regular Adm ission
Closing date for applications
Notification o f candidate
Candidates reply date
February 1
on or before
April 15
May 1
Any Early Decision candidate not accepted
through either the Fall or Winter will be
reconsidered without prejudice among the
Regular Admission candidates.
All applicants for first-year admission must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test and three
Achievement Tests given by the College En
trance Examination Board. English Composi
tion is required, and the other two Achieve
ment Tests should be selected from two
different fields. Applicants for Engineering
must take one Achievement Test in Mathe
matics.
Application to take these tests should be
made directly to the College Entrance Exami
nation Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey
08540. A bulletin o f information may be
obtained without charge from the Board. Stu
dents who wish to be examined in any o f the
following western states, provinces, and Pa
cific areas— Alaska, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Wyoming, Alberta, British Columbia, Mani
toba, Saskatchewan, Mexico, Australia, and
all Pacific Islands including Formosa and Japan
—should address their inquiries and send
their applications to the College Entrance
Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley, Cali
fornia 94701. Application should be made to
the Board at least a month before the date on
which the test will be taken.
No additional tests are required o f candidates
for scholarships. All applicants who would
like to be considered for any o f our scholar
ships should complete their applications at
the earliest possible date. Information con
cerning financial aid will be found on pages
2 2 -3 3 .
i
19
THE INTERVIEW
An admissions interview with a representative
o f the College is a recommended part o f the
application process. Applicants should take
the initiative in arranging for this interview.
Those who can reach Swarthmore with no
more than a half day’s trip are urged to make
an appointment to visit the College for this
purpose.* Other applicants should request a
meeting with an alumni representative in their
own area. Interviews with alumni representatives take longer to arrange than interviews on
campus. Applicants must make alumni inter
view arrangements well in advance o f the final
dates for receipt o f supporting materials.
Arrangements for on-campus or alumni inter
views can be made by writing the Office o f
Admissions or calling 215-328-8300.
|
|
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
Freshmen may apply for advanced standing or
placement in particular courses if they have
taken college level courses and the Advanced
Placement Tests o f the College Entrance Ex
amination Board. Decisions are made by the
departments concerned. Every effort is made
to place students in the most advanced courses
for which they are qualified.
Those freshmen who wish to have courses
taken at another college considered for either
advanced placement or credit must provide an
official transcript from the institution at
tended as well as written work (papers, exami
nations), syllabi, and reading lists in order
that the course work may be evaluated by the
department concerned. Such requests for
credit must be made within the freshman year
at Swarthmore. Departments may set addi
tional requirements. For instance, students
may be required to take a placement examina
tion at Swarthmore to validate their previous
work.
f
APPLICATIONS FOR TRANSFER
The College welcomes well-qualified transfer
students. Applicants for transfer must have
had a good academic record in the institution
attended and must present full credentials for
both college and preparatory work, including
a statement o f honorable dismissal. They must
take the Scholastic Aptitude Test given by the
College Entrance Examination Board if this
test has not been taken previously.
Four semesters o f study at Swarthmore Col
lege constitute the minimum requirement for
a degree, two o f which must be those o f the
senior year. Applications for transfer must be
filed by April 15 o f the year in which entrance
is desired. Decisions on these applications are
announced by June 1. Application for transfer
at mid-year must be received by November
15. Financial assistance is available for transfer
students.
I
4
f
See page 37 for information on withdrawal and readmission for health reasons.
* Directions for reaching the College can be
found inside the back cover o f this catalogue.
20
1
Ex p e n s e s
STUDENT CHARGES
Total charges for the 1991-92 academic year
(two semesters) are as follows:
Tuition
Room
Board
Student Activities Fee
$16,465
2,7 6 0
2,7 6 0
________ 175
$22,160
These are the only charges billed by the Col
lege. Students and their parents, however,
should plan for expenditures associated with
books, travel, and other personal items.
Students engaged in independent projects
away from the College for which regular
academic credit is anticipated are expected to
register in advance in the usual way and pay
normal tuition. If the student is away from the
College for a full semester, no charge for
room and board will be made; but, if a student
is away only for a part o f a semester the above
charges may be made on a pro rata basis.
The regular College tuition covers the normal
program o f four courses per term as well as
variations o f as many as five courses or as few
as three courses. Students who elect to carry
more than five courses incur a unit charge for
the additional course ($ 2 ,0 5 0 ) or half course
($1,025), although they may within the regu
lar tuition vary their programs to average as
many as five courses in the two semesters of
any academic year. College policy does not
permit programs o f fewer than three courses
for degree candidates in their first eight semes
ters o f enrollment.
PAYMENT POLICY
A deposit o f $100, due before enrollment for
each semester, is required o f all new and
continuing students. This is credited against
the College bill. Semester bills are mailed on
July 12 and December 13. Payment for the
first semester is due by August 6 and for the
second semester by January 7. A one percent
late fee will be assessed on payments received
after the due date.
Many parents have indicated a preference to
pay college charges on a monthly basis rather
than in two installments. For this reason,
Swarthmore offers the AMS Budget Plan,
which provides for payment in installments
without interest charges. Information on the
AMS Budget Plan is mailed to all parents in
April.
WITHDRAWAL POLICY
Total charges will be reduced for students
who, for reasons approved by the Dean, with
draw on or after the first day o f classes.
Tuition, fees, and room charges will be re
duced as follows:
Prior to the 2nd week o f classes
Prior to the 3rd week o f classes
Prior to the 4th week o f classes
Prior to the 5th week o f classes
None thereafter.
80%
60%
40%
20%
An insurance policy is offered by Dewar, Inc.,
which can be purchased to cover the balance
o f the entire semester comprehensive fee in
case o f accident or illness. Information on the
Dewar Tuition Refund Plan is mailed to par
ents in July.
Board charges will be reduced by $ 5 0 for each
week the student is absent from the dining
room.
No refund o f the $100 deposit is made in the
event o f withdrawal.
INQUIRIES
All correspondence regarding payment o f
student charges should be addressed to:
Monique Constantino, Bursar,
215/ 328-8394
Fin a n cial A id
The College strives to make it possible for all
students who are admitted to attend Swarthmore, regardless o f their financial circum
stances, and to enable them to complete their
education when financial reversals take place.
Forty-nine percent o f the total student body
currendy receives aid from the College. Most
financial aid awarded by the College is based
upon demonstrated financial need and is usu
ally a combination o f scholarship, loan, and
student employment. The College is commit
ted to meeting all demonstrated financial need.
A prospective student must apply for College
as well as outside assistance at the time o f
application for admission: admission and fi
nancial aid decisions are, however, made sep
arately. Instructions for obtaining and filing
an application are included in the admissions
application. Financial assistance will be of
fered if family resources are not sufficient to
meet College costs. The amount a family is
expected to contribute is determined by
weighing the family’s income and assets against
such demands as taxes, living expenses, med
ical expenses, and siblings’ tuition expenses.
It also includes the expectation o f $ 1 ,0 5 0 $1,300 from the student’s summer earnings as
well as a portion o f his or her personal savings
and assets.
For 1991-92 the College bill, which includes
tuition, room and board, a comprehensive fee
and the health insurance fee, will be $22,160.
This comprehensive fee covers not only the
usual student services—health, library, labo
ratory fees, for example— but admission to all
social, cultural, and athletic events on campus.
The total budget figure against which aid is
computed is $ 2 3,650. This allows $1,490 for
books and personal expenses. A travel allow
ance is added to the budget for those who live
beyond 100 miles from the College.
In keeping with the policy o f basing financial
aid upon need, the College reviews each student’s award annually. Mid-year each student
who has aid must submit a new financial aid
application for the next academic year. A
student’s aid is not withdrawn unless need is
no longer demonstrated. Assistance is avail
able only for the duration o f a normal-length
undergraduate program (8 semesters) and
while a student makes satisfactory academic
progress. These limitations are applied in our
consideration o f a sibling’s educational expenses also. Students who choose to live o ff
campus may not receive College assistance in
excess o f their College bill, although the cost
o f living o ff campus will be recognized in the
calculation o f a student’s financial need and
outside sources o f aid may be used to help
meet off-campus living costs.
Students who have not previously received
financial aid may apply if special circumstan
ces have arisen. A student who marries may
continue to apply for aid, but a contribution
from the parents is expected equal to the
contribution made were the student single.
The College has reaffirmed its need-blind ad
mission policy and the related practice o f
meeting the demonstrated financial need o f all
admitted or enrolled students by action o f our
Board. Eligibility for federal aid funds is now
limited to those who are able to complete and
submit to us the Statement o f Registration
Compliance. Additional funds have been
made available for those who are unable to
accept need-based federal aid because they
have not registered with the Selective Service.
Aid for foreign citizens is limited and can be
requested during the admission process only.
A special brochure has been prepared to
advise families o f the various sources o f aid,
as well as a variety o f financing options. Please
request a copy.
SCHOLARSHIPS
For the academic year 1991-92 the College
awarded more than $6 million in grants.
About one half o f that sum was provided
through the generosity o f alumni and friends
by special gifts and the endowed scholarships
listed on pp. 2 3 -3 3 . The Federal government
22
also makes Pell Grants and Supplemental Ed
ucational Opportunity Grants available. It is
not necessary to apply for a specific College
scholarship; the College decides who is to
receive endowed scholarships and others are
helped from general scholarship funds. Al-
j
1
V
T
i
^
V
1
though some endowed scholarships are res
tricted by locality, sex, religion or physical
vigor, the College’s system o f awarding aid
makes it possible to meet need without regard
to these restrictions. Financial need is a require
ment for a ll scholarships unless otherwise indi
cated.
LOAN FUNDS
Long-term, low-interest loan funds with gen
erous repayment terms combine with Swarthmore’s program o f grants to enable the College
to meet the needs o f each student. Although
most offers o f support from the College in
clude elements o f self-help (work and bor
rowing opportunities), the College strives to
keep a student’s debt at a manageable level.
Aided students will be expected to meet a
portion o f their demonstrated need (from
$1,000 to about $ 2 ,7 8 0 ) through the Perkins
Loan (formerly NDSL), the Swarthmore Col
lege Loan (SC L), or the Stafford Loan (for
merly GSL) Programs (the College will deter
mine which source is appropriate for the
student). Each o f these programs allows the
borrower to delay repayment until after leav
ing school, and each allows deferment o f the
debt if the borrower goes on to graduate
school. Up to 10 years may be taken to repay
Perkins, SCL, or Stafford Loans. No separate
application is needed for the Perkins or SCL
loans since the College administers these
funds. Stafford Loan applications must be
initiated by the student with the lender, the
student’s local bank. Interest on these loans
does not accrue for an enrolled student al
though interest does accrue on the unpaid
balance once the student is no longer in
school.
Students whose families do not receive College
support may wish to borrow to help meet
College expenses. The PLUS and SHARE
Loan programs are available for this purpose.
Eligible parents may borrow up to $ 4 ,0 0 0 per
year through the PLUS Loan Program. Al
though a 10-year repayment schedule is pos
sible for the PLUS Loan, repayment must
begin soon after the lender (the student’s local
bank) disburses the funds. The PLUS Loan
currently carries a 9.3% interest rate.
The SHARE Loan offers up to $ 2 0 ,0 0 0 per
child each year to credit-worthy parents.
Students who would like more information
about these loan programs should read our
Financial Aid Brochure.
The College also maintains special loan funds
which are listed below:
The C lass o f ig i6 Loan Fund
T he C lass o f 1920 Loan Fund
The C lass o f 1936 Loan Fund
T he C lass o f 1937 Loan Fund
T he Jay and Sandra Levine Loan Fund
T he John A . M iller Loan Fund
The Paul M. Pearson Loan Fund
The Thatcher Family Loan Fund
T he Ellis D. W illiam s Fund
The Swarthmore C ollege Student Loan Fund
The Joseph W. Conard M em orial Fund, estab
lished by friends o f the late Professor Conard,
provides short-term loans without interest to
meet student emergencies. Income earned by
T he A lphonse N. Bertrand Fund is also available
for this purpose.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT
Student employment on the Swarthmore cam
pus is handled by the Student Employment
Office, which is under student direction. Jobs
are available in such areas as the dining hall,
library, departmental offices, and the post
office, and placements can be arranged when
students arrive in the fall. On-campus rates o f
pay non from $4.5 0 to $5.0 0 per hour. Stu
dents receiving financial aid are usually offered
the opportunity to earn up to $1,050 during
the year and are given hiring priority, but there
are usually jobs available for others who wish
Financial Aid
employment.
The Student Employment Office publicizes
local off-campus and temporary employment
opportunities. Students are generally able to
carry a moderate working schedule without
detriment to their academic performance.
For students who qualify under the federal
College Work-Study Program (most aided
students), off-campus placements in public or
private, non-profit agencies in the local or
Philadelphia area can be arranged through the
Financial Aid Office during the academic year
or nation-wide during the summer. Among
suitable agencies are hospitals, schools, muse
ums, social service agencies and local, state or
federal government agencies.
1
Scholarships
(Financial need is a requirem ent for a ll scholarships unless otherwise indicated. No separate
application is needed.)
The A etna Foundation Scholarship Grant pro
vides assistance to minority students with
financial need.
The L isa P. A lbert Scholarship is awarded to a
young man or woman on the basis o f scholar
ship and need with preference given to those
with a demonstrated interest in the humani
ties.
The George I. A lden Scholarship Fund estab
lished as a memorial by the Alden Trust is
awarded on the basis o f merit and need with
preference to a student in the sciences or
engineering.
The V ivian B. A llen Foundation provides schol
arship aid to enable foreign students to attend
Swarthmore College, as part o f the Founda
tion’s interest in the international exchange o f
students.
T he Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class o f
1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’7 6 , is awarded,
on the recommendation o f the Department of
Art, to a junior who has a strong interest in the
studio arts. It is held during the senior year.
T he Alumni Scholarship is awarded to students
on the basis o f financial need. Established in
1991, this endowment is funded through
alumni gifts and bequests.
T he Evenor Armington Scholarship is given each
year to a worthy student with financial need
in recognition o f the long-standing and affec
tionate connection between the Armington
family and Swarthmore College.
24
The Frank and Marie Aydelotte Scholarship is
awarded to a new student who shows promise
o f distinguished intellectual attainment based
upon sound character and effective personality. The award is made in honor o f Frank
Aydelotte, President o f the College from 19211940, and originator o f the Honors program
at Swarthmore, and o f Marie Osgood Aydelotte, his wife.
The Roslyn Barbash, M .D. Scholarship was en
dowed in 1990 as a memorial by her daughter
and son-in-law, Babette B. Weksler, M.D. ’58
and Marc E. Weksler, M.D. ’58. It is awarded
on the basis o f merit and need and is renewable
through the senior year. Preference is given to
women with interest in the sciences and, in
particular, in the environment.
•
T
1
1
The W. Herman Barcus Scholarship Fund was
established in 1982 in memory o f W. Herman
Barcus, Class o f 1927. It is awarded to a
meritorious student who has financial need.
The Philip H. Barley M em orial Scholarship,
established in memory o f Philip H. Barley,
’66, by his family and friends and the Class o f
1966, which he served as president, provides
financial assistance for a junior or senior who
has demonstrated outstanding leadership quali
ties at Swarthmore.
The Franklin E. Barr, Jr. ’48 Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student who has broad
academic and extracurricular interests and
who shows promise o f developing these abili
ties for the betterment o f society. This scholarship is based on need and is renewable for
three years.
T he H. A lbert Beekhuis Scholarship in engineer
ing is awarded on the basis o f merit and need
I
I
1
f
to a freshman and is renewable through the
senior year as long as that student retains a
major in engineering. This scholarship is en
dowed through the generous bequest o f Mr.
Beekhuis, neighbor, friend, and successful
engineer.
I
The B elville Scholarship has been endowed in
memory o f Robert Chambers Belville and
Margaret Klein Belville. It is awarded annually
to an incoming student o f particular promise
and is renewable for his or her years at Swarthmore.
T he Brand and Frances Blanshard Scholarship is
given in their memory to a deserving student
with high academic promise.
•
The Curtis Bok Scholarship was established in
the College’s Centennial Year 1964 in honor
o f the late Philadelphia attorney, author and
jurist, who was a Quaker and honorary alum
nus o f Swarthmore. The scholarship is as
signed annually to a junior or senior whose
qualities o f mind and character indicate a
potential for humanitarian service such as
Curtis Bok himself rendered and would have
wished to develop in young people. Students
in any field o f study, and from any part o f this
country or from abroad, are eligible. The
scholarship is renewable until graduation.
The Edward S. Bower Memorial Scholarship,
established by Mr. and Mrs. Ward T. Bower in
memory o f their son, Class o f '42, is awarded
annually to a man or woman student who
ranks high in scholarship, character, and per
sonality.
T he D aniel W alter Brenner M em orial Scholarship, established by family and friends in mem
ory o f Daniel W. Brenner, Class o f 1974, is
awarded to a senior majoring in biology who
is distinguished for scholarship and an interest
in plant ecology, or wildlife preservation, or
animal behavior research. The recipient is
chosen with the approval o f biology and Clas
sics faculty.
T he John S. Brod ’ 34 Scholarship is awarded to
a deserving student on the basis o f merit and
financial need.
The W illiam and Eleanor Stabler C larke Schol
arships, established in her honor by Cornelia
Clarke Schmidt ’4 6 and W. Marshall Schmidt
’47, are awarded to two worthy freshmen with
need. Preference is to be accorded to members
o f the Society o f Friends. These scholarships
are renewable through the senior year.
T he C lass o f 1930 Scholarship was endowed by
the Class on the occasion o f their 60th re
union. It is awarded alternately to a woman or
a man on the basis o f sound character and
academic achievement, with preference to
those who exercise leadership in athletics and
community service. The scholarship is renew
able through the senior year.
T he C lass o f 1939 Scholarship was established
at the 50th reunion o f the class in fond
memory o f Frank Aydelotte, President o f the
College from 1921 to 1940, and his wife,
Marie Aydelotte. It is awarded to a worthy
student with need and is renewable through
the senior year.
The C lass o f 1963 Scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f merit and need and is renewable
through the senior year. The scholarship was
created in honor o f the class’s 25th reunion.
T he N. Harvey Collisson Scholarship established
by his family and the Olin Mathieson Chari
table Trust in memory o f N. Harvey Collisson
o f the Class o f 1922 is awarded to a freshman
man or woman. Selection will place emphasis
on character, personality, and ability.
The Stephanie Cooley '70 Scholarship, estab
lished in loving memory by her parents, is
awarded on the basis o f financial need to a
worthy student from Kifissia, Greece.
T he D avid S. Cowden Scholarship was estab
lished by Professor David S. Cowden, Class of
1942, who taught English Literature at Swarth
more from 1949 until his death in May 1983.
It is awarded on the basis o f financial need.
The M arion L . Dannenberg Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman student with financial
need who ranks high in personality, character,
and scholarship. This endowment is in mem
ory o f Mrs. Dannenberg who was mother and
grandmother o f six students who attended
Swarthmore.
The Edith T hatcher ’50 and C . Russell ’47 de
Burlo Scholarship is awarded to students in
tending to major either in engineering or in the
humanities. It is awarded on the basis o f need
and merit and is renewable annually. It is the
gift o f Edith and Russell de Burlo.
25
Financial Aid
T he D istrict o f Colum bia Scholarship was estab
lished by alumni residents in the area o f
Washington, D.C., to encourage educational
opportunity for qualified minority and disad
vantaged students. Awards are made on the
basis o f merit and need.
T he Francis W. D 'O lier Scholarship, in memory
o f Francis W. D ’Olier o f the Class o f 1907, is
awarded to a freshman. Selection will place
emphasis on character, personality, and abili
ty.
The Robert K . Enders Scholarship, established
by his friends and former students, to honor
Dr. Robert K. Enders, a member o f the Col
lege faculty from 1932 to 1970, is awarded
annually to a worthy student with an interest
in the study o f biological problems in a natural
environment.
The Philip Evans Scholarship is established in
fond memory o f a member o f the Class o f
1948 by his friend Jerome Kohlberg ’4 6 and
seeks to expand the diversity o f the Swarthmore community by bringing to this campus
outstanding students with need, whether from
near or far. The scholarship is awarded to
members o f the freshman class and is renew
able annually, and provides a summer oppor
tunity grant which is awarded on the recom
mendation o f the Dean.
T he E lizabeth Pollard Fetter String Quartet
Scholarships, endowed by Frank W. Fetter ’20,
Robert Fetter ’53, Thomas Fetter ’56, and
Ellen Fetter Gille in memory o f Elizabeth P.
Fetter ’25, subsidize the private instrumental
lessons o f four top-notch student string play
ers at the College. Interested applicants should
write to the Chairman o f the Department of
Music and should plan to play an audition at
the College when coming for an interview.
Membership in the Quartet is competitive. At
the beginning o f any semester, other students
may challenge and compete for a place in the
Quartet.
T he Eleanor Flexner Scholarship is awarded on
the basis o f merit and need to a student in the
humanities. It is the gift o f Eleanor Flexner o f
the Class o f 1930, author o f Century o f Struggle
and Mary W ollstonecraft: A Biography. The
scholarship is renewable through the senior
year.
26
The Polly and Gerard Fountain Scholarship has
been established in their honor by Rosalind
Chang Whitehead ’5 8 in appreciation o f their
kindness and support during her college years.
It is awarded to a freshman with need and
merit, and is renewable through the senior
year.
The D avid W. Fraser Scholarship. This endowed
scholarship has been established by the Board
o f Managers and friends o f David Fraser in
honor o f his service as President o f Swarthmore College from 1982 to 1991. This needbased scholarship will be awarded each se
mester to one student enrolled in an approved
program o f academic study outside the bound
aries o f the United States. Preference will be
given for students studying in Asian, Middle
Eastern, and African countries.
The Theodore and E lizabeth Friend Scholarship
is established as an expression o f respect and
appreciation by Board members and others
who have been associated with them in the
service o f Swarthmore College. The scholar
ship will be awarded each year on the basis o f
need to a worthy student.
T he Joyce Merit Gilm ore Scholarship is awarded
to an entering freshman, and may be renewed
for each o f the following three undergraduate
years. The recipient is chosen on the basis o f
mental vigor, concern for human welfare, and
the potential to contribute to the College and
the Community outside. The award was es
tablished in 1976 by Harold Mertz ’2 6 in
memory o f Joyce Mertz Gilmore, who was a
member o f the class o f 1951.
The B arbara Entenberg Gimbel Scholarship Fund
was endowed in memory o f Barbara Entenberg
Gimbel ’39 by her husband, Dr. Nicholas S.
Gimbel. The scholarship is awarded on the
basis o f need to a worthy student, with pref
erence to a black candidate.
T he B erda Goldsmith Scholarship, established
1991 in memory o f Mrs. Goldsmith, is a needbased scholarship awarded annually to a music
major beginning in his or her junior year. Mrs.
Goldsmith was a music lover and patroness o f
the Settlement Music School. Accordingly, in
the selection o f The Berda Goldsmith Scholar,
preference will be given to a student who
attended the Settlement Music School; prefer-
l
«
ence also will be given to a student who shows
interest and proficiency in playing the piano.
|
T he Stella and C harles Guttman Foundation
Scholarships were established in 1964 by a
grant from the Foundation to provide scholarships to defray all or part o f the cost o f tuition
and fees for students who require financial
assistance. Preference is given to students o f
recognized ability who have completed two
academic years o f college and who are contemplating graduate or professional study.
The scholarships are renewable for a second
year.
The Lucinda Buchanan Thom as ’34 and Joseph
H. H afkenschiel ’37 Scholarship Fund was es
tablished as a memorial to Lucinda Thomas in
1989 by her husband and sons, Joseph III ’68,
B.A. TTromas ’69, Mark C. ’72, and John
Proctor ’80. Lucinda’s father, B.A. Thomas,
M.D. graduated with the Class o f 1899. This
scholarship is awarded to a junior and is
renewable for the senior year, based on need.
Preference is given to students who have
demonstrated proficiency in water sports or
who have shown talent in studio arts and who
have been outstanding in service to the Col
lege.
The Mason H aire Scholarship is given by his
wife, Vivian, in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1937, a distinguished psychologist
and sometime member o f the Swarthmore
College faculty. The scholarship is awarded to
a freshman with financial need who is distin
guished for intellectual promise and leader
ship. It is renewable through the senior year.
T he Margaret Johnson H all Scholarship for the
Performing Arts is the gift o f Margaret Johnson
Hall, Class o f 1941. It provides financial assis
tance based on merit and need, with prefer
ence to students intending to pursue a career
in music or dance.
T he W illiam R andolph H earst Scholarship Fund
for M inority Students, established by the Hearst
Foundation, Inc., provides financial assistance
to minority students with need.
T he Stephen B. H itchner, Jr., Scholarship was
established by Swarthmore’s Board o f Manag
ers to honor Stephen Hitchner’s distinguished
record o f public service and his influential
role in advancing formal education for public
service. Recipients will be selected for their
interest in a career in the public or non-profit
sectors and will be chosen on the basis o f
merit and need.
T he Betty Stem H offenberg Scholarship, estab
lished in 1987 in honor o f this member o f the
Class o f 1943, is awarded to a junior or senior
with merit and need who shows unusual
promise, character, and intellectual strength.
Strong preference is given to a student major
ing in history.
The Hadassah M. L. Holcombe Scholarship is
awarded to a freshman with financial need and
is renewable for three years at the discretion
o f the College. Preference will be given to
members o f the Society o f Friends.
The C arl R. Horten ’47 Scholarship was created
by the Ingersoll-Rand Company. Preference
in the awarding is given to students planning
to major in engineering or pre-law.
T he R ichard Humphreys Fund Scholarship pro
vides assistance to a student (or students) o f
African descent.
T he Everett L. Hunt Scholarship, endowed by
the Class o f 1937 in the name o f its beloved
emeritus professor and dean, provides an
unrestricted scholarship to be awarded annu
ally by the College.
The Betty P. Hunter Scholarship Fund. Betty P.
Hunter, Class o f 1948, one o f the first black
students to attend Swarthmore College, estab
lished this fund through a bequest "to provide
scholarship aid to needy students.”
The W illiam Y. Inouye ’44 Scholarship, estab
lished in loving memory by his family, friends,
and colleagues in recognition o f his life o f
service as a physician, is awarded to a worthy
junior premedical student with need. The
scholarship is renewable in the senior year.
T he George B. Jackson ’ 21 Scholarship has been
endowed by Gene Lang ’3 8 in honor o f the
man who guided him to Swarthmore. It is to
be awarded on the basis o f need and merit
with preference given to a student from the
New York metropolitan area.
The H oward Cooper Johnson Scholarship, estab
lished by Howard Cooper Johnson ’96, is
awarded on the basis o f all-around achieve
ment to a male undergraduate who is a mem
ber o f the Society o f Friends.
27
Financial Aid
i
T he Kennedy Scholarship is given in honor o f
the parents and with thanks to the children o f
Christopher and Jane Kennedy. The scholar
ship is awarded on the basis o f need and merit
and is renewable through four years.
The Florence and M elville Kershaw Scholarship
is endowed in their honor by their son Thom
as A. Kershaw, Class o f 1960. It is awarded to
a freshman on the basis o f need and merit,
with preference to those intending to major in
engineering, and is renewable through the
senior year.
T he W illiam H. K istler ’43 Scholarship is en
dowed in his memory by his wife, Suzanne,
and his friends and former classmates. It is
awarded to a needy and deserving student
majoring in engineering or economics.
The Paul and Mary Jan e Kopsch Scholarship
Fund, established through a gift o f Paul J.
Kopsch o f the Class o f ’46, is awarded each
year to a junior premedical student(s) with
financial need. The scholarship is renewable
in the senior year.
The Laurence L afore ’38 Scholarship was estab
lished in his memory in 1986 by family,
friends, classmates, and former students. Pro
fessor Lafore, author o f numerous books and
essays, taught history at Swarthmore from
1945 until 1969. This scholarship is awarded
to a needy student showing unusual promise
and is renewable through four years.
The Barbara Lang Scholarship is awarded to a
student in the junior class whose major is in
the arts, preferably in music, who ranks high
in scholarship and has financial need. It is
renewable in the senior year. This scholarship
was established by Eugene M. Lang ’3 8 in
honor o f his sister.
Eugene M. Lang Opportunity Grants are
awarded each year to as many as five entering
students who are selected by a special com
mittee on the basis o f distinguished academic
and extra-curricular achievement and demon
strable interest in social change. Stipends are
based on financial need and take the form o f
full grants up to the amount o f total college
charges. Each Lang Scholar is also eligible for
summer or academic year research or commu
nity service support, while an undergraduate,
up to a maximum o f $7,5 0 0 and for a $3,000
28
fellowship for graduate study. Projects, which
must be approved in advance by a faculty
committee, are expected to facilitate social
change in a significant way. The program is
made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang
’38.
T he Ida and D aniel Lang Scholarship estab
lished by their son, Eugene M. Lang o f the
Class o f 1938, provides financial assistance
for a man or woman who ranks high in
scholarship, character, and personality.
T he Frances Reiner and Stephen Girard Lax
Scholarship has been established with prefer
ence for minority or foreign students who
show both merit and need. This scholarship
has been endowed by the family o f Stephen
Girard Lax ’41, who was Chairman o f the
Board o f Managers o f Swarthmore College
from 1971 to 1976.
T he Stephen Girard Lax Scholarship, established
by family, friends and business associates o f
Stephen Lax ’41, is awarded on the basis o f
financial need every two years to a student
entering the junior year and showing academic
distinction, leadership qualities, and definite
interest in a career in business.
The Scott B. Lilly Scholarship, endowed by
Jacob T. Schless o f the Class o f 1914 at
Swarthmore College, was offered for the first
time in 1950. This scholarship is in honor of
a former distinguished Professor o f Engineer
ing and, therefore, students who plan to major
in engineering are given preference. An award
is made annually.
T he Christian R. and Mary R Lindback Founda
tion Scholarship is awarded to deserving stu
dents from the states o f Pennsylvania, New
Jersey, Delaware, or Maryland.
T he Lloyd-Jones Family Scholarship is the gift o f
Donald ’52 and Beverly Miller ’52 LloydJones and their children Anne ’79, Susan ’84,
Lisa, and Donald ’86. It is awarded on the
basis o f merit and need and is renewable
through the senior year.
T he Joan Longer ’78 Scholarship was created as
a memorial in 1989 by her family, classmates,
and friends, to honor the example o f Joan’s
personal courage, high ideals, good humor,
and grace. It is awarded on the basis o f merit
X
and need and is renewable through the senior
year.
The D avid Laurent Low M em orial Scholarship,
established by Martin L. Low, Class o f 1940,
his wife, Alice, Andy Low, Class o f 1973, and
Kathy Low in memory o f their son and
brother, is awarded to a man or woman who
gives the great promise that David himself did.
The award assumes both need and academic
excellence, and places emphasis, in order, on
qualities o f leadership, a concern for others,
and character, or outstanding and unusual
promise. The scholarship is awarded to a
freshman and is renewable for the undergrad
uate years.
The Leland S. M acPhail, Jr. Scholarship, given
by M ajor League Baseball in recognition o f 48
years o f dedicated service by Leland S. Mac
Phail, Jr. ’39, will be awarded annually to a
deserving student on the basis o f need and
merit.
The Dorothy Maynor Scholarship, established by
the Hearst Foundation, is awarded to a student
from the Harlem School o f the Arts in honor
o f its founder. It provides a grant for the full
amount o f need and for music lessons. The
awardee will be nominated by the Harlem
School o f the Arts and selected by Swarthmore College on the basis o f all-around quali
fications.
T he Thom as B. M cCabe Achievem ent Awards,
established by Thomas B. McCabe M5, are
awarded to entering students from the Delmarva Peninsula, and Delaware County, Penn
sylvania, who give promise o f leadership. In
making selections, the Committee places em
phasis on ability, character, personality, and
service to school and community. These
awards provide a minimum annual grant of
tuition, or a maximum to cover tuition, fees,
room and board, depending on need. Candi
dates for the McCabe Awards must apply for
admission to the College by January 15.
The Charlotte Goette ’20 and W allace M. Mc
Curdy Scholarship is awarded to a freshman on
the basis o f need and merit, and is renewable
annually. It has been endowed by Charlotte
McCurdy ’20.
The Dorothy Shoem aker ’29 and Hugh M cDiarm id ’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman
man or woman student on the basis o f merit
and need and is renewable through the senior
year. It is the gift o f the McDiarmid family in
commemoration o f their close association
with Swarthmore College.
The Norman M einkoth Scholarship, established
by his friends and former students, to honor
Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member o f the
College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is awarded
annually to a worthy student with an interest
in the study o f biological problems in a natural
environment.
T he Peter M ertz Scholarship is awarded to an
entering freshman outstanding in mental and
physical vigor, who shows promise o f spend
ing these talents for the good o f the college
community and o f the larger community out
side. The award was established in 1955 by
Harold, LuEsther and Joyce Mertz in memory
o f Peter Mertz, who was a member o f the class
o f 1957. It is renewable for the undergraduate
years.
The Margaret M oore Scholarship Fund provides
scholarships to foreign students with a prefer
ence given to students o f South Asian origin.
The Florence Eising Naumburg Scholarship,
named in 1975 in honor o f the mother o f an
alumna o f the Class o f 1943, is awarded to a
student whose past performance gives evi
dence o f intellectual attainment, leadership,
and character, and who shows potential for
future intellectual growth, creativity, and
scholarship, and for being a contributor to the
College and ultimately to society.
The Thom as S. ’30 and M arian Hamming N icely
’30 Scholarship is awarded to a freshman with
need who shows promise o f academic achieve
ment, fine character, and athletic ability. Pref
erence will be given to a person who has been
on the varsity tennis, squash, racquets, golf,
or swimming teams in high or preparatory
schools.
The John H. Nixon Scholarship was established
by John H. Nixon, Class o f ’35, to assist Third
World students, especially those who plan to
return to their country o f origin.
The Edward L. Noyes ’31 Scholarship has been
endowed in his memory by his wife, Jean
Walton Noyes ’32, his three sons and his
many friends. The scholarship is available to
Financial Aid
an incoming freshman, with preference given
to those from the southwest, especially Texas.
It is awarded on the basis o f need and merit to
students with broad interests and is renewable
through four years.
The Rogers Palmer Scholarships, established in
1973 by Rogers Palmer o f the Class o f 1926,
are awarded to members o f the freshman class
who show promise o f leadership and who
have need o f financial assistance. The scholar
ships are renewable for a total o f four years at
the discretion o f the College.
The J. R oland Pennock Scholarships were estab
lished by Ann and Guerin Todd ’3 8 in honor
o f J. Roland Pennock ’27, Richter Professor
Emeritus o f Political Science. Income from
this endowment is to be used to award four
scholarships on the basis o f merit and need,
preferably to one scholar in each class.
The W innifred Poland Pierce Scholarship Fund is
awarded on the basis o f merit and financial
need and is renewable through the senior year.
The C ornelia Chapm an and N icholas O. Pittenger Scholarship, established by family and
friends, is awarded to an incoming freshman
man or woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality and who has need
for financial assistance.
Lauram a Page Pixton ’43 Scholarship provides
financial assistance for foreign students study
ing at Swarthmore, with preference for those
from the Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. It
is a gift o f her brother Edward Page, Class o f
1946.
The Anthony Beekm an Pool Scholarship. This
scholarship is awarded to an incoming fresh
man man o f promise and intellectual curiosity.
It is given in memory o f Tony Pool o f the Class
o f 1959.
The Henry L. Price, Jr., M .D ., Scholarship,
established by Henry L. Price o f the Class o f
1944, is awarded on the basis o f merit and
need to a student intending to major in the
natural or physical sciences. The scholarship
is renewable through the senior year.
The Raruey-Chandra and Niyomsit Scholarships
are given by Renoo Suvamsit ’47 in memory
o f his parents. They are given in alternate
years: the Raruey-Chandra Scholarship to a
30
woman for her senior year, and the Niyomsit
Scholarship to a man for his senior year, who
has high academic standing and real need for
financial aid. Preference is given to a candidate
who has divorced or deceased parents or a
deceased mother or father.
The Byron T Roberts Scholarship, endowed by
his family in memory o f Byron T. Roberts,
’ 12, is awarded annually to an incoming stu
dent and is renewable for his or her years o f
study at Swarthmore.
The Louis N. Robinson Scholarship was estab
lished during the College’s Centennial year by
the family and friends o f Louis N. Robinson.
M r. Robinson was for many years a member
o f the Swarthmore College faculty and
founder o f the Economics Discussion Group.
A member o f the junior or senior class who
has demonstrated interest and ability in the
study o f Economics is chosen for this award.
T he Edwin P. Rome Scholarship provides finan
cial assistance to worthy students with need.
It was established in memory o f Edwin P.
Rome ’37 by his wife, Mrs. Rita Rome, and
the W illiam Penn Foundation on whose board
he served.
T he A lexis Rosenberg Scholarship Fund, estab
lished by The Alexis Rosenberg Foundation,
provides aid for a freshman student. It is
awarded annually to a worthy student who
could not attend the College without such
assistance.
The Id a and W illiam R osenthal Scholarship was
established by Elizabeth Coleman ’6 9 to be
awarded to a student with need from a middle
income family.
T he G irard Bliss Ruddick ’27 Scholarship is
awarded to a junior on the basis o f merit and
need, with preference to an economics major.
It is renewable in the senior year. T he M arcia
Perry Ruddick C ook ’27 Scholarship is awarded
to a junior on the basis o f merit and need, with
preference to an English Literature major, and
is renewable for the senior year. Both scholar
ships are endowed by J. Perry Ruddick in
memory o f his parents.
The D avid B arker Rushmore Scholarship, estab
lished in honor o f David Barker Rushmore,
Class o f 1894, by his niece Dorothea Rush-
%
1
more Egan ’24, is awarded annually to a
worthy student who plans to major in Engi
neering or Economics.
%
T he K atharine Scherman Scholarship is awarded
to a student with a primary interest in the arts
and the humanities, having special talents in
these fields. Students with other special inter
ests, however, will not be excluded from
consideration. Awarded in honor o f Katharine
Scherman, o f the Class o f 1938, it is renewable
for the full period o f undergraduate study.
The Clinton G. Shafer Scholarship endowed by
his family in memory o f Clinton G. Shafer, o f
the Class o f 1951, is awarded to students
interested in engineering and physical science.
The committee in making its selection con
siders character, personality, and leadership.
T he Jo e and Terry Shane Scholarship, created in
honor o f Joe Shane ’25, who was Vice Presi
dent o f Swarthmore College’s Alumni, Devel
opment, and Public Relations from 19501972, and his wife, Terry, who assisted him in
countless ways in serving the College, was
established by their son, Larry Shane ’56, and
his wife, Marty Porter Shane ’57, in remem
brance o f Joe and Terry’s warm friendship
with generations o f Swarthmore alumni. This
award is made to a freshman student on the
basis o f merit and need. It is renewable
through four years.
T he Florence C reer Shepard ’26 Scholarship,
established by her husband, is awarded on the
basis o f high scholastic attainment, character,
and personality.
The Sarah W. Shreiner Scholarship, given in
loving memory by her daughter, Leah S. Leeds
o f the Class o f 1927, is awarded annually to
a woman who ranks high in scholarship,
character, and personality.
The W illiam C. and B arbara Tipping Sieck
Scholarship is awarded annually to a student
showing distinction in academics, leadership
qualities, and extra-curricular activities, and
who indicates an interest in a career in busi
ness.
T he Nancy Baxter Skallerup Scholarship, estab
lished by her husband and children, is awarded
to an incoming freshman with financial need.
It is renewable through four years.
The W illiam W. Slocum, Jr. Scholarship fund
established in 1981 by a member o f the Class
o f 1943 is awarded to a deserving student on
the basis o f merit and need.
The Courtney C. Smith Scholarship is for stu
dents who best exemplify the characteristics
o f Swarthmore’s Ninth President: intellect
and intellectual courage, natural dignity, hu
mane purpose, and capacity for leadership.
Normally the award will be made to a member
o f the freshman class on the basis o f merit and
need. It is renewable during the undergraduate
years. Holders o f this scholarship gain access
to a special file in the Friends Historical
Library left by the scholarship’s creator, the
Class o f 1957, inviting them to perpetuate the
memory o f this individual’s sixteen years o f
stewardship o f the College’s affairs and his
tragic death in its service.
T he W .W . Smith C haritable Trust provides
scholarships to students who qualify on the
basis o f need and merit. Two scholarship
recipients are selected to receive W.W. Smith
Scholarship Prizes in their senior year.
The H arold E. and Ruth C olw ell Snyder Pre
m edical Scholarship is the gift o f Harold E.
Snyder, Class o f 1929. It provides support up
to full tuition and fees for junior or senior pre
medical students and is awarded on the basis
o f merit and need.
T he Cindy Solomon M em orial Scholarship is
awarded with preference to a young woman in
need o f financial assistance, and who has
special talent in poetry or other creative and
imaginative fields.
The H elen Solomon Scholarship is given in her
memory by her son, Frank Solomon Jr. o f the
Class o f 1950. It is awarded to a freshman on
the basis o f merit and need and is renewable
through the senior year.
The B abette S. Spiegel Scholarship Award, given
in memory o f Babette S. Spiegel, Class o f
1933, is awarded to a student showing very
great promise as a creative writer (in any
literary form) who has need o f financial assis
tance. The Department o f English determines
those eligible.
The Harry E. Sprogell Scholarship was estab
lished in 1981 in memory o f Harry E. Sprogell
31
Financial Aid
ft
’32, and in honor o f his class’s 50th reunion.
It is awarded to a junior or senior with
financial need who has a special interest in law
or music.
C.V. Stair Scholarship Fund, established by
The Starr Foundation as a memorial to its
founder, provides scholarship assistance on
the basis o f merit and need.
The D avid Parks Steelman Scholarship Fund, es
tablished in his memory in 1990 by C. W il
liam ’63 and Linda G. Steelman, is awarded
annually to a deserving male or female student
on the basis o f merit and need, with a prefer
ence for someone showing a strong interest in
athletics.
T he Stella Steiner Scholarship, established in
1990 by Lisa A. Steiner ’54, in honor o f her
mother, is awarded to a first-year student on
the basis o f merit and need. This scholarship
is renewable through the senior year.
T he C larence K . Streit Scholarship is awarded to
a student entering the junior or senior year
and majoring in history. Preference is given to
persons, outstanding in initiative and scholar
ship, who demonstrate a particular interest in
American pre-Revolutionary War History.
This scholarship honors Clarence K. Streit,
author o f U nion Now: A Proposal For An A t
lantic Federal U nion o f the Free, whose seminal
ideas were made public in three Cooper Foun
dation lectures at Swarthmore.
T he K atharine Bennett Tappen, Class o f 1931,
M em orial Scholarship, established in 1980 is
awarded to a freshman student. The scholar
ship is renewable for four years at the discre
tion o f the College. Preference is given to a
resident o f the Delmarva Peninsula.
T he Newton E. Tarble Award, established by
Newton E. Tarble o f the Class o f 1913, is
granted to a freshman man who gives promise
o f leadership, ranks high in scholarship, char
acter, and personality, and resides west o f the
Mississippi River or south o f Springfield in
the State o f Illinois.
The Audrey Friedm an Troy Scholarship, estab
lished by her husband, Melvin B. Troy ’48, is
awarded to a freshman man or woman. The
scholarship is renewable through four years at
the discretion o f the College. In awarding the
32
scholarship, prime consideration is given to
the ability o f the prospective scholar to profit
from a Swarthmore education, and to be a
contributor to the College and ultimately to
society.
T he Robert C. and Sue Thom as Turner Scholar
ship is awarded to a deserving student on the
basis o f merit and financial need.
T he Stanley and Corinne Weithom Scholarship
Fund was established to provide financial as
sistance on the basis o f need and merit.
T he Elm er L. W inkler Scholarship Fund, estab
lished in 1980 by a member o f the Class o f
1952, is awarded annually to a deserving
student on the basis o f merit and need.
T he L etitia M. W olverton Scholarship Fund,
given by Letitia M. Wolverton o f the Class o f
1913, provides scholarships for members o f
the junior and senior classes who have proved
to be capable students and have need for
financial assistance to complete their educa
tion at Swarthmore College.
T he M ichael M. and Zelma K. Wynn Scholarship
was established in 1983 by Kenneth R. Wynn
’73 in honor o f his mother and father. It is
awarded annually to a student on the basis o f
need and merit.
The income from each o f the following funds
is awarded at the discretion o f the College.
T he Barclay G. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
T he R ebecca M. Atkinson Scholarship Fund
T he Book and Key Scholarship Fund
T he Leon W illard Briggs Scholarship Fund
T he Robert C. Brooks Scholarship Fund
T he Edna Pownall Buffington Scholarship Fund
T he C hi Omega Scholarship
T he C lass o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1914 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1913 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1917 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1925 Scholarship Fund
T he C lass o f 1936 Scholarship Fund
T he Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship
T he Cochran M em orial Scholarship Fund
T he Sarah Antrim C ole Scholarship Fund
T he C harles A . Collins Scholarship Fund
T he Ellsworth F. Curtin M em orial Scholarship
T he D elta Gamma Scholarship Fund
T he W illiam Dorsey Scholarship Fund
J
T he George E llsler Scholarship Fund
The J. H orace Ervien Scholarship Fund
The H oward S. and Gertrude P. Evans
Scholarship Fund
The Joseph E. Gillingham Fund
The Mary Lippincott Griscom Scholarship
The J. Philip Herrmann Scholarship
The A . Price Heusner Scholarship
The R achel W. H illbom Scholarship
The A aron B. Ivins Scholarship
T he George K. and S allie K . Johnson
Scholarship Fund
The K appa A lpha T heta Scholarship Fund
The K appa K appa Gamma Scholarship
The Jessie Stevenson K ovalenko Scholarship
Fund
T he W alter W. K rider Scholarship
T he L afore Scholarship
The E. H ibberd Law rence Scholarship Fund
The Thom as L. Leedom Scholarship Fund
T he Sarah E. Lippincott Scholarship Fund
T he Long Island Q uarterly M eeting, N.Y.,
Scholarship
The Mary T. Longstreth Scholarship Fund
The C lara B. M arshall Scholarship Fund
The Edward M artin Scholarship Fund
T he James E. M iller Scholarship
The Howard O sbom Scholarship Fund
The H arriet W. Paiste Fund
The Susanna H aines ’80 and Beulah H aines
Parry Scholarship Fund
The T.H. Dudley Perkins Scholarship Fund
The Mary C oates Preston Scholarship Fund
The D avid L. Price Scholarship
The Robert Pyle Scholarship Fund
T he George G. and H elen G askill Rathje ’ 18
Scholarship
T he R eader’s D igest Foundation Endowed
Scholarship Fund
The M ark E. Reeves Scholarship Fund
The Fred C. and Jessie M . Reynolds
Scholarship Fund
The Lily Tily Richards Scholarship
The A dele M ills Riley M em orial Scholarship
The Edith A. Range Scholarship Fund
The W illiam G. and Mary N. Serrili Honors
Scholarship
The C aroline Shero Scholarship
The Annie Shoem aker Scholarship
The W alter Frederick Sims Scholarship Fund
The Frank Solomon M em orial Scholarship
Fund
T he Mary Sproul Scholarship Fund
T he H elen Squier Scholarship Fund
T he H elen G. Stafford Scholarship Fund
The Francis Holmes Strozier M em orial
Scholarship Fund
T he Joseph T. Sullivan Scholarship Fund
T he Phebe Anna T hom e Fund
The Titus Scholarships Fund
The D aniel U nderhill Scholarship Fund
The W illiam H illes W ard Scholarships
The D eborah F. W harton Scholarship Fund
The Thom as H. W hite Scholarship Fund
The Samuel W illets Scholarship Fund
The l.V. Williamson Scholarship
The Edward Clarkson W ilson and E lizabeth T.
W ilson Scholarship Fund
The Mary W ood Scholarship Fund
The Roselynd A therholt W ood ’23 Fund
T he Thom as W oodnutt Scholarship Fund
33
C ollege Life
■
--------------------------------------------------------HOUSING
Swarthmore is primarily a residential college,
conducted on the assumption that the close
association o f students and instructors is an
important element in education. M ost stu
dents live in College residence halls, which
include coeducational housing as well as single
sex dormitories and sections. First-year stu
dents are required to live in the residence halls
and are therefore guaranteed College housing.
In the event o f a housing shortage, priority is
given to seniors, followed by juniors and,
finally, by sophomores. Many members o f the
faculty live on or near the campus, and are
readily accessible to students.
Residence Halls
1
||
i
Twelve residence halls, ranging in capacity
from 21 to 214 students, offer a diversity o f
housing styles. These dormitories include:
Woolman House; Dana and Hallowell Halls;
the upper floors in the wings o f Parrish Hall;
Wharton Hall, named in honor o f its donor,
Joseph Wharton, at one time President o f the
Board o f Managers; Palmer, Pittinger, and
Roberts Halls on South Chester Road; one
building on the Mary Lyon School property;
Worth Hall, the gift o f William P. and J.
Sharpies Worth, as a memorial to their par
ents; W illets Hall, made possible largely by a
bequest from Phebe Seaman, and named in
honor o f her mother and aunts; and Mertz
Hall, the gift o f Harold and Esther Mertz.
About eighty-five percent o f dormitory areas
are designated as coeducational housing either
by floor, section, or entire dorm; the remain
ing areas are reserved for single sex housing.
Dormitory sections may determine their own
visitation hours up to and including twentyfour-hour visitation.
I
First-year students are assigned to rooms by
the Deans. Efforts are made to follow the
preferences indicated, and to accommodate
special needs, such as physical handicaps.
Other students choose their rooms in an order
determined by lot or by invoking special
options— among these are block housing, allowing friends to apply as a group for a section
o f a particular hall or dorm; and language hall
inclusion in which occupants are expected to
conduct conversations in a language other
than English to provide an immersion experi
ence o f learning. There is also the opportunity
to reside at neighboring Bryn Mawr and Haverford Colleges in a cross-campus housing
exchange that proceeds on a matched one-forone basis. All students are expected to occupy
the rooms to which they are assigned or which
they have selected through the regular room
choosing process unless authorized by the
Deans to move. Permission must also be
obtained from the Deans to reside outside
college housing.
Resident Assistants, selected from the junior
and senior classes, are assigned to each o f the
dormitory sections.
Dormitories remain open during October and
Thanksgiving breaks but are closed to student
occupancy during Christmas and Spring vaca
tions. Students enrolled for the fall semester
only are expected to vacate their dormitory
rooms within twenty-four hours after their
last scheduled examination. Freshmen, sopho
mores, and juniors are expected to leave im
mediately after their last examination in the
spring so that their rooms may be prepared for
use by Commencement visitors.
The insurance program for the College is
designed to provide protection for College
property and does not include the property of
students or others. Students and their parents
are strongly urged to review their insurance
program in order to be sure that coverage is
extended to include personal effects while at
college.
Sharpies Dining H all
All students living on campus are required to
subscribe to the College board plan for meals
in the Philip T. Sharpies Dining Hall. Students
living o ff campus may purchase the board
plan if they wish. The board plan covers 20
meals a week. Students on the board plan may
choose between eating in Sharpies Dining Hall
or Tarble Snack Bar at specified times o f day.
When utilizing Tarble Snack Bar, a credit to
ward the cost o f the purchases is applied.
Although an effort is made to meet the dietary
needs o f all students, not all special require
ments can be accommodated; permission to
35
College Life
reside o ff campus will be extended to any
student not able to participate in the board
plan. The dining hall is closed during the
Christmas and Spring vacations.
SOCIAL CENTERS
T arble S o cial C en ter
Through the original generosity o f Newton E.
Tarble o f the Class o f 1913 and his widow,
Louise A. Tarble, the reconstructed Tarble
Social Center in Clothier Memorial opened in
April o f 1986. The facility includes recrea
tional areas, a snack bar, lounge, student
activities offices, a multi-purpose perfor
mance space as well as the bookstore. Under
the leadership o f a Student Activities Coordi
nator and student co-directors, many major
social activities (parties, concerts, plays, etc.)
are held in Tarble.
O ther Centers
The Women’s Center was established to draw
all women o f the Swarthmore community to
gether through common concerns. The Cen
ter, which serves faculty, students, staff and
alumnae, maintains a library o f resource
books, pamphlets and periodicals, provides
information, and sponsors a variety o f pro-
grams, lectures, discussions and symposia for
all members o f the college community about
issues relating to women.
A B lack Cultural Center, located in the Caroline
Hadley Robinson House, provides a library
and facilities for various cultural activities o f
special interest to black students. The Center
and its program are guided by a director and
a committee o f black students, faculty, and
administrators. Programs planned by the Cen
ter are open to all members o f the College
community.
There are two fraternities at Swarthmore:
Delta Upsilon, affiliated with a national orga
nization, and Phi Omicron Psi, a local associ
ation. Fraternities are adjuncts to the college
social program and maintain separate lodges
on campus. The lodges do not contain dormi
tory accommodations or eating facilities. New
members are pledged during late fall o f their
first year at the College. In recent years about
13 per cent o f the freshman men have decided
to affiliate with one o f the fraternities.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
Religious life at the College is a matter o f
individual choice, as is consistent with Quaker
principles. The Society o f Friends is commit
ted to the belief that religion is best expressed
in the quality o f everyday living. The Office of
Religious Advisors located in Tarble Social
Center works with students to coordinate
activities and programs including issues o f
spirituality, ethnicity, culture, and social jus
tice. The Advisors are always available for
counseling and discussion o f issues o f faith
and daily living. Extracurricular groups also
exist for the purpose o f studying religious
texts, performing community service projects,
and exploring common concerns o f religious
faith and culture.
Religious services are also provided on cam
pus for J ewish, Protestant, and Roman Catho
lic students. The Swarthmore Friends Meeting
is located on campus and cordially invites all
students to Sunday worship. Various churches
and synagogues are located throughout the
Swarthmore, Media, Chester, and Springfield
area.
HEALTH SERVICES
The Worth Health Center, a gift o f the Worth
family in memory o f William Penn Worth and
Caroline Hallowell Worth, houses offices for
the college physicians and nurses, outpatient
treatment facilities, offices o f the Psychologi-
cal Services director and staff, and rooms for
students who require in-patient care.
The college physicians hold office hours every
weekday at the College, where students may
)
B
consult them without charge. Students should
report any illness to the college physicians but
are free to go for treatment to another doctor
if they prefer to do so.
out cost, but a charge is made for special
medicines, certain immunization procedures
and laboratory tests, and transportation when
necessary to local hospitals.
As a part o f the matriculation process each
student must submit a brief medical history
and health certificate prepared by the family
physician on a form supplied by the College.
Pertinent information about such matters as
medical problems, handicaps, allergies, medi
cations, or psychiatric disturbances will be
especially valuable to the college Health Ser
vice in assisting each student. A ll this infor
mation will be kept confidential.
The Health Center staff cooperates closely
with the Department o f Physical Education
and Athletics. Recommendations for limited
activity may be made for those students with
physical handicaps. Rarely are students ex
cused entirely from the requirements o f the
Physical Education Department because adap
tive programs are offered.
Each student is allowed ten days in-patient
care in the Health Center per term without
charge. Students suffering from a communi
cable disease or from illness which makes it
necessary for them to remain in bed must stay
in the Health Center for the period o f their
illness. Ordinary medicines are furnished with-
The medical facilities o f the College are avail
able to students injured in athletic activities or
otherwise, but the College cannot assume
additional financial responsibility for medical
and surgical expenses arising from accidents.
Insurance coverage for all students participat
ing in athletics, however, is included in the
mandatory health insurance package as is sup
plementary coverage for all accident injuries.
P sychological Services
!
The program o f Psychological Services, which
is administered separately from Health Ser
vices, is housed in the North wing o f Worth
Health Center. Services for students include
counseling and psychotherapy, after hours
emergency-on-call availability every day o f
the academic year, consultation and educa
tional talks and workshops. The director and
staff are all part-time but collectively provide
regular appointment times Monday through
Friday. Students may be referred to outside
mental health practitioners when long-term or
highly specialized services are needed.
The staff includes clinical psychologists and a
clinical social worker as well as a consulting
psychiatrist who is available on an as-needed
basis. Psychological Services participates in
training Resident Assistants and provides con
sultation to staff and faculty. There is a strict
policy o f confidentiality except where there
may be an imminent threat to life.
Withdrawal and Readmission for Health Reasons
?
)
Students may withdraw voluntarily because
o f health problems. Where health problems
o f a physical or psychological nature substan
tially interfere with a student’s academic per
formance or safety, or the safety o f others, the
student may be withdrawn at the discretion of
the College. The College reserves the right to
require withdrawal when, in the judgment of
either the Director o f Health Services or the
Director o f Psychological Services, a student’s
functioning is impaired or in jeopardy.
A student who has withdrawn for health
reasons may apply for readmission. In the case
o f a mental health withdrawal, the College will
not, as a rule, accept applications for readmis-
sion until a full semester (in addition to the
semester in which the student has withdrawn)
has passed.
A student applying to the College for readmis
sion must provide evidence from his or her
physician or psychotherapist o f increased abil
ity to function academically or o f decreased
hazard to health or safety. After such evidence
has been provided, the student will ordinarily
be required to be evaluated in person by a
physician employed by the College Health
Services and/or the Director o f Psychological
Services, as appropriate. Recommendations
for readmission are made to the Dean o f the
College, who makes the final decision.
37
College Life
STUDENT ADVISING
Each freshman is assigned to a faculty member
who acts as course adviser until this respon
sibility falls to the chairman o f the student’s
major department at the end o f the sophomore
year. Requests for a change o f adviser should
be addressed to the Associate Dean and will be
freely granted, subject only to equity in the
number o f advisees assigned to individual
faculty members.
The Deans hold overall responsibility for the
advising system. They are themselves available
to all students for advice on any academic or
personal matter, and for assistance with spe
cial needs, such as those arising from physical
handicaps. Aptitude and vocational interest
tests may be given on request.
Career Planning and Placement
The Career Planning and Placement Office
helps students evaluate themselves and their
goals in order to plan future career and life
style alternatives. Individual counseling ses
sions and group workshops are conducted to
facilitate this planning.
The programs are open to students in all
classes and are developmental in nature. Work
shops are designed to help students expand
their career options through exploration o f
their values, skills, interests, abilities, and ex
periences.
Sophomore and junior students in particular
are encouraged to test options by participating
in the Extern Program. This program provides
on-site experience in a variety o f career fields
by pairing students with an alumnus/a to
work on a mutually planned task during one
or more weeks o f vacation. Career exploration
and experiential education is also encouraged
during summer internships and jobs, during a
semester or year off, and during the school
year. Assistance is provided in helping stu-
dents locate and secure appropriate jobs, in
ternships, and volunteer opportunities, and
efforts are made to help students learn the
most they can from these experiences.
Additional help is provided through career
information panels, on-site field trips, work
shops on topics such as resume writing and
cover letter writing, interviewing skills, and
job search techniques. The office cooperates
with the Alumni Office, the Alumni Associ
ation, and the Parents Council to help put
students in touch with a wide network o f
people who can be o f assistance to them. The
Career Resources Library includes many pub
lications concerning all stages o f the job search
process. The office hosts on-campus recruit
ing by representatives from business, indus
try, government, non-profit organizations, and
graduate and professional schools. Notices o f
job vacancies are collected, posted, and in
cluded in the office’s newsletter. Credential
files are compiled for interested students and
alumni to be sent to prospective employers
and graduate admissions committees.
Academic Support
A program o f academic support includes in
dividual tutorial services; special review sec
tions attached to introductory courses in the
natural sciences, philosophy, and economics;
a mathematics lab; an expository writing
course; and a reading and study skills work
shop. These programs are overseen by the
Deans and a faculty committee in cooperation
with the academic departments. There are no
fees required for any o f these supportive
services.
38
To meet the needs o f writers who would like
to get assistance or feedback, a Writing Center
has been established. The Center is staffed by
Writing Associates, students trained to assist
their peers with all stages o f the writing pro
cess. The Center is located in Trotter Hall and
operates on a drop-in basis. Writing Asso
ciates are assigned on a regular basis to selected
courses.
1
__________________________________________________
STATEMENT OF SECURITY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
1
9
I
t
Swarthmore College occupies approximately
3 0 0 acres o f privately owned land adjacent to
the Borough o f Swarthmore in Delaware
County, Pennsylvania. There are approxi
mately 1,302 undergraduate students enrolled
for the 1990-91 academic year with 1,187
occupying college housing. Approximately
6 0 0 non-student personnel are employed on
campus either in a part-time or full-time
capacity.
two numbers for security: ext. 8281 or 8333
(just for emergencies). These numbers are
conspicuously placed near all college tele
phones. The information received is immedi
ately broadcast to on-duty patrol officers who
respond to the problem. Swarthmore Borough
Police vehicles are outfitted with transceivers
and may also respond. Other appropriate
assistance is summoned by the College Com
munications Officer.
The Department o f Public Safety is primarily
responsible for the overall security o f the
campus. Its mission is to "protect persons and
property, to preserve the peace, to deter crime,
to apprehend criminal offenders, to recover
lost and stolen property, to perform services
as required, to enforce appropriate college
regulations, and to maintain a sense o f com
munity security and confidence in the depart
ment.’’ It endeavors to accomplish this task
through a department comprised o f a Direc
tor, Coordinator, Lieutenant, Corporal, and
six full-time and four part-time patrol officers.
All full-time patrol officers undergo a thor
ough background check, psychological screen
ing, and physical examination before hiring.
They are subsequently sworn in as Special
Officers after completing a recognized Penn
sylvania State Police Training Academy for
municipal police officers. These officers may
exercise full police powers on Swarthmore
College property. Local jurisdiction is shared
with Swarthmore Borough Police Depart
ment, with whom a close working relationship
is maintained.
Signs are posted on all College buildings to re
strict all others but students, employees, and
invited guests. These facilities are locked on a
flexible schedule dictated by the college calen
dar.
Additionally, current certification in cardio
pulmonary resuscitation, obstructed airway,
and standard first aid is minimally required.
Ongoing training after the police academy is
provided for all full-time officers.
1
Significant criminal incidents are reported to
the Swarthmore Borough Police and to other
state and local agencies as is indicated or
required. Campus Officers also enforce col
lege rules and regulations. Swarthmore College is considered private property and tres
passers are escorted o ff campus or arrested.
Criminal incidents may be reported by the
College community by dialing the College
Communications Officer, " 0 , ” or one o f the
The possession and use o f alcoholic beverages
on the campus is regulated by State law and
limited to those areas o f the campus which are
specified by the Student Council and the
Dean. The observance o f moderation and de
corum in respect to drink is a student obliga
tion. Disorderly conduct is regarded as a
serious offense. The use or possession of
illegal drugs or narcotics, without the specific
recommendation o f a physician and knowl
edge o f the Deans, is prohibited and subjects
a student to possible suspension or expulsion.
The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons by students, staff, or col
lege security officers is not permitted. Known
criminal records o f students and employees
are taken into consideration before admission
and/or hiring.
At least twice each academic year, a standing
committee composed o f faculty, staff, and
students reviews security considerations on
campus and reports possible hazards to the
Physical Plant Department. Outside lighting
on campus has recently been upgraded.
The college community is kept apprised of
security matters in a number o f ways. In
addition to the weekly school newspaper, the
Department o f Public Safety publishes a news
letter. Serious incidents are detailed in flyer
form and immediately posted in dormitories
and key locations throughout the campus.
This information may also be transmitted via
a resident assistant and off-campus phone tree
system. The college’s Public Relations Office
works closely with the local news media when
39
College Life
any significant college event transpires.
Students are permitted guests in college housing so long as their resident assistants and
housekeepers are duly notified. Guests o f the
college are housed separately in facilities apart
from the main campus. Residence halls are
secured at 11 p.m. during normal semester
days. Those residence halls located on the
fringe o f the main campus or o ff campus are
always locked. During October and Thanksgiving breaks, residence halls are locked ear
lier, the times being determined by census. All
students are required to leave campus housing
during Christmas and Spring vacations. Auto
matic locks on outside residence hall doors
are supplemented by posted warnings that
these facilities are private property, and access
is restricted. All student rooms are individu
ally keyed, and their windows are equipped
with screens and locking devices to deter
unauthorized entry. Regular interior and exte
rior patrols are made by college security offic
ers. Resident assistants are selected to serve in
all residence halls and have on-site responsi
bility for security, fire protection, and general
safety. Each student is provided with an infor
mational sheet detailing security concerns,
procedures, and services. This information is
also published yearly in the Swarthmore Col
lege Student Handbook.
The Department o f Public Safety maintains an
active crime prevention program and desig
nates a trained officer to work within the
college community. A radio equipped shuttle
service and pedestrian escort service are but a
part o f an overall network designed to make
the campus as safe as possible.
;}
:j
a
Student C on du ct
Students who choose Swarthmore as their
college should understand that they are ac
cepting social and academic standards which,
while subject to periodic review, are essential
to the well-being o f the community. In general,
the life o f students should be governed by
good taste and accepted practice rather than
elaborate rules. Certain regulations, however,
are o f particular importance and are listed
below.
alarms or fire prevention equipment.
1. The possession and use o f alcoholic bever
ages on the campus is regulated by State law
and limited to those areas o f the campus
which are specified by the Student Council
and the Dean. The observance o f moderation
and decorum in respect to drink is a student
obligation. Disorderly conduct is regarded as
a serious offense. Complete information
about the College’s alcohol policy and guide
lines is provided in the Student Handbook.
6. No undergraduate may maintain an auto
mobile while enrolled at the College without
the permission o f the Car Authorization Com
mittee, a student-faculty group. This permission is not extended to freshmen. Day students
may use cars for commuting to College, but
special arrangements for stickers must be
made for campus parking. More detailed in
formation may be obtained from the Depart
ment o f Public Safety.
2. The use, possession, or distribution o f
injurious drugs or narcotics without the spe
cific recommendation o f a physician and
knowledge o f the Deans subjects a student to
possible suspension or expulsion.
Penalties for violations o f College regulations
such as those listed above are set by judicial
committees or the Deans and may involve
suspensions or expulsion. Standing regula
tions may be modified and new rules may be
added at any time upon notice to the student
body.
3. The use or possession o f firearms or other
dangerous weapons is not permitted. Fire
crackers or other explosives are prohibited.
The setting o f fires outside o f restricted areas
is a serious offense, as is tampering with fire
40
4. The participation by any student in any
disruption or interference with the orderly
programs, functions, or conduct o f College
activities o f any kind is a serious offense.
5. Occupants o f residence halls are expected
to show consideration for other residents.
Students are held responsible for the behavior
o f visiting guests.
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose conduct it regards as
undesirable, and without assigning any further
1
1
4
f
J
1
reason therefor. Neither the College nor any
o f its officers shall be under any liability
whatsoever for such exclusion.
Judicial Bodies
)
»
There are three judicial committees with dis
tinct jurisdictions. The Student Judiciary Com
mittee, composed o f six students elected by the
entire student body, acts on cases o f alleged
violations o f students’ rules and campus regu
lations except as they fall within the sphere of
the College Judiciary Committee. The College
Judiciary Comm ittee is composed o f student,
faculty, and administration members. It has
primary jurisdiction over cases that may in
volve academic dishonesty. It also acts upon
cases referred by or appealed from the Student
Judiciary Committee. The D ean’s Committee is
convened at the discretion o f the Dean to hear
cases o f physical or sexual assault or grave
offenses against the community. The size and
composition o f the committee is left to the
discretion o f the Dean and varies from case to
case. A more complete description o f the
judicial system is available from the Office of
the Dean or in the Student Handbook.
EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
Student Council
The semi-annually elected Student Council
represents the entire undergraduate commu
nity and is the chief body o f student govern
ment. Its efforts are directed toward coordi
nation o f student activities and the expression
o f student opinion.
Committees o f the Council include the Ap
pointments Committee, which selects qualified
applicants for student positions on student/
faculty/administration committees, and stu
dent committees; the Budget Committee,
which regulates distribution o f funds to stu
dent groups; the Elections Committee, which
supervises procedures in campus elections;
I
and the Social Consortium, which is the over
sight group for Social Affairs Committee and
student social organizations.
In addition to the foregoing organizations,
Swarthmore students have an opportunity to
participate in a program o f extracurricular
activities wide enough to meet every kind o f
interest. There are dozens o f formal and infor
mal organizations.They vary as greatly as the
interests o f the students vary. The College
encourages students to participate in whatever
activities best fit their personal talents and
inclinations.
Social Affairs Committee
An extensive program o f social activities is
managed by the Social Affairs Committee, a
representative student committee. The pro
gram is designed to appeal to a wide variety o f
interests and is open to all students. There is
no charge for Social Affairs Committee func
tions and for most other campus events.
Student A rt Association
)
The Student Art Association encourages and
supports a wide range o f extracurricular op
portunities for those interested in the visual
and performing arts. It has sponsored avantgarde happenings and lectures by visiting ar
tists, and it runs three programs that continue
from year to year: the Griffin Gallery for
student art shows and performances; Studio
Free Pearson, a cooperative studio space in the
basement o f Pearson; and the Life Drawing
Program, presenting weekly sessions o f figure
drawing. All events are open to the entire
College community, and each semester the
group holds meetings for all who are in
terested in the creative arts.
41
College Life
M usic
The Department o f Music administers and
staffs several performing organizations. The
College Chorus rehearses three hours per week.
T he College Singers, a select small chorus drawn
from the membership o f the Chorus, rehearses
an additional two hours per week. T he C ollege
O rchestra, directed by Arne Running, re
hearses twice a week. T he Cham ber O rchestra,
directed by James Freeman, gives two concerts
each semester; its rehearsals closely precede
the concerts and its members are drawn from
The College Orchestra. The W ind Ensemble,
which rehearses one night weekly and gives
two major concerts each year in addition to
several outdoor performances, is under the
direction o f Michael Johns. T he Early M usic
Ensemble, directed by Michael Marissen, meets
each week and gives two concerts during the
year. More information about joining these
performing groups can be found on the De
partment bulletin board on the upper level o f
Lang.
Instrumentalists and singers can also partici
pate in the chamber music coaching program
coordinated by Dorothy Freeman. The Or
chestra (Chamber Orchestra) and Chorus
(Singers) both require auditions for member
ship. Several student chamber music concerts
(in which all interested students have an
opportunity to perform) are given each se
mester. These concerts also provide an oppor
tunity for student composers to have their
works performed. T he Swarthmore C ollege
String Q uartet, composed o f four top-notch
student string players who also serve as prin
cipal players in the College Orchestra and
Chamber Orchestra, performs frequently at
the College and at other institutions.
The Barnard, Garrigues, Fetter, W hite, Fennimore, Courtney, and G addie prizes subsidize the
entire cost o f private instrumental or vocal
lessons for a limited number o f especially
gifted and advanced student musicians with
the teacher o f their choice. These yearly
awards for approximately ten students are
determined through a departmental screening
process. Please refer to pages 6 4 -6 7 for more
information.
The Department each year sponsors a Concerto
Com petition, open to all Swarthmore College
students. Auditions for the competition are
normally held the first Thursday after winter
vacation. The winner performs later with the
Orchestra. Practice and performance facilities
in the Lang Music Building include sixteen
practice rooms (each with at least one piano),
a concert and a rehearsal hall (each with its
own concert grand), one organ, and two harp
sichords. T he D aniel U nderhill M usic Library
has excellent collections o f scores, books, and
records.
T he W illiam J. C ooper Foundation presents a
distinguished group o f concerts each year on
the campus. The Music Department adminis
ters a separate series o f public concerts.
T he Swarthmore M usic and D ance Festival takes
place on campus during three weeks o f the fall
semester. It presents concerts, master classes,
and symposia, focusing on contemporary
American works performed and discussed by
eminent artists.
Dance
The Swarthmore College Dance Program, di
rected by Professor Sharon Friedler, strives to
foster a cooperative atmosphere in classes and
performance situations.
The Swarthmore College Dancers regularly
perform public concerts with works choreo
graphed by students, the dance faculty, and
other professional choreographers.
Each year there are a series o f formal concerts
at the end o f each semester, as well as informal
performances throughout the year, including
a series o f exchange concerts with other area
colleges. Lecture demonstrations for public
schools and for organizations within the sur
rounding communities are also a regular part
o f the yearly dance performance schedule.
For the past few years Swarthmore College
has been the recipient o f Pennsylvania Council
o f the Arts and National Endowment for the
Arts grants which have enabled the College, in
conjunction with the William J. Cooper Foun
dation, to bring outstanding professional
1
dance companies to campus for short term
residencies.
These residencies typically last from one to
three weeks, and include master classes, lec
tures, performances, and sometimes, the cre
ation o f a new work by a guest artist for
student performers.
Each year during the fall semester the Swarthmore Music and Dance Festival brings to
gether guest artists, faculty members, and
students in a series o f performances and sym-
posia focused on specific themes.
Scholarships for summer study are available
to dance students through funds provided by
the Friends o f Music and Dance. The Halley Jo
Stein Award for Dance and the Melvin B. Troy
Award for Composition are also awarded
annually by the Department.
The Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics sponsors a coeducational perfor
mance group in Folk Dance.
T h eatre
A
Professor Lee Devin is Director o f The Thea
tre. He supervises the Theatre Studies pro
gram. Interested students should consult the
departmental statement for English Litera
ture.
Internships in film production, casting, and
theatre are available throughout the Philadel
phia area. See Mr. Devin for details.
A th letics
Swarthmore’s athletic policy is based on the
premise that any sports program must be
justified by the contributions which it can
make to the educational development o f the
individual student who chooses to participate.
In keeping with this fundamental policy,
Swarthmore’s athletic program is varied and
extensive, offering every student a chance to
take part in a wide range o f sports. W ithin the
limits o f finance, personnel, and facilities, the
College feels that it is desirable to have as
many students as possible competing on its
intercollegiate or club teams, or in intramural
sports. Faculty members serve as advisers for
several o f the varsity athletic teams. They
work closely with the teams, attending prac
tices and many o f the scheduled contests.
In terest C lubs
There are a great variety o f special interest
clubs, listed more fully in the Student H and
book. Since the interests o f our students change
frequently, new clubs are often formed by
student groups.
P u blication s a n d M ed ia
The Phoenix, the weekly College newspaper,
and W SRN , the campus radio station, are
both completely student-run organizations. In
addition, there is a variety o f other student
publications, including literary magazines,
newsletters, and an alternative magazine. The
current list can be found in the H andbook.
O U TREA CH PROGRAM S
Sw arthm ore C olleg e U pw ard B ou nd
The Upward Bound Program at Swarthmore
College, begun in 1964 and continued with
Federal support, is intended to provide simul
taneously a valuable experience for Swarth
more students and a service to high school
students who are members o f surrounding
communities. It offers both a six-week resi
dential summer school in which Swarthmore
students may serve as counselors, and a series
o f activities during the academic year in which
Swarthmore students serve as tutors. The
program, designed to assist young people in
43
College Life
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------their preparation for post-high school education, is administered by Edwin A. Collins,
Project Director,
CIVIC
CIVIC (Cooperative Involvement and Volun
teers in the Community) is the community
service office on campus, located in the Re
source Center in Parrish Commons. CIVIC
has over 200 files on local and national com
munity service organizations with volunteer
opportunities. Students can volunteer in agen
cies focusing on AIDS, art, community de
velopment, counseling, disability, domestic
abuse/sexual assault, education, environment,
housing/homelessness/hunger, legal advo-
cacy, medical concerns, older citizens, repro
ductive health, refugees, and substance abuse.
Students can also volunteer with student
groups, such as MAGIC (Motivation and
Growth in Chester), Children’s Literacy Proj
ect, Chester Tutorial, and Chester Community
Improvement Project. The Chester Shuttle
transports students from campus to commu
nity service agencies in Chester six days/
week. Students can also be reimbursed for
their travel expenses to Philadelphia and Dela
ware County areas.
Sw artkm ore F ou n dation
The Swarthmore Foundation awards grants to
students participating in community service
during the semester and/or summer. Grants
ranging from $200 to $ 2,000 are awarded
four times each year by the Foundation Over
sight Committee, comprised o f faculty, staff,
and students. Students, staff, and graduates
(up to one year after graduation) are eligible
for grants to fund their living expenses and/
or project materials. Chester Internships are
granted to students to work full-time in com
munity service agencies in Chester. Interns
receive a living stipend for the semester and/
or summer.
ALUMNI OFFICE AND PUBLICATIONS
Alumni Relations is the communication chan
nel between the College and its alumni, en
abling them to maintain an on-going relation
ship with each other. Some o f the office’s
programs and activities include Alumni Week
end in the spring, Fall Weekend, Parents
Weekend in the spring, alumni gatherings off
campus all over the country, and alumni travel
tours. The Alumni Office hires students as
events interns and to help staff alumni events
on campus and in the Philadelphia area. Stu
dents also work as staff for most o f the cam
pus events.
The Alumni Office works closely with the
Office o f Career Planning and Placement to
facilitate "networking” between students and
alumni and among alumni in order to take full
advantage o f the invaluable experience repre
sented among the alumni. The Alumni Office
also helps officers o f the senior class plan
special events.
44
The Alumni Office gives staff support to the
Alumni Association, which celebrated its
100th anniversary in 1981-82, and to the
Alumni Council, the fifty-person elected
governing body o f the Alumni Association.
The Alumni Office gives staff support also to
the 13 regional alumni organizations, called
Connections, in Philadelphia, New York, Bos
ton, Washington, D .C ., southern Florida,
Chicago, Boulder, Los Angeles, San Francisco,
Hartford, New Haven, Long Island, and Seat
tle.
There are 15,349 alumni: 8,0 0 3 men, 7,346
women, and 2,212 married to each other,
giving substance to the traditional appellation
for the College o f "Quaker Matchbox.” The
College defines an alumnus/a as anyone who
has completed one semester.
ft
College Publications
All alumni, parents o f students, seniors, fac
ulty, and staff receive the quarterly Alumni
Bulletin free o f charge, and it is made available
to all students. Other complimentary publica
tions sent to alumni, parents, and friends are
an annual engagement calendar, the President’s
and Treasurer’s Report, and the Garnet Letter.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
The Public Relations Office works with the
faculty, students, and staff to provide news
and information about the College to the
public, primarily through the print and broad
casting media. It publicizes all public events
on campus and responds to requests from the
media for information on a variety o f subjects
by calling on the resources and expertise o f the
faculty and professional staff. The Public
Relations Office prepares two publications:
On Campus, a monthly schedule o f activities
at the College that are open to the public,
distributed on request to more than 2,000
households in the Philadelphia area, and the
W eekly News, a newsletter o f events and an
nouncements distributed to faculty, staff, and
students.
The Public Relations Office hires students
who can write like journalists to be feature
writers and events publicity writers, and also
employs students as clerical help.
IV
Edu cational P rogram
A w ards and Prizes
Facu lty R egulations
Fellow ships
D egree R equirem ents
46
Educational P ro g ra m
GENERAL STATEMENT
S warthmore College offers the degree of Bache
lor o f Arts and the degree o f Bachelor o f
Science. The latter is given only to students
who major in Engineering; the former, to
students in the Humanities, the Social Sci
ences, and the Natural Sciences. Four years of
resident study are normally required for a
Bachelor’s degree (see page 6 2 ), but variation
in this term, particularly as a result o f Ad
vanced Placement credit, is possible (see page
20).
The selection o f a program will depend upon
the student’s interests and vocational plans.
The purpose o f a liberal education, however,
is not primarily to provide vocational instruc
tion, even though it provides the best founda
tion for one’s future vocation. Its purpose is
to help students fulfill their responsibilities as
citizens and grow into cultivated and versatile
individuals. A liberal education is concerned
with the cultural inheritance o f the past, with
the cultivation o f moral, spiritual, and aes
thetic values, with the development o f ana
lytical abilities. Intellectually it aims to en
hance resourcefulness, serious curiosity,
open-mindedness, perspective, logical coher
ence, insight, discrimination.
One comprehensive review o f Swarthmore’s
curriculum (C ritiqu e o f a College, 1967) sug
gested two principles for a liberal education.
"O ne is the principle o f Depth. To make the
most o f a liberal education, each student must
go far enough into some subjects to give him
a genuine mastery o f disciplinary skills, so
that he can use them to generate new dis
coveries on his ow n.. . . He must go far enough
to grasp systematic connections within a field,
to see how fundamental principles combine to
make intelligible a range o f subordinate prin
ciples or phenomena.. . . The other principle
is that o f Diversity. To make the most o f a
liberal education, each student must have
enough breadth and variety in his studies so
that he can compare and contrast different
methods o f inquiry. . . , and so that he can
have the experience o f making the bright
spark o f connection leap across wide gaps. It
is this breadth that gives point to the two
senses o f 'relevance’ that are fundamental in
liberal education. . . perception o f the rele
vance o f one part o f learning to another, even
across the boundaries o f fields and subjects
(and) . . . perception o f the relevance o f learn
ing to the exigencies o f life .. . . ” To these two
principles the study added that the curriculum
should aim to encourage resourcefulness and
self-reliance and develop the personal condi
tions o f intellectual progress by placing sub
stantial responsibility upon the student for his
or her education, amply allowing individuality
o f programs and requiring important choices
about the composition o f programs. "W hat
we are proposing,” the study concluded, "is
a curriculum that leans rather sharply toward
specialized diversity, and away from uniform
generality.. . . Our emphasis is on serious en
counters with special topics and problems at
a comparatively high level o f competence, and
on student programs that reflect individual
constellations o f diversified interests.”
Accordingly, the Swarthmore curriculum re
quires o f the student both a diversity of
intellectual experience sufficient to test and
develop different capacities and perspectives
and concentration on some field(s) sufficiently
intensive to develop a serious understanding
o f problems and methods and a sense o f the
conditions o f mastery. These ends o f a liberal
education are reflected in requirements for
distribution and for the major.
During the first half o f their college program
all students are expected to satisfy some if not
all o f the distribution requirements, to choose
their major and minor subjects, and to prepare
for advanced work in these subjects by taking
certain prerequisites. The normal program
consists o f four courses each semester chosen
by the student in consultation with his or her
faculty advisor.
The program for upper class students affords
a choice between two methods o f study: the
External Examination (Honors) Program and
the Course program. Reading for Honors is
characteristically the more intensive, Course
work the more diversified. An Honors candi
date concentrates on two or three fields
through a disciplinary major and minor or
focuses the program o f study in an interdisci
plinary major or concentration; studies are
intensive and will occupy the equivalent of
Educational Program
three-fourths o f the student’s work during the
last two years. In addition to work taken as a
part o f the External Examination Program,
the students take other courses which provide
opportunities for further exploration. At the
close o f the senior year, the candidate’s exter
nal examination program will be evaluated by
visiting examiners.
A student in the course program has wider
freedom o f election and normally takes four
courses or their equivalent in each o f the last
four semesters. All students must fulfill the
requirements for the major, and before the
end o f the senior year, students are required
to pass a comprehensive examination given by
the major department.
All students are admitted to seminars based
on their prior academic work.
The program for engineering students follows
a similar basic plan, with certain variations
which are explained on page 109. Courses
outside the technical fields are distributed
over all four years.
The course advisors o f freshmen and sopho
mores are members o f the faculty appointed
by the Dean. For juniors and seniors the
advisors are the chairs o f their major depart
ments or their representatives.
PROGRAM FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
The major goals o f the first two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to introduce stu
dents to a broad range o f intellectual pursuits,
to equip them with the analytic and expressive
skills required to engage in those pursuits, and
to foster a critical stance towards learning and
knowing. The College distribution require
ments are designed to aid students in achieving
these goals.
To meet the distribution requirements, a stu
dent must take at least three credits in each of
the three divisions o f the College and complete
at least 20 credits outside the major before
graduation. A t least two credits in each divi
sion must be in different departments and
must also be earned in courses designated as
Primary Distribution courses.
For purposes o f the distribution requirements
the three divisions o f the College are consti
tuted as follows:
H um anities: Art, Classics (literature), English
Literature, Modem Languages and Litera
tures, Music and Dance, Philosophy, Reli
gion.
Natural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science, Engineering,
Mathematics, Physics and Astronomy.
Social Sciences: Classics (ancient history), Eco
nomics, Education, History, Linguistics,
Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and
Anthropology.
Primary Distribution courses place particular
emphasis on the mode o f inquiry in a particu
lar discipline. In teaching students to be self
conscious about how knowledge is generated,
these courses seek to develop an appreciation
o f both the power and the limits o f each
discipline within a broader system o f knowl
edge. In recognition o f the importance o f
writing as an integral part o f the learning
process in disciplines across the curriculum,
Primary Distribution courses also provide
considerable practice in expressing analytic
and synthetic thought in writing. Primary
Distribution courses are intended to be ap
propriate both for those students who con
tinue in a field and for those who do not. To
promote discussion they are restricted to 25
students or have accompanying small labora
tories or discussion sections.
Courses which count for Primary Distribution
are designated in the departmental listings. All
six Primary Distribution courses must be
satisfied by courses taken at Swarthmore and,
with the exception o f literature courses taught
in a language other than English, will normally
be completed before the student enters the
junior year. Extensions in the time allowed to
complete the remaining Primary Distribution
courses may be granted by the Committee on
Academic Requirements to students who
study for a semester or more away from
Swarthmore.
J
I
I
l
f
Any course in a division (with the exception
o f English Literature courses numbered 1A,
IB , 1C, Music courses numbered 4 0 -4 9 , and
Dance courses numbered 1-12 and 4 0 ) may be
chosen as the third Distribution course in that
division. Some courses may be designated as
qualifying for distribution (including Primary
Distribution) within more than one division.
One-credit courses so designated can be
counted in only one o f those divisions; multicredit courses so designated may be counted
for distribution in two or more divisions. A
course cross-listed between departments,
within or across divisions, will fulfill the
distribution requirement only for the depart
ment and division o f the professor who offers
the course. Unless designated otherwise,
courses taught jointly or alternately by faculty
members o f departments in different divisions
may not be used to satisfy distribution re
quirements.
Students who have been granted credit and
advanced placement by two departments in
the same division for work done prior to
matriculation at S warthmore will be exempted
from one Primary Distribution requirement
in that division on the condition that they take
an additional course in one o f those depart
ments. They will be exempted from both
Primary Distribution requirements in that
division on the condition that they take an
additional course in each o f those depart
ments. Students who enter Swarthmore as
transfer students with eight credits o f college
work will be exempted from one Primary
Distribution requirement in each division.
Students who enter Swarthmore with at most
four semesters remaining to complete their
degree will be exempted from the Primary
Distribution component o f the distribution
requirement.
It is most desirable that students include in
their programs some work in a foreign lan
guage, beyond the basic language requirement
(see p. 62). A student who intends to major
in one o f the natural sciences, mathematics, or
engineering should take an appropriate mathe
matics course in the freshman year. Students
intending to major in one o f the social sciences
should be aware o f the increasing importance
o f mathematical background for these sub
jects.
Early in the sophomore year, the student
should identify two or three subjects as pos
sible majors, paying particular attention to
departmental requirements and recommenda
tions.
W hile faculty advisors assist students in pre
paring their academic programs, students
themselves are individually responsible for
planning and adhering to programs and for the
completion o f graduation requirements. Fac
ulty advisors, department chairmen, other
faculty members, the Deans, and the Registrar
are available for information and advice.
In the freshman and sophomore years all
students not excused for medical reasons are
required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. The
requirements are stated in full on page 61.
PROGRAMS FOR JUNIORS AND SENIORS
The major goals o f the last two years o f a
Swarthmore education are to engage students
with a chosen field o f inquiry and to assist
them in assuming an independent role in
creating and synthesizing knowledge within it.
The breadth o f exposure, acquisition o f skills,
and development o f a critical stance during
the Erst two years prepare students to pursue
these goals. W ith the choice o f a major, the
focus shifts from scope to depth. Students
become involved for two years with a discrete
field o f inquiry and demonstrate their mastery
o f that field through the completion o f courses
within the major and courses taken outside
the major which serve to expand and deepen
the student’s perspective on the major.
All students are required to include sufficient
work in a single department or program (des
ignated as a "m ajor” ) to make an equivalent
o f at least eight courses before graduation. In
the spring o f the sophomore year, each student
will, with the guidance o f his or her advisor,
prepare a reasoned plan o f study for the last
49
Educational Program
two years. This plan will be submitted to the
chair o f the student’s proposed major as a part
o f the application for a major. Acceptance will
be based on the student’s record and an
estimate o f his or her capacities in the designated major. Students who fail to secure ap>
proval o f a major cannot be admitted to the
junior class.
During the senior year a student may choose
to study in one o f two programs o f study
described below.
COURSE PROGRAM
Work in the Course program includes some
intensive study within a general area o f inter
est. This work results in a departmental major
or a special major. To complete a departmental
major, a student must be accepted as a major,
and in addition to the standard eight courses
and comprehensive examination in the major
department, must fulfill specific departmental
requirements. The requirements for accep
tance to departmental majors and for comple
tion o f them are specified in this catalogue
under the respective departmental listings.
The latter are designated to ensure a compre
hensive acquaintance with the field. A student
must accumulate twenty courses outside his
or her major, but there is no other limit on the
number o f courses that a student may take in
his or her major.
W ith departmental permission it is possible
for a student to plan a Special Major that
includes closely related work in one or more
departments outside the major department.
This work (up to four courses normally) is
part o f the major program for the comprehen
sive examination; some o f it may consist o f a
thesis or other written research project(s)
designed to integrate the work across depart
mental boundaries. In any case, the program
o f the Special M ajor is expected to be integral
in the sense that it specifies a field o f learning
(not necessarily conventional) or topic or
problems for sustained inquiry that crosses
departmental boundaries and can be treated as
a sub-field within the normal departmental
major. Special Majors consist o f at least 10
credits and normally o f no more than 12
credits. Occasionally, where regular depart
mental requirements unduly constrain the
possibilities o f a Special Major, these require
ments may be relaxed to a minimum o f six
courses in the primary department or by the
omission o f certain courses in that department
normally required for the sake o f breadth o f
experience o f the major field; but course
requirements central to systematic understand
ing o f the major field will not be waived. By
extension, Special Majors may be formulated
as joint majors between two departments,
normally with at least five credits in each
department and 11 in both departments,
which, in such programs, collaborate in advis
ing and in the comprehensive examination.
SO
i
I
During the junior and senior years, Course
students are advised by the chairman o f the
major department (o ra member o f the depart
ment designated by the chairman) whose ap
proval must be secured for the choice o f
courses each semester.
j
The faculty may award the bachelor’s degree
with Distinction to students who have done
distinguished work in the Course program
and have achieved the grade average established for this degree.
]
i]
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM (READING FOR HONORS)
The External Examination Program, initiated
in 1922 by President Frank Aydelotte and
modified most recently in 1987, is a distinctive
part o f Swarthmore’s educational life. While
the program is designedly flexible and respon
sive to new needs, it has been characterizedfrom the beginning by three basic elements,
1
J
which taken together may be said to be the
essence o f the system.
(1 ) Reading for Honors involves a concentra
tion o f the student’s attention upon a limited
field o f studies. Normally, the student pursues
only two subjects each semester, avoiding
I
)
fragmentation o f interests. Content o f studies
is correspondingly broader and deeper, per
mitting a wide range o f reading and investiga
tion and demanding o f the student correlations
o f an independent and searching nature.
)
4
f
1
■J
j
J
(2) W hile Reading for Honors frees students
from periodic examination, it exposes their
thinking to continual scrutiny from both class
mates and instructors. Students prepare for
examination over their program at the close of
the senior year. In these, the student is ex
pected to demonstrate competence in a field
o f knowledge rather than mere mastery of
those facts and interpretations which the in
structor has presented. These examinations,
consisting o f a three-hour paper in each field,
are set by examiners from other institutions
who also come to the campus to conduct an
oral examination o f each student.
(2 ) Three units o f work consisting o f a twocredit seminar or its equivalent plus a unit o f
prerequisite work.
(3 ) One unit o f work if this work is related to
one or more o f the other fields in the student’s
external examination program. The examined
work will take the form o f a written essay
which will be the equivalent o f a one-credit
thesis. A student may include, at most, two
single-unit fields in the program for external
examination.
A candidate for admission to the external
examination program should, during the
spring semester o f the junior year, consult the
chair o f his or her prospective major and
minor departments or the chair o f an approved
interdisciplinary concentration or major in
which the examination program is to be fo
cused, to work out his or her proposed pro
gram for external examination. The applica
(3)
Reading for Honors is customarily carried
tion for an external examination program
on in seminars, in independent projects, or in
contains a specification o f i) which examina
classes which have been approved as prepara
tion a student proposes to take, ii) how many
tions for external examinations. Seminars
units each examination is to count for, and iii)
meet once a week, in many cases in the home
the form o f preparation for each examination.
o f the instructor, for sessions lasting three
This proposed program must be filed in the
hours or more. The exact technique o f the
office o f the Registrar, who will forward it to
seminar varies with the subject matter, but its
the divisions concerned. Accceptance o f the
essence is a cooperative search for truth,
candidate by the division will be based on the
whether it be by papers, discussion, or laborarecommendation o f the major and minor de
tory experiment. Once a seminar in a desig
partments, concentrations or interdisciplinary
nated subj ect has been taken, the student must
major. The recommendation o f the major
stand for the external examination as part of
department or interdisciplinary program will
his or her Honors program.
depend on the proposed program o f study and
An external examination program will be
the quality o f the student’s previous work as
based on the equivalent o f twelve units of
indicated by grades received and upon the
work covering at least four fields chosen from
student’s apparent capacity for assuming the
at least two departments. The program of
responsibility o f reading for honors. The
study must contain at least three fields from
major department or interdisciplinary pro
the student’s major department or be in a
gram is responsible for the original plan o f
faculty-approved interdisciplinary major or
work and for keeping in touch with the can
concentration. The major department may
didate’s progress from semester to semester.
require that the minor field o f a four field
The division is responsible for approval o f the
examination program be related to the three
original program and o f any later changes in
fields in the major.
that program.
A student who sits for an external examination
For purposes o f the external examination
in a field must do so based on one o f the
program, the structure o f divisions will be as
following forms o f preparation:
follows:
(1 ) Two units o f work consisting o f a twoH umanities: Art, Classics, English Literature,
credit seminar or its equivalent, or a twoHistory, Linguistics (program), Mathematics,
credit thesis or individual research project.
51
Educational Program
Modem Languages, Music and Dance, Philos'
ophy, Psychology, Religion.
Social Sciences: Economics, Education, Engi
neering, History, Linguistics (program), Mathe
matics, Philosophy, Political Science, Psychol
ogy, Sociology and Anthropology.
N atural Sciences and Engineering: Biology,
Chemistry, Computer Science (program), En
gineering, Mathematics, Philosophy, Physics
and Astronomy, Psychology.
All seminar work will be followed by an
examination at the end o f the spring semester
o f the year in which the seminar is offered. For
seniors in the external examination program,
the external examination will constitute suffi
cient examination for all seminars in their plan
o f study. All other students who have taken
seminars will stand for an appropriate exami
nation set (when feasible) by external examin
ers and read by a member o f the Swarthmore
faculty. If such an exam is not available, these
students will stand for an equivalent examina
tion set and read by a member o f the Swarth
more faculty.
Seniors who are awarded honors and juniors
who have been accepted into the external
examination program will have no grades
recorded on their transcript for any seminars
included in their plan o f study for honors
programs. Seniors who take courses within a
plan o f study for an external examination
program will be expected to meet all the
requirements for such courses except that of
course examination, unless the instructor
deems it necessary that they take the examina
tion. Normally, the external examination will
be sufficient examination for such courses.
A t the end o f the senior year the reading o f the
examinations and the decision o f the degree of
Honors to be awarded the candidates is en
tirely in the hands o f the visiting examiners.
Upon their recommendation, successful can
didates are awarded the Bachelor’s Degree
with Honors, with High Honors, or with
Highest Honors. When the work o f a candi
date does not in the opinion o f the examiners
merit Honors o f any grade, Swarthmore fac
ulty members review the student’s examina
tion papers and assign grades.
EXCEPTIONS TO THE FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM
Although the normal period o f uninterrupted
work toward the Bachelor o f Arts and Bache
lor o f Science degrees is four years, graduation
in three years is freely permitted when a
student can take advantage o f Advanced Place
ment credits, perhaps combining them with
extra work by special permission. When cir
cumstances warrant, a student may lengthen
the continuous route to graduation to five
years by carrying fewer courses than the norm
o f four: this may be appropriate for students
who enter Swarthmore lacking some elements
o f the usual preparation for college, who are
physically handicapped, or who wish to free
time for activities relating to their curricular
work although not done for academic credit.
Such five-year programs are possible in Music
and Studio Arts for students who are taking
52
instruction off campus or who wish to pursue
studio or instrumental work without full
credit but with instruction and critical super
vision; but such programs are possible only
on application to and selection by the depart
ment concerned, which will look for excep
tional accomplishment or promise. In all cases
where it is proposed to reduce academic credit
and lengthen the period before graduation the
College looks particularly to personal circum
stances and to careful advising and necessarily
charges the regular annual tuition (see the
provisions for overloads, p. 21). Full-time
leaves o f absence for a semester or a year or
more are freely permitted and in some cases
encouraged, subject also to careful planning
and academic advising.
NORMAL COURSE LOAD
Although normal progress toward the degree
of Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f Science is
made by eight semesters’ work o f four courses
or the equivalent each semester, students may
and frequently do vary this by programs o f
five courses or three courses if it is desirable
for them to do so. The object o f progress
toward the degree is not primarily, however,
the mere accumulation o f 32 credits. College
policy does not permit programs o f fewer
than three courses within the normal eight
semester enrollment. Programs o f more than
five courses or fewer than four courses require
special permission (see p. 21 on tuition and
p. 6 0 on registration).
FORMATS OF INSTRUCTION
W hile classes and seminars are the normal
curricular formats at Swarthmore, faculty regu
lations encourage other modes as well. These
include various forms o f individual study,
student-run courses, and a limited amount o f
"practical” or off-campus work.
The principal forms o f individual work are
attachments to courses, directed reading, and
tutorials. The faculty regulation on attach
ments provides that a student may attach to an
existing course, with permission o f the in
structor, a project o f additional reading, re
search, and writing. I f this attachment is taken
concurrently with the course it is normally
done for half credit. If it is taken in a later
semester (preferably the semester immediately
following), it may be done for either half or
full credit. This kind o f work can be done on
either a small-group or individual basis. It is
not possible in all courses, but it is in most,
including some introductory courses. For
freshmen and sophomores it is a way o f
developing capacities for independent work,
and for Honors candidates it is an alternative
to seminars as a preparation for papers. Stu
dents who decide before the middle o f the
semester to do a half-credit attachment may
commonly, with permission, withdraw from a
regular course and carry three and a half
credits in that term to be balanced by four and
a half credits in another term. Students may
do as many as two attachments each year.
Directed reading and tutorials are similar; but
the faculty role in the former is more biblio
graphical than pedagogical, and, because they
require somewhat less faculty time, oppor
tunities for directed reading are more frequent
in most departments than are opportunities
for tutorials. In both cases substantial written
work and/or written examinations are con
sidered appropriate, and it is generally desir
able that the work be more specialized or more
sharply focussed than is usually the case in
courses or seminars; the work may range from
a course o f reading to a specific research
project. Such work is available primarily to
juniors and seniors in accordance with their
curricular interests and as faculty time per
mits.
The faculty regulation on student-rim courses
permits a group o f students to propose a topic
to an instructor for half or single credit and to
run their own course with a reading list ap
proved by the instructor and a final examina
tion or equivalent administered by him or her,
but normally with no further involvement o f
faculty. In organizing such a course students
obtain provisional approval and agreement to
serve as course supervisor from a faculty
member by December 1st (for the spring
term) or May 1st (for the fall term) on the
basis o f an initial memorandum emphasizing
the principal subject matter to be studied, the
questions to be asked about it, the methods o f
investigation, and providing a preliminary bib
liography. The course is then registered by its
organizers with the Provost, who has admin
istrative supervision o f such work, and who
may waive the foregoing deadlines to recognize
problems in the organization o f such courses.
The course supervisor consults his or her
department, and in the case o f an interdepart
mental course, any other department con
cerned, whose representatives together with
53
Educational Program
the Provost will decide whether to approve the
course. The supervisor also reviews the course
outline and bibliography and qualifications
and general eligibility o f students proposing
to participate in the course. After a student'
run course has been found acceptable by the
appropriate department (or departments) and
the Provost, the course supervisor’s final ap
proval is due ten days before the term begins,
following which a revised reading list and class
list are given to the Librarian and the course
title and class list are hied with the Registrar.
A t the end o f the course the supervisor evalu
ates and grades the students’ work in the usual
way or arranges for an outside examiner to do
so.
Student-run courses may vary in format and
content. In particular, they may be provi
sionally proposed for half credit to run in the
first half o f the semester, and at midterm, may
be either concluded or, if the participants and
course supervisor find the work profitable,
continued for the balance o f the term for full
credit. Alternatively, student-run courses may
be started after the beginning o f the semester
(up to midsemester) for half credit and then
be continued, on the same basis, into the
following term. O r they may be taken for half
credit over a full term. The role o f the course
supervisor may exceed that in planning and
evaluation outlined above and extend to occa
sional or regular participation. The only es
sentials, and the purpose o f the procedures,
are sufficient planning and organization o f the
course to facilitate focus and penetration. The
course planning and organization, both ana
The requirements o f the major typically leave
room for significant flexibility in students’
programs, both within and outside the major.
This may be used to pursue a variety o f
interests and to emphasize intellectual diver
sity; it may also be used for the practical
integration o f individual programs around
interests or principles supplementing the
major. The College offers interdepartmental
majors in Asian Studies, Medieval Studies,
Literature, Linguistics-Psychology, and The
atre Studies, and formal interdisciplinary pro
54
lytical and bibliographical, are also regarded
as important ends in themselves, to be emphasized in the review o f proposals before
approval. Up to four o f the 32 credits required
for graduation may be taken in student-run
courses.
Finally, as to applied or practical work, the
College may under faculty regulations grant
up to one course credit for practical work,
which may be done o ff campus, when it can
be shown to lend itself to intellectual analysis
and is likely to contribute to a student’s
progress in regular course work, and subject
to four conditions: ( 1 ) agreement o f an in
structor to supervise the project; (2) sponsorship by the instructor’s department, and in the
case o f an interdisciplinary project, any other
department concerned, whose representatives
together with the Provost will decide whether
to grant permission for the applied or practical
work before that work is undertaken; (3 ) a
basis for the project in some prior course
work; and (4 ) normally, the examination o f
pertinent literature and production o f a writ
ten report as parts o f the project. This option
is intended to apply to work in which direct
experience o f the off-campus world or re
sponsible applications o f academic learning or
imaginative aspects o f the practice o f an art are
the primary elements. Because such work is
likely to bear a loose relation to organized
instruction and the regular curriculum, the
College limits academic credit for it while
recognizing its special importance for some
students’ programs.
grams short o f the major in Black Studies,
Computer Science, International Relations,
Public Policy, and Women’s Studies. The programs in Education and in Linguistics have
departmental status as to staff. It should be
recognized that some departments are themselves interdisciplinary in nature; that a con
siderable number o f courses are cross-listed
between departments; that each year some
courses are taught jointly by members o f two
or more departments; that departments com
monly recommend or require supporting
I
I
j
i
I
i
1
f
I
I
ij
¡1
a
T
j
1
I
J
if
I
i]
I
9
I
1
work for their majors in other departments;
and that students can organize their work into
personally selected concentrations in addition
to or as extensions o f their majors, particularly
in Special Majors. Such concentration is for
mally provided in Black Studies, International
Relations, Public Policy, and Women’s Stu
dies. Many other opportunities exist infor
mally—e.g., in comparative literature, in Af
rican studies, in American studies, in religion
and sociology-anthropology, in engineering
and social sciences, in women’s studies, in
biochemistry, or in chemical physics. Students
are encouraged to seek the advice o f faculty
members on such possibilities with respect to
their particular interests. In some cases faculty
members o f several departments have planned
and scheduled their course offerings with
some consultation so as to afford a de facto
concentration in addition to the major, and
students may wish to know and take advantage
o f these cases o f overlapping faculty interests.
HEALTH SCIENCES ADVISORY PROGRAM
The function o f the health sciences advisory
program is twofold: to advise students inter
ested in a career in the health sciences, and to
prepare letters o f recommendation for profes
sional schools to which students apply. The
letters are based on faculty evaluations re
quested by the student, the student’s academic
record and non-academic activities.
Students intending to enter a career in the
health sciences, especially those applying to
medical or dental schools, should plan their
academic programs carefully to meet the ne
cessary requirements, as well as the general
College requirements. The following courses
are among the minimum requirements for stu
dents entering medical or dental schools: Bi
ology 1, 2 (students who have earned ad
vanced placement credit for Biology 1, 2
should take two other biology courses);
Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 , or 38; Physics 3 , 4 ;
Math 5 and one additional math course; and
English Literature, two semester courses. The
work o f the junior and senior years may be
completed in either the Course or the Honors
Program, and in any major department o f
the student’s choice. However, professional
schools in the health sciences generally require
a demonstrated proficiency in the basic scien
ces. All required courses should therefore be
taken on a graded basis after the first semester
o f the freshman year.
Almost all medical schools require applicants
to take the Medical College Admission Test
which is given in April and September each
year. It is recommended that students take the
test in the Spring o f the year that they apply
for admission to medical schools. Swarthmore
College is a testing center for the MCAT.
Corollary tests, the Dental Aptitude Test and
the Veterinary Aptitude Test, are often re
quired by dental and veterinary schools.
Specific requirements for each medical and
dental school along with much other useful
information are given in two publications
which are available in the Health Sciences
Advisory Office: M edical School Admission
Requirements and Admission Requirements o f
A m erican D ental Schools. Catalogs for most
medical and veterinary schools are also on file
in the Advisory Office.
The Health Sciences Advisor meets periodi
cally with students interested in health careers
and is available to assist students in planning
their programs in cooperation with students’
own academic advisors. Further information
on opportunities, requirements and proce
dures can be obtained from the Health Sci
ences Advisor but it is the student’s respon
sibility to make his or her intentions known
to the Advisor at the earliest possible date.
CREATIVE ARTS
Work in the creative arts is available both in
the curriculum o f certain departments and on
an extracurricular basis. Interested students
should consult the departmental statements in
Art, English Literature, and Music and Dance.
Educational Program
COOPERATION W ITH NEIGHBORING INSTITUTIONS
W ith the approval o f their faculty advisor and
the Registrar, students may take a course
offered by Bryn Mawr or Haverford College
or the University o f Pennsylvania without the
payment o f extra tuition. Students are ex-
pected to know and abide by the academic
regulations o f the host institution. This ar
rangement does not apply to the summer
sessions o f the University o f Pennsylvania and
Bryn Mawr College.
STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAMS
To provide variety and a broadened oudook
for interested students, the College has stu
dent exchange arrangements with Harvey
Mudd College, Middlebury College, Mills
College, Pomona College, Rice University,
and Tufts University. Selection is made by a
committee o f the home institution from
among applicants who will be sophomores or
juniors at the time o f the exchange.
W ith each institution there is a limited and
matched number o f exchanges. Students settle
financially with the home institution, thus
retaining during the exchange any financial aid
for which they are eligible. Exchange arrange
ments do not permit transfer o f participants
to the institution with which the exchange
takes place.
EDUCATION ABROAD
The College recognizes the educational value
o f study abroad and encourages students to
explore possibilities for doing so as integral
parts o f their programs o f study toward the
degree. To help interested students in doing
so, the College advises students as to suitable
study abroad opportunities, and wherever
possible facilitates students in making requi
site arrangements.
To be accepted for credit, foreign study must
meet Swarthmore academic standards and
must form a coherent part o f the student’s
four-year plan o f study. If properly planned in
advance, successful study abroad may nor
mally be expected to be accepted for credit
toward the Swarthmore degree, under College
regulations for accrediting courses completed
at other institutions or under regulations for
granting intercultural credit. Students may be
asked to take examinations upon their return
to the College; and requests for academic
credit for study abroad must be made within
the academic year following return to the
College.
To be eligible for credit, study abroad plans
must be approved in advance by the Registrar,
chairs o f departments involved, and the stu-
56
dent’s faculty adviser. Initial exploration o f
study abroad possibilities may be undertaken
with the Foreign Studies Committee. Financial
aid issues should be discussed with the Finan
cial Aid Officer o f the College.
1. The Swarthmore Program in Grenoble, France,
inaugurated in the fall o f 1972. Students
entering this program spend either one or two
semesters at the University o f Grenoble,
where their course o f study is the equivalent
o f one or two semesters at Swarthmore. This
program, under the auspices o f the Depart
ment o f Modem Languages and Literatures, is
open to students from any department, but
especially those in the humanities and social
sciences. Should there be places available,
applications from students at other institu
tions are accepted. The number o f participants
in limited to twenty-five.
Students are integrated into the academic life
at the University o f Grenoble through regular
courses, when their language competence al
lows, or through special courses for foreign
students. Individual programs are arranged to
suit the needs and competencies o f students.
Preparation o f External Examination papers is
possible in certain fields. The program is
designed primarily for juniors and second
semester sophomores, but seniors can be ac
commodated in special cases.
from Williams, Mount Holyoke, and Swarth
more Colleges, serve also as directors-in-residence in Madrid.
A member o f the Department o f Modem
Languages and Literatures acts as resident
Director. The Director teaches a course or a
seminar, supervises the academic program
and the living arrangements o f the students,
and advises on all educational or personal
problems. A coordinator o f the program at
Swarthmore handles such matters as admis
sions to the program (in consultation with the
Deans), financial aid, transfer o f academic
credit to departments within the College and
to institutions whose students participate in
the program. Applications for the fall semester
must be submitted by March 15 and for the
spring semester by October 15.
Applications and further information are avail
able from the Department o f Modern Lan
guages and Literatures.
2. A cadem ic Year in M adrid, Spain. This pro
gram is administered by the Romance Lan
guage Department o f Hamilton College, in
cooperation with faculty members o f W il
liams, Mount Holyoke and Swarthmore Col
leges. Students many enroll either for the full
academic year or for the fall semester only.
(Credit at Swarthmore must be obtained
through the departments concerned.) The
program attempts to take full advantage o f the
best facilities and teaching staff o f the Spanish
community, while adhering to the code o f
intellectual performance characteristic o f the
most demanding American institutions.
A distinguishing aspect o f the program is the
individual guidance provided students in non
academic areas, especially in ( 1 ) the efforts
that are made to find homes well suited for
student lodging, and ( 2) the activities which
are planned to insure ample contact with
Spanish students.
The program is based in Madrid, where the
cultural, educational and geographic benefits
are optimum. Classrooms and office space are
located at the International Institute (Miguel
Angel 8, Madrid). The Institute is centrally
located, it houses a library eminently suited
for study and research, and it sponsors a series
o f lectures, concerts and social activities.
The program is under the general guidance of
a committee comprised o f members o f the
Hamilton College Department o f Romance
Languages, who, in rotation with professors
3. Suiarthmore-supported Programs o f Study
A broad. Swarthmore students may apply their
scholarship monies to the cost o f participating
in one o f the programs o f academic study
abroad listed below, subject to the student’s
acceptance to the program in question and the
customary regulations which apply to study
abroad as outlined above.
1) Swarthmore College Program in Greno
ble (France) for either semester or the
entire academic year (see above);
2 ) Hamilton College Academic Year in Ma
drid (Spain) for the fall semester or the
entire academic year (see above);
3) Wayne State Junior Year in Germany,
either at the University o f Freiburg or the
University o f Munich (West Germany)
for the entire academic year;
4 ) Smith College Junior Year at the Univer
sity o f Hamburg (West Germany) for the
entire academic year;
5 ) Duke University Program in Berlin (Ger
many), Humboldt University in the fall
semester; Free University in the spring
semester
6 ) Great Lakes College Association Latin
America Program (Ceuca) in Bogota (C o
lombia) for either semester or the entire
academic year;
7) The Intercollegiate Center for Classical
Studies in Rome (Italy) for either semes
ter or the entire academic year; (See also
announcement o f the Art Department,
p. 73, and o f the Classics Department,
p. 92 .)
8) Sweet Briar Junior Year in France (Paris);
9 ) Intercollegiate Sri Lanka Educational
(ISLE) Program at the University o f Peradeniya for the fall (August-November)
semester;
57
Educational Program
10) CET/Wellesley College Chinese Lan
guage Program in Beijing for one or both
semesters;
11) Wesleyan Program in Regensburg (Ger
many) for the spring semester;
12) University o f Ghana, both semesters;
13) American Collegiate Consortium for
East-West Cultural and Academic Ex
change for study in the Soviet Union.
Students who wish to apply scholarship funds
to the above programs should consult with the
Financial Aid officer o f the College.
4. O ther Established Programs. Students who
wish to study abroad under formal academic
conditions but whose needs would not be met
by any o f the programs listed above may apply
to one o f the programs administered by other
American colleges and universities; for exam
ple, those o f Oberlin College, with whose
Chinese Studies Program at Tunghai Univer
sity the College is also affiliated, Smith Col
lege, or Sweet Briar College. These are fullyear programs o f study at foreign universities,
under the supervision o f American college
personnel.
5. D irect Enrollment. Application may also be
made directly to foreign institutions for ad
mission as a special student. This should be
58
done only after consultation with the Registrar
and the appropriate department head. Care
must be taken to assure in advance that
courses taken abroad will be acceptable for
Swarthmore credit. Most foreign universities
severely limit the number o f students they
accept for short periods.
The O lga Lam kert M em orial Fund. Income from
a fund established in 1979 by students o f Olga
Lamkert, Professor o f Russian at Swarthmore
College from 1949 to 1956, is available to
students with demonstrated financial need
who wish to attend a Russian summer school
program in this country or either the Lenin
grad or Moscow semester programs in the
U SSR. Awards based on merit and financial
need will be made on the recommendation o f
the Russian section o f the Department o f
Modern Languages and Literatures.
T he Eugene M. W eber M em orial Fund. Income
from a fund established in 1986 to honor the
memory o f Eugene M. Weber, Professor o f
German at Swarthmore College from 1973 to
1986, is available to students with demon
strated financial need who wish to attend an
academic program in a German-speaking coun
try. Awards based on merit and financial need
will be made on the recommendation o f the
German section o f the Department o f Modem
Languages and Literatures.
Fa c u lty Regu lation s
ATTENDANCE AT CLASSES
Registration to take a course for credit implies
regular attendance at classes, unless a student
specifically elects to obtain credit in a course
without attending classes. The conditions for
exercising this option are set forth below.
W ith this exception, students are responsible
for regular attendance. Faculty members will
report to the Dean the name o f any student
whose repeated absence is in their opinion
impairing the student’s work. The number o f
cuts allowed in a given course is not specified,
a fact which places a heavy responsibility on
all students to make sure that their work is not
suffering as a result o f absences. Since fresh
men must exercise particular care in this
respect, and since the Faculty recognizes its
greater responsibility toward freshmen in the
matter o f class attendance, it is expected that
freshmen, especially, will attend a ll classes.
A student may obtain credit for a course
without attending class meetings by reading
the material prescribed by a syllabus and
taking a final examination, under the following
conditions:
When illness necessitates absence from
classes, the student should report at once to
the Health Center.
4 ) The final grade will be recorded by the
Registrar exactly as if the student had attended
classes normally.
1) The student must signify intent to do so at
the time o f registration, having obtained the
instructor’s approval in advance.
2) If after such registration the student wishes
to resume normal class attendance, the in
structor’s approval must be obtained.
3 ) The student may be required to perform
such work, in addition to the final examina
tion, as the instructor deems necessary for
adequate evaluation o f his or her perfor
mance.
GRADES
Instructors report to the Dean’s and Regis
trar’s offices at intervals during the year upon
the work o f students in courses. Informal
reports during the semester take the form o f
comments on unsatisfactory work. A t the end
o f each semester formal grades are given in
each course under the letter system, by which
A means excellent work, B good work, C
satisfactory work, D passing but below the
average required for graduation, and NC (no
credit) for uncompleted or unsatisfactory
work. Letter grades are qualified by pluses
and minuses. W signifies that the student has
been permitted to withdraw from the course
by the Committee on Academic Require
ments. X designates a condition; this means
that a student has done unsatisfactory work in
the first half o f a year course, but by creditable
work during the second half may earn a
passing grade for the full course and thereby
remove the condition. R is used to designate
an auditor or to Indicate cases in which the
work o f a foreign student cannot be evaluated
because o f deficiencies in English.
Inc. means that a student’s work is incomplete
with respect to specific assignments or exam
inations. The Faculty has voted that a student’s
final grade in a course should incorporate a
zero for any part o f the course not completed
by the date o f the final examination, or the end
o f the examination period. However, if cir
cumstances beyond the student’s control pre
clude the completion o f the work by this date,
a grade o f Incom plete (In c.) may be assigned
with the permission o f the Registrar. In such
cases incomplete work must normally be made
up and graded and the final grade recorded
within five weeks after the start o f the follow
ing term. Except by special permission o f the
Registrar (on consultation with the Commit
tee on Academic Requirements) all grades o f
Inc. still outstanding after that date will be
replaced on the student’s permanent record
by NC (no credit). Waiver o f this provision by
special permission shall in no case extend
beyond one year from the time the Inc. grade
was incurred.
The only grades recorded on students’ records
for courses taken during their first semester o f
the freshman year are CR (credit) and NC (no
59
F a c u lty R e g u la tio n s
credit). In the balance o f their work at Swarthmore, students may select up to four courses
for Credit/No Credit by informing the Regis
trar’s Office within the first two weeks o f the
term in which the course is taken. Until the
middle o f the semester, students may recon
sider and opt to receive a formal grade in the
course. This course will count as one o f the
four optional Credit/No Credit courses. Re
peated courses may not be taken Credit/No
Credit. For freshmen and sophomores CR
will be recorded for work that would earn a
grade o f D or higher; for juniors and seniors
the minimum equivalent letter grade for CR
will be C. Instructors are asked to provide the
student and the faculty adviser with evaluation
o f the student’s Credit/No Credit work. The
evaluation for first-semester freshmen in
cludes a letter-grade equivalent; for other
students the evaluation may be either a lettergrade equivalent, or a comment. Such evalua
tions are not a part o f the student’s grade
record. Letter grade equivalents only, for first
semester freshmen courses only, may be pro
vided to other institutions if requested by the
student and absolutely required by the other
institution.
Reports o f grades are sent to students at the end
o f each semester. They are not routinely sent
to parents or guardians, but such information
may be released when students request it.
A C (2 .0 ) average is required in the courses
counted for graduation.
REGISTRATION
All students are required to register and enroll
at the time specified in official announcements
and to file programs o f courses or seminars
approved by their faculty advisors. Fines are
imposed for late or incomplete registration or
enrollment.
A regular student is expected to take the
prescribed number o f courses in each semes
ter. If more than five or fewer than four
courses seem desirable, the faculty advisor
should be consulted and a petition filed with
the Committee on Academic Requirements.
Applications involving late entrance into a
course must be received within the first two
weeks o f the semester. Applications involving
withdrawal from a course must be received
not later than the middle o f the semester, or
the mid-point o f the course if it meets for only
one-half a semester.
A deposit o f $100 is required o f all returning
students prior to their enrollment in both the
spring and fall semesters. This deposit is
applied to charges for the semester, and is not
refundable.
EXAMINATIONS
Any student who is absent from an examina
tion, announcement o f which was made in
advance, shall be given an examination at
another hour only by special arrangement
with the instructor in charge o f the course.
No examination in absentia shall be permitted.
This rule shall be interpreted to mean that
instructors shall give examinations only at the
College and under direct departmental super
vision.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
Members o f an academic community have an
unequivocal responsibility to present as the
result o f their own work only that which is
truly theirs. Cheating, whether in examina
tions or by plagiarizing the work o f others, is
a most serious offense, and one which strikes
at the foundations o f academic life.
60
The responsibility o f the Faculty in this area
is three-fold: to explain the nature o f the
problem to those they teach (the Faculty’s
statement concerning plagiarism may be found
in The Student H andbook)f to minimize temp
tation, and to report any case o f cheating to
the Dean for action by the College Judiciary
Committee.
The College Judiciary Committee will consider
the case, determine guilt, and recommend a
penalty to the President. The order o f magni
tude o f the penalty should reflect the serious
ness o f the transgression. It is the opinion of
the Faculty that for the first offense failure in
the course and, as appropriate, suspension for
a semester or deprivation o f the degree in that
year is not unsuitable; for a second offense the
penalty should normally be expulsion. A full
description o f College judicial procedure may
be obtained from the office o f the Dean.
STUDENT LEAVES OF ABSENCE
Student leaves o f absence are freely permitted
provided the request for leave is received by
the date o f enrollment and the student is in
good standing. If a student has not enrolled
and has not arranged for a leave o f absence for
the subsequent semester, it is assumed that he
or she is withdrawing. Such students must
apply to the Dean for re-admission in order to
return to College after an interval. The pur
pose o f this policy is to assist the College in
planning its enrollments.
SUMMER SCHOOL WORK
Students desiring to receive Swarthmore Col
lege credit for work at a summer school are
required to obtain the approval o f the chair
man o f the Swarthmore department con
cerned before doing the work. Prior approval
is not automatic: it depends upon adequate
information about the content and instruction
o f the work to be undertaken. Validation of
the work for credit depends upon evaluation
o f the materials o f the course including sylla
bus, reading lists, written papers, and exami
nations by the Swarthmore department con
cerned after the work has been done. Valida
tion may include an examination, written or
oral, administered at Swarthmore. An official
transcript from the summer school must be
presented to the Office o f the Registrar before
the work can be validated for credit. Requests
for credit must be made within the academic
year following the term in which the course is
taken. One course credit at Swarthmore is
regarded as equivalent to 4 semester hours.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the freshman and sophomore years all non
veteran students not excused for medical rea
sons are required to complete a four quarter
(two semester) program in physical education.
All students must pass a survival swimming
test or take up to one quarter o f swimming
instruction. (See the departmental statement
o f the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.) Students who have not fulfilled
their Physical Education requirement will not
be allowed to enter their junior year.
EXCLUSION FROM COLLEGE
The College reserves the right to exclude at
any time students whose academic standing it
regards as unsatisfactory, and without assigning
any further reason therefor; and neither the
College nor any o f its officers shall be under
any liability whatsoever for such exclusion.
WITHDRAWAL AND READMISSION FOR HEALTH REASONS (see p. 37)
61
D e g re e R e q u ire m e n ts
BACHELOR OF ARTS AND BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Bachelor o f Arts or Bachelor o f
Science is conferred upon students who have
met the following requirements for gradua
tion. The candidate must have:
1. Completed thirty-two courses or their
equivalent.
test; or, c) passed one year o f a foreign lan
guage while at Swarthmore.
5. Met the requirements in the major and
supporting fields during the last two years.
2. An average grade o f C in the courses
counted for graduation.*
6. Passed satisfactorily the comprehensive ex
aminations in his or her major field, or met the
standards set by visiting examiners for a degree
with Honors.
3. Complied with the distribution require
ments and have completed at least twenty
credits outside the major. (See pages 47 -4 8 .)
7. Completed four semesters o f study at
Swarthmore College, two o f which have been
those o f the senior year.
4. The foreign language requirement, having
either: a) passed three years or their equivalent
(as determined by the Provost) o f one foreign
language while in grades nine through twelve;
or, b ) achieved a score o f 6 0 0 or its equivalent
in a foreign language on a standard achievement
8. Completed the physical education require
ment set forth on page 61 and in statements of
the Department o f Physical Education and
Athletics.
9. Paid all outstanding bills and returned all
equipment and library books.
MASTER OF ARTS AND MASTER OF SCIENCE
The degree o f Master o f Arts or Master o f
Science may be conferred subject to the fol
lowing requirements:
Only students who have completed the work
for the Bachelor’s degree with some distinc
tion, either at Swarthmore or at another insti
tution o f satisfactory standing, shall be ad
mitted as candidates for the Master’s degree at
Swarthmore.
done in courses, seminars, reading courses,
regular conferences with members o f the
faculty, or research. The work may be done in
one department or in two related depart
ments.
The candidate’s record and a detailed program
setting forth the aim o f the work to be pursued
shall be submitted, with a recommendation
from the department or departments con
cerned, to the Curriculum Committee. If ac
cepted by the Committee, the candidate’s
name shall be reported to the faculty at or
before the first faculty meeting o f the year in
which the candidate is to begin work.
A candidate for the Master’s degree shall be
required to pass an examination conducted by
the department or departments in which the
work was done. The candidate shall be ex
amined by outside examiners, provided that
where this procedure is not practicable, ex
ceptions may be made by the Curriculum
Committee. The department or departments
concerned, on the basis o f the reports o f the
outside examiners, together with the reports
o f the student’s resident instructors, shall
make recommendations to the faculty for the
award o f the degree.
The requirements for the Master’s degree
shall include the equivalent o f a full year’s
work o f graduate character. This work may be
At the option o f the department or depart
ments concerned, a thesis may be required as
part o f the work for the degree.
* " A n average o f C ” is interpreted for this
purpose as being a numerical average o f at
least 2.0 (A +, A = 4.0, A - = 3.67, B + = 3.33,
B = 3.0, B - = 2 .67, C + = 2 .33, C = 2.0,
C - = 1.67, D + = 1.33, D = 1.0, D - = 0.67).
Grades o f Credit/No Credit and grades on the
record for work not taken at Swarthmore
College are not included in computing this
average.
62
A candidate for the Master’s degree will be
expected to show before admission to candi
dacy a competence in those languages deemed
by his or her department or departments most
essential for the field o f research. Detailed
language requirements will be indicated in the
announcements o f departments which admit
candidates for the degree.
The tuition fee for graduate students who are
candidates for the Master’s degree is $16,465.
63
A w a r d s and P r iz e s
The Ivy Award is made by the Faculty each year
to the man o f the graduating class who is
outstanding in leadership, scholarship, and
contributions to the College community.
The O ak L e a f Award is made by the Faculty
each year to the woman o f the graduating class
who is outstanding in leadership, scholarship,
and contributions to the College community.
The M cC abe Engineering Award, founded by
Thomas B. McCabe, 1915, is presented each
year to the outstanding engineering student in
the Senior Class. The recipient is chosen by a
committee o f the faculty o f the department o f
Engineering.
T he F lack Achievem ent Award, presented by
the Flack Foundation, one o f whose founders
is Hertha Eisenmenger Flack o f the Class o f
1938, is made to a deserving student who,
during the first two years at Swarthmore
College, has demonstrated a good record o f
achievements in both academic and extracur
ricular activities while showing leadership po
tential as a constructive member o f the Col
lege. The donor hopes these awards will go to
students o f demonstrated achievement and
high potential who are dedicated to the basic
principles o f American democracy and of
academic freedom. The awards are not related
to need.
T he Academ y o f A m erican Poets awards $100
each year for the prize poem (or group o f
poems) submitted in a competition under the
direction o f the Department o f English Litera
ture.
T he Adams Prize o f $ 2 0 0 is awarded each year
by the Department o f Economics for the best
paper submitted in quantitative economics.
The Stanley Adam son Prize in Chemistry is
endowed in memory o f Stanley D. Adamson
’65 by his parents, June and George Adamson.
It is awarded each spring to a well-rounded
Junior majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry
who, in the opinion o f the Department, gives
most promise o f excellence and dedication in
the field.
T hejonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant, given
in memory o f this member o f the Class of
1974 by Shing-mei P. Altman ’76, is awarded
by the Department o f Art to a junior who has
strong interest and potential in the studio arts.
64
It provides up to $ 2,0 0 0 to support purpose
ful work in the studio arts during the summer
between the junior and senior years.
A m erican C hem ical Society Award is given to
the student who is judged by the Department
o f Chemistry to have the best performance in
chemistry and overall academic achievement.
Am erican Institute o f Chem ists Award is given
to the student who is judged by the Depart
ment o f Chemistry to have the second best
record in chemistry and overall academic per
formance.
Boyd Barnard M usic Awards. Established in
1990, these awards subsidize the entire cost o f
private instrumental or vocal lessons for a
limited number o f advanced students. These
awards, which are given by the Music faculty
each semester to approximately 6-8 students,
are determined through competition. Recipi
ents participate as leaders in performance on
campus, normally as members o f one o f the
Music and Dance Department’s performing
organizations, or, in the case o f pianists and
organists, as accompanists.
The Boyd Barnard Prize. Established by Boyd
T. Barnard ’17, the Barnard Prize o f $1,000 is
awarded by the Music faculty each year to a
student in the junior class in recognition of
musical excellence and achievement.
T he Jam es H. Batton ’72 Award, endowed in his
memory by G. Isaac Stanley ’73 and Ava
Harris Stanley, M .D. ’72, is awarded for the
personal growth or career development o f a
minority student with financial need.
T he Paul H. B eik Prize in History o f $100 is
awarded each May for the best thesis or
extended paper on an historical subject by a
History major during the previous academic
year.
The B lack Alumni Prize is awarded annually to
honor the sophomore or junior minority stu
dent who has shown exemplary academic
performance and community service.
The Brand Blanshard Prize, honoring Brand
Blanshard, Professor o f Philosophy at Swarth
more from 1925 to 1945, has been established
by David H. Scull, o f the Class o f 1936. The
award o f $100 is presented annually to the
student who, in the opinion o f the Depart
ment, submits the best essay on any philo
sophical topic.
to support the essential costs o f the study o f
biological problems in a natural environment.
T he Sophie and W illiam Bramson Prize is
awarded annually to an outstanding student
majoring in sociology and anthropology. The
prize recognizes the excellence o f the senior
thesis, in either the course or external exami
nations program, as well as the excellence o f
the student’s entire career in the department.
The Bramson prize is given in memory o f the
parents o f Leon Bramson, founding chairman
o f Swarthmore’s sociology-anthropology de
partment, and it carries a cash stipend.
The Arthur Fennimore Award. The Arthur Fennimore Award, named in memory o f the
distinguished pianist who lived in Swarthmore, is given each semester by the Music
faculty to an outstanding pianist. The award
subsidizes the entire cost o f private lessons for
the semester.
The H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics Prize,
honoring Heinrich Brinkmann, Professor o f
Mathematics, 1933-1969, was established by
his students in 1978 in honor o f his 80th
birthday. Two awards o f $100 each are to be
presented annually to a Course student and
Honors candidate who, in the opinion o f the
Mathematics Department, have demonstrated
excellence in Mathematics.
The Sarah Kaighn C ooper Scholarship, founded
by Sallie K. Johnson in memory o f her grand
mothers, Sarah Kaighn and Sarah Cooper, is
awarded to the member o f the Junior Class
who is judged by the faculty to have had, since
entering College, the best record for scholar
ship, character, and influence.
T he Anna May Courtney Award. The Anna
May Courtney Award, named in honor o f the
late singer who performed often in Lang Con
cert Hall, is given each semester by the Music
faculty to an outstanding voice student. The
award subsidizes the entire cost o f private
lessons for the semester.
T he A lice L. Crossley Prize in Asian Studies o f
$100 is awarded to the student who, in the
opinion o f the Asian Studies Committee,
submits the best essay on any topic in Asian
Studies.
The Rod D owdle ’82 Achievem ent Award in
tennis is given annually to the male varsity
tennis player who best exhibits qualities o f
perseverance and strong personal effort to
achieve a meaningful personal or team goal.
The Robert Enders Field Biology Award, estab
lished by his friends and former students, to
honor Dr. Robert K. Enders, a member o f the
College faculty from 1932 to 1970, is awarded
Fetter String Q uartet Awards. The Elizabeth
Pollard Fetter String Quartet Awards, en
dowed by Frank W . Fetter ’20, Robert Fetter
’53, Thomas Fetter ’56, and Ellen Fetter Gille
in memory o f Elizabeth P. Fetter ’25, subsidize
the private instrumental lessons o f four topnotch student string players at the College.
Interested applicants should write to the Chair
o f the Music and Dance Department and
should plan to play an audition at the College
when coming for an interview. Membership in
the Quartet is competitive. A t the beginning
o f any semester, other students may challenge
and compete for a place in the Quartet.
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer Awards.
Each Spring, the Music and Dance Depart
ment selects recipients o f Friends o f Music
and Dance Summer Awards on the basis of
written proposals. These awards provide sti
pends for attendance at summer workshops in
music and in dance and for other further study
in these fields.
The R enee G addie Award. In memory o f Renee
Gaddie ’93, this award is given by the Music
faculty to a member o f the Swarthmore Col
lege Gospel Choir who is studying voice
through the Music 4 8 (Individual Instruction)
program. The award subsidizes the entire cost
o f voice lessons for that semester.
Edwin B. Garrigues M usic Awards. Naming
Swarthmore as having one o f the top four
music programs in the Philadelphia area, the
Edwin B. Garrigues Foundation established
awards to subsidize the entire cost o f private
instrumental or vocal lessons for a limited
number o f gifted students, often incoming
first-year students. These awards, which are
given each semester by the Music faculty to
approximately 10-15 students, are determined
by competition on campus and by audition
(either in person or by tape) for incoming
first-year students. Recipients participate as
65
A w a r d s and P r iz e s
leaders in performance on campus, normally
as members o f one o f the Music and Dance
Department’s performing organizations, or, in
the case o f pianists and organists, as accom
panists.
faculty o f the Department o f Physical Educa
tion and Athletics to the senior man who best
exemplifies the Society’s five principles: Ser
vice, Spirit, Scholarship, Society, and Sports
manship.
The Dorothy Ditter Gondos Award, bequeathed
by Victor Gondos, Jr., in honor o f his wife,
Class o f 1930, is given every other year to a
student o f Swarthmore College who, in the
opinion o f a faculty committee, submits the
best paper on the subject dealing with a
literature o f a foreign language. The prize o f
about $100 is awarded in the spring semester.
Awarding o f the prize will be under the direc
tion o f the Literature Committee.
T he Leo M. Leva Memorial Prize, established
by his family and friends, is awarded by the
Biology Department to a graduating senior
whose maj or is Biology and whose work in the
field shows unusual promise.
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes are offered
for the best original poem or for a translation
from any language.
The Linguistics Prizes were established in 1989
by contributions from alumni interested in
linguistics. Two awards o f $100 each are pre
sented annually, one for linguistic theory and
one for psycholinguistics, to the two students
who, in the opinion o f the Program in Lin
guistics, submit the best senior papers or
theses in these area.
T he Philip M. Hides Prizes are endowed by
friends o f Philip M. Hicks, former Professor
o f English and Chairman o f the Department
o f English Literature. They are awarded to the
two students who in the opinion o f the De
partment submit the best critical essays on
any topic in the field o f literature.
T he Norman M einkoth Field Biology Award,
established by his friends and former students,
to honor Dr. Norman A. Meinkoth, a member
o f the College faculty from 1947 to 1978, is
awarded to support the essential costs o f the
study o f biological problems in a natural en
vironment.
T he Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion o f $150,
donated by Eleanor S. Clarke o f the Class o f
1918 and named in honor o f Jesse Holmes,
Professor o f History o f Religion and Philoso
phy at Swarthmore from 1899 to 1934, is
awarded to the student who, in the opinion o f
the Department o f Religion, submits the best
essay on any topic in the field o f religion.
The E lla Frances Bunting Extemporary Speaking
Fund and the Owen Moon Fund provide income
for a poetry reading contest as well as funds
for visiting poets and writers.
The M ichael H. K eene Award, endowed by the
family and friends o f this member o f the Class
o f 1985, is awarded by the Dean to a worthy
student to honor the memory o f Michael’s
personal courage and high ideals. It carries a
cash stipend.
T he Naomi K ies Award is given in her memory
by her classmates and friends to a student who
has worked long and hard in community
service outside the academic setting, alleviat
ing discrimination or suffering, promoting a
democratic and egalitarian society, or resolv
ing social and political conflict. It carries a
cash stipend.
The Kwink Trophy, first awarded in 1951 by
the campus managerial organization known as
the Society o f Kwink, is presented by the
66
T he Lois M orrell Poetry Award, given by her
parents in memory o f Lois Morrell o f the
Class o f 1946, goes to that student who, in the
opinion o f the faculty, submits the best origi
nal poem in the annual competition for the
award. The award o f $100 is made in the
spring o f the year.
M usic 48 Special Awards. Endowed by Boyd T.
Barnard ’17 and Ruth Cross Barnard ’ 19,
grants are given by the Music faculty to stu
dents at the College who show unusual prom
ise as instrumentalists or vocalists. All grants
subsidize two-thirds o f the cost o f ten lessons,
as part o f the Music 4 8 program. For more
information, please refer to Credit for Perfor
mance—Individual Instruction (Music 4 8).
T he A. Edward Newton Library Prize endowed
by A. Edward Newton, to make permanent
the Library Prize first established by W.W.
Thayer, is awarded annually to that under
graduate who, in the opinion o f the Commit
tee o f Award, shows the best and most intel
ligently chosen collection o f books upon any
subject. Particular emphasis is laid not merely
upon the size o f the collection but also upon
the skill with which the books are selected and
upon the owner’s knowledge o f their subjectmatter.
The May E. Parry M em orial Award, donated by
the Class o f 1925 o f which she was a member,
is presented by the faculty o f the Department
o f Physical Education and Athletics to the
senior woman who by her loyalty, sportsman
ship, and skill in athletics has made a valuable
contribution to Swarthmore College.
The Drew Pearson Prize o f $100 is awarded by
the Dean on the recommendation o f the edi
tors o f The Phoenix at the end o f each staff
academic year to a member o f The Phoenix for
excellence in journalism. The prize was estab
lished by the directors o f The Drew Pearson
Foundation in memory o f Drew Pearson, Class
o f 1919.
The D avid A . Peele ’50 Sportsmanship Award is
made to a tennis player after submission o f a
written essay. It is endowed by Marla Hamil
ton Peele in memory o f her husband’s love and
advocacy o f tennis and carries a cash stipend.
The John W. Perdue M em orial Prize, established
in 1969 in memory o f an engineering student
o f the Class o f 1969, is awarded by the
Department o f Engineering to the outstanding
student entering the junior class with a major
in engineering.
The W illiam Plumer Potter Public Speaking Fund,
established in 1927, in addition to providing
funds for the collection o f recorded literature
described on page 11, sponsors awards for the
best student short stories, and is a major
source o f funds for campus appearances by
poets and writers.
Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay is an award
for a paper on politics or public policy written
during the junior or senior year. The paper
may be in satisfaction o f a course, a seminar,
or an independent project, including a thesis.
The paper is nominated by a faculty member
and judged by a committee o f the Department
o f Political Science to be o f outstanding merit
based upon originality, power o f analysis and
written exposition, and depth o f understand
ing o f goals as well as technique.
The R osita S am off Prize for Playwriting is
awarded for the best full-length or one-act
play as judged by external reviewers in a
competition conducted by the Department of
English Literature.
The Frank Solomon, Jr. Student Art Prize Pur
chase Fund permits the Art Department to
purchase for the College one or two o f the
most outstanding student works from the
year’s student art exhibitions.
T he H ally Jo Stein Award, endowed in her
memory by her brother Craig Edward Stein
’78, is given to an outstanding student who in
the view o f the Dance faculty best exemplifies
Hally Jo ’s dedication to the ideals o f dance. It
carries a cash stipend.
The K aren Dvonch Steinmetz ’76 Prize, endowed
in her memory by many friends and family, is
awarded annually to a junior who will be
applying to medical school and who demon
strates a special compassion for others.
T he Peter Gram Swing Prize. A t graduation
time, the Peter Gram Swing Prize o f $1,000 is
awarded by the Music faculty to an outstand
ing student whose plans for graduate study in
music indicate special promise and need. The
endowment for the prize was established in the
name o f Ruth Cross Barnard ’ 19.
T he M elvin B. Troy Prize. The Melvin B. Troy
Prize o f $ 2 5 0 is given each year for the best,
most insightful paper in Music or Dance, or
composition or choreography by a student,
judged by the Music and Dance Department.
The prize was established by the family and
friends o f Melvin B. Troy ’48.
The P. Linwood U rban, Jr. Prize, honoring Lin
Urban, Professor o f Religion at Swarthmore
from 1957 to 1989, is awarded annually to a
graduating senior planning to continue reli
gious studies either in seminary or graduate
school.
67
A w a r d s and P r iz e s
FACULTY AWARD
T he F lack Faculty Award is given for excellence
in teaching and promise in scholarly activity
to a member o f the Swarthmore Faculty, to
help meet the expenses o f a full year o f leave
devoted to research and self-improvement.
This award acknowledges the particularly
strong link that exists at Swarthmore between
teaching and original scholarly work. The
award itself is to be made by the President
upon the recommendation o f the Provost and
the candidate’s academic department. This
award is made possible by an endowment
established by James M. Flack and Hertha
Eisenmenger Flack ’38.
I
I
68
Fe llo w s h ip s
[
■
[
~
■P
Three fellowships (the Leedom , Lippincott, and
Lockw ood Fellowships— see below) are
awarded annually by the Faculty, and two
fellowships (the Mott and Tyson Fellowships—
see below) are awarded by the Somerville
Literary Society, to seniors or graduates o f the
College for the pursuit o f advanced work.
These awards are made on recommendation
o f the Committee on Fellowships and Prizes
for a proposed program o f study which has
the approval o f the Faculty. Applications must
be in the hands o f the Committee by March
23. The Committee considers applicants for
all o f these fellowships for which they are
eligible and makes recommendations which
overall do not discriminate on the basis o f sex.
These fellowships are:
T he H annah A. Leedom Fellowship founded by
the bequest o f Hannah A. Leedom.
The Joshua Lippincott Fellowship founded by
Howard W. Lippincott, o f the Class o f 1875,
in memory o f his father.
The John Lockw ood M em orial Fellowship,
founded by the bequest o f Lydia A. Lockwood, New York, in memory o f her brother,
John Lockwood. It was the wish o f the donor
that the fellowship be awarded to a member o f
the Society o f Friends.
L
•
F
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship, founded by the
Somerville Literary Society and sustained by
the contributions o f Swarthmore alumnae. It
is awarded each year to a woman senior who
is to pursue advanced study in an institution
approved by the Committee.
T he M artha E. Tyson Fellowship, founded by
the Somerville Literary Society in 1913 and
sustained by the contributions o f Swarthmore
alumnae. It is awarded each year to a woman
senior or graduate who plans to enter elemen
tary or secondary school work. The recipient
o f the award is to pursue a course o f study in
an institution approved by the Committee.
Other fellowships are awarded under the con
ditions described below:
■
Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship, established to
honor the memory o f Dean Susan P. Cobbs,
is awarded at the discretion o f the Classics
Department to a student majoring in Classics
for study in Greece or Italy.
The G eneral Electric Foundation Graduate Fellow
ship, to be awarded to a graduating senior for
the first year o f graduate work, is intended to
encourage outstanding scholars to pursue an
academic career. The recipient, who must be a
United States citizen or permanent resident,
will receive the amount necessary to cover
tuition, fees, and subsistence allowance for
study directed toward a PhD in Engineering or
Computer Science at another institution in the
United States. The precise amount o f each
fellowship will be based on the costs and
policies o f the university and department cho
sen for graduate work.
Phi B eta K appa Fellowship. The Swarthmore
Chapter o f Phi Beta Kappa (Epsilon o f Penn
sylvania) awards a Fellowship for graduate
study to a senior who has been elected to Phi
Beta Kappa and has been admitted to a pro
gram o f advanced study in some branch o f the
liberal arts.
T he Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive Fellow
ship. In awarding these fellowships, preference
is given to Eugene M. Lang senior Scholars
who have completed their Opportunity Project
(see Financial Aid) and who have academic
achievement at Swarthmore sufficient to earn
Distinction or Honors. Applicants should sub
mit to the Committee on Fellowships and
Prizes a plan o f graduate study with high
potential for service to society. This fellowship
is made possible by the gift o f Eugene M. Lang
’38.
The Thom as B. M cCabe, Jr. and Yvonne Motley
M cCabe M em orial Fellowship. This Fellowship,
awarded annually to a graduate o f the College,
provides a grant toward the first year o f study
at the Harvard Business School. Yvonne and
Thomas B. McCabe, Jr., were for a time resi
dents o f Cambridge, Massachusetts, and Mr.
McCabe received the M.B.A. from Harvard
and was a Visiting Lecturer there. In selecting
the recipient, the Committee on Fellowships
and Prizes follows the standards that determine
the McCabe Achievement Awards, giving spe
cial consideration to applicants who have dem
onstrated superior qualities o f leadership.
Young alumni and graduating seniors are eligi
ble to apply.
M ellon M inority Undergraduate Fellowship Pro
gram. The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation has
69
F e llo w s h ip s
provided a grant to establish an undergraduate
fellowship program intended to increase the
number o f minority students who choose to
enroll in Ph.D. programs and pursue an aca
demic career. The Foundation’s grant provides
term and summer stipends for students to
work with faculty mentors, as well as a loanforgiveness component to reduce undergradu
ate indebtedness for those Fellows who pursue
graduate study. The Fellowships are limited to
the Humanities, a very few o f the Social Sci
ences, and selected Physical Sciences. A faculty
selection committee invites nominations of
sophomore students in February and awards
the Fellowships in consultation with the Dean
and Provost.
The J. Roland Pennock Undergraduate Fellowship
in Public A ffairs. The Fellowship, endowed by
friends o f Professor J. Roland Pennock at his
retirement in 1976 and in recognition o f his
many years of distinguished teaching o f Politi
cal Science at Swarthmore, provides a grant for
as much as $2,5 0 0 to support a substantial
research project (which could include inquiry
through responsible participation) in public
affairs. The Fellowship, for Swarthmore un
dergraduates, would normally be held offcampus during the summer. Preference is given
to applicants from the Junior Class.
FACULTY FELLOWSHIPS
The Mary Albertson Faculty Fellowship was en
dowed by an anonymous gift from two o f her
former students, under a challenge grant issued
by the National Endowment for the Humani
ties. It will provide an annual award o f a
semester’s leave at full pay, to support research
and writing by members o f the humanities
faculty. Mary Albertson joined the Swarth
more faculty in 1927 and served as chairman
o f the history department from 1942 until her
retirement in 1963. She died in May, 1986.
mittee, there may be a small additional grant
for travel and project expenses. Any humani
ties faculty member eligible for leave may
apply. Fellows will prepare a paper about the
work o f their leave year and present it publicly
to the College and wider community. The
Blanshard Fellowship is made possible by an
anonymous donor who was Blanshard’s stu
dent at Swarthmore, and a challenge grant
from the National Endowment for the Human
ities.
-P
T he George Becker Faculty Fellowship was en
dowed by Ramon Posel ’5 0 under a challenge
from the National Endowment for the Hu
manities, in honor o f this former member o f
the English department and its chairman from
1953-70. The fellowship will provide a semes
ter o f leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and write, in
the fields o f art history, Classics, English liter
ature, history, linguistics, modem languages,
music, philosophy, or religion, but with pref
erence to members o f the department o f En
glish literature.
T he Eugene M. Lang Faculty Fellowship is designed to enhance the educational program o f
Swarthmore College by contributing to faculty
development, by promoting original or innov
ative scholarly achievement o f faculty mem
bers, and by encouraging the use o f such
achievements to stimulate intellectual ex
change among scholars. The Fellowship will
provide financial support for faculty leaves
through a grant o f about one half the recipi
ent’s salary during the grant year. Upon rec
ommendation o f the Selection Committee,
there may be a small additional grant for travel
and project expenses and for library book
purchases. The Selection Committee shall
consist o f the Provost, three Divisional Chair
men, and three others selected by the Presi
dent, o f whom at least two must be Swarth
more alumni. Any faculty member eligible for
leave may apply, and up to four may be
chosen. Fellows will be expected to prepare a
paper or papers resulting from the work o f
J
T he Brand Blanshard Faculty Fellowship is an
endowed Faculty fellowship in the humanities
established in the name o f philosopher and
former faculty member Brand Blanshard. Blan
shard taught philosophy at Swarthmore from
1925 to 1944. The Fellowship will provide a
semester leave at full pay for a member o f the
humanities faculty to do research and to write.
Upon recommendation of the Selection Com
70
■
1
their leave year, presented publicly for the
College and wider community. The Selection
Committee may support wholly or in part the
cost o f publishing any o f these papers. These
fellowships are made possible by an endowment established by Eugene M. Lang ’38.
71
V
■
C ou rses o f In stru ction
The course (semester course) is the unit o f
credit. Seminars and colloquia are usually
given for double credit, i.e., equivalent to two
courses. A few courses are given for half
course credit.
Courses are numbered as follows:
1 to 10 — introductory courses
11 to 9 9 — other courses (Some o f these
courses are not open to fresh
men and sophomores.)
100 to 199 — seminars for upperdass persons
and graduate students.
Year courses, the number o f which are joined
by a hyphen (e.g., 1- 2) must be continued for
the entire year; credit is not given for the first
semester’s work only, nor is credit given for
the first semester if the student fails the second
semester.
Although the course listings in this catalogue
cannot be guaranteed as accurate, these are
intended to facilitate planning by representing
probable offerings over a two-year period.
Those courses actually offered each semester
are listed in the schedule o f classes available
before enrollment for that semester.
1
)
I
72
A rt
C O N S T A N C E C A IN H U N G E R F O R D , Professor o f Art History
T. K A O R I K IT A O , Professor o f Art History
M IC H A E L W. G O TH R E N , Associate Professor o f Art History and Chair
R A N D A L L L E X O N , Associate Professor o f Studio Arts
R R IA N A . M E U N IE R , Associate Professor o f Studio Arts
S Y D C A R P E N T E R , Assistant Professor o f Studio Arts
T H O M A S M . S H AW , Visiting Assistant Professor5
D A N IE L S M A R T T , Instructor o f Art History
)
il
The Department o f Art offers historical, criti
cal, and practical instruction in the visual arts.
Courses in art history consider questions
having to do with the forms, traditions, mean
ing, and historical context o f works o f art and
architecture; studio arts courses explore prob
lems o f methods, processes, and personal
resources which arise in the actual creation of
objects in various media.
List G allery: The List Gallery o f Art in the Per
forming Arts Center provides seven to nine
exhibitions a year, which are an integral part
o f the Studio Arts and Art History Program.
The works o f nationally known artists as well
as those o f younger artists, in various media,
are exhibited in group and one-person shows.
Each spring there is a group show o f student
work drawn from Studio Arts classes through
out the year, as well as a series o f solo exhibi
tions by senior majors. A small installation of
works in the permanent collection is also
displayed.
H eilm an Artist: Each year the Department o f
Art selects an artist to visit the College to
serve as a visiting artist and critic under the
Marjorie Heilman Visiting Artist Program.
The work o f the invited artist is exhibited in
the Art Gallery; he or she gives critiques in the
studios and also meets and talks with students,
both majors and non-majors, on an informal
basis.
L ee Frank Lecture: See p. 14.
Benjamin W est Lecture: See p. 14.
Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship: See p. 25.
Jonathan Leigh Altman Summer Grant: See p. 64.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Prerequisites: ARTH 1 is the prerequisite for
all other art history courses in the Department.
STUA 1 is the usual prerequisite for studio
arts courses; it may be waived only by present
ing a portfolio for evaluation. Students are
advised that graduate work in art history re
quires a reading knowledge o f at least German
and French.
Study A broad: The A rt Department strongly
encourages those with an interest in art to
consider incorporating foreign study—either
during a summer or a regular academic term—
into their Swarthmore program. Important
examples o f art and architecture are scattered
throughout the world, and the encounter with
works still imbedded in their original context
is vital to an understanding o f their historical
and contemporary significance. Past experi
ence has shown, however, that art courses in
most foreign study programs fall considerably
below the academic standards o f comparable
courses at Swarthmore. To aid students in
their attempt to gain Swarthmore credit for
study abroad, the Department has established
the following guidelines. (1 ) Beginning with
the class o f 1992, no request for transfer
credit in art history will be considered unless
a student has already taken ARTH 1 (the
normal prerequisite for work in art history at
5 Spring semester, 1992.
73
A rt
Swarthmore) before taking a course abroad.
(2 ) Students who are interested in bettering
their chances o f gaining a full Swarthmore
credit for a course taken in a foreign program
are advised to attempt to arrange with a
Swarthmore professor, before leaving the cam
pus, to write, if necessary, a supplementary
research paper as a part o f the course. Such
papers will be evaluated by the Department as
part o f the process o f determining transfer
credit.
T he Course M ajor in Art: The combined pro
gram o f the Course M ajor in Art consists of
a minimum o f five courses in A rt History
(ARTH 1; ARTH 12, ARTH 14, or ARTH 15;
ARTH 17 or ARTH 18; and two elective
credits) and five courses in Studio Arts (in
cluding courses in drawing, another 2-D me
dium, and a 3-D medium). The comprehen
sive consists o f a Senior Exhibition and
Catalog, prepared during Senior Workshop
(STU A 3 0 ) during the Fall o f the senior year.
The Course M ajor in Art History: Art History
majors are required to take ARTH 1, four
survey courses (ARTH 12, ARTH 14, ARTH
15, and either ARTH 17 or ARTH 18), four
elective credits in Art History, and one course
in Studio Arts. The comprehensive—given in
the Spring semester o f the senior year—con
sists o f a written examination, in preparation
for which students are required to study a
group o f carefully chosen works o f art and
architecture drawn from the core areas rep
resented by the required survey courses.
Majors and M inors in The External Exam ination
Program: In addition to ARTH 1 (and one
studio course for majors), art history majors
in the External Examination Program should
take four seminars in the Department; minors
should take two. W ith the approval o f the
relevant professor, a corresponding course
with an attachment may be substituted for a
seminar if that seminar will not be offered
during the period o f the student’s preparation
for External Examinations.
A rt H istory
1. C ritica l S tu d y in the V isua l A r ts .
This introduction to the study o f the visual
arts will investigate formal analysis, iconog
raphy, and methods o f historical interpreta
tion, using examples o f art and architecture
drawn from a variety o f cultures and historical
periods. The course will emphasize learning to
see vividly and systematically and to write
accurately about what is seen. Topics for dis
cussion will include technique and produc
tion, visual narrative and didacticism, patron
age and biography, and approaches such as
psychoanalysis, Marxism, and feminism. This
Primary Distribution Course serves as prereq
uisite for all further work in art history.
E ach sem ester. Staff.
9 . Film : Fo rm and S ig nifica tio n .
Introduction to the study o f film, primarily as
visual and narrative art, dealing with the nature
o f framing, editing, and mise-en-scene as ex
emplified in selected classics (Blue Angel, C iti
zen K ane, and Rules o f the Gam e) as well as
an historical survey from the silent days to
Godard and Bergman. Topics also include the
74
rise o f photography; magic shows and the
comic strip; silent comedy and the musical;
cinema and painting; Hollywood; and adver
tising and semiotics. Two lectures and one
screening session.
No prerequisite.
Fall semester. Kitao.
12. A s ia n S u rv e y .
An introduction to the creation and use o f art
within various Asian cultures, including India,
China, and Japan, from the Neolithic to the
modern era.
Not offered 1991-92.
14 . M e d ie va l S u r v e y .
An introduction to European art and archi
tecture from late antiquity through the thir
teenth century. Special attention will be given
to the "Romanization” o f Christian art under
Constantine, the Celtic Christian heritage o f
the British kies and its culmination in the
Book o f K elk, Justinianic Constantinople and
Ravenna, the Carolingian Renaissance, Ro
manesque sculpture as ecclesiastical propa
ganda, the efflorescence o f monastic art under
ij
m
T
the Cluniacs and Cistercians, and the neopla
tonic aesthetic that gave birth to the Gothic.
Spring semester. Cothren.
15. R e n aissan ce and Baroque S u rv e y .
European art 1300-1700, predominantly of
Renaissance Italy, focusing on major artistic
trends and the works o f leading artists, espe
cially Raphael, Michelangelo, and Rembrandt;
topics include the rise o f the new style in
Florence, classical heritage, theory o f imitation
and perspective, art and science, papal patron
age, Mannerism as self-imposed deviancy, Ve
nice, the Counter-Reformation, and Baroque
Rome. Lectures, and critical and research
papers.
Fall semester. Kitao.
1 7 . Nin e tee n th -C e n tu ry W estern S u rv e y .
W
Developments in Western European painting
and sculpture from the late 18th century
through the Post-Impressionist generation o f
Cézanne, van Gogh, and Gauguin. Relevant
social, political, economic, and cultural con
texts are considered.
Fall semester. Hungerford.
18. T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry W estern S u r v e y .
Painting and sculpture from the Post-Impresssionists to the present, considered in the
context o f relevant social, political, economic,
and cultural factors. The course focuses on art
in Western Europe through the outbreak o f
World War II and then turns to developments
in the United States beginning c. 1940.
Spring semester. Hungerford.
2 5 . A r ts o f A fric a .
A historical survey, this course explores Afri
can political, religious, and social systems o f
different epochs through the visual arts. The
purpose is to define the role o f art in a
traditional African context. Topics include
arts o f leadership, arts o f divination, funerary
arts, rites o f passage, and masquerade as total
art. Emphasis is placed on the relationship
between social structure, artistic expression,
and symbolic thought. Also considered are
the role o f the artist in African society, the
aesthetic values o f different cultures, canons
o f form, and stylistic change.
Spring semester. Shaw.
3 4. A r ts o f Ja p a n .
35. Chinese A r t and A rc h a e o lo g y .
Not offered 1991-92.
4 7 . La te A n tiq u e , Ea rly C hristia n ,
and B y za n tin e A r t
An examination o f the emergence o f a Chris
tian form o f artistic expression from the heri
tage o f late antique art, followed by a survey
o f its international development through the
sixth century and its progression in the Byzan
tine empire centered in Constantinople until
the fall o f that empire to the Ottoman Turks
in 1453.
Not offered 1991-92. Cothren.
53. M ichelangelo and H is T im e s .
Michelangelo, his art and thought, his Quat
trocento sources, and his relationship with
Leonardo, Raphael, the Mannerists, and his
patrons in 16th Century Italy.
Not offered 1991-92. Kitao.
5 5 . Re m b ran d t and H is T im e s .
See description for ARTH 155.
Not offered 1991-92. Kitao.
6 1 . Built En v iro n m e n t S p a c e , T h in g s,
and C ulture.
This course concerns the physical environ
ment which we inhabit, comprising architec
ture as well as material entities or "things”
larger and smaller, cities to consumer goods,
and the spaces between them, in contemporary
as well as earlier cultures, East and West. It
will examine how things are made, seen, and
interpreted, and how we interact with them.
Topics include anatomy o f space, building as
sign, reading townscapes, city as artifact, na
ture o f handicraft and design, tools and tech
nology, manufacture and standardization, and
semiotics o f everyday things.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Kitao.
6 4 . Philadelphia and A m e ric a n
A rc h ite c tu re .
American architecture, especially in Philadel
phia, and European parallels; topics include
Palladianism, historic revivals, the AngloAmerican house, the skyscraper, Art Deco,
the International Style, and Postmodernism.
Lectures and four guided tours; papers.
Prerequisite: ARTH 1 and/or ARTH 61.
Spring, 1993. Kitao.
Not offered 1991-92.
75
A rt
66. A m e ric a n A r t
8 1.
Painting and sculpture in thé United States
from the Colonial Period to the present, with
special attention to the relationship between
developments in American art and those in
Western European art.
Not offered 1991-92. Hungerford.
Theory o f signs as applied to artifacts and
visual phenomena, including everyday objects
and scenes as well as works o f art, architecture,
design, and film.
Prerequisite: ARTH 1 and ARTH 9 or 61.
Not offered 1991-92. Kitao.
6 7 . M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t and
Lite ra tu re .
8 6. A rc h ite c tu ra l T h e o ry .
(Also listed as English 85: see dscription
there.)
Prerequisites: one introductory course in
English and ARTH 1.
Not offered 1991-92. Hungerford and Schmidt.
7 5 . S pe cial S tu d ie s in C inem a.
Study o f selected films in wide-ranging genre
but with a special focus, encompassing semi
otics and other critical theories and problems.
Prerequisite: ARTH 1and/or ARTH 9.
Not offered 1991-92. Kitao.
Visual S e m io tics .
Special study on traditional and contemporary
architectural thoughts: classicism, functional
ism, systems design, semiotics, structure and
decoration, and other topics.
Prerequisite: ARTH 61 or 6 4 and instructor’s
approval.
O ffered occasionally. Kitao.
9 6. D irecte d Reading.
Staff.
9 9.
T h e s is .
SEMINARS
135. A s ia n A r t
160. Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry W estern A r t
Topic to be announced.
Spring, 1993.
Study o f the transition from royal and aristo
cratic visual culture to that o f the rising middle
class in Western Europe and the emerging
United States, with primary attention to paint
ing, sculpture, and architecture.
Not offered 1991-92. Hungerford.
138. Isla m ic Painting.
After a brief general introduction to Islamic
art, the seminar will explore the history and
evolution o f the pictorial narrative tradition
within Islamic culture from A.D. 691 to A.D.
1548.
Not offered 1991-92. Cothren.
145. Bothic A r t and A rc h ite c tu re .
See description for ARTH 45.
Spring semester. Cothren.
153. M ichelangelo and H is T im e s .
See description for ARTH 53.
Not offered 1991-92. Kitao.
155. Re m b ran d t and H is T im e s .
Rembrandt and Dutch Painting with a focus
on the nature o f picture making. Topics in
clude Holland’s Protestant and mercantile
milieu, Caravaggism, Rembrandt and Italy,
the rise o f genres, portraiture and self-portrai
ture, optics and painting, the medium o f print;
and theatricality, narative and realism.
Fall, 1991. Kitao.
76
16 4. M od ern A r t
This seminar will focus on the varying schol
arly approaches to the work o f artists such as
David, Courbet, Manet, Monet, Cézanne, Pi
casso, and Pollock and to the issue o f "m od
ernism” in nineteenth- and twentieth-century
painting.
Prerequisite: ARTH 17 or ARTH 18, or the
completion o f another seminar in art history,
or permission o f the instructor.
E ach sem ester. Hungerford.
1 7 5 . C inem a.
Prerequisite: ARTH 1 and/or ARTH 9.
Not offered 1991-92. Kitao.
195. T h e o ry and M eth o do log y.
An introduction to the historiography o f art
history, both theory and practice, and an ex
ploration o f the current "crisis” o f the disci
pline which has led to its reassessment from
9
a variety o f critical perspectives.
Prerequisite: four credits in art history.
Not offered 1991-92. Cothren.
Studio A rts
Studio Arts courses meet six hours weekly in
two three-hour sessions; all courses are for
full course credit unless otherwise noted.
Studio Art I is the usual prerequisite for
studio arts courses; it may be waived only by
presenting a portfolio for evaluation by the
Studio Arts faculty.
1. Introduction to S tu dio A r ts .
A
y
Explorations in the visual description and
construction o f objects and ideas; problems in
drawing, color, and three-dimensional form,
Attention will be given both to the theoretical
aspects o f the work and to the development of
studio techniques.
Each semester. Staff.
3. D ra w in g .
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f space, light and form. A
course for all levels of ability. Weekly outside
drawing problems and a final project.
Not offered 1991-92. Exon.
1
4 . S culptu re .
This course will cover a wide range o f sculp
tural concepts and techniques, from tradi
tional to contemporary. These techniques will
include: clay modeling, casting, multi-media
assemblage, and wood construction.
Spring sem ester. Meunier.
5 . C e ra m ic s I.
Ceramics for beginners. Introduction to handbuilding and wheel techniques, and artistic
use o f these techniques.
Fall semester. Carpenter.
6. Ph o tog rap h y.
1
Introduction to the technical processes and
visual and theoretical concepts o f photog
raphy, both as a unique medium and as it
relates to other forms o f non-photographic
composition.
Prerequisite: STU A 1.
Fall semester. Meunier.
some porcelain).
Prerequisite: STU A 5 or equivalent.
Spring semester. Carpenter.
8 . Painting.
Investigation in oil paint o f pictorial structure
and o f the complex nature o f color—how it
can define surface, space, light, temperature
and mood.
Spring semester. Exon.
10. Life D ra w in g .
Work in various media directed toward a
clearer perception o f the human form. The
class is centered on drawing from the model,
and within this context. The elements o f ges
ture, line, structure, and light are isolated for
the purpose o f study.
Fall sem ester. Exon.
14 . A d va n c e d S cu lp tu re .
O ffered occasionally. Meunier.
15 . A d va n c e d C e ra m ic s.
O ffered occasionally. Carpenter.
16. A d va n c e d Ph o tog rap h y.
O ffered occasionally. Meunier.
18. A d va n ce d Painting.
O ffered occasionally. Exon.
20 . Special S tu d ie s.
Staff.
30. S e n io r W o rksh o p .
A course designed to strengthen critical, the
oretical, and practical skills on an advanced
level. Critiques by the resident faculty and
visiting artists, as well as group critiques with
all members o f the workshop, will guide and
assess the development o f the students’ indi
vidual directed practice in a chosen field.
Assigned readings and scheduled discussions
will initiate the writing o f the thesis for the
senior exhibition. (This course is required o f
senior art majors.)
Fall semester. Meunier.
7 . C e ra m ic s II.
Artistic expression in clay forming, glazing
and firing (raku, low-fire, stoneware, and
4 0 . S e n io r Th e s is .
Staff.
77
A s ia n S tu d ie s
Coordinator: A L A N B ER K O W ITZ (Modem Languages, Chinese)
Faculty:
G e rald Le vin so n (Music)
Lillian M . Li (History)
Li-ch in g M a ir (Modem Languages, Chinese)
Stephen P ik e r (Sociology/Anthropology)
Donald S w e a r e r (Religion)
L a r r y W estphal (Economics)
T yre n e W hite (Political Science)
!
PURPOSE
The purpose o f the Asian Studies major is to
provide the student with interdisciplinary
education concerning Asia that has five com
ponents, four o f which are required: (1 ) A
general background in Asia that stresses the
ability to make cross-cultural comparisons.
For this purpose the student is required to
take courses in more than one o f the regions
o f Asia: China, Japan, South Asia, and South
east Asia. (2 ) An interdisciplinary approach;
the student will be required to take instruction
in at least three different departments, one o f
which may be language. (3 ) A specialized
knowledge o f one area o f Asia, defined either
geographically or topically. (4 ) The ability to
demonstrate this specialized knowledge in an
independent research project (thesis) done in
the senior year.
A fifth, strongly recommended, component is
the study o f an Asian language. Students may
study an Asian language in one o f the follow
ing ways: (a) taking Chinese language at
Swarthmore or Japanese at Haverford, (b)
taking another Asian language at the Univer
sity o f Pennsylvania or in summer school, for
example at the Middlebury College Summer
Language Institute, or (c) taking language
courses in one o f the study-abroad programs
with which Swarthmore is affiliated. All lan
guage courses taken above the first-year level
may be counted toward the major. Other
courses taken in a study-abroad program may
also be applied toward the major, subject to
the approval o f the Asian Studies Committee.
In planning their programs o f study, prospec
tive majors are urged to consider study abroad
for a summer, a semester, or a year. Study
abroad serves not only as an opportunity for
students to build their language skills, but also
as the ideal way to study a foreign culture. To
the greatest extent possible the Asian Studies
faculty will help students plan a program
abroad that will support and enhance their
Swarthmore programs.
In planning his/her major in Asian Studies,
the student should demonstrate in the sopho
more plan o f study the intellectual coherence
o f his/her proposed program. To a large
extent this will consist o f explaining how the
proposed program develops a specialized
knowledge o f one o f the regions o f Asia, as
defined above, or o f a topic that spans the
different regions. Examples o f the latter might
be Buddhism in Asia, Revolutionary Move
ments in Asia, the Political Economy o f Asian
Development, or Elite and Popular Cultures
in Asia. Any subsequent changes in the pro
gram, after its initial approval by the Asian
Studies Committee, must be aproved in ad
vance by the Coordinator o f Asian Studies.
REQUIREMENTS
The major in Asian Studies consists o f a
minimim o f 9 «edits, with requirements and
distribution as follows:
(1 ) Coursework must be completed concern-
78
ing more than one o f the regions o f Asia,
(2 ) classes must be taken * at least three
different departments.
1
1
)
( 3 ) 2 credits must be taken from the follow
ing: Art History 12 (Asian Survey), Chi
nese 16A .IT 16Ch (The Classical Tradi
tion in Chinese Literature [in trans
lation]), History 9 (Chinese Civilization,
History 72/Religion 11 (The History,
Religion, and Culture o f Japan), Religion
8 (Patterns o f Asian Religions), Religion
9 (The Buddhist Tradition), Religion 12
(The Religions o f India).
(4) A minimum o f 6 credits o f work must be
completed at the intermediate or ad
vanced level in at least two different de
partments. This may include the study o f
an Asian language above the first year.
External examination candidates nor
mally will present two fields plus a thesis
for examination, in addition to three
fields outside the major. (In cases where
fields represent three credits o f work,
three o f these fields must be in Asian
Studies, and one will be outside the
major.)
(5 ) A 1- or 2-credit senior thesis, followed by
an oral exam. Each major will be expected
to write a senior thesis in his A e r area o f
specialization. External examination can
didates generally will be required to write
a two-credit thesis for external examina
tion; other students generally will write a
one-credit thesis.
COURSES
(See catalogue sections for individual departments to
determine specific offerings in 1991-1992.)
D e pa rtm e n t o f A r t
12.
34.
35.
135.
Asian Survey
Arts o f Japan
Chinese A rt and Archaeology
Chinese Painting
D e pa rtm e n t o f H is to ry
9. Chinese Civilization
72. The History, Religion, and Culture of
Japan
74. Modern China
75. Modern Japan
144. Modern China
D e pa rtm e n t o f M od ern Lan g u ag es
and Lite ra tu re s
3B, 4B. Second-year Mandarin Chinese
11. Third-year Chinese
11 A. Third-year Chinese Conversation
12. Advanced Chinese
12A. Advanced Chinese Conversation
16. The Classical Tradition in Chinese
Literature
17. Vernacular, Modem, and
Contemporary Chinese Writings
20. Readings in Modern Chinese
33. Introduction to Classical Chinese
93. Directed Reading
D e p a rtm e n t o f M u s ic and Dance
30. Music o f Asia and the Middle East
D e p a rtm e n t o f Political Science
19.
20.
40.
107.
Comparative Communist Politics
Politics o f China
The Vietnam War
Comparative Politics:
Communist Regimes
D e p a rtm e n t o f Religion
8. Patterns o f Asian Religions
9. The Buddhist Tradition
11. The History, Religion, and Culture of
Japan
12. Religions o f India
103. Asian Religious Thought
104. Buddhism in Southeast Asia
D e p a rtm e n t o f S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y
93. Southeast Asia: Culture and History
Independent Study.
A s ia n S tu die s
Asia 9 6. Thesis (one credit)
Asia 180. Thesis (two credits)
B io lo g y
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------
1
M A R K J A C O B S , Professor •
J O H N B. J E N K IN S , Professor2
R O B ER T E. S A V A G E, Professor
T IM O T H Y C . W IL L IA M S , Professor
S C O T T F. G ILB ER T , Associate Professor
N A N C Y V .H A M L E T T , Associate Professor1
R A C H E L A . M E R Z , Associate Professor
B A R B A R A Y. S T EW A R T , Associate Professor and Associate Chair
J A C O B W E IN E R , Associate Professor and Chair
LA W R EN C E F R O LIC H , Assistant Professor
K A T H L E E N K . S IW IC K I, Assistant Professor
A M Y C . V O L L M E R , Assistant Professor
D A R L E N E B R A M U C C I, Assistant
S H E L A G H J O H N S T O N , Assistant
Students are introduced to biology by enroll
ing in Biology 1 and Biology 2 which serve
as prerequisites for all intermediate and ad
vanced biology courses. Intermediate courses
are numbered 10-50; courses numbered be
yond 50 are advanced and may be used to
prepare for the External Examination Pro
gram.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Students electing a Course major in Biology
must include the following supporting sub
jects in addition to the minimum o f eight
credits composing the major: Introductory
chemistry, at least one semester o f organic
chemistry, and two semesters o f college math
ematics (not Math 1 or 3 ). One semester o f
statistics (Math 2 or 2 3 ) is strongly recom
mended.
Students majoring in Biology must take at
least one course or seminar in each o f the
following three groups: I. Cell and Molecular
Biology; II. Organismal Biology; and III. Popu-
lational Biology, take at least one advanced
course or seminar in Biology and satisfy the
general college requirement o f a comprehen
sive experience and examination in biology by
participation in the senior evolution seminar.
Special majors in biochemistry, psychobiol
ogy, environmental studies and bioanthropol
ogy are also offered. Students wishing to
obtain secondary teacher certification in bioloqy must complete successfully a major in
biology which should include at least one
course in plant science and in physics.
J
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Qualified students may prepare for External
Examinations by combining courses and seminars in the areas o f Animal Physiology, Behavioral Ecology, Biomechanics, Cell Biology,
Developmental Genetics, Human Genetics,
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
GO
Membrane Biology, Microbiology, Neuro
h
biology, Orientation, Paleobiology, Plant
b
Development, Plant Ecology, and Research in
E
Biology (Bio 180). Admission to the External
E
Examination
Program is based on academic
E12
]
record (average o f B or better in the natural
sciences) and completion o f prerequisites for
the courses or seminars used in preparation
for external examination. Students in the Ex
ternal Examination Program may take an ad
ditional credit o f advanced work in any course
numbered between 5 0 and 9 0 or any one
credit seminar. The additional advanced work
will be designated as an attachment to the
course.
1 . C ellular and M ole cu lar Biology.
plants.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or consent o f instruc
tor.
Alternate years, spring semester. Weiner.
An introductory study o f living cells illus
trated by examples drawn from cell biology,
biochemistry, genetics, microbiology, neuro
biology, and developmental biology. One lab
oratory period per week.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.
J
2 . O rgan ism al and Population Bio lo g y.
1
*
Introduction to the study o f organisms emphasizing the adaptive aspects o f morphology,
physiology, behavior, ecology, and evolution
o f whole organisms and populations.
One laboratory period per week.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.
14. Field Orn ith o lo g y.
1
The biology o f birds in their natural habitats.
The course will emphasize the diversity of
birds, their ecology, evolution, adaptive phys
iology and behavior. Field study is in the area
o f animal behavior, behavioral ecology, orien
tation and migration, systematics, and taxon
omy.
One lab or field trip per week: at least one all
day trip/semester.
Prerequisites: Biology 2, or AP Biology, or
consent o f instructor.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Williams.
15. C o m p arative V e rte b rate S tru c tu re
and Function.
4
A comparative approach to the question of
how vertebrates work. Regulatory processes
(such as gas exchange) and interactive pro
cesses (such as feeding) will be related to the
anatomy o f a wide diversity o f vertebrates.
Labs will be a combination o f physiological
demonstrations and dissection.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2.
Fall semester. Frolich.
i
1 7 . S ys te m a tic B o ta ny.
Principles and methods o f plant systematics
approached through the classification and iden
tification o f the major families o f vascular
20 . G enetics.
An examination o f the transmission, struc
ture, and function o f the genetic material. The
course content includes the establishment of
Mendelism; the chromosome theory o f inheri
tance; the expansion o f Mendelism; the iden
tification, structure, and replication o f the
genetic material; gene function; bacterial and
viral genetics; and the regulation o f gene activity.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1.
Fall sem ester. Jenkins.
2 1 . Cell Biology.
A study o f the ultrastructure and function o f
cell components.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Spring semester. Savage.
25 . A n im a l B e h a vio r.
An introduction to the biological study of
animal behavior in field and laboratory. Em
phasis is placed on integrating the evolution
ary importance o f social behavior (Ethology
and Behavioral Ecology) and the mechanisms
that mediate behavior (Neurobiology).
One laboratory or field period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2; Math 2 recom
mended.
A lternate years. Williams.
2 6 . Adap tatio nal Pla n t A n a to m y .
An examination o f the anatomical adaptions
o f vascular plants to environmental factors.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 1, 2.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Jacobs.
2 8 . C rop P la n ts.
An introduction to the plants used as food by
people.
81
B io lo g y
-------------------------------- I
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisite: Biology 2, or permission o f the
instructor.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Jacobs.
2 9 . N eu ro bio logy.
An introduction to the molecular and cell
biology o f neurons and the organization o f
neural systems. Topics include the properties
o f excitable membranes, synaptic structure
and function, molecular biology o f ion chan
nels and receptors, and the organization o f
sensory and motor systems. Laboratory exer
cises employ neurophysiological techniques
to investigate aspects o f neuronal function.
Prerequisite: Biology 1, Chemistry 10.
Spring sem ester. Siwicki.
3 4. im m un o lo gy.
A survey o f the humoral and cellular mecha
nisms by which vertebrates recognize and
destroy material foreign to their bodies.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2; 2 0 or 21
recommended.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Gilbert.
35. Em b ry o lo g y .
A sophomore level course investigating the
origins o f cellular diversity from fertilization
through early organ formation. Relationship
between developmental changes and evolution
will be stressed.
One laboratory per week. Prerequisites: Biol
ogy 1 and 2.
A lternate years, fa ll sem ester. Gilbert.
3 6 . In v e rte b ra te Zo o lo g y .
Evolution morphology, ecology, and physiol
ogy o f invertebrate animals.
One laboratory period per week. Field trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.
3 7 . P la n t P h y s io lo g y .
A study o f the principal physiological pro
cesses o f higher plants, including photosyn
thesis, gas exchange, water and nutrients trans
port, mineral metabolism, plant hormone
action, and environmental responses.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 ,2 , and Chemistry 22.
Fall semester. Jacobs.
3 8 . M ic ro b io lo g y.
Biology o f microorganisms with an emphasis
on aspects unique to prokaryotes. Topics
82
include microbial cell structure, metabolism,
physiology, genetics, and ecology. Laboratory
exercises include techniques for detecting,
isolating, cultivating, quantifying, and identi
fying bacteria.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, Chemistry 22.
Fall sem ester. Vollmer.
39. Ec o lo g y.
The scientific study o f the relationships that
determine the distribution and abundance o f
organisms. Topics covered include interac
tions between organisms and their environ
ments, population dynamics, species inter
actions, community ecology, and nutrient
cycles.
One laboratory period or field trip per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
Fall sem ester. Weiner.
i
1
J
4 3 . H is to ry o f Bio lo g y.
The topics o f this course focus on genetics,
development, and evolution; science and the
ology; and contemporary social critiques of
biological sciences.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
A lternate years, spring semester. Gilbert.
4 5 . P rim a te B e h a vio r.
The adaptive aspects o f primate behavior,
studied under natural conditions, its evolutionary implications and physiological deter
minants. Content overlaps with Biology 25
and S/A 10.
One laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 2 or Psychology 1, or
one introductory level course in Sociology/
Anthropology giving an appropriate background in Anthropology.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Williams.
5 0 . M a rin e Bio lo g y.
Ecology o f oceans and estuaries, including
discussions o f physiological and structural
adaptations o f marine organisms.
One laboratory per week; several all-day field
trips.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Merz.
5 1. C eils in C ulture.
The biology o f plant and animal cells. Seminar
discussions on cytoskeleton, cell surfaces,
normal growth adhesion, locomotion, trans
formation, and oncogenes. Independent
i
I
■
1
semester-long investigative projects.
Continuing laboratory work.
Prerequisite: Biology 21 or consent o f instruc
tor.
Fall semester. Savage.
55. M icro bial Ad a p tatio n and
D e ve lo p m e n t
] l'
A study o f microbial mechanisms o f adapta
tion to natural and experimental stressors.
Laboratory will focus on molecular techniques used to investigate changes in gene
expression and other adaptive strategies.
Prerequisites: Biology 20, 21, 38, 152, or
Chem. 38.
Spring sem ester 1992 only. Vollmer.
56. H um an G enetics.
■
1
I
I
An examination o f human inheritance patterns using techniques o f molecular and clas
sical genetic analysis that are appropriate to
humans. Research into the structure, func
tion, organization, and regulation o f the hu
man genome will be discussed, along with
applications o f current research.
Prerequisites: Biology 20 or permission o f the
instructor.
Spring semester. Jenkins.
6 2. B iom echanics.
Basic principles o f solid and fluid mechanics
will be explored as they apply to the morphology, ecology, and evolution o f plants and
animals.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
A lternate years, spring sem ester. Merz.
63. Paleobiology.
■
Introduction to the fossil record and the
techniques and theories used by paleontolo
gists. Current issues in paleontology will also
be examined.
Prerequisites: Biology 1 and 2 and one other
Biology course.
A lternate years, spring semester. Merz.
66. Control o f P la n t De ve lo p m e nt.
1
1
An examination o f cellullar, intercellular, and
environmental control mechanisms operating
in plant growth and development. Particular
examples will be studied in depth, with an
emphasis upon critical evaluation o f original
research literature.
One seminar meeting each week and continu
ing laboratory projects.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2, and one other
Biology course.
Spring sem ester. Jacobs.
7 2 . M em b ra n e Biology.
An examination o f the role o f lipids, proteins,
and carbohydrates in molecular membrane
structure and function.
Prerequisites: Bio 21, 38, or Chem 38.
Fall semester. Stewart.
7 3 . O rien tatio n and M ig ratio n .
A research course. Neurobiology, ecology,
and behavior are studied in conjunction with
original field and lab research on orientation
and migration.
Prerequisites: Biology 12 or 25 or 2 9 or
Psychology 30, or permission o f the instruc
tor.
Physics (College or High School) and Statis
tics are recommended.
One credit.
A lternate years, spring semester. Williams.
7 3 a . Re se a rch P ra c tic u m fo r 7 3 .
Students develop a professional level research
project. Required o f EEP students.
One credit.
Williams.
7 6 . Evo lu tio n a ry Functional
M o rp h o lo g y.
The evolution o f animal function studied in a
rigorous phylogenetic context. W ithin this
context, the use o f experimental approaches
to studying organismal adaptions, with a focus
on feeding and locomotion, will be explored.
Lab will entail undertaking a systematics or
experimental functional morphology research
project.
One laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: Biology 15 or permission o f
instructor.
Spring semester. Frolich.
7 8 . N e u ra l B a sis o f B e h a vio r.
Seminars and labs exploring cellular mecha
nisms underlying specific animal behaviors.
Prerequisite: Biology 29.
A lternate years, fa ll sem ester. Siwicki.
Not offered in 1991-92.
93. Directed Reading.
A program o f directed reading in an area of
biology not included in the curriculum.
Fall or spring semester. Staff.
83
B io lo g y
9 4 . R e se a rch P r o je c t
W ith the permission o f the Department, quali
fied students may elect to pursue a research
program.
Fall or spring sem ester. Stewart, Staff.
95. S e n io r Lite ra tu re P a p e r.
W ith the permission o f the department a
student may write a senior paper in Biology
for satisfaction o f the requirement o f a com
prehensive examination for graduation.
9 7 . S e n io r Evo lu tio n S e m in a r.
A consideration o f evolution from the per
spectives o f several biological subdisciplines.
Participation in the evolution seminar is re
quired o f all Biology majors in course.
1
SEMINARS
10 4. Pla nt Ec o lo g y.
160. Be h a vio ra l Ec o lo g y.
The study o f plant individuals, populations,
and communities in their relationships with
their physical and biological environments.
Prerequisites: Biology 3 9 or consent o f in
structor.
Two credits.
A lternate years, fa ll sem ester. Weiner.
The study o f the evolution o f behavior as an
adaption to an environment.
Prerequisites: Biology 25 or 39 or 45 or 15.
Students with preparation outside biology
should seek permission o f the instructor.
Two credits.
A lternate years. Williams.
15 2. A d va n ce d Topics in Developm ental
B io lo gy: D evelopm ental Genetics
and Im m unology.
Senior level seminar discussing differential
gene activity on transcriptional, RNA pro
cessing, and translational levels in developing
embryos and immunocompetent cells. Mech
anisms o f cell differentiation in embryos and
lymphocytes: AIDS.
Prerequisites: Biology 1, 2: either 20, 21, or
35.
Two credits.
One laboratory per week
Fall sem ester. Gilbert.
m
16 4. D evelopm ental N eu ro b io log y.
Seminars in the mechanisms o f development
o f invertebrate and vertebrate nervous sys
tems. In lab, students will design and imple
ment experiments to address a specific re
search question and present their results
formally at the end o f the semester.
Prerequisite: Biology 29 or Biology 52.
Two credits.
A lternate years, fa ll semester. Siwicki.
180. T h e s is.
A research project for students who partici
pate in the External Examination program in
Biology.
One or two credits.
Both semesters.
]
84
B lack S tu d ie s
1
Coordinators: H IL L A R D P O U N C Y and P E T E R S C H M ID T 1
Committee:
J O H N A L S T O N (Music and Dance)
M A U R IC E ELD R ID G E (Development)
C H A R L E S L . J A M E S (English Literature)
A S M A R O M L E G E S S E (Sociology and Anthropology) 3
J O E M A S O N (Black Cultural Center)
E T H E L M O O R E (Psychology)
A L L IS O N P. W IL L IA M S (Chemistry)
JE R O M E H . W O O D , J R . (History)
i -----------------------------------------------1
«
9
The purpose o f the Black Studies Program is
( 1 ) to introduce students to the history, cul
ture, society, and political and economic con
ditions o f Black people in Africa, the Americas, and elsewhere in the world; and ( 2) to
explore new approaches—in perspectives,
analyses and interdisciplinary techniques—
appropriate to the study o f the Black experi
ence.
Students in any department may add a Con
centration in Black Studies to their depart
mental major by fulfilling the requirements
stated below. Applications for admission to
the Concentration should be made in the
spring semester o f the sophomore year to the
Coordinator o f the Program. All programs
must be approved by the Committee on Black
Studies.
J
J
All Concentrators in Black Studies are re
quired to take History 7, as early as feasible,
and Black Studies 91, ordinarily in the last
semester o f the senior year. They are advised
to take Political Science 15/Sociology and
Anthropology 15/English 5 0 (Theories o f
Black Studies). They must take a minimum o f
five courses in Black Studies. These must
include at least three courses (which may
include Black Studies 91 ) outside the depart
mental major, from at least two departments
other than the major.
Black Studies 91, Special Topics in Black
Studies, will take the form o f a one-credit
tutorial (if there are three or fewer students in
any one year) or a one-credit seminar (if there
are four or more students), with all senior
1
Concentrators participating. The topics se
lected for reading, class discussions, and the
writing o f seminar papers will be drawn from
representative works in Black Studies from a
variety o f disciplines and perspectives and will
depend on the interests and backgrounds o f
the participants. The tutorial or seminar will
normally be taken in the spring semester of
the senior year, and will culminate in a senior
thesis administered by the Black Studies Com
mittee.
The committee expects those students who
use their thesis credit for both a major and
Black Studies to show much more substantial
work than single-credit theses applied only to
Black Studies 91.
Courses o f the Black Studies Concentration
are listed below. Courses o f independent
study, special attachments on subjects relevant
to Black Studies, and courses offered by vis
iting faculty (those courses not regularly listed
in the College Bulletin) may, at the discretion
o f the Black Studies Committee, be included
in the Program. Students who wish to pursue
these possibilities should consult with the
appropriate department and with the Black
Studies Committee.
Ec on o m ics 7 1 . La b o r Ec on o m ics.
Ec on o m ics 7 2 . S o cial Ec on o m ics.
Econ o m ics 7 3 . W om en and M in o rities
in the Ec on o m y.
Ec on o m ics 8 2 /P o litic a l Scie nce 2 1.
T h e Political Ec o n o m y o f A fric a .
___________________________________
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
85
B la c k S tu d ie s
Ec o n o m ics 1 7 1 . La b o r and Social
Ec o n o m ics .
Ec o n o m ics 1 7 2 . R e se a rch on the
U rba n U n d e rc la ss .
En glish Lite ra tu re 5 0 . T h e o rie s o f
B la ck S tu d ie s.
English Lite ra tu re 5 2 . Th e H arlem
R e n aissan ce .
En glish Lite ra tu re 5 9 . Th e A fr o A m e ric a n W rite r.
English Lite ra tu re 6 0. The
C o n te m p o ra ry A fro -A m e ric a n
W rite r.
English Lite ra tu re 7 6 . T h e Black
A fric a n W rite r.
English Lite ra tu re 12 1 . M od ern
B la ck Fictio n .
H is to ry 6 3. S outh A fric a .
H is to ry 6 6. Topics in La tin A m e ric a n
H is to ry .
H is to ry 6 7 . Th e B lack Exp e rie n c e in
Latin A m e ric a .
H is to ry 14 0 . M od ern A fric a .
H is to ry 1 4 1 . S outh A fric a .
H is to ry 149 . A fric a n and
A fric a n -A m e ric a n Fo lk lo re .
M od ern Lan g u ag e s. Fre nc h 15.
Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Francophone
W om en W rite rs .
M od ern Lan g u ag e s. Fre nc h 7 7 .
P ro s e Francoph on e.
M u s ic 3. J a z z H is to ry .
M u s ic 6 1. J a z z Im p ro vis a tio n .
H is to ry 7 . T h e H is to ry o f the
A fric a n A m e ric a n People.
Political S cie n ce 21 /Ec o n o m ic s 8 2 .
Political Ec o n o m y o f A fric a .
H is to ry 8 . M o d e rn A fric a .
Political S cie n ce 2 3 . Political Change
in A fro -A m e ric a n C om m u nitie s.
H is to ry 10 F. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r:
B la ck and W hite: S outh A fric a
and th e United S ta te s .
Political S cie nce 4 4 . R a c e , Eth n ic ity,
and Public P o lic y .
H is to ry 10 6 . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r:
W om en in E a rly A fric a n C iv iliza tio n s .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 2 7 . A fr o A m e ric a n C ulture and S o c ie ty .
H is to ry 5 3 . B la ck C ulture and
B la ck C on sc io u sn e ss.
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 3 6 . Peoples
and C ultures o f A fric a .
H is to ry 5 8. Th e W orld o f D u B o is,
R o g e rs , and Diop.
B lack S tu d ie s 9 1 . Special Topics in
B lack S tu d ie s (se n io r th e s is).
]
]
86
C h e m is try
)
1
J A M E S H . H A M M O N S , Professor
R O BER T F. P A S T E R N A C K , Professor
P E T E R T. T H O M P S O N , Professor
T H O M A S A . S T E P H E N S O N , Associate Professor’
J U D IT H 6 . V O ET, Associate Professor and Chair
R O BER T S . P A LE T , Assistant Professor
A L IS O N P. W IL L IA M S , Assistant Professor
R O BER T 0 . F IS H E R , Lecturer
U R S U L A M . D A VIS, Assistant
V IR G IN IA M . IN D IV ER O , Assistant
M A R G A R E T M . L E H M A N , Assistant
The aim o f the Department o f Chemistry is to
provide sound training in the fundamental
principles and basic techniques o f the science
i
and to provide interested students with the
opportunity for advanced work in the main
subdisciplines o f modern chemistry.
----------------------------------------------------------------
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
j
I
i
1
1
The normal route for entrance to the advanced
level program is to take Chemistry 10 followed
by 22, 32, and either 3 6 or 3 8 (or both).
Students with especially strong pre-college
background in chemistry are advised to begin
with Chemistry 10H, Chemistry 10L, or Chem
istry 22. Such students will normally be asked
to take a placement examination. Students
seeking Advanced Placement credit may also
be required to take this examination. Consult
with the Department Chair.
The minimum requirement for a major in
Chemistry is nine courses in the Department.
These must include Chemistry 1 0 ,2 2 ,3 2 ,3 6 ,
38, 4 4 , 4 5 ,5 0 and one single-credit seminar.
Students should note the Mathematics and
Physics prerequisites for Chemistry 36, 44,
and 45. Those considering a major in Chem
istry are strongly urged to complete these
prerequisites by the end o f the Sophomore
year.
Those students planning professional work in
Chemistry should include in their programs a
fourth semester o f mathematics and at least
two additional credits in chemistry. Accredi
tation by the American Chemical Society
(ACS) is useful for those who intend to pur3
sue a career in chemical industry and requires
a year o f independent research through Chem
istry 94, 96, or 180. Further, proficiency in
reading scientific German, Russian, or French
is an asset to the practicing chemist.
Students desiring teacher certification in chem
istry must complete Biology 1, 2 in addition
to the Chemistry major program. All candi
dates for teacher certification are required to
assist in the instruction o f the laboratory o f an
introductory chemistry course on one after
noon per week for two semesters.
Research opportunities with individual staff
members are available through Chemistry 94,
96, and 180. Majors are encouraged to consult
the staff about current research problems
under investigation.
In collaboration, the Departments o f Chem
istry and Physics provide for a Special Major
in Chemical Physics (see discussion o f Special
Major, page 50 ), which offers students the
opportunity to gain strong background in the
study o f chemical processes (Tom a micro
scopic, molecular point o f view. Interested
students should consult the Chairs o f both
departments.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
07
C h e m is try
BIOCHEMISTRY SPECIAL MAJOR
In collaboration with the Department o f Bi
ology, the Department o f Chemistry also
offers a Special Major in Biochemistry, which
provides the student with the opportunity to
gain a strong background in chemistry with
special emphasis on the application o f chemis
try to biochemical and molecular biological
problems. The requirements include Chemis
try 22, 32, 36, 38, 44, 45, 50, and 108b;
Biology 20 or 21 or 38; and Biology 55 or 152.
Students should note the Mathematics, Phys
ics, Chemistry, and Biology prerequisites for
these courses. Research opportunities are avail
able in both Biology and Chemistry Depart
ments. Interested students should consult the
Chairs o f the two departments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- ----------------
1
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
Students preparing for the External Examina
tion Program with a major in Chemistry
should complete Chemistry 10, 22, 32, and
either 3 6 or 38 (or both), three semesters of
calculus, and two semesters o f physics by the
end o f the sophomore year. In addition to
Chemistry 10, 22, 32, 36, and 38, all majors
are further required to complete Chemistry
44, 4 5, and 50; except under truly extraordi
nary circumstances, these requirements must
be met by the end o f the junior year. The
major program consists o f a minimum o f
three papers in Chemistry, one o f which must
be a research thesis (Chemistry 180). Prepa
ration for the remaining papers in Chemistry
(Organic Reaction Mechanisms, Organic Syn
thesis, Thermodynamics and Statistical Me
chanics, Quantum Chemistry, Inorganic
Chemistry, Biological Chemistry) consists o f
the core curriculum (i.e., Chemistry 10, 22,
32, 36, 38, 44, 45, and 5 0 ) plus completion
o f the appropriate 100-level seminar. The
core curriculum alone is sufficient preparation
for a paper in; General Physical Chemistry. All
papers, with the exception o f General Physical
Chemistry, are "three unit” papers.
All o f the External Examination papers listed
in the preceding paragraph are available for
students wishing to complete a minor in Chem
istry. The minimum prerequisites for the prep
aration o f any paper are Chemistry 10 and 36,
Mathematics 5, 6A, and 6B, and Physics 3, 4.
Preparation for the General Physical Chemis
try paper consists o f completion o f Chemistry
4 4 and 45 and the additional Mathematics
prerequisite. Preparation for the remaining
papers consists o f completion o f the relevant
100-level seminar and the associated prereq
uisites (see seminar prerequisites, below).
COURSES
1. C h e m is try in the Hum an
E n v iro n m e n t
This course will include the study o f the cen
tral concepts o f chemistry in the context of
current problems that impact on the human
environment. This list includes the green
house effect, ozone depletion, acid rain, en
ergy utilization, waste disposal, air and water
quality, nutrition, food production, toxic sub
stances, drugs, AIDS, brain chemistry and
medicine. Class discussion into the philo
sophical and public policy aspects o f these
problems as well as the chemistry will be
encouraged. Assigned reading material will be
non-mathematical and emphasize organic and
88
■
i
J
I
]
bio-chemistry as well as general chemical prin
ciples.
One laboratory period every second week.
Primary distribution course.
Spring sem ester. Thompson.
10. General C h e m is try.
A study o f the central concepts and basic
principles o f chemistry; the interpretation o f
chemical properties and reactions on the basis
o f equilibrium constants, oxidation potentials,
free energies, thermochemistry; atomic structure; bonding and molecular structure; rates
and mechanisms o f chemical reactions.
One laboratory period weekly.
|
I
)
Primary distribution course.
Fail semester. Williams and Staff.
10H. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: General
C h e m is try.
A half-credit seminar format course for fresh
men with Advanced Placement (or equivalent
departmental exam) chemistry credit. Topics
will be selected from the traditional General
Chemistry curriculum, but will be discussed
in greater detail and with a higher degree o f
mathematical rigor. The application o f mod
ern instrumental methods to problems in
thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, and
molecular structure will be emphasized in
classroom discussion and laboratory demon
strations. Some familiarity with elementary
calculus concepts will be assumed. One threehour meeting weekly.
Fall semester. Pasternack.
1 0 L Fre sh m a n S e m in a r and Lab :
General C h e m is try.
A combination o f the Chemistry 10H Fresh
man Seminar (above) and the laboratory com
ponent o f Chemistry 10 (General Chemistry).
One laboratory period weekly. One credit.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Pasternack and Staff.
2 2 . Organic C h e m is try I.
An introduction to the chemistry o f some o f
the more important classes o f organic com
pounds; nomenclature, structure, physical and
spectroscopic properties, methods o f prepa
ration and reactions o f aliphatic and aromatic
hydrocarbons, halides and monofunctional
oxygen compounds, with an emphasis on
ionic reaction mechanisms.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 10.
Spring semester. Hammons.
3 2. O rgan ic C h e m is try II.
A continuation o f Chemistry 22 with empha
sis on more advanced aspects o f the chemistry
o f monofunctional and polyfunctional organic
compounds, multi-step methods o f synthesis,
and an introduction to bioorganic chemistry.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 22.
Fall semester. Paley.
36. Inorganic C h e m is try.
A study o f the main group elements, acid-base
reactions, oxidation-reduction reactions, elec
trochemistry, and an introduction to transi
tion metal chemistry. Laboratory will empha
size the preparation and analysis o f inorganic
compounds.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6B,
Physics 3, and prior or concurrent enrollment
in Physics 4 (Physics 7 and 8 substitute for
Physics 3 , 4).
Spring semester. Pasternack.
38. Biological C h e m is try.
An introduction to the chemistry o f living
systems: protein conformation, principles o f
biochemical preparation techniques, enzyme
mechanisms and kinetics, bioenergetics, inter
mediary metabolism, and molecular genetics.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 (Biology 1 rec
ommended).
Spring semester. Voet.
4 4 . Ph ysica l C h e m is try I.
An introduction to some basic concepts of
physical chemistry including states o f matter,
kinetic theory o f gases, laws o f thermodynam
ics, chemical and phase equilibria, solutions,
electrochemistry, and solid state structure.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6B
and 18, Physics 3, 4 (or 7, 8).
Fail semester. Thompson.
4 5 . P h ysic a l C h e m is try II.
An introduction to some basic physical chem
istry concepts at the atomic and molecular
level including particles and waves, elementary
quantum theory, atomic and molecular struc
ture, valence bond and molecular orbital the
ory, symmetry and group theory, spectros
copy, statistical mechanics, and reaction rates.
One laboratory period weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 10, Mathematics 6B
and 18, Physics 3, 4 (or 7, 8).
Spring sem ester. Williams.
50. M od ern In stru m en tal M eth o ds in
C h e m is try and B io c h e m istry.
Powerful instrumentation has been developed
in recent years for the analysis and separation
o f mixtures and for the determination o f
molecular structure in chemical and biochemi
cal research. This laboratory-intensive course
deals with such modern instrumental meth
ods, including chromatographic, electrochemi-
89
C h e m is try
1
cal, and spectrometric techniques, and will
give special emphasis to Fourier-transform
nuclear magnetic resonance.
Approximately six hours o f laboratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 32 and either 3 6 or
38. Concurrent or prior courses in Physical
Chemistry are recommended.
Fall semester. Hammons and Pasternack.
SEMINARS
The following single credit seminars may be
taken for credit towards a degree in Course or
combined with single credit courses to prepare
for Papers in the External Examination Program.
Prerequisites: The preferred background for
students enrolled in any seminar is prior or
concurrent enrollment in Chemistry 10, 22,
32, 3 6 , 38, 44, and 45. When circumstances
warrant it, students will be permitted to enroll
in Chemistry 102b or 103b while meeting
only the organic chemistry prerequisites, stu
dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry
108b while meeting only the organic chemistry
and biological chemistry prerequisites, stu
dents will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry
106b while meeting only the inorganic and
physical chemistry prerequisites, and students
will be permitted to enroll in Chemistry 104b
or 105b while meeting only the physical chem
istry prerequisites. However, such students
will be expected to do the extra reading re
quired for them to participate fully in the
discussions. Students wishing to enroll in a semi
nar without first completing Chemistry to, 22, 32,
36, 38, 44 , and 45 must consult with the instruc
tor.
10 2b. O rgan ic Reaction M e c h a n ism s
S e m in a r.
This course deals with the structures and
mechanisms o f reaction o f organic com
pounds. Structural topics include bonding
theory, stability, and stereochemistry. Polar,
free-radical, pericyclic, and photochemical
reactions are studied. Mechanistic discussions
emphasize methods o f investigation and the
interpretation o f experimental results from
the primary literature.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Fall semester. Hammons.
103b. O rgan ic S yn th e s is S e m in a r.
Modern organic synthetic methodology will
90
be studied, with an emphasis on carboncarbon bond formation, control o f relative
stereochemistry, and asymmetric synthesis.
The utility o f these techniques will be illus
trated by various total syntheses o f biologi
cally important natural products.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring sem ester. Paley.
J
10 4b. T h e rm o d yn a m ic s and S ta tistica l
M echan ics S e m in a r.
Topics to be studied will be selected from
more advanced aspects o f thermodynamics
and statistical mechanics including studies o f
the gaseous and liquid states, the theory o f
solutions, and an introduction to computer
simulation techniques.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring semester. Thompson.
105b. Quantum C h e m is try S e m in a r.
Advanced consideration o f topics in quantum
chemistry with a focus on the electronic struc
ture o f atoms and molecules, and molecular
spectroscopy.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi
site: Mathematics 16.
Not offered 1991-92.
106b. in org an ic C h e m is try S e m in a r.
The study o f topics to be selected from appli
cations o f symmetry and group theory; transi
tion metal chemistry; bonding; reaction mech
anisms; spectroscopy; organometallic chemis
try; inorganic biochemistry; and bioinorganic
chemistry.
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites.
Spring sem ester. Pasternack.
108b. Biological C h e m is try S e m in a r.
Selected topics in a few important areas o f
current biochemistry, such as enzyme struc
ture and function, spectroscopic methods,
*
receptor biochemistry, and genetic and protein
CDSUiccrin^ principles*
Prerequisites: See statement above regarding
seminar prerequisites. Additional prerequi-
site: Biology 1. Prior or concurrent enrollment
in Biology 20 or 21 or 3 8 is recommended*
Fall semester. Voet.
STUDENT RESEARCH
All students who enroll in one or more re
search courses during the academic year are
required to attend weekly colloquium meet
ings and to present the results o f their work
during the spring semester.
9 4. Re se a rch P r o je c t
This course provides the opportunity for
qualified students to participate in research
with individual staff members. Students who
propose to take this course should consult
with the staff during the preceding semester
concerning problem areas under study. This
course may be elected more than once.
Each semester. Staff.
9 6. Re se a rch T h e s is .
Chemistry and biochemistry majors will be
provided with an option o f writing a senior
research thesis in lieu o f taking comprehensive
examinations. Students are strongly urged to
participate in on-campus research during the
summer between their junior and senior years.
The student will form an advisory committee
to consist o f (but not be limited to) two mem
bers o f the Chemistry Department, one o f
whom is to act as the student’s research men
tor. Whereas the details o f the research thesis
program will be determined by the committee
and the student, certain minimum require
ments must be met by all students selecting
this option:
i) A minimum o f two credits o f Chemistry
96 to be taken during the last three
semesters o f the student’s residence at
Swarthmore.
ii) A thesis based upon the student’s re
search activity to be submitted prior to
the last week o f classes o f the final semes
ter. Guidelines for the preparation o f the
thesis will be provided to the student.
E ach sem ester. Staff.
180. Re se a rch T h e s is .
An opportunity for students in the External
Examination program to participate in re
search with individual staff members. The
thesis topic must be chosen in consultation
with some member o f the staff and approved
early in the semester preceding the one in
which the work is to be done.
Each sem ester. Staff.
C la s s ic s
M A R T IN O S T W A LD , Professor
G ILB ER T P. R O S E , Professor and Department Head
R O S A R IA V. M U N S O N , Visiting Associate Professor
W IL L IA M N . T U R P IN , Associate Professor
Classics is the study o f the ancient Greeks and
Romans, who produced some o f the world’s
greatest literature and influenced the entire
subsequent course o f Western history and
culture. The Department o f Classics teaches
the Greek and Latin languages and literatures
from the beginning level through Honors
seminars. Any student who wishes to major or
minor in Greek or Latin can do so without
having studied it before entering college.
Those who begin a language at Swarthmore
start to read literature by the end o f one year.
After two years students are usually prepared
for seminars, in which they read and discuss
in depth the works o f such authors as Homer,
Sappho, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides,
Plato, Thucydides, Herodotus, Cicero, Taci
tus, Catullus, Horace, and Virgil.
Courses in which the ancient languages are
studied are numbered from 1 to 19. Courses
numbered 20 and over have no prerequisites
(except for Classics 42 and 44) and assume no
knowledge o f Greek or Latin; instead, English
translations are used to introduce students to
the history, literature, mythology, religion,
and archaeology o f the ancient world. The
courses specifically in ancient history count as
prerequisites toward advanced courses in the
Department o f History and as part o f a major
in History.
The Department o f Classics encourages both
majors and non-majors to spend a semester,
usually during their junior year, at the Inter
collegiate Center for Classical Studies in
Rome. Here students from many American
colleges may study Latin, Greek, Italian, art
history, and the ancient city; they also take
field trips in Rome and Italy. Swarthmore
College also helps to support the American
Academy in Rome and the American School
o f Classical Studies in Athens, and its students
have privileges at those institutions. Classics
students are eligible for the Susan P. Cobbs
Scholarship and the Susan P. Cobbs Prize
Fellowship for study abroad (see pp. 32 and
69).
The Classics Department participates in the
Mediaeval Studies Program, the Women’s
Studies Program, the Literature major, and a
Special Major in Linguistics.
REQUIREMENTS FOR A MAJOR OR MINOR
Greek, Latin, or Ancient History may be a
student’s major subject in either the Course or
External Examination Program, and a minor
in the latter program. Those who intend to
major or minor in Greek or Latin should
complete courses numbered 11 and 12 (or
their equivalents) as early as possible.
In the External Examination (Honors) Pro
gram, three or four papers constitute a major.
In Greek or Latin, students normally prepare
for all o f these with seminars. A Greek or
Latin major in the Course Program consists of
at least 8 credits in the appropriate language
above the introductory level; most o f these
will be seminars.
92
A student majoring in Ancient History studies
both Greek and Roman history on the intro
ductory level (Classics 31 or 21, and 3 2 ) and
the advanced level (Classics 4 2 and 44, each
with a one-credit attachment). One o f the
following seminars is also required: Latin 102,
Latin 105, Greek 113. For a minor in Ancient
History everything but the seminar is re
quired; thus, no ancient language is required
for this minor. More information on majors
and minors is available from the Department
Head.
I
G reek
1 -2 . In ten sive F irs t-y e a r G re e k .
1
)
Selections from either the Iliad or the Odyssey
are read in Greek; the remainder o f the poem
is read in translation.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring sem ester. Rose.
9 ,1 0 . G re e k P ro s e Com position.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
Extensive translation o f English into Greek.
Required for Greek majors. Meets one hour
per week.
H alf course.
Independent work for advanced students
under the supervision o f an instructor.
11. Interm ediate G re e k .
The chief reading is usually a work o f Plato.
The course emphasizes both language skills
and the discussion o f literature and philoso
phy. Other readings may include selections
]
I
12. H o m e r.
9 1. Special Topics.
Readings in preparation for senior compre
hensive examinations.
Spring semester.
9 5 . A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 53 (Formats o f Instruction).
Latin
1 -2 . In ten sive F irs t-y e a r La tin .
1 1 . Introduction to Rom an P o e try .
An intensive course which introduces Latin
grammar and vocabulary and emphasizes the
reading o f Latin texts from the outset. Read
ings are based on original Roman authors at a
relatively early point and introduce important
aspects o f Roman culture and Latin literature.
The course meets four times a week and
carries H i credits each semester. Occasional
guest lectures expose students to more ad
vanced topics in the classics as well as to
relations between classics and other fields.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Year course. Munson.
After a review o f grammar, students read and
discuss major lyric and epic poets o f the
Golden Age o f Roman literature (e.g., Catul
lus, Virgil). The course emphasizes both lan
guage skills and literary criticism, elucidating
the special characteristics and concerns of
Roman poetry. Normally taken after Latin 2
or high school Latin.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Rose.
9 ,1 0 . Latin P ro s e Com position.
1
from the Greek historians, orators, or trage
dians (e.g., Euripides’ Medea).
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Ostwald.
Greek 1 (fall semester) introduces most o f the
basics o f the language and gives practice in
reading. Greek 2 (spring) completes the intro
duction o f the language and culminates in the
reading o f a dialogue o f Plato. Throughout the
year students use the language to explore the
culture and thought o f the Greeks.
The course meets four times a week and
carries if ? credits each semester. Occasional
guest lectures expose students to more ad
vanced topics in the classics as well as to
relations between classics and other fields.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Year course. Turpin.
Extensive translation o f English into Latin.
Required for Latin majors. Meets one hour
per week.
H alf course.
12. Introduction to Rom an P ro s e .
A study o f authors illustrating the develop
ment o f Roman prose, from Cicero to Tacitus.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Turpin.
13. Lite ra tu re o f the Au g u sta n A g e .
A portrait o f the Age o f Augustus from the
point o f view o f one or more contemporary
poets, such as Ovid, Virgil, Horace, and Pro-
93
C la s s ic s
pertius, who contributed to the greatness o f
the period while often questioning its assump
tions. More advanced than Latin 11.
Prerequisite: Latin 11 or equivalent.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall sem ester. Munson.
14. M e d ia e va l La tin .
Readings are chosen from the principal types
o f mediaeval Latin literature, including reli
gious and secular poetry, history and chroni
cles, saints’ lives, satire, philosophy, and ro
mances.
Prerequisite: Latin 11 or equivalent.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Turpin.
2 1 . A n c ie n t G re e ce .
Greek thought, literature, and history from
the Homeric age to Plato, with attention to the
links between the intellectual currents and the
social, economic, and political systems. Satis
fies same prerequisite requirements as Classics
31. Two credits.
Primary distribution course ( 1 credit, Humani
ties, 1 credit, Social Sciences).
Fall sem ester. Not offered 1991-92.
3 1 . H is to ry o f G re e c e .
A study o f the political and social history o f
the Greek cities from the Mycenaean or Bronze
Age to the end o f the classical period. Topics
include the growth o f the city-states, the
development o f democracy, the period of
Athenian political and cultural leadership,
and Athens’ rivalry with Sparta. There is no
prerequisite.. Satisfies prerequisite require
ments for a major or minor in Ancient History
and for advanced courses in the Department
o f History. Counts toward a major in History.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Fall semester. Munson.
3 2. Th e Rom an Republic.
A study o f Rome from its origins to the civil
wars and the establishment o f the principate
o f Augustus (7 5 3 -2 7 B.C.). Topics include
the legends o f Rome’s foundation and o f its
republican constitution; the conquest o f the
Mediterranean world, with special attention
to the causes and pretexts for imperialism and
the tensions it created; and the social and
94
----------------------------------------------9 1.
Special Topics.
»
Readings in preparation for senior compre
hensive examinations.
Spring semester.
9 3 . D irecte d Reading.
Independent work for advanced students
under the supervision o f an instructor.
95.
A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 53 (Formats o f Instruction).
J
political structures o f the Republic. There is
no prerequisite. Satisfies same prerequisite
requirements as Classics 31. Counts toward a
major in History.
Primary distribution course, Social Sciences.
Spring semester. Turpin.
3 3 . G re e k Lite ra tu re in T ra n s la tio n .
The works studied in this course range in time
from Homer to Plato and Aristode and include
masterpieces o f epic and dramatic poetry,
history, and philosophy. Lectures on the his
torical and cultural context supplement class
discussion.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Fall semester. Not offered 1991-92.
3 4 . W om en in C la ssical Lite ra tu re .
Helen, Penelope, Clytemnestra, Electra, An
tigone, Deianira, Medea, Phaedra, Ariadne,
Dido—these Greek and Roman women, ad
mirable or dangerous, are among the most
complex literary creations o f any period. This
course concentrates on the representations o f
women in the epic poems and dramas of
Greece and Rome, but it also explores the
contrast observed by Virginia W oolf between
such portrayals and the lives o f actual women
in those societies.
Spring semester. Rose.
3 6 . C la ssical M yth o lo g y.
The myths o f the Greeks and Romans are
central to the study o f the ancient world and
have had an enormous influence upon subse-
4
t
quent literature and other arts. This course
examines selected myths in such major works
o f Greek and Latin literature as Homer’s
Odyssey, the tragedies o f Aeschylus, Sopho
cles, and Euripides, and Ovid’s Metamorpho
ses. Myths are treated both as traditional tales
about gods and heroes and as evolving narra
tives, subject to the influences o f political,
social, and sexual ideologies.
Fall semester. Rose.
3 7 . Topics in G re e k and Rom an Religion.
A study o f selected issues basic to the under
standing o f religion in ancient society: the
gods, cults, festivals and rituals, beliefs about
the afterlife, oracles and prophecy, the inter
action o f philosophy and religion, and the
social context o f early Christianity. Crosslisted as Religion 37.
Fall semester. Not offered 1991-92.
38. Th e A p o sto lic A g e .
(See Religion 16, Dept, o f Religion).
4 2 . G re e ce in th e Fifth C e n tu ry 8 .C .
An intensive study, chiefly on the basis of
primary sources, o f Athens and the Greek
world from the reforms o f Cleisthenes to the
end o f the Peloponnesian War. Special em
phasis is placed on the political, social, and
economic institutions o f the Athenian de
mocracy and on the problems o f the Delian
League, both internal and in its relation to the
Greek and non-Greek world. W ith an attach
ment Classics 4 2 prepares for an honors paper
in Ancient History. It counts toward a major
in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 31 or its equivalent.
Spring semester. Ostwald.
4 4 . Th e E a rly Rom an Em p ire .
A detailed study, using primary sources, of
the political, economic, social, and cultural
history o f the Roman world from the fall of
the Republic through the Antonine Age (50
B.C.-A.D. 192). W ith an attachment Classics
44 prepares for an honors paper in Ancient
History. It counts toward a major in History.
Prerequisite: Classics 3 2 or its equivalent.
Fall semester. Not offered 1991-92.
5 1. Introduction to A rc h a e o lo g y .
Among the topics covered will be field tech
niques, methods o f dating, analysis o f archaeo
logical data, and archaeology in relation to
other disciplines.
This course is in the Social Science distribu
tion group and is cross-listed as Sociology and
Anthropology 51.
Fall semester. Not offered 1991-92.
5 2 . Introduction to G re e k
A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course traces the development o f Greek
civilization as documented by archaeology,
and includes data ranging from monumental
art and architecture to coins and potsherds.
There are no prerequisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Not offered 1991-92.
5 3 . Introduction to Rom an
A rc h a e o lo g y .
This course focuses on the monuments and
material remains o f the ancient city o f Rome.
Its chief aim is to trace Rome’s growth from
a village o f huts on the Tiber River to the
capital and showplace o f a great empire, while
also observing the interaction between Roman
society and the urban framework which the
Romans built to accommodate, symbolize,
and glorify that society. There are no prereq
uisites.
Primary distribution course, Humanities.
Spring semester. Staff.
8 2. Th e A n c ie n t Th e a tre .
A representative selection o f Greek and
Roman drama, both tragedy and comedy, will
be read in translation, and there will be a study
o f ancient dramatic production.
Spring semester. Not offered 1991-92.
9 1. Special To p ics.
Readings in preparation for senior compre
hensive examinations in Ancient History.
Spring semester. Staff.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
Independent work for advanced students
under the supervision o f an instructor.
9 5 . A tta c h m e n t
Additional, independent work attached to an
advanced course, normally used to prepare
for an external examination, but available also
to Course students for the purposes described
on page 53 (Formats o f Instruction).
95
C la s s ic s
1
SEMINARS
10 2. Th e Rom an Em p e ro rs .
11 1 . G re e k Ph ilo so p h ers.
This seminar explores Latin authors o f the
first and second centuries A.D., with particu
lar attention to their responses to the social
and political structures o f the period. Ex
pressed attitudes toward the emperors range
from adulation to spite, but the seminar con
centrates on authors who fall somewhere in
between, writing skeptically or subversively.
Both prose writers (e.g., Tacitus, Suetonius,
Pliny) and poets (e.g., Lucan, Juvenal) are
included.
Fall semester. Turpin.
This seminar is devoted mainly to the study of
Plato, which is supplemented by study o f the
pre-Socratic philosophers and o f Aristotle
and the Hellenistic schools. The orientation
o f the seminar is primarily philosophical,
although the literary merits o f the Greek
philosophers receive consideration.
Fall semester. Ostwald.
103. La tin Ep ic.
This seminar is devoted to one or more o f the
following: Lucretius’ D e Rerum Natura, Vir
gil’s Aeneid, Ovid’s Metamorphoses.
Spring semester. Not offered 1991-92.
105. Th e A g e o f C ic ero.
This seminar focuses on Cicero’s speeches,
letters, and philosophical works in the context
o f the final years o f the Republic. In addition,
works o f Sallust and Caesar are studied for
their historical evidence and their differing
prose styles.
Fall semester. Not offered 1991-92.
1 0 7 . H o ra c e .
The seminar emphasizes the Odes and Epodes
and their place in the tradition o f Greek and
Roman lyric poetry. Attention is also given to
the Satires and Epistles, especially the Ars
Poetica, and to their importance for the history
o f satire and literary criticism. An effort is
made to grasp the totality o f Horace’s achieve
ment in the context o f the Augustan Age.
Spring semester. Munson.
]
112 . G re e k Ep ic.
This seminar usually studies Homer’s Odyssey.
Selections from Hesiod and Apollonius may
also be read, with some attention to the devel
opment o f Greek epic.
Spring semester. Not offered 1991-92.
113 . G re e k H isto ria n s.
I
This seminar is devoted to a study o f Herodo
tus and Thucydides, both as examples of
Greek historiography and as sources for
Greek history.
Fall semester. Not offered 1991-92.
114 . G re e k D ram a.
This seminar usually focuses on one play by
each o f the major tragedians—Aeschylus, So
phocles, and Euripides. Other plays are read
in translation. The works are placed in their
cultural setting and are discussed as both
drama and poetry.
Spring semester. Rose.
1
115 . G re e k Elegiac and L y ric P o e try .
Greek elegy and lyric are studied, with atten
tion to the political and social background,
and to the relation o f these literary types to
epic and dramatic poetry.
Fall semester. Not offered 1991-92.
1
]
96
C o m p u te r S c ie n c e
I
______________________________________________________
C H A R L E S F. K E L E M E N , Professor and Program Director3 7
DAVE B A R K E R -P L U M M E R , Assistant Professor and Acting Director
J I L L S M U D S K I, Instructor
Committee: N elson M acken (Engineering)
Helene S h ap iro (Mathematics)
a stu dent to be appointed
■
Computer Science is the study o f algorithms
and the issues involved in implementing them.
This includes the study o f computer systems,
methods to specify algorithms (for people and
computer systems), and the formulation o f
theories and models to aid in the understand
ing and analysis o f the properties o f al
gorithms, computing systems, and their interrelationship.
The Computer Science Program is designed to
provide students with a flexible set o f offerings
in computing that can be tailored to satisfy
interests in various areas and at several levels
o f depth. All the courses emphasize the under
lying, fundamental concepts o f computer sci
ence, treating today’s languages and systems as
current examples o f the underlying concepts.
Students from any discipline who are inter
ested in an introduction to computer science
should take C S 15: Introduction to Computer
Science. For a deeper, more formal introduc
tion, they should continue with Math 9: Dis
crete Mathematics, and CS 35: Fundamental
Structures o f Computer Science. Students
with sufficient previous experience in com
puter science may skip CS 15 by passing a
placement exam. The concentration in com
puter science is designed for students who
desire a coherent introduction to the core
topics in the field. Students completing the
concentration will possess a number o f intel
lectual skills useful in many disciplines.
CONCENTRATION IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
1
1
The concentration in computer science can be
combined with any major in the college. It will
provide students with a well-rounded back
ground in computer science sufficient to allow
them to develop significant, creative applica
tions in their major area o f interest and to
keep up with the rapid changes in the field o f
computer science. Students interested in a
Concentration in Computer Science should
submit a concentration proposal for approval
by the Computer Science Committee by the
end o f their sophomore year. Both the stu
dent’s major advisor and the Director o f the
Computer Science Program should be con
sulted when writing such a proposal. While
some flexibility is possible, the requirements
for the concentration in computer science will
usually consist o f six courses plus a compre
hensive experience. The six courses should be
selected as follows:
Each of: CS 15: Introduction to Computer
Science; Math 9: Discrete Mathematics; CS
35:Fundamental Structures o f Computer Sci
ence.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
7 Joint appointment with Mathematics.
Two of: CS 23: Computer Architecture; CS
41: Data Structures and Algorithms; CS 43:
Foundations o f Programming Language De
sign; CS 46: Theory o f Computation.
One of: the remaining courses from the cate
gory above (i.e., CS 2 3 ,4 1 ,4 3 , or 46 ); Engin
22: Digital Systems; Engin 25: Laboratory
Computer Applications; CS 40: Computer
Graphics; CS 63: Artificial Intelligence; Math
72: Topics in Combinatorial Optimization;
CS 75: Principles o f Compiler Design and
Construction; Ling. 50, Ling. 108: Syntactic
Theory; CS 91: Special Topics in Computer
Science; CS 93: Directed Reading or Project.
97
C o m p u te r S c ie n c e
Note: Courses used to satisfy the requirements
for a concentration must be completed with a
grade o f C or better.
Note: In certain cases, especially well-prepared
Engineering students may be permitted to
substitute Engin 11 and Math 16 for CS 15
and Math 9.
The comprehensive experience will ordinarily
be satisfied by completing CS 97: Senior
Conference. In some cases a thesis or project
may be used to satisfy some other depart
ment’s comprehensive experience and also the
Computer Science requirement. In such cases
specific approval o f the Computer Science
program and the other department must be
obtained before embarking on the project.
For example, appropriate Engineering 9 0 proj
ects have been used to satisfy the comprehen
sive requirements for both an Engineering
major and a Computer Scienice Concentration.
1
SPECIAL MAJORS
Students desiring greater depth in computer
science or desiring to integrate computer sci
ence with another discipline in a more formal
manner are encouraged to develop a Special
Major in Computer Science or a Special Major
combining computer science and another area.
Such Special Majors require the approval o f
the Computer Science Committee and in the
case o f joint majors the other department
involved. Special Majors should be designed
in consultations with the director o f the computer science program. These consultations
should take place as early in the student’s
program as possible. The Computer Science
Program also participates in a Special Major
with the Program in Linguistics.
A
W
MINORS FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATION
For students electing to take a minor in Com
puter Science under the external examination
requirements, the Computer Science Com
mittee has approved certain combinations o f
two computer science courses to constitute a
two-credit paper. A current list o f these may
be obtained from the program secretary. In
certain circumstances, the committee may be
willing to consider other groupings o f courses
or seminars to constitute a three-credit paper.
GRADUATE STUDY
Students interested in graduate study in Com
puter Science will be well prepared by major
ing in Mathematics or Engineering and com
pleting selected Computer Science courses.
The choice o f the appropriate major and
computing courses will depend on the stu
dent’s interests and should be made in consul
tation with the director o f the Computer
Science Program. Other majors are also rea-
sonable for students with special interests.
For example, a major in Linguistics or Psy
chology might be appropriate for a student
interested in artificial intelligence. In such
cases, students should consult as early as
possible with the director o f the program in
order to be sure o f taking the mathematics and
computing courses necessary to be prepared
for graduate work in Computer Science.
1
COMPUTER SCIENCE COURSES
(Courses numbered above 4 0 will be offered
in alternate years.)
98
I
15. Introduction to C om p u te r S cie nce .
This course is an introduction to computer
science for students from all disciplines. The
1
■
m
major emphasis o f the course is on problem
solving and algorithm development. Students
are introduced to the Pascal programming
language and gain proficiency in it by writing
programs to solve a number o f illustrative
problems. Students are also informally intro
duced to many topics in computer science
including: hardware organization; system soft
ware; programming style and documentation;
program testing and verification; fundamental
data structures; basic algorithms; analysis of
algorithms; computability; and artificial intel
ligence. Lab work required.
Prerequisite: Some computing experience or
permission.
Frequently offered as a primary distribution
course.
Each semester. Staff.
2 3 . C om puter A rc h ite c tu re .
See Engineering 23.
Fall semester. Staff.
35. Fundam ental S tru c tu re s o f
C om pute r S cie nce .
4
4
This course completes the broad introduction
to computer science begun in CS 15 and
provides a general background for further
study in the field. Topics to be covered include:
data structures (linked lists, trees, etc.) and
algorithms, organization o f computer systems
and assembly language programming, an in
troduction to the theory o f computation and
formal languages, and alternative program
ming languages. A brief survey o f areas o f
research interest in computer science will also
be presented. Students will be expected to
complete a number o f programming projects
illustrating the concepts presented. Lab work
required.
Prerequisites: CS 15 and Math 9. In some
cases, with the permission o f the instructor,
Engin 11 and Math 16 can be substituted.
Fall semester. Barker-Plummer.
40 . C om puter G ra p h ics.
Not offered 1991-92.
4 1. Data S tru c tu re s and A lg o rith m s .
Alternate years. Next offered fa ll 1992.
)
43. Foundations o f Program m ing
Language Design.
A study o f the organization and structure o f
modern programming languages with an em
phasis on semantic issues. Topics include:
specifying syntax and semantics, conventional
and abstract data types, control structures,
procedural languages, functional languages,
other classes o f languages, program correct
ness, concurrency and synchronization, lan
guage design and evaluation, implementation
issues. Lab work required.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Fall semester. Barker-Plummer.
46 . T h e o ry o f Com putation.
Next offered spring 1993.
63. A rtific ia l Intelligence.
This course will emphasize many o f the basic
abstractions and algorithms found to be useful
in the field o f Artificial Intelligence. Topics
will include: production systems; search strate
gies including heuristic searching and applica
tions to game playing; the predicate calculus
and automated reasoning including applica
tions to robot planning and expert systems; an
introduction to some o f the computational
approaches to knowledge representation,
natural language understanding, and learning.
W hile the emphasis o f the course will be on
ideas and algorithms, students will be exposed
to the programming languages LISP and
PROLOG and expected to implement several
Artificial Intelligence programs in these lan
guages. Lab work required.
Prerequisite: CS 35.
Spring semester. Barker-Plummer.
7 5 . Prin cip le s o f C om p ile r Design
and C on stru ctio n.
Alternate years. Next offered fa ll 1992.
9 1. Special Top ics in C om p ute r S cie nce .
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
individual interest. Normally restricted to
senior students and only offered when staff
interests and availability make it practicable
to do so.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
93. Directed Reading a nd/o r
Re se a rch P r o je c t
W ith the permission o f a staff member who is
willing to supervise it, a qualified student may
undertake a program o f extra reading and/or
a project in an area o f computer science.
9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
This course provides senior concentrators
and special majors an opportunity to delve
99
C o m p u te r S c ie n c e
1
more deeply and on their own into a particular
topic in computer science. This is accom
plished by way o f a written theses and an oral
presentation on a topic agreed upon by the
student and the instructor. This course is the
usual method used to satisfy the comprehen
sive requirement for a computer science con
centrator.
One-half credit. May be taken for one credit
by permission.
Spring semester. Barker-Plummer.
1
9
1
]
100
Ec o n o m ie s
1
J
]
■
---------------------------------------------------------------------RO BERT J . D A V IES , Cornell Visiting Professor
R O BIN SO N G . H O L L IS T E R , J R ., Professor
FR ED ER IC L P R YO R , Professor (part-time)
B ER N A R D S A F F R A N , Professor
LA R R Y E . W E S T P H A L , Professor, Chairman
J O H N P. C A S K E Y , Associate Professor3
S T E P H E N S . G O LU B , Associate Professor
M A R K K U P E R B E R G , Associate Professor3
S T E P H E N A . O’ C O N N E L L , Associate Professor
E L L E N M A G E N H E IM , Assistant Professor
L E A H S M IT H , Lecturer3
C H A R L E S F. S T O N E III, Visiting Lecturer
J A C K T O P IO L , Visiting Lecturer3
The courses in economics have three main
goals: 1 ) to provide insight into the processes
and accompanying institutions through which
productive activity is organized; 2) to develop
a set o f tools for analyzing economic processes
and institutions; and 3 ) to build a foundation
for reaching informed judgements on issues o f
public policy.
Econ 1-2 or its equivalent is a prerequisite to
all other work in the Department. Both semes
ters must be successfully completed in order
to obtain credit for either.
■
■
A
J
All majors in economics must take Econ 11
(Intermediate Microeconomics) and Econ 21
(Intermediate Macroeconomics) or Econ 101
(Economic Theory). They must also take
Econ 31 (Statistics for Economists) or its
equivalent such as Math 23 or 53 (Math 1-2
does not meet the requirement). The statistics
course in the Economics Department focuses
more on the application o f statistical tools to
economic problems; the statistics courses in
the Mathematics Department focus more on
the derivation o f mathematical and statistical
properties o f various estimators.
In order to read the literature in economics
critically, a knowledge o f elementary calculus
in extremely helpful. The Department strongly
recommends that students take Math 5 and
Math 6A and 6C (basic calculus). Math 16
and 18 are useful for persons intending to
focus on the more technical aspects o f economics.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
Students contemplating careers in interna
tional economics or business are also strongly
urged to have a mastery o f at least one modem
foreign language.
To graduate as a major, students must have at
least eight credits in economics, must meet the
theory and statistics requirements, and must
in their senior year pass the comprehensive
examination (course students) or the external
examinations. To be prepared for the compre
hensive exam, course students are advised to
complete Econ 11, Econ 21, and Econ 31
before the second semester o f their senior
year. Students who are contemplating a major
in economics should consult "Economics at
Swarthmore: A Handbook” (available in the
department office) for additional information
regarding the details o f the program.
For students who want secondary teaching
certification in the social sciences, two normal
routes are available. The first is through a
major in one social science, plus four to six
semesters o f courses in other social sciences.
Students majoring in history, political science,
and sociology-anthropology are required to
take at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in economics and psychol
ogy are required to take six. The second route
to certification is by taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which
six must normally be in one discipline and at
least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
5 Spring semester, 1992.
101
E c o n o m ie s
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonWestern subject matter is required.
1 . Introduction to M ic ro e c o n o m ic s .
Analyzes the role o f markets and government
policy in the allocation o f resources and the
distribution o f income. Microeconomic the
ory is applied to topics such as anti-trust
policy, minimum wage laws, race and sex
discrimination, and the economics o f the en
vironment. Several designated sections count
for primary distribution credit (PDC sec
tions).
Fall semester. Staff.
2 . Introduction to M a cro e co n o m ics.
Deals with inflation, unemployment, eco
nomic growth, monetary and fiscal policy,
and international economic relations. Focuses
primarily on macroeconomic policy prob
lems. Several designated sections count for
PDC credit; students wanting to enroll in a
PDC section must inform the department in
the Fall semester o f their intention.
Spring semester. Staff.
4 . H is to ry o f Ec on o m ic Th ou g h t.
This course acquaints the student with the
development o f the principal schools o f eco
nomic thought. M ost reading will be in pri
mary sources and includes, among others, the
works o f Smith, Ricardo, Marx, Keynes, and
Veblen. Emphasis is on the historical and
philosophical context within which the works
appeared and their importance to the evolu
tion o f economics.
Not offered 1991-92.
5 . Com puting fro m the U s e r’s
Poin t o f V ie w .
This is offered as a Vi credit workshop. Partic
ipants attend one weekly workshop applying
computing procedures directly to problems
o f economic analysis. Computing topics in
troduced are: word processing, graphics, sim
ple programming techniques, statistical pack
ages, spread sheet analysis, and data base
handling. Vi credit.
Fall semester. Staff.
8. Pla ce and People: The
P e rs p e c tiv e s o f G e o g ra p h y.
(Cross-listed with Sociology and Anthropol-
102
ogy 11.) Surveys major themes o f modern
geography and basic elements o f cartography.
Develops basic comprehension o f the struc
ture o f the ecological system linking people to
their environment and the spatial system link
ing regions by complex systems o f inter
change. Synthesizes knowledge from natural
and social sciences to promote understanding
o f the linkages among places and people.
Not offered 1991-92.
9 . Ec on o m ics o f the 21 s t C e n tu ry.
Analysis o f critical trends in the economy
defining future policy problems. Topics in
clude: demographic trends; changes in finan
cial structure and ownership; transformation
o f the structure o f industry and corporate
governance; increasing internationalization of
the economy; the productivity race; changes
in the government’s economic functions; and
shifts in income distribution and the new
emerging class structure.
Fall semester. Pryor.
v
m
10. C u rre n t Issue s in Econ om ic Po licy.
For students who have taken Econ 1-2 and
would like to examine further applications of
economic principles to issues o f current pol
icy. Topics, which vary year to year, are drawn
from micro and macro economics.
Not offered 1991-92.
\I
1 1 . In term ediate M icro e con o m ics.
Provides a thorough grounding in intermedi
ate-level microeconomics. The standard topics
are covered: behavior o f consumers and firms,
structure and performance o f markets, income
distribution, general equilibrium, and welfare
analysis. Students do extensive problem solving to facilitate the learning o f theory and see
practical applications.
Fall semester. Westphal.
j
€
2 1 . In term ediate M a cro e co n o m ics.
Intermediate-level macroeconomic theory, fo
cusing on the dynamic behavior o f output,
interest rates, inflation, and unemployment in
closed and open economies. Examines con
flicting views o f government stabilization pol
icy, inflation/unemployment tradeoffs, and
the twin (fiscal and trade) deficits. Explores
the implications and empirical relevance o f
optimizing behavior by households.
Spring semester. O ’Connell.
1
1
t
2 2 . M o n e y , Ban kin g, and the Ec o n o m y.
This course examines the behavior o f financial
markets using a combination o f analytical and
institutional perspectives. Among the topics
considered are ( 1 ) the structure o f financial
markets: banking systems, bond and stock
markets, etc; (2 ) regulation o f financial insti
tutions; (3 ) interest rates and monetary policy;
and (4 ) rationality in financial markets.
Not offered 1991-92.
3 1. S ta tis tic s fo r Ec o n o m ists.
■
Focus is on understanding how simple and
multiple regression can be used to estimate
economic relationships—e.g., price or interest
elasticities, returns to assets or education—
and test their statistical significance. Problems
and estimation from real data sets will be
stressed in recitation sections. Econ 5 as a
concurrent course is advised but not required.
Fall semester. Hollister.
3 2. Ope ratio ns R e se a rch .
>
f
(Cross-listed with Engineering 5 7 .) The prin
ciples o f operations research as applied in
defining optimal solutions to engineering and
economic problems to assist decision making.
The working principles o f engineering eco
nomics are introduced in conjunction with
operations research topics. Normally for junior and senior students. Primary distribution
course, Natural Sciences only; and only if
enrolled for Engineering 57.
Fall semester. McGarity.
33. Accou n tin g.
This course equips students with the rudi
ments o f accounting needed for advanced
work in business finance, banking, taxation,
and public regulation. (This course can not be
used to satisfy the college’s distribution re
quirements.)
Spring semester. Topiol.
35. Ec o n o m e trics.
A survey o f fundamental econometric meth
ods emphasizing application. Some empirical
work is required.
Prerequisite: Econ 31 or equivalent; or in
structor’s permission.
Fall semester. Hollister.
4 1. Public Fina nc e.
This course focuses on government expendi
ture, tax, and debt policy. A major part o f the
course is devoted to an analysis o f current
policy issues in their institutional and theoreti
cal contexts. The course will be o f most in
terest to students having a concern for eco
nomic policy and its interaction with politics.
Spring semester. Saffran.
4 2 . L a w and Ec on o m ics.
The purpose o f this course is to explore the
premises behind the use o f utilitarian con
structs in the analysis o f public policy issues.
In particular, the appropriateness o f the grow
ing utilization o f economic methodology will
be examined through an intensive study o f
issues in property, tort, contract, and criminal
law.
Not offered 1991-92.
5 1 . Th e International Ec o n o m y.
This course surveys the theory o f trade, com
mercial policy, exchange rate determination,
and balance o f payments adjustment. These
tools are used to analyze contemporary inter
national economic problems, including trade
policy, economic development, exchange-rate
fluctuations, current account deficits, and sov
ereign debt.
Fall semester. Golub.
6 1 . In dustrial O rg a n iza tio n .
This course examines why firms and markets
are organized as they are and how their orga
nization affects the way they operate. Topics
include the relationship between market struc
ture and firm behavior; particular aspects of
firm behavior—pricing, advertising, and col
lusion; and the effects o f regulation.
Spring semester. Magenheim.
7 1 . La b o r Ec o n o m ics . (Cross-listed with
Black Studies.) Labor market operations are
the focus. Topics covered include: determi
nants o f wage and benefit levels; growth in
inequality o f earnings; employment, unem
ployment; the changing role o f unions; dis
crimination on the basis o f race and gender;
the effects o f immigration; returns to educa
tion.
Spring semester. Hollister.
7 2 . S o cial Ec on o m ics.
(Cross-listed with Black Studies.) The extent,
consequences, and causes o f poverty and eco
nomic inequality: an appraisal o f reforms in
income support programs, medical care, edu
cation, housing; the "underclass” ; the eco-
103
Ec o n o m ic s
nomics o f discrimination.
Not offered 1991-92.
7 3 . W om en & M in o ritie s in
the Ec o n o m y.
(Cross-listed with Black Studies, Women’s
Studies). Topics covered include: historical
context, labor force participation, economic
theories o f the labor market, explanations o f
differences in wages (discrimination, human
capital, occupational segregation), and macro
economic issues. Students analyze differences
among groups in the economy using a standard
statistical package.
Not offered 1991-92.
7 5 . H ealth P o lic y.
(Cross-listed with Political Science 42.) Analy
sis o f the organization o f health care in the
U .S. and government health policies. Medical
cost inflation, health insurance, supply and
demand for doctors and nurses, medical edu
cation, bio-medical research, government regu
lation and programs are among the topics
covered.
Spring semester. Hollister and D. Smith.
7 6 . Ec on o m ics o f th e En viro n m e n t and
N a tu ra l R e so u rc e s.
Micro and macro economic approaches, long
run implications o f resource use for economic
growth, alternative uses o f natural environ
ments and methods o f pollution control. Gov
ernment response to situations involving exter
nalities, public goods, and common property
resources. Case studies o f air pollution, recre
ation versus mineral/fuel development on
public lands, fishing, offshore petroleum de
velopment.
Spring semester. L. Smith.
emphasis is given to agricultural and industrial
development, to interactions among sectors,
and to international trade and capital flows
(including foreign aid).
Spring semester. Staff.
8 2. Political Ec o n o m y o f A fric a .
(Cross-listed with Political Science 21.) A
survey o f theories explaining the economic
crisis in Africa in historical perspective. Case
studies are used to explore the implications of
different development strategies for development experience in Africa. Topics o f current
interest include the economics o f informal
markets and the relationship between democ
racy and economic development in Africa.
Fall semester. Staff.
85. C o m p a ra tive Ec on o m ic S y s te m s .
Analysis o f the structure and performance o f
nations with different economic systems, par
ticularly the U SSR and China. Topics include:
origins and evolution o f selected economic
institutions; the impact o f ideology on the
economy; problems in transforming centrally
planned economies to market economies; as
sessment o f ways o f drawing inferences using
the comparative method.
Fall semester. Pryor.
9 7 ,9 8 . Public P o lic y T h e s is .
(Cross-listed with Political Science 97 and
9 8 . ) Thesis preparation on a public policy
topic. The thesis will be supported by relevant
faculty and presented to a student/faculty
seminar. For a two credit thesis, enrollment in
both 97 and 98 is required. See the listing
given in this catalogue for the Concentration
in Public Policy for further information.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
8 1. Ec on o m ic D e v e lo p m e n t
99. D irecte d Reading.
A survey covering the principal theories of
economic development and the dominant
issues o f public policy. W ithin a perspective
that emphasizes choice and transfer o f tech
nology as well as technological development,
W ith consent o f a supervising instructor,
individual or group study in fields o f interest
not covered by regular course offerings,
Fall or spring semester. Staff.
SEMINARS
10 1. Ec on o m ic T h e o ry .
This seminar provides the theoretical back
ground for the more advanced economic the
ory seminars. Both microeconomics (8 weeks)
104
I
and macroeconomics (6 weeks) are covered.
Fall semester. Safffan.
12 1.
A d va n c e d M a cro e co n o m ics.
Covers theory o f the determination o f the
T
]I
I
level and composition o f aggregate output,
employment, prices and interest rates; analysis
o f conflicting views o f the relationship be
tween inflation and unemployment, and o f the
proper role o f government stabilization policy.
Special topics include microfoundations of
macroeconomics and economic growth.
Spring semester. O ’Connell.
13 1. T h e o ry and M od els fo r
Po licy A n a ly s is .
Provides advanced instruction in general equi
librium theory while examining its uses in
policy and descriptive analyses. Focuses on
allocational and distributional issues in open
economies. Students master the fundamentals
o f static and dynamic welfare maximization by
working with computer models o f several
representative economies.
Prerequisite; Econ 101 or its equivalent; or
instructor’s permission.
Spring semester. Westphal.
135. Ec o n o m e tric s.
Econometric theory and empirical studies. An
empirical research paper is required.
Fall semester. Hollister.
14 1. Public Finance.
This seminar focuses on the analysis o f gov
ernment expenditure, tax and debt policy.
Spring semester. Saffran.
15 1. International Ec on o m ics.
1
Both micro and macro economics are applied
to an in-depth analysis of the world economy.
Topics include: international trade patterns;
trade barriers; international flows o f labor and
capital; exchange-rate fluctuations; the evolution o f the international monetary system;
macroeconomic interdependence; case studies
o f selected industrialized, developing, and
eastern bloc countries.
Fall semester. Golub.
16 1. Industrial O rg a n iza tio n and
Public P o lic y.
The seminar examines the organization of
firms and markets and the relationship be
tween organization and outcomes with respect
to pricing, advertising, product differentia
tion, and other aspects o f behavior. Other
topics include the effects o f antitrust policy;
economic regulation and deregulation.
Spring semester. Magenheim.
1 7 1 . La b o r and S o cial Ec o n o m ics .
Students discuss such topics as: economic
analysis o f the organization o f labor and labor
markets; education, medical care, housing,
discrimination; determinants o f wages and
income inequality; government policies with
respect to labor relations, health, education,
and welfare.
Spring semester. Hollister.
1 7 2 . Re se a rch on the U rba n U n d e rc la ss .
(Cross-listed as Political Science 172.) This
seminar reviews current economic, political,
sociological and anthropological studies deal
ing with employment, education, welfare,
crime, housing, and transportation applicable
to urban concentrations o f disadvantaged per
sons. Following, or concurrent with, the sem
inar, participants must complete substantial
research on related topics under the guidance
o f the professors or other designated profes
sional researchers.
Not offered 1991-92.
18 1. Ec on o m ic D e v e lo p m e n t
A survey o f the principal issues in economic
development. Topic coverage is similar to that
in Econ 81. Here more emphasis is given to the
theoretical underpinnings o f distinct ap
proaches to isolating and understanding the
"stylized facts” and to formulating prescrip
tions for improved development perfor
mance.
Fall semester. Westphal.
185. C o m p a ra tive Econ om ic S y s te m s .
Analysis o f the structure and performance o f
nations with different economic systems.
Topic coverage is similar to that o f Economics
85, but with greater attention to the economic
theories underlying the various topics, with
case studies o f more countries and attention to
selected capitalist nations, and with coverage
o f the various themes in greater depth.
Fall semester. Pryor.
19 9. T h e s is.
W ith consent o f a supervising instructor,
honors majors may undertake a senior thesis
for double credit.
Fall and spring semesters. Staff.
105
Ed u catio n
K . A N N R E N N IN G E R , Associate Professor
L IS A S M U L Y A N , Associate Professor and Acting Director
EV A F. T R A V E R S , Associate Professor and Program D irector3
P E T E R C O R C O R A N , Assistant Professor
The Program in Education has three purposes:
to expose students to issues in education from
a variety o f disciplinary perspectives, to pro
vide a range o f field experiences for students
who wish to explore their aptitude and interest
in teaching, counseling or research in an edu
cational setting, and to prepare students to be
certified for entry into public school teaching.
Courses in the Program in Education are
intended to be integral to the College’s aca
demic offerings. The Program’s most impor
tant goal is to help students learn to think
critically and creatively about the process o f
education and the place o f education in soci
ety. To this end, both its introductory and
upper level courses necessarily draw on the
distinctive approaches o f Psychology, Sociol
ogy, Anthropology, Political Science, Philos
ophy, and History. Because students major in
one o f the traditional disciplines, courses in
Education offer both an opportunity to apply
the particular skills o f one’s chosen field to a
new domain and interaction with other stu
dents whose disciplinary approaches may dif
fer significantly from their own. There is no
major in Education. However, special majors
involving Education and another social science
discipline can be arranged. There is a limit of
four field-based Education credits (currently
Education 1 6 ,1 7 , and in some cases, 91) that
can be counted toward graduation.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Swarthmore offers a competency-based teach
er preparation program for students who seek
secondary certification from the Common
wealth o f Pennsylvania. Competency is judged
by an interdisciplinary committee o f the fac
ulty whose members have established criteria
for certification in Biology, Chemistry, En
glish, French, German, Mathematics, Russian,
Spanish, and Social Studies. Certification in
Physics is available through an arrangement
with Bryn Mawr College. Individual programs
are developed in conjunction with depart
mental representatives and members o f the
Education staff. All students seeking certifica
tion must meet Swarthmore College’s general
requirements for course distribution and a
major.
REQUIREMENTS FOR TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Students planning to seek secondary certifica
tion should take Introduction to Education,
Educ. 14, by the end o f their Sophomore year
and enroll for Practice Teaching, Educ. 16 (a
double credit course) and Curriculum and
Methods Seminar, Educ. 17, no earlier than
the Spring Semester o f the Junior year. In
addition, they must complete the following
sequence o f courses:
■ Educational Psychology, Educ. 21
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
■ Child Development, Psychology 39; Child
Development and Social Policy, Educ. 66;
or Adolescence, Educ. 23
■ An additional course from the following:
a. Adolescence, Educ. 23
b. Counseling: Principles and Practices,
Educ. 25
c. Women and Education, Educ. 31
d. School and Society, Educ. 47
e. Oral and Written Language, Educ. 54
f. Political Socialization and Schools,
Educ. 64
g. Environmental Education, Educ. 65
h. Child Development and Social Policy,
Educ. 66
i. Urban Education, Educ. 68
j. Special Topics, Educ. 91 A or B
Students preparing for certification must at'
tain at least a grade point average o f C in
courses in their major field o f certification and
a grade o f C + or better in Introduction to
Education in order to undertake Practice
Teaching. In addition, students must be rec
ommended by their major department and by
their cooperating teacher in Introduction to
Education. Placement o f students in schools
for Practice Teaching is contingent on success
ful interviews with members o f the Education
Program staff and appropriate secondary
school personnel.
Swarthmore College is not authorized by the
Commonwealth o f Pennsylvania to certify
elementary teachers. However, students taking
courses in the Education Program have an
opportunity to concentrate their field work in
an elementary setting and may do practice
teaching for credit in an elementary school.
(W ith some additional course work in ele
mentary methods, elementary certification is
available through an arrangement with a local
college.)
1C . The W riting P ro c e s s .
(See English 1C.)
Fall semester. Blackburn and Smulyan.
14. Introduction to Education.
A survey o f issues in education within an
interdisciplinary framework. In addition to
considering the theories o f individuals such as
Dewey, Skinner, and Bruner, the course ex
plores some major economic, historical, and
sociological questions in American education
and discusses alternative policies and pro
grams. The course gives students an opportu
nity to determine their own interest in prepar
ing to teach, and furnishes them with first
hand experience in current elementary and
secondary school practice. Field work is re
quired.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Staff.
16. P ra c tic e Teaching.
Supervised teaching in either secondary or
elementary schools. Double credit. Students
seeking secondary certification must take Ed
ucation 17 concurrently. (Single credit prac
tice teaching may be arranged for individuals
not seeking secondary certification.)
Each semester. Staff.
1 7 . C urriculu m and M eth ods S e m in a r.
This course will consider theoretical and ap
plied issues related to effective classroom in
struction. It must be taken concurrently with
Educ. 16.
Each semester. Staff.
2 1 . Educational P s yc h o lo g y.
(Also listed as Psychology 21.) This course
focuses on issues in learning and development
which have particular relevance to under
standing student thinking. Research and the
oretical work on student learning and devel
opment provide the core readings for the
course. In addition, students tutor in local
schools and participate in a laboratory section
which provides an introduction to the process
o f research.
Limited enrollment.
Fail semester. Renninger.
2 3 . A d o le sce n ce .
(Also listed as Psychology 23 .) A develop
mental perspective is employed to examine
salient characteristics o f adolescence. The goal
is to obtain a theoretical understanding o f
adolescence and an overview o f major re
search. During the first part o f the term,
various aspects o f individual development
(e.g., cognitive, affective, physiological, etc.)
will be addressed. The second part o f the
semester will focus on the adolescent’s adap
tation in major contexts (e.g., family, peer
group, school, etc.).
Spring semester. Smulyan.
25 . Counseling: Prin cip le s and
P ra c tic e .
(Also listed as Psychology 2 2 .) An introduc
tory course focusing on theories, techniques,
and issues in school and agency counseling.
Not offered 1991-92.
3 1 . W om en and Education.
This course uses historical, psychological,
and social frameworks to examine the role o f
gender in the educational process. Areas to be
107
Ed u c a tio n
explored include the feminization o f the teaching profession; equity in educational pro
grams, curriculum, and materials; gender dif
ferences in student-teacher interaction and
student achievement; and current programs
designed to meet the needs o f all students and
teachers. Students will draw on their own
experience as well as field work in relating the
theories examined to educational practice.
Spring semester. Smulyan.
4 7 . Sch ool and S o c ie ty .
This course examines the paradoxical nature
o f schools as possible agents o f social change
and as institutions which perpetuate existing
social structures.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Education or
permission o f instructor.
Not offered 1991-92.
5 2. Education in A m e ric a .
A survey o f the history o f American educa
tion, emphasizing the relationships between
education and social structure, economic de
velopment, family patterns, and other institu
tions.
Not offered 1991-92.
5 4 . O ral and W ritte n Language.
(See Linguistics 54.)
Fall semester. Napoli.
6 4. Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o o ls.
(Also listed as Political Science 6 4 .) This
course examines the influences o f family,
school, peers, media, and critical social and
political events on the development o f political
concepts, attitudes and behavior.
Not offered 1991-92.
6 5. En viro n m e n ta l Education.
An intensive consideration o f philosophy and
methodology, this course explores the histori
cal roots o f environmental education and its
recent evolution from several fields. Students
survey contemporary programs, curricula, and
research and consider the role o f formal edu
cation in generating environmental awareness
and responsibility in light o f the ecological
crisis. Students develop and teach lessons
related to environmental problems o f their
concern. Extensive writing, curriculum devel
opment, teaching, and interacting with profes
sionals in the field are expected.
Limited enrollment.
Fall semester. Corcoran.
108
6 6. Child De ve lo p m e nt and
S o cial P o lic y.
This course provides students with an under
standing o f the implications o f developmental
psychology for social policy. Readings in both
child development and education are used to
study a particular educational problem (e.g.,
the impact o f teachers’ understanding o f stu
dents’ abilities to problem solve on their
teaching, required curriculum, etc.), and to
make contributions to projects which are
both suggested by and used to inform those
currently engaged in policy formation.
Prerequisites: Child Development, Introduc
tion to Education, or Educational Psychology.
Limited enrollment.
Spring semester. Renninger.
J
68. U rba n Education.
(Also listed as Sociology-Anthropology 68.)
This course focuses on topics o f particular
significance to urban educators and policy
makers, including desegregation, compensatory education, curricular innovation, com
munity control, bilingual education, and stan
dardized testing.
Not offered 1991-92.
¡1
91 A . Special To p ics.
W ith the permission o f the instructor, quali
fied students may choose to pursue a topic o f
special interest in education through a project
involving classroom or school practice.
Each semester. Staff.
1
9 1 B. Special Topics.
W ith the permission o f the instructor, stu
dents may choose to pursue a topic o f special
interest by designing an independent reading
or project which usually requires a compre
hensive literature review, laboratory work,
and/or field-based research. This may serve as
a thesis for students doing a Special Major in
Education and another department.
Each semester. Staff.
«
Engineering
H . S E A R L D U N N , Professor
N E L S O N A . M A C K E N , Professor and Chairman
A R T H U R E . M c G A R IT Y , Associate Professor
FR ED ER IC K L O R T H L I E R , Associate Professor2
FA R U Q M .A . S ID D IQ U I, Associate Professor
ER IK C H E EV E R , Assistant Professor
SILVIO ER ER H A R D T , Assistant Professor
ER ICH C A R R EV E R B A C H , Assistant Professor
L Y N N E A . M O L T E R , Assistant Professor
•
)
The professional practice o f engineering re
quires skill and resourcefulness in applying
scientific knowledge and mathematical meth
ods to the solution o f technical problems of
ever-growing complexity. In addition, the role
o f engineering in our society demands that the
engineer recognize and take into account the
economic and social factors that bear upon all
important technical problems. The successful
engineer must, therefore, possess a thorough
understanding o f social and economic forces,
and have a deep appreciation o f the cultural
and humanistic traditions o f our society. Our
program supports these needs by offering the
student the opportunity to acquire a broad
technical and liberal education. The structure
o f the Department’s curriculum permits engi
neering majors to take almost forty percent of
their course work at the College in the humani
ties and social sciences. W ith careful planning
it is possible for a student to acquire a double
major with two degrees, the Bachelor o f Sci
ence in Engineering and the Bachelor o f Arts
in a second academic area in a four-year
course o f study.
The Department’s physical facilities include a
wide range o f laboratories for general instruc
tion and individual student projects in the
areas o f electronics, system control, com
munications, strength o f materials, solid and
structural mechanics, fluid mechanics, apd
environmental diagnostics. Supporting these
laboratories is a wide range o f modern mea
surement equipment with the capability of
on-line data acquisition and process control
via microcomputers. A computer laboratory
with high resolution color and black-andwhite graphics capability is also part o f our
facilities. An excellent shop for both metal
and woodworking is available for student use.
The overall plan leading to the degree o f
Bachelor o f Science with a major in Engineer
ing is accredited by the Engineering Accredi
tation Commission o f the Accreditation Board
for Engineering Technology.
Courses Available to Non-Majors
Students interested in computer engineering
may wish to consider The Digital World (21),
Digital Systems (22), Computer Architecture
(2 3 ), or Laboratory Computer Applications
(25). Although Mechanics (6) is primarily for
prospective majors, other interested students,
particularly those interested in preparing for
a career in architecture, are encouraged to
enroll. High Performance Composites (1),
Problems in Energy Technology (3), and Art
and Science o f Structures (7 ) are designed
chiefly for students not contemplating further
work in engineering. Introduction to Environ
mental Protection (32), Operations Research
(57), Solar Energy Systems (35), Water Qual
ity and Pollution Control (63), Environmental
Systems (66), and Environmental Policy (68)
will also appeal to many students majoring in
other departments. Students majoring in the
physical sciences or mathematics may also
enroll in advanced engineering courses.
Students may minor in the External Examina
tion Program in the Engineering Department
by taking appropriately related advanced en
gineering courses as preparation for external
examinations. Our department also partici
pates in the concentration in computer science
and in a special major with the Program in
Linguistics.
Program for Engineering Majors
The general departmental requirements fall
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
109
En g in e e rin g
into three categories: successful completion
o f a least (i) twelve engineering courses,
(ii) four courses in the sciences which must
include Physics 3 and 4 (taken in the freshman
year) and Chemistry 10 (or a more advanced
chemistry course), and (iii) four courses in
mathematics, including Math 5 and 6A and 6B
(to be taken in the freshman year), Math 18,
and Math 3 0 (normally taken in the sopho
more yéar). The unspecified science course in
category (ii) may be chosen to complement
the student’s overall program o f study. Certain
science courses are not acceptable. Students
should consult their faculty advisors on this
issue.
W ithin the Department, the following core
courses are required o f all students: Mechan
ics, Physical Systems Analysis I and II, Ex
perimentation for Engineering Design, Ther
mofluid Mechanics, and Engineering Design.
The first four courses are normally taken in
the freshman and sophomore years: Mechan
ics in the second semester o f the freshman
year, Physical Systems Analysis I in the first
semester o f the sophomore year. Thermofluid
Mechanics is normally taken in the fall o f the
junior year, and Engineering Design, the cul
minating experience for engineering majors, is
taken in the second semester o f the senior
year.
Elective Program for Course Majors: In consul
tation with his or her advisor, each student
constructs a program o f advanced work in the
Department. These programs, normally con
sisting o f six courses, are submitted to the
Department when the student formally applies
for a major in engineering during the spring
semester o f the sophomore year.
trol Theory and Design. Students having
an interest in digital systems might replace
one or more o f these courses with The
Digital World, Digital Systems, Computer
Architecture, or Laboratory Computer
Applications.
(2 ) General computer engineering: The Digi
tal World, Digital Systems, Computer Ar
chitecture, and Laboratory Computer Ap
plications. Students with an interest in
computer hardware may include Elec
tronic Circuit Applications, Semiconduc
tor Devices and Circuits, Physical Elec
tronics or Control Theory and Design.
(3 ) General mechanical engineering: Mechan
ics o f Solids, Engineering Materials, Fluid
Mechanics, Heat Transfer, Thermal Energy Conversion, Solar Energy Systems,
and Control Theory and Design.
(4 ) General civil and environmental engineer
ing: basic preparation includes Mechanics
o f Solids, Structural Theory and Design I,
Soil and Rock Mechanics, and Water
Quality and Pollution Control. Additional
courses include Operations Research and
Environmental Systems for those inter
ested in the environment or urban plan
ning, or Structural Theory and Design II
for those interested in architecture or construction. Other recommended courses
include Solar Energy Systems, Fluid Me
chanics, and Engineering Materials.
External Examination Program in Engineering:
Students with a B4- average in courses in
engineering, science, and mathematics may
apply for the external examination program.
Each candidate must accumulate 12 units o f
credit in engineering and complete the same
The program that constitutes the student’s
mathematics and science requirements as
elected courses may or may not conform
course majors. Courses include the same core
closely to traditional areas o f engineering
requirements as course majors with the excep
specialization, e.g., electrical or mechanical.
tion o f E90. The remaining seven courses
For non-traditional plans for advanced work,
comprise a three examination program. Two
the Department requires a coherent program
o f the areas o f examination will each consist
that, in its judgment, meets the student’s
o f two courses and a 14-credit attachment. The
educational objectives.
attachment will be either a study o f additional
Suggested elective program plans include:
material or a research project in an area re(1 ) General electrical engineering: Electronic lated to, but not covered, in the courses. Areas
o f examination are listed following the engi
Circuit Applications, Physical Electronics,
neering course descriptions. The third exam
Semi-conductor Devices and Circuits,
Electromagnetic Theory I and II, and Con ination will cover a two-credit thesis. A three-
110
.
■
,1
>1
,]
' s
1
credit minor comprises a fourth area for
examination. This may be chosen in any field
outside o f engineering,
COURSE LISTINGS
■
X
1 . High P e rfo rm a n c e C om p o site s.
7 . A r t and S cience o f S tru c tu re s .
Introduction to the structure, properties and
performance o f modern composites in sports
equipment, automotive and aerospace applications. Simple models o f material behavior
are developed and used to examine products
like ski poles, fishing rods, tennis racquets,
radial tires and human-powered aircraft. Labs
include making and testing a number o f poly
mer and ceramic composites, plus a research
project o f the student’s choice.
High School Physics recommended.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester.
An introduction to the basic principles of
structural analysis and design including an
emphasis on the historical development o f
modern structural engineering. Suitable for
students planning to study architecture, archi
tectural history, or with an interest in struc
tures. Includes laboratory.
Fall semester, alternate years; not offered 1991.
3. P ro b le m s in En e rg y Technology.
For students not majoring in science or engi
neering, this course covers hydropower, windpower, and thermal energy conversion using
fossil fuel, nuclear and direct solar energy.
Technical, political and socioeconomic aspects
are discussed and field trips and laboratory
experiences are included. Primary distribution
course.
Fall semester.
5. Engineering M eth o do log y.
J1
A fall half-credit course for those interested in
engineering. Techniques and tools that engi
neers use to define, analyze, solve and report
technical problems and an introduction to the
department facilities. Designed for students
who are potential majors as well as those
interested only in an introduction to engineer
ing. W hile E5 is not a required course for
engineering majors, it is strongly recom
mended.
Fall semester.
1 1 ,1 2 . Ph ysic a l S y s te m s A n a ly s is I
and II.
The study o f engineering phenomena which
may be represented by a linear, lumpedparameter model. Ell (fall semester) is ori
ented mainly toward electrical devices and the
development o f mathematical techniques for
the analysis o f their linear behavior. E12
(spring semester) is more concerned with
mechanical, thermal, and fluid systems. In
cludes laboratory. Credit may be given for
either semester, or both.
Prerequisites: Math 6A and 6B and Physics 4
(or equivalent) or permission o f instructor.
E n : Fall semester.
E 12: Spring semester
14 . Exp e rim e n ta tion fo r Engineering
Design.
6 . M ec ha n ics.
Introduction to probability, random variables,
measurement errors and their treatment in
experimental design, planning, execution, data
reduction and analysis. Techniques o f hy
pothesis testing, single and multivariable lin
ear and nonlinear regression, process simula
tion and decision making with sample data.
Includes laboratory.
Pre/Co-requisites: E l l and 12.
Spring semester.
Fundamental areas o f statics and dynamics.
Elementary concepts o f deformable bodies
including stress-strain relations, beam, tor
sion, and stress transformations. Laboratory
work is related to experiments on deformable
bodies, and includes a FORTRAN workshop.
Prerequisite: Physics 3 or equivalent.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester.
The nature o f analog and digital information,
conversion from one form to the other, the
binary number system, the design o f digital
circuits and applications such as compact disk
audio systems and hand calculators. Practical
experience with digital hardware in the labo
ratory.
Fall semester.
2 1 . Th e Digital W orld.
Ill
En g in e e rin g
«
22 . Digital S y s te m s .
Analysis and design o f sequential systems,
both synchronous and asynchronous. Prob
lems o f timing and the organization o f simple
digital computers. Hardware and, as time per
mits, microcode implementations. Includes
laboratory.
Prerequisite: E21, or permission o f the in
structor.
Spring semester, alternate years; offered 1992.
2 3 . C om pute r A rc h ite c tu re .
Modem computer design and implementa
tion. Techniques such as cache, parallel pro
cessing, pipelining, distributed processing,
and instruction set optimization. Practical de
signs including supermicro families, RISCmachines microprogrammed machines, su
percomputers and highly parallel machines
are considered, as well as their implications
for operating systems, compiler design, artifi
cial intelligence, and problem solving. In
cludes design laboratory.
Prerequisite: E22 or CS35.
Fall semester, alternate years; not offered 1991.
25 . C om pute r La b o ra to ry A p p lica tio n s.
Surveys the use o f computers in the laboratory
and o f interest to anyone who wants to use a
computer to automate an experiment. Instru
ment interfacing methods (serial, parallel,
A/D, D/A) and computerized control (sole
noids, relays and motors) are discussed and
rudimentary signal conditioning, real time
processing and data analysis and reduction are
introduced. Laboratory included.
Prerequisite: Physics 4 or 8 and some knowl
edge o f programming.
Fall semester, alternate years; offered 1991.
3 2 . Introduction to Enviro n m e nta l
Prote ction .
Primarily for those not majoring in engineer
ing, this course focuses on solutions to en
vironmental problems in the areas o f water
supply, water pollution, air pollution, solid
wastes, and hazardous wastes. Local and global
pollution control and renewable energy tech
nologies are examined. Public policy develop
ments are evaluated. Methods o f computerbased systems analysis are introduced for
developing economically effective environ
mental protection policies. Serves as an intro
duction to environmental studies for students
who plan to take additional courses such as
112
Biology 39, Engineering 63, 66, or 68, or
Political Science 45.
Spring semester.
3 5 . S o la r En e rg y S y s te m s .
Fundamental physical concepts and system
design techniques o f solar energy systems.
Topics include solar geometry, components of
solar radiation, analysis o f thermal and photo
voltaic solar collectors, energy storage, com
puter simulation o f system performance, com
puter aided design optimization, and economic
feasibility assessment. Non-majors are en
couraged to enroll. Includes laboratory. Pre
requisites: Freshman calculus and physics,
and some experience with computer program
ming.
Fall semester, alternate years; not offered 1991.
4 1 . Th erm o fluid M ec h a n ics.
I
Introduction to macroscopic thermodynam
ics; first and second laws, properties o f pure
substances, applications using system and con
trol volume formulation. Introduction to fluid
mechanics; development o f conservation theo
rems, hydrostatics, dynamics o f one-dimen
sional fluid motion with and without friction.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisites: E12 and E14 (or equivalent
background).
Fall semester.
5 7 . Op e ratio ns R e se a rch .
(Also listed as Economics 32 ). Introduces
students to computer based modeling and
optimization for the solution o f complex,
multivariable problems such as those relating
to efficient manufacturing, environmental
pollution control, urban planning, water and
food resources, and arms control.
Prerequisites: elementary linear algebra and
high school algebra.
Primary distribution course, Natural Sciences
only; and only if enrolled for Engineering 57.
Fall semester.
5 8. Control T h e o ry and Design.
Introduction to the control o f engineering
systems. Analysis and design o f linear control
systems using root locus and frequency re
sponse techniques. Over-driven operation of
first-and second-order controlled systems.
Digital control techniques, including analysis
o f A/D and D/A converters, digital filters,
and numerical control algorithms. Laboratory
included.
1
9
*.
1
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester.
Fall semester, alternate years; offered 1991.
59. M echan ics o f S o lid s .
Mathematical modeling and systems analysis
o f problems in the fields o f Water Resources,
Urban Planning and Public Health. Tech
niques o f optimization including linear and
integer programming are used as frameworks
for modeling such problems. Dynamic sys
tems simulation methods included. Labora
tory included.
Prerequisite: E57, or equivalent.
Spring semester.
Internal stresses and changes o f form that
occur when forces act on solid bodies or when
internal temperature varies. State o f stress and
strain, strength theories, stability, deflections,
and photoelasticity. Elastic and Plastic theo
ries. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E6 or equivalent.
Fall semester.
60. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and Design I.
Fundamental principles o f structural mechan
ics. Statically determinate analysis o f frames
and trusses. Approximate analysis o f indeter
minate structures. Virtual work principles.
Elements o f design o f steel and concrete struc
tural members. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59, or permission o f instruc
tor.
Spring semester.
■
6 1. Soil and R ock M e c h a n ics: T h e o ry
and Design.
J
Soil and rock mechanics. Including soil and
rock formation, soil mineralogy, soil types,
compaction, soil hydraulics, consolidation,
stresses in soil masses, slope stability, and
J
bearing capacity. Application to engineering
I design problems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E 59 or equivalent.
I Fall semester, alternate years; not offered 1991.
62. S tru c tu ra l T h e o ry and Design II.
■
a
[
Advanced structural analysis. Classical and
matrix methods o f analysis. Digital computer
applications. Design o f steel and concrete
structures. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E60.
Fall semester, alternate years; offered 1991.
63. W ater Q u a lity and Pollution
C ontrol.
I
I
I
I
I
jl
■
I
I
I
I
Elements o f water quality management and
treatment o f wastewaters. Measurement of
water quality indicators. Analysis o f wastewater treatment processes. Sewage treatment
plant design. Computer modeling o f the effects o f waste discharge on rivers and estuaries.
Environmental impact assessment. Laboratory and field studies included.
Prerequisite: Completion o f the distribution
requirement in the Division o f Natural Sciences and Engineering.
66. Enviro n m e nta l S y s te m s .
6 8. Enviro n m e nta l Po licy.
(Also listed as Political Science 68). Topics in
environmental analysis, policy formulation
and pollution regulation.
Not offered 1991- 92 .
7 1 . D is cre te Tim e S y s te m s .
Review o f mathematical methods and system
models for linear continuous time systems.
Introduction to difference equations and dis
crete-time transform theory; the Z-transform
and Fourier representation o f sequences; fast
Fourier transform algorithms. Discrete-time
transfer functions and filter design techniques.
Laboratory included.
Prerequisite: E12.
O ffered when demand and staffing permit.
7 2 (a). Ele ctro n ic C irc u it Ap p lica tio n s.
O f interest to a broad range o f students in the
sciences; E 72 (a) is a half credit course com
prising the first half o f E72. Fundamentals o f
electronic circuit design including a brief sur
vey o f semiconductor devices (diodes, and
bipolar and field effect transistors). Op-amp
applications, instrumentation, filter design
and the use o f digital logic. The second half o f
the course introduces more advanced topics
and more sophisticated design techniques.
Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite : E l l or Physics 8.
Fall semester.
7 3 . Ph ysica l Ele ctro n ics.
Physical properties o f semiconductor mate
rials, semiconductor devices, and simple cir
cuits. The physics o f electron/hole dynamics;
band and transport theory; and electrical,
mechanical and optical properties o f semicon
ductor crystals. Devices examined include
diodes, transistors, FET’s, LED’s, lasers and
pin photo-detectors. Modeling and fabrication
113
En g in e e rin g
-------------------------------processes. Laboratory included.
Prerequisites: E l l or Physics 8.
Spring semester, alternate years; offered 1992.
7 4 . S e m ico n d u cto r D e vic e s and
C irc u its.
Operation and application o f semiconductor
devices, including diodes, transistors (bipolar
and field effect) and other devices such as
CCD’s, SC R ’s, and TRIA C’s. The terminal
characteristics o f the semiconductor devices
and circuits, including small signal models o f
single transistor audio amplifiers, multi'tran'
sistor amplifier stages and a transistor-level
understanding o f operational amplifiers. A
comparative analysis o f the different logic
families, at the transistor level, is given along
with power circuits and problems o f stability
and oscillations in electronic circuits.
Prerequisites: E l 1 or Physics 8.
Spring semester, alternate years; not offered 1992.
7 5 ,7 6 . Ele ctro m a g n etic T h e o ry I and II.
Static and dynamic treatment o f engineering
applications o f Maxwell’s equations. Macro
scopic field treatment o f interactions with
dielectric, conducting and magnetic materials.
Analysis o f forces and energy storage as the
basis o f circuit theory. Electromagnetic waves
in free space and guidance within media; plane
waves and modal propagation. Polarization,
reflection, refraction, diffraction, and inter
ference. Engineering 76 will include advanced
topics in optics and microwaves, such as laser
operation, resonators, Gaussian beams, inter
ferometry, anisotropy, nonlinear optics, mod
ulation and detection, and current technolo
gies such as holography. Laboratory included.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent. E75 or Phys
ics equivalent is a prerequisite for E76.
E75: Fall semester, alternate years; offered 1991.
E76: Spring semester, alternate years; offered
1992.
7 8 . C om m unication S y s te m s .
Theory and design principles o f analog and
digital electronic communications including
information theory, coding, analog and digital
modulation, multiplexing, noise, filtering, and
data transmission. Applications to a variety o f
practical systems such as television relay, fac
simile, telemetry, broadcasting and data com
munications. Laboratory included.
Prerequisite: E12 or equivalent.
Spring semester, alternate years; offered 1992.
114
I
8 1. Th e rm a l En e rg y C on ve rsio n .
Development and application o f the principles
o f thermal energy analysis to energy conver
sion systems. Including cycles and solar energy
systems. The concepts o f availability, ideal
and real mixtures, chemical and nuclear reac
tions. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Spring semester, alternate years; offered 1992.
82. Engineering M a te ria ls .
i
Introduction to material structure, properties
and processing. Analysis o f microstructures,
physical properties, thermal and mechanical
transformation o f metals, polymers, concrete,
wood and a variety o f composites. Material
selection in design, laboratory testing for qual
ity assurance and performance evaluation in
service are included through labs and a semester project.
Prerequisite: E 59 or permission o f instructor.
Fall semester, alternate years; offered 1991.
-I
4
y
83. Fluid M ec h a n ics.
Fluid mechanics is treated as a special case of
continuum mechanics in the analysis o f fluid
flow systems. Conservation o f mass, momen
tum and energy. Applications to the study of
inviscid and viscous, incompressible and com
pressible fluids. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Spring semester, alternate years; not offered 1992.
8 4 . H e a t T ra n s fe r.
Introduction to the physical phenomena in
volved in heat transfer. Analytical techniques
are presented together with empirical results
to develop tools for solving problems in heat
transfer by conduction, forced and free convection and radiation. Numerical techniques
are discussed for the solution o f conduction
problems. Includes laboratory.
Prerequisite: E41.
Fall semester, alternate years; offered 1991.
J
I
90. Engineering Design.
Students work on a project which is the
culminating exercise for all senior Engineering
majors. Under the guidance o f a faculty mem
ber, students investigate a problem o f their
choice in an area o f interest to them. A written
report and an oral presentation is required.
Spring semester.
9 1. S p e cial To p ics.
Subject matter dependent on a group need or
;
I
individual interest. Normally restricted to
upperclass students and offered only when
staff interests and availability make it practi
cable to do so.
93. Directed Reading o r P r o je c t
With the permission o f the Department and a
faculty member who is willing to supervise it,
qualified students may do special work with
either theoretical, experimental, or design em
1
■
phasis in areas not covered by the regular
courses.
96. T h e s is.
W ith approval, a student may undertake a
thesis project as a part o f his or her program
in the senior year. The student is expected to
submit a prospectus o f the thesis problem
before the start o f the semester in which the
thesis project is carried out.
PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Exami
nations in the following areas to be prepared
for by the combinations o f courses indicated.
A ü-credit attachment must be included with
each group.
Electrom agn etic T h e o ry
M a te ria ls Engineering
Mechanics o f Solids
Engineering Materials
Th e rm a l En e rg y C on ve rsio n
Thermal Energy Conversion
Heat Transfer
Electromagnetic Theory I and II
Digital S y s te m s
En viron m ental S y s te m s
Operations Research
Environmental Systems
The Digital World
Digital Systems or
Laboratory Computer Applications
Th erm a l S o la r S y s te m s
S tru c tu ra l A n a ly s is and Design
Solar Energy Systems
Thermal Energy Conversion or
Heat Transfer
Structural Theory and Design I and II
I
Electron ics
■
Electronic Circuit Applications
Semiconductor Devices and Circuits
Control T h e o ry and Digital La b o ra to ry
Applications
Laboratory Computer Applications
Control Theory and Design
Continuum M echan ics
Mechanics o f Solids
Fluid Mechanics
C om m unications
Communication Systems
Electromagnetic Theory II
C om p ute r Design
Digital Systems
Computer Architecture
»
115
En glish Lite ra tu re
---------------------------------------------------—------------ 4
T H O M A S H . B L A C K B U R N , Professor
L E E D EV IN , Professor and Director o f The Theatre
C H A R L E S L J A M E S , Professor
H A R O LD P A G LIA R O , Professor'
S U S A N S N Y D E R , Professor*3
P H ILIP M . W E IN S T E IN , Professor
C R A IG W IL L IA M S O N , Professor and Chair
N A T H A L IE A N D E R S O N , Associate Professor
A B R E B L U M , Associate Professor3
P E T E R J . S C H M ID T , Associate Professor3
M A R K R R E IT EN R ER G , Assistant Professor
M A R T H A J . C U T T E R , Assistant Professor
A L E X A N D R A J U H A S Z , Assistant Professor
A L L E N K U H A R S K I, Assistant Professor
L A U R IE L A N G B A U E R , Assistant Professor
W IL L IA M M A R S H A L L , Assistant Professor, Designer/Technical Director o f the Theatre
E M IL IE P A SS O W , Assistant Professor (part-time)
M A R G A R E T A . L U K E N S , Instructor
R O B ER T R E ID -P H A R R , Visiting Instructor
B A R B A R A R IE R LIN G , Instructor
M IC H A E L D U R K A N , College Librarian, Lecturer
A B IG A IL A D A M S , Visiting Lecturer in Theatre (part-time) 5
This Department offers courses in English
literature, American literature, theatre, some
foreign literatures in translation, and critical
theory. The departmental curriculum includes
the intensive study o f works o f major writers,
major periods o f literary history, and the
development o f literary types; it also provides
experience in several critical approaches to
literature and play production and explores
certain theoretical considerations implicit in
literary study, such as the problematics of
canon formation and the impact o f gender on
the creation and reception o f literary works.
ENGLISH LITERATURE
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Any introductory course— English 2 through
15—is the prerequisite for all other courses in
literature. (Exempted from this prerequisite
are seniors; juniors who have taken a course
in literature, including literature in translation,
offered by Modem Languages and Literatures
or by Classics—these courses are numbered
11 or higher in the College Bulletin; and
juniors who have completed both o f their
humanities PDC’s. Also exempted are stu
dents who wish to take only studio courses.)
Introductory courses (numbered 2 through
15) are characterized by syllabi with less read
ing than in advanced courses, by frequent
short papers with some emphasis upon re
writing, by self-conscious examination of
methodology, and by considerable attention
to class discussion; they are viewed by the
Department as particularly appropriate for
freshmen; they are Primary Distribution
Courses. Enrollment will be limited to 25
students per course; priority is given to fresh
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
5 Spring semester, 1992.
116
I
1
I
J
1
men and sophomores. Students will not nor
mally take a second introductory course. Only
one such course may be counted towards the
major. The minimum requirement for admis
sion as a major or as a minor in English is two
semester-courses in the Department. (Stu
dents with AP scores o f 4 -5 in English Litera
ture and/or English Composition receive
credit toward graduation. This credit, when it
is for work in English Literature, may count
toward the major requirements. AP credit
does not satisfy the prerequisite for upperlevel courses.)
Students considering a major in English are
strongly urged to take one or two additional
English courses during the sophomore year.
Majors and prospective majors should consult
a member o f the English Department for
information about courses in other depart
ments complementary to their work in En
glish; work in foreign languages is especially
recommended.
Students who plan to do graduate work, to
follow a course o f professional training, or to
seek teacher certification in English, should
see a member o f the Department for early help
in planning their programs, as should students
who plan to include work in English literature
in a program with a major in Literature,
Women’s Studies, or Medieval Studies. Stu
dents planning to qualify for teacher certifica
tion in English are reminded that work in
American literature, in linguistics or the his
tory o f the English language, and in theatre or
film is required in addition to other require
ments o f the major. Non-majors who wish to
be certified in English must meet all the course
requirements noted above (e.g., requirements
for the major except for the Comprehensive,
plus the additional courses required for certi
fication) as well as maintaining a grade point
average o f 2.5 or better in courses taken in the
English Department.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f a
major in Course consists o f a minimum o f
eight units o f credit in the Department includ
ing at least three units in literature written be
fore 1830 (such courses are marked with a *)
—at least one o f these three units must be in
Shakespeare—and one unit featuring critical
theory (such courses are marked with a **).
The Comprehensive Examination, taken at
the beginning o f the spring semester o f the
senior year, will be based on a list o f major
authors. This list will be available to majors
and prospective majors at least three semesters
before the date o f the exam itself.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Majors in English who seek a degree
with Honors will in the spring o f their junior
year propose for external examination a pro
gram consisting o f 4 -6 fields, chosen from
this and one or more minor departments.
These fields will usually be based upon 12
units o f work; some o f this work will have
been completed before entry into the Pro
gram. (For a general description o f the college
wide External Examination Program, see page
5 0 o f the catalogue.)
O f the 4 -6 fields, at least three (constituting
not less than 6 units o f credit) must be chosen
from those offered by this department. Majors
will apportion their work so as to complete 4
credits in literature written before 1830 (in
cluding Shakespeare) , by means o f seminar
and perhaps course work as well; in addition
they must take a course or seminar that fea
tures critical theory. (Courses and seminars in
literature written before 1830 are marked
with a *; those that feature critical theory are
marked with a * * .)
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: Minors will normally prepare two
fields from among those offered by this de
partment.
Students interested in pursuing Honors within
a faculty approved interdisciplinary major or
concentration that draws on advanced English
courses or seminars should see the Chair for
early help in planning their programs.
1 A . C raftin g Language (Exp o s ito ry
W ritin g).
Designed for students who want to concen
trate on improving their skills in analysis and
communication. Includes in-class writing, oral
presentations, essay readings, longer written
assignments, regular student-instructor con
ferences. Two primary objectives direct this
workshop: a. to help students develop the writ
ing strategies useful in other courses and proj
ects; b. to enable students to experience writ
ing as a means o f organization and discovery.
Each semester. Passow.
En g lis h L ite r a tu r e
I B . En glish fo r Fore ig n S tu d e n ts.
Individual and group work on an advanced
level for students with non-English back
grounds. Does not meet distribution require
ments.
Each semester.
I C . T h e W riting P ro c e s s .
This course combines study o f theories o f
composition and the teaching o f writing with
supervised experience applying the skills de
rived from that study in paper comments and
conferences. Enrollment limited to students
selected as Writing Associates. Does not meet
distribution requirements or count toward
major.
Fall semester. Blackburn.
2 . S cie n ce and the Lite ra ry
Im agination.
An introduction to the critical reading of
literature, using texts (in prose and verse from
the 16th century to the present) which are
concerned with or reflect the impact o f science
and scientific thinking on individual and so
ciety.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Blackburn.
3 . C ritica l A s s u m p tio n s .
Not offered 1991-92. Langbauer.
4 . Th e Hidden God.
Not offered 1991-92. Snyder.
5. Th e S ubje ct in Question.
How do we become who we are? What social/
discursive economies enable and decenter the
shaping o f identity? How does reading affect
this process? This course will explore the ways
in which subjectivity and ideology are mutu
ally implicated within both a range o f texts
and our commentary upon them. Writers will
include Shakespeare, Flaubert, Kafka, Faulk
ner, Beckett, Kingston, Morrison, and selected
poets. Ancillary theoretical essays may also be
assigned.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Weinstein.
6 . R ite s o f P a ss a g e .
The course will focus on various rites of
passage, symbolic actions which chart crucial
changes in the human psyche, as they are
consciously depicted or unconsciously re
flected in different literary modes, and will
examine the shared literary experience itself
118
as ritual process. Topics will include innocence
and experience, community and liminality,
and the mediation o f the sacred and the
profane. M ajor authors will include Blake,
Shakespeare, Conrad, and Lawrence.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Williamson.
7 . M ulticultu ral Lite ra c y .
Not offered 1991-92. Schmidt.
8 . Th e iro n ic S p ir it
This course focuses on the way tropes of
irony—as explicit themes or implicit rhetori
cal strategies—accommodate responses to
fundamental contradictions and paradoxes
that grow from loss o f faith, the embracing of
illusions, or just plain betrayal. Authors in
clude Shakespeare, Fielding, Hardy, Achebe,
Dickinson, Wharton, Stephen Crane, Ellison,
and some selected poets.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. James.
J
9 . Cultural In terse ctio n s in A m e ric a .
Melting pot or salad bowl—how do we characterize the cultural richness o f America? Is
the half-breed a freak o f nature or a natural
result, a scapegoat or a hero? This course is
about how Americans look at each other and
themselves. Readings range widely from precolonial stories o f tribal emergence and varying colonial views o f the native peoples of
America to contemporary fiction, drama, and
poetry by a wide range o f Americans.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Lukens.
j
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
10. W a ys o f Seeing.
Not offered 1991-92. Blum.
1 1 . Visible S ym p to m s .
The female hysteric turns her psychic com
plaints into physical symptoms. The tubercu
lar prostitute-with-a-heart-of-gold coughs up
that which is tainted within her. Can you |
"read” what is "wrong” with a woman by
looking at her body? In this course, we will
read texts (novels, psychoanalytic case studies,
films, photographs, plays, poetry) in which
women’s personal (and political) troubles are I
represented (or made known) through physi- ■
cal, and visible, symptoms.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Juhasz.
I
12. Th e O th e r.
A culture may shape and understand itself by
constructing an Other: certain ideas, charac'
teristics, and places which negate or contradict
"acceptable” forms o f social order. By such
representations the Other serves to define and
authorize what is understood as "natural” and
"normal” in a given culture. In this course we
will consider this complex process as it oper
ates in representations o f women, ethnicity,
and imaginal or real locations. Readings by
Toni Morrison, Virginia Woolf, Shakespeare,
Jonathan Swift, and others.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Breitenberg.
J
13. Ju s tic e In and Out o f H is to ry .
This course employs literary works drawn
from a broad range o f historical periods to
examine concepts o f justice. It seeks to explore
such questions as: What is the relationship
between justice and power? Are human and
divine laws in harmony or in conflict? Is jus
tice natural? W ho makes justice and who
measures it? Throughout the semester we will
be concerned with determining the extent to
which these concepts change over time. In do
ing so, we will also be trying to raise questions
about literary knowledge and its relationship
to history. Authors include: Sophocles, Dante
Alighieri, William Shakespeare, Leo Tolstoy,
Richard Wright, Susan Griffin.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Riebling.
J
14. Lite ra tu re o f C on scien ce.
I
I
i
Are poets our "unacknowledged legislators,”
as Shelley believed? What power does art
wield against tyranny and injustice? This
course examines various literary delineations
o f conscience—from Shakespeare’s Macbeth
to Spike Lee’s Do the Right Thing—in order to
explore the issue o f political effectiveness.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Anderson.
15. The “ A m e ric a n ” D re a m .
I
This course examines poetry, drama, fiction,
film, and music which constructs, decon
structs, and reconstructs the American dream
—the rags-to-riches, "m akingitintheU .S.A .”
ideology o f American culture. Special emphasis will be given to the impact o f race, gender,
and ethnicity: Is it possible to strike a balance
between "otherness” and the American
Dream? Authors to be studied: Benjamin
Franklin, Arthur Miller, Alice Walker, M.L.
King., Jr ., Gary Soto, John Okada, Walt W hit
man, Adrienne Rich, and others.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Cutter.
16. S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , I .*
An historical and critical survey o f poetry,
prose, and drama from Beowulf to Milton.
Fall semester. Williamson.
1 7 . S u rv e y o f English Lite ra tu re , II.
Not offered 1991-92. Staff.
18. A n Introduction to A m e ric a n
C ulture.
Not offered 1991-92. Schmidt, Weinstein.
2 1 . C h a u c e r.*
Not offered 1991-92. Williamson.
2 3 . Old En g lis h /H is to ry o f
the La n g u a g e .*
The course begins with an intensive study o f
Old English and its historical and linguistic
backgrounds and moves on to an examination
o f both selected Anglo-Saxon literay texts and
the changing patterns o f English through the
late Middle Ages. This course may be taken
without the usual prerequisite course; how
ever, it may not serve in the place o f a prereq
uisite for other advanced courses.
Spring semester. Williamson.
2 4 . Th e R e n aissan ce T y r a n t
This English Renaissance course will analyze
a central theme in the period’s political ideol
ogy and literature—tyranny. Using philosophi
cal and political texts (Plato, James I, Hobbes)
to contextualize politically disparate works
which all seek to capture and define the term
"tyrant,” we will examine works by Marlowe,
Shakespeare, Jonson, Milton, among others.
Spring semester. Riebling.
2 5 . S h a k e s p e a re .
This semester’s course will focus on the inter
relation o f social and political themes in some
o f Shakespeare’s most well-known works. We
will begin the semester by looking at plays and
poems that seem to display primarily' 'domes
tic” concerns such as defining gender roles,
dealing with the problems raised by love and
marriage, and the relations o f parents and chil
dren. We will then move on to works whose
concerns are primarily "dynastic,” dealing
119
En g lis h L ite ra tu re
with such political themes as succession, tyr
anny, rebellion, and regicide. In the final sec
tion o f the course, we will seek to collapse the
distinction between "domestic” and "dynas
tic” by examining a series o f plays where the
social and the political are deeply enmeshed.
Fall semester. Riebling.
2 6 . R en aissan ce P o e try .*
Not offered 1991-92. Snyder.
2 7 . T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a .*
Not offered 1991-92. Breitenberg.
2 8 . M ilto n .*
Not offered 1991-92. Blackburn.
2 9 . In scriptio ns o f the Fem inine
in 16 th - and 17th -C e n tu ry E n g la n d .*/ **
Not offered 1991-92. Blum.
3 0 . Technology and the T e x t *
Not offered 1991-92. Blackburn.
3 4. W om en W rite rs 1 7 9 0 -1 8 3 0 .*
Not all writers during this period practiced
the dominant mode o f literary expression we
now call Romanticism. This course will exam
ine those women writers who reacted to that
mode or were outside it; Wollstonecraft,
Wordsworth, Austen, Shelley, Bronte. We’ll
focus on prose works, predominantly the
novel, and organize our investigations in terms
o f different feminist approaches. Critics will
include Spivak, Jacobus, Gallop, Homans,
Poovey, Hooks.
Fall semester. Langbauer.
35. Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .*
Not offered 1991-92. Staff.
3 6 . English N o v e l, I.*
Not offered 1991-92. Langbauer.
38. Rom an tic P o e try .*
A study o f the poetry o f Blake, Wordsworth,
Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats, with
attention given to the ideas as well as to the
form and structure o f their works.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
4 1 . Th e V icto ria n P o e ts: Em inence
and Decadence.
Not offered 1991-92. Anderson.
4 2 . English N o v e l, II.
Not offered 1991-92. Staff.
4 3 . S tu d ie s in En glish Fictio n .
Not offered 1991-92. Weinstein.
120
4 4 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry N o v e l.
Not offered 1991-92. Staff.
4 5 . M od ern R ritish P o e try .
A consideration o f British poets—and some
American ex-patriates—from Thomas Hardy
to Dylan Thomas, with particular attention
given to each poet’s individual response to the
circumstances o f modern life.
Spring semester. Anderson.
46 . Introduction to A n g lo -Iris h
Lite ra tu re .
This course will cover the background to the
modern literature through such topics as epic
literature, the monasteries, the Big House, the
Irish storyteller, and will include readings
from The Tain and the Finn Cycle, as well as
from Somerville and Ross, Synge, O ’Casey,
Kavanagh, Heaney, and others.
Spring semester. Durkan.
4 7 . C an on, A n ti-C a n o n :
A m e ric a Id e o log y, 18 6 5 -19 4 5 .
This course examines the ideology o f postCivil War American fiction through five is
sues: slavery, gender, the frontier, race, and
war. Each unit will begin with a canonical
writer, but then move rapidly away from this
centered and enfranchised voice, into the
"anti-canon.” We will examine literature
which uncovers the disenfranchisement and
brutality o f American society, which critiques
and reconstructs the ideology o f post-Civil
War literature and culture. Possible authors:
Du Bois, Twain, James, Freeman, Jewett, Toomer, Cather, Black Elk, Hemingway, Faulkner,
Silko.
Spring semester. Cutter.
4 8 . P o s t-C iv il W ar A m e ric a n
W om en’s Fictio n .
This course examines changing conceptions
o f women as creations and creators in postCivil War American women’s fiction. During
the nineteenth century, Amerian women un
derwent a psychological revolution and began
to realize their right to identity, voice, and
creativity. We will examine the literary rami
fications o f this change by looking at social
constructions o f women as objects and crea
tions, and women writers’ reconstructions o f
women as subjects, creators, artists, speakers,
and writers. Possible authors: Fern, Jewett,
Gilman, Chopin, Wharton, Cather, Austin,
Larsen, Hurston.
Spring semester. Cutter.
50 . T h e o rie s o f B lack S tu die s.
Not offered 1991-92. Pouncy and Schmidt.
5 1. Fictio n s in A m e ric a n N a tu ra lism .
Not offered 1991-92. James.
5 2. Th e H a rle m Ren aissan ce.
This examination o f the "New Negro” in the
"Jazz Age” will focus on the optimism and
innovation that highlighted Afro-American
culture during the decade o f the 1920s and
proved to be generative for New York and the
nation. Authors will include Langston Hughes,
Jean Toomer, Countee Cullen, Zora Neale
Hurston, Claude McKay, Nella Larsen, and
James Weldon Johnson; but the course will
consider expressions o f art and music as well
as fiction and poetry and will include a field
trip to Harlem.
Spring semester. James.
53. C o n te m p o ra ry W om en’s P o e try .
Not offered 1991-92. Anderson.
5 4 . S tu die s in A m e ric a n Fictio n .
Not offered 1991-92. Schmidt.
55. M od ern A m e ric a n P o e try .
Not offered 1991-92. Schmidt.
56. T h e o ry o f In te n tio n a lity .**
Not offered 1991-92. Anderson.
5 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry A m e ric a n P ro s e .
Not offered 1991-92. Schmidt.
58. The A m e ric a n A u to b io g ra p h y.
Not offered 1991-92. James.
5 9 . Th e A fro -A m e ric a n W rite r.
Not offered 1991-92. James.
60. Th e C on te m p o ra ry
A fro -A m e ric a n W rite r.
An examination o f the way history, myth, and
blues (as oral form) are transformed into
metaphor, ritual, and motif by contemporary
Afro-Americans. Writers will include James
Baldwin, Toni Cade Bambara, Amiri Baraka
(LeRoi Jones), David Bradley, Henry Dumas,
Toni Morrison, Gloria Naylor, Alice Walker,
John Williams, Ishmael Reed; and selected
other prose and poetry.
Fall semester. James.
6 1. N a tiv e A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re and
Eth n o poe tics.
Works o f tribal "orature” as well as literary
productions by Native Americans are the
focus o f this course. The emphasis is on an
ethnopoetic approach, which supplements
literary critical tools with tools from other
disciplines such as history, anthropology, and
religious studies. Students will be guided by
this central question: W hat information do
we need in order to understand a work of
literature if we are outsiders to the culture that
produced it?
Each semester. Lukens.
6 5 . P o e try W orksh op .
A class, limited to twelve, in which students
write, read, translate, and talk about poetry.
We will emphasize the discovery and develop
ment o f each individual’s distinctive poetic
voice, imagistic motifs, and thematic concerns,
within the context o f contempory poetics.
Students should submit 3 -5 pages o f poetry
for admission, at a time announced during fall
semester. The workshop will meet once a
week for three hours. Admission and credit
are granted at the discretion o f the instructor.
(Studio course)
Spring semester. Anderson.
66. Fiction W rite rs ’ W orksh op .
The course is devoted to the analysis o f stories
submitted by students. It meets once a week
for three hours. In addition to receiving prac
tical help from fellow writers, students have
an opportunity to articulate and explore the
oretical aspects o f fiction writing. Students
should submit one story for admission, at a
time announced during the fall semester. Ad
mission and credit are granted at the discretion
o f the instructor. (Studio course.)
Spring semester. Staff.
7 0 . R e n aissan ce C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .*
Not offered 1991-92. Snyder.
7 2 . P r o u s t J o y c e , and Fa u lkn e r.
Not offered 1991-92. Weinstein.
7 3 . P ro u s t and Jo y c e .
Not offered 1991-92. Weinstein and Roza.
7 4 . M od ern D ram a.
Not offered 1991-92. Devin.
7 6 . Th e B lack A fric a n W rite r.
Not offered 1991-92. James.
121
En g lis h L ite ra tu re
7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ra m a .
Not offered 1991-92. Williamson.
7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p arative Fictio n .
This course will explore the relationships be
tween desire and the law, as well as the social
construction o f identity, in a range o f 19thand 20th-century novels. Writers will include
Dostoevsky, Flaubert, Tolstoy, Kafka, Faulk
ner, and Morrison.
Spring semester. Weinstein.
8 0. S a tire .
Not offered 1991-92. James.
8 2 . Repre se n tatio ns o f W om en’s
Id e n tity .**
Not offered 1991-92. Blum and Marecek.
8 4 . Fo lk lo re and Folklife S tu die s.
(See History 84 .)
Spring semester. Morgan.
85. M o d e rn ism in A m e ric a n A r t
and Lite ra tu re , 18 7 0 -19 3 0 .
Not offered 1991-92. Schmidt and Hungerford.
8 6. W om en and Film .
Feminist film theorists have argued that the
representation o f women, particularly in the
Hollywood film, has contributed to the op
pression o f women by making them the fetishized object o f the voyeuristic male gaze. Does
such theory hold true when women watch
film? When women make film? This course
will investigate both the oppressive and oppo
sitional potential o f the fiction film, as it
either captures or constructs women’s experi
ence. We will consider the representation o f
women in a variety o f film genre, as well as
considering how women represent them
selves.
This course may be taken without the normal
introductory English course prerequisite with the
instructor’s permission.
Fall semester. Juhasz.
8 7 . Film and Lite ra tu re .
Not offered 1991-92. Staff.
8 8. W om en and D o cu m e n tary.
Although women have only recently begun
directing fiction films in any real numbers,
there is a long, rich, and virtually unexplored
history o f documentary production by wom
en. The course will raise several important if
difficult questions: W hy have women been
drawn to documentary? How can the histori
122
cal, political, and social gains o f women be
charted in their documentary production?
Can feminist film theory adequately analyze
women’s documentary practice? Do the needs
o f women demand a unique documentary
"voice” ?
This course may be taken without the normal
introductory English course prerequisite with the
instructor’s permission.
Spring semester. Juhasz.
1
1
8 9. H is to ry o f C riticis m and
In te rp re ta tio n .**
A survey o f statements, positions, and controversies from the pre-Socratics to poststructuralism about the following issues: the
nature and function o f art, language and rep
resentation, the relationship o f literature to
history and culture, depictions and interpretations o f sexuality and gender.
Fall semester. Breitenberg.
1
!I
0
9 0. Colloquium : C h e rc h e z la fe m m e :
T h e “ M y s te r y ” o f W om an in
the M y s te r y G e n re .
From Eden on, our cultural narratives o f
deception and discovery have often centered
on Woman, vulnerable, culpable, and duplicitous. The concept o f woman as potential
victim and perpetrator powered many detec
tive novels popular, in the 19th and 20th
centuries and has paradoxically enabled starding re-visions o f the genre by contemporary
women writers. Our investigation o f this "mys
tery” will involve male authorities— Conan
Doyle, Chandler, Hammett—and female pri
vate " I ”s—Sara Paretsky, Sue Grafton, Bar
bara W ilson.
Spring semester. Anderson.
j1
4
1
I
9 0 A . Colloquium : Representation
o f A ID S .
AIDS, the retro-virus known as the human
immuno-deficiency virus, is much more than
a biological phenomenon. For over ten years
AIDS has been constructed, and therefore
known, within a variety o f media. How have
the representations o f AIDS changed? And
more importandy, how do changing represen
tations affect the biological (lived) experience
o f AIDS? In this course, we will track AIDS’
representation through its construction in
mainstream and alternative press and video, in
medical and academic journals, and where
ever else we can "see” AIDS.
J
This course may be taken without the normal
introductory English course prerequisite with the
instructor’s permission.
Spring semester. Juhasz.
90B. Colloquium : Th e N e w
H is to ric is m .**
New Historicism challenges many traditional
ways o f understanding the relationships be
tween literature and history. Drawing on
methods and theories from sociology, anthro
pology, social history, and linguistics, its ob
ject o f study becomes a "poetics o f culture”;
that is, a dynamic and contestant set o f rela
tions understood in terms o f power, authority,
and subversion. In this course we will simul
taneously advance and interrogate the assump
tions o f New Historicism by reading its own
central texts and theoretical models as well as
important challenges and alternatives.
Spring semester. Breitenberg.
9 1. Fem in ist L ite ra ry C r itic is m .**
Readings in current feminist literary criticism
and theory that ask: Just what is/are feminism(s)? How do assumptions about gender
underwrite our structures o f knowledge? How
are questions o f representation political is
sues?
Spring semester. Langbauer.
92. T h e o ry o f the N o v e l.**
This course will approach "the novel” by
attending to a range o f contemporary theo
retical frames for sense-making in general and
for reading fiction in particular, as well as by
a sustained scrutiny o f three novels (this year:
Eliot’s The Mill on the Floss, Faulkner’s Light
in August, and Morrison’s Beloved).
Fall semester. Weinstein.
96. Directed Reading.
Students who plan directed reading must con
sult with the appropriate instructor and sub
mit a prospectus to the Department by way o f
application for such work before the begin
ning o f the semester during which the study is
actually done. Deadlines for the receipt o f
written applications are the second Monday in
November and the first Monday in April.
Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
9 7 . Independent S tu d y .
Students who plan an independent study must
consult with the appropriate instructor and
submit a prospectus to the Department by
way o f application for such work before the
beginning o f the semester during which the
study is actually done. Deadlines for the re
ceipt o f written applications are the second
Monday in November and the first Monday in
April. Normally limited to juniors and seniors.
Staff.
9 8 ,9 9 . S e n io r E s s a y , S e n io r T h e s is.
In the fall semester o f the senior year, Course
majors in the Department may pursue a liter
ary project (English 98) o f their own choosing.
The major part o f the semester is devoted to
preparing an essay (or essays) under the su
pervision o f a member o f the Department. A
brief prospectus for the project must be sub
mitted for approval by the Department in
April o f the junior year. Before submitting
this prospectus, Course majors should consult
with the Department Chairman and with the
Department member who might supervise the
project.
The project, culminating in an essay (or es
says) o f 2 0 -2 5 pages, will be completed in
December o f the senior year. Students who do
well on this project and wish to develop it into
a comprehensive thesis will take English 9 9 in
the spring semester. The work on the thesis
will normally deepen or expand work com
pleted during the fall.
SEMINARS: ENGLISH LITERATURE
G roup I
10 1. S h a k e s p e a re .
Study o f Shakespeare as dramatist and poet.
The emphasis is on the major plays, with a
more rapid reading o f the remainder o f the
canon. Students are advised to read through
all the plays before entering the seminar.
Each semester. Blackburn, Breitenberg,
Riebling.
102.
C haucer and M ed ie va l Lite ra tu re .
A survey o f English literature, primarily po
etry, from the 8th through the 15th century
En g lis h L ite ra tu r e
with an emphasis upon Chaucer. Texts will
include Beowulf, Sir Gawain and the Green
Knight, The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, Piers Plowman, Pearl, selected mystery
plays, and Malory’s LeMorte d ’Arthur. Chau
cer will be read in Middle English; other
works will be read in translation.
Fall semester. Williamson.
10 4. M ilto n .
Study o f Milton’s works with special emphasis
on Paradise Lost.
Spring semester. Blackburn.
105. T u d o r-S tu a rt D ra m a .
Not offered 1991-92. Blackburn.
106. Renaissance Ep ic.
Not offered 1991-92. Snyder.
108. R e n aissan ce P o e try .
Not offered 1991-92. Snyder.
109. Eig h te en th -C e n tu ry Lite ra tu re .
Not offered 1991-92. Staff.
110 . Rom antic P o e try .
Examination o f the poetry o f Blake, Words
worth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, and Keats.
Spring semester. Pagliaro.
G roup II
112 . W om en and L ite r a tu r e .**
Fall semester: Examination o f novelistic real
ism in terms o f its hidden assumptions about
gender. Mostly nineteenth- (some twentieth-)
century fiction; mostly English (some Ameri
can) writers, as well as current feminist criti
cism and theory.
Fall semester. Langauer.
Spring semester: "Tell it slant,” Emily Dickin
son advises, and women poets—whether or
not they have read her work—have typically
taken her subversive advice to heart. How
women "slant” their truth, and how their
poetic methods differ—if at all—from those
o f their male counterparts will form the center
o f this inquiry into Modernist and post-Modemist feminist aesthetics.
Spring semester. Anderson.
116 . A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .
Fall semester: The fall seminar will focus on
American women’s fiction from 1850 to 1920
and will examine this fiction in terms of
changing configurations o f the "feminine self”
and o f feminine voice. We will look at midnineteenth-century texts which maintain
women’s traditional sphere, later nineteenthcentury texts which reconfigure domesticity
and transform language, and twentieth-cen
tury texts which depict the struggles o f female
characters for voice and identity as they face
modernity. Writers to be studied: Alcott,
Jacobs, Freeman, Chopin, Gilman, Larsen,
Cather, Wharton, and others.
Fall semester. Cutter.
Spring semester: The spring seminar will focus
on early American women’s popular fiction.
Sentimental, domestic novels by women satisfled America’s taste for popular fiction for a
century after the formation o f the New Republic; their popularity caused envy among
their male competitors, one o f whom charac
terized them as "a d ****d mob o f scribbling
women.” Questions o f canonicity and cultural
context will be emphasized, particularly as
they relate to the issue o f gender.
Spring semester. Lukens.
1
1
¡1
■
<■
¡1
¡1
I
jl
118. M od ern P o e try .
Not offered 1991-92. Anderson.
119. M od ern D ram a.
A survey o f dramatic literature from Buchner
to the present. Texts will be examined both as
scripts for living theatre and as literary and
cultural documents. Viewing live productions
and film or video versions will be a part o f the
seminar. Secondary readings on dramatic theory, criticism, and intellectual history relevant
to the plays under discussion will be assigned
each week.
Spring semester. Kuharski.
A
120 . T h e o ry o f C ritic is m .**
A course designed to provide a working knowl
edge o f the major schools o f contemporary
criticism.
Spring semester. Langbauer.
115 . M od ern C o m p a ra tive Lite ra tu re .
1 2 1 . M od ern Rla ck Fictio n .
Studies in fiction from Flaubert and Melville
to the present.
Each semester. Weinstein.
A study o f the evolving literary interrelationship o f the United States, Africa, and the West
Indies since World War II. The seminar exam
ines a unity o f themes arising out o f shared
124
1
A
experiences and heritages and includes work
by Chinua Achebe, Toni Morrison, James
Baldwin, George Lamming, Richard Wright,
Paule Marshall, and Wole Soyinka.
Spring semester. James.
180. Th e s is .
A major in the Honors Program may elect to
write a thesis as a substitute for one seminar.
The student must select a topic and submit a
plan for Department approval no later than
the end o f the junior year. Normally, the
student writes the thesis, under the direction
o f a member o f the Department, during the
fall o f the senior year.
Staff.
183. Independent S tu d y.
Students may prepare for an Honors Exami
nation in a field or major figure comparable in
literary significance to those offered in the
regular seminars. Independent study projects
must be approved by the Department and
supervised by a Department member. Dead
lines for the receipt o f written applications are
the second Monday in November and the first
Monday in April.
Staff.
THEATRE STUDIES
The Theatre Studies major uses the study and
performance o f dramatic art as one part o f a
liberal arts education. It is intended to be of
broad benefit regardless o f a student’s profes
sional intentions. It is cross-disciplinary and
makes a clear distinction between dramatic
literature and performance. Studies in dra
matic literature begin with the written playscript and may include work in departments
of English Literature, Modern Languages and
Literatures, and Classics. Studies in perfor
mance begin with the theatrical event and may
include work in theatre history, theory, design,
acting, production, and directing.
In production, the Theatre Studies major
emphasizes rehearsal processes rather than
public performance. Beginning and interme
diate acting classes address the problems of
"behaving as if the given circumstances were
real” without actually performing for the
general public. Final projects for these courses
are typically presented "in house.” All prac
tice o f public performance takes place in
advanced acting technique classes which carry
prerequisites and are supervised by working
theatre professionals. Because actors do much
o f their work in public, all classes in acting and
directing are open to visitors.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Introduction to Theatre (Theatre 1) is the
prerequisite for courses in performance stu
dies numbered 11 or above. (This prerequisite
does not apply to seniors, nor is it required of
those who wish only to take studio courses.)
The introductory course is designed to ac
quaint the student with the principal elements
o f theatre study including play analysis, the
ory, design, and acting. The work o f the
course includes reading, discussion, practical
exercises, and short papers. The course may
count toward the major. The minimum re
quirement for admission to a major or a
minor in Theatre Studies is Theatre 1 and one
additional course from either dramatic litera
ture or performance studies.
Students considering a major in Theatre Studies
are strongly urged to take one or two addi
tional courses during the sophomore year.
Majors and prospective majors should consult
a member o f the Theatre Studies faculty for
information about courses in other depart
ments complementary to their work in the
atre. The study o f theatre and dramatic litera
ture in foreign languages and cultural contexts
is strongly recommended. Students who plan
to do graduate work or to follow a course o f
professional training should see a member of
the faculty for early help in planning their
programs.
Major in the Course Program: The course major
in Theatre Studies requires ten credits o f work
in dramatic literature and performance studies
as follows: a) dramatic literature: at least four
125
En g lis h L ite ra tu re
credits including Shakespeare. Work should
also include at least one credit in the modern
period and one besides Shakespeare covering
material written before Ibsen. Dramatic liter
ature courses may include work from English
Literature, Modern Languages and Litera
tures, and Classics. Students with the requisite
language skills are urged to do the work in the
original language; b ) performance studies: at
least four credits including Play Directing,
Introduction to Design, and two studio cred
its; c) the senior comprehensive examination
will be given in two parts: i) an oral exam
based on a reading list o f plays and critical
works drawn from English Literature, Modem
Languages and Literatures, and Classics. This
list is given to students when they are accepted
into the major; ii) a take-home essay describ
ing solutions to artistic and critical problems.
A senior essay or project (Theatre 95, 9 6 ) is
optional; interested students should consult
with the appropriate advisor in the spring o f
the junior year. Applications for internships
and special projects should be made as far in
advance as possible.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: The honors major requires six or
eight credits including Shakespeare Seminar
and Senior Project in preparation for three or
four papers. Possible preparations include
course combinations, such as Directing/Performance Theory or Design/Theatre History.
Seminars in dramatic literature carry a prereq
uisite o f at least one upper level English
course. Senior Project will be evaluated in
performance as well as by paper. The minor
normally requires four credits in preparation
for two papers. One o f the papers for the
minor would normally be Senior Project.
W ith respect to the twenty course rule,
courses in dramatic literature in English Lit
erature, Classics, and Modem Languages and
Literatures will count as part o f the major;
courses in non-dramatic literature will not.
Students who wish to combine English and
Theatre Studies in an External Examination
program are reminded o f College policy lim
iting the number o f seminars which can be
taken in a single department to four.
1. Introduction to th e Th e a tre .
This course includes sections on dramaturgy,
126
theatre space, and acting. Theatre profes
sionals from New York and Philadelphia meet
with the class as possible. Several short papers
based on reading, local rehearsals or perfor
mances, and class improvisations. This course
is the prerequisite for advanced courses in
performance studies (see list above) and may
serve as a prerequisite for dramatic literature
courses (not seminars) in English.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Devin, Marshall.
2 A . Techniques o f A c tin g : W o rk on
the S e lf.
This is the basic acting course, the prerequisite
for all others. Vocal and physical warm-up;
relaxation; concentration; ensemble; sense and
affective memory; non-ordinary reality. This
class meets four hours a week. Studio course;
one credit.
No prerequisite.
Spring semester. Devin.
4 . T h e a tre Technology and
Lighting Design.
This is a study o f the rules and systems that
apply to technical theatre and Lighting Design.
Emphasis will be placed on the applied pri
mary art o f creating in the modern theatre.
There will be in-class exercises in scenic draft
ing, tool utilization, scenic art, basic electron
ics, theatrical lighting design. This class is
outlined to give the student a fundamental
understanding o f present day theatrical tech
nology and an introduction to Lighting De
sign.
Each semester. Marshall.
6 A . Th e a tre H is to ry : P re -M o d e rn and
A s ia n P e rfo rm a n c e T ra d itio n s.
Not offered 1991-92. Kuharski.
6B. Th e a tre H is to ry : M odern
P e rfo rm a n c e Tra d itio n s.
A selective survey o f major movements in
world theatre since the mid-nineteenth cen
tury. The evolution o f dramaturgy, acting
styles, scenography, and theatre architecture
as seen through the works o f major artists.
This course will be taught in alternating years
with Theatre 6A (Theatre History: Pre-Mod
ern and Asian Performance Traditions).
No prerequisite; may be taken out o f se
quence.
Fall semester. Kuharski, Devin.
14. Introduction to Design.
19. Colloquium : D ram atic Fo rm .
A study o f three-dimensional composition in
response to the play’s symbolic expression. A
focus on the development o f a design philos
ophy o f collaboration and process. The prin
ciple applications o f the systems and rules
pertaining the Scenic Design will be presented
in project form. Text: Robert Edmond Jones,
The Dramatic Imagination.
Fall semester. Marshall.
Not offered 1991-92. Devin.
15. A d va n ce d Design.
Research, presentation, and execution o f proj
ects in support o f Directing and Ensemble
class exercises.
Spring semester. Marshall.
16. P la y Directing.
Principles and techniques o f making works of
dramatic art from playscripts. Play selection
and analysis; physical production; rehearsal
procedures, especially improvisation and en
semble technique. One credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 1, Theatre 2.
Spring semester. Devin.
1 7 . P la y w ritin g W o rksh o p .
The workshop will combine analysis o f dra
matic form and content with a variety of
creative exercises and improvisations. Stu
dents will critique and present each others’
work in class. Final projects may include
original plays, adaptations, translations, sce
narios, or story boards for a performance
piece o f up to fifty minutes in length.
Spring semester. Kuharski.
18. P e rfo rm a n c e T h e o ry and P ra c tic e .
The course will cover a series o f major theo
retical texts, beginning with Aristotle’s Poetics
and Plato’s Republic. Subsequent readings will
emphasize the theoretical writings o f theatre
artists such as Constantine Stanislavsky, An
tonin Artaud, Bertolt Brecht, Peter Brook,
Jerzy Grotowski, etc. These readings will be
supplemented by selected readings in philos
ophy, psychology, and mythology o f particu
lar relevance to theatrical performance. The
course will include units on performance
traditions and genres outside o f Europe and
North America. Course prerequisites consist
o f one course in Dramatic literature and either
Theatre 1 or Theatre 6A/6B.
Fall semester. Kuharski.
2 0 . M od ern Eu ro p e a n Th e a tre
and D ram a.
Not offered 1991-92. Kuharski.
2 1 . M od ern A m e ric a n Th e a tre
and D ram a.
Not offered 1991-92. Kuharski.
2 3 . Ensem ble I: W o rk on th e P la y s c rip t
Acting techniques applied to scene and play
analysis, beginning with simple, realistic ma
terial and moving to Shakespeare; given cir
cumstances; character biography; objectives;
physical behavior, tasks, action; vocal and
physical warm-up; relaxation, concentration,
and body awareness. This class meets for two
hours, four nights a week. Studio course; one
credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 2.
Fall semester. Devin.
2 4 . En se m ble II: W o rk w ith an Au die nce .
This class rehearses a full-length play for
public performance. Using ensemble rehearsal
methods with emphasis on improvisation, the
company will prepare a play, using the audi
ence as part o f given circumstances. After 6
weeks o f rehearsal the class plays to an audi
ence; after a break, rehearsals resume and
culminate in another series o f performances.
Studio course; one credit.
Prerequisite: Theatre 23.
Spring semester. Adams, Marshall.
9 2 . O ff-c a m p u s P ro je c ts in T h e a tre .
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
9 4 . Special P ro je c ts in T h e a tre .
Students wishing to design a special project
should consult with the Director.
9 5 ,9 6 . S e n io r P r o je c t
An essay or production project prepared
under the supervision o f an appropriate fac
ulty member. A prospectus must be submitted
for approval in April o f the junior year.
Before submitting the prospectus, majors
should consult with the Director and with the
faculty member who might supervise the proj
ect. A one-credit project will normally be
completed in the fall o f the senior year. The
fall work may serve as preparation for a larger
project to be completed in the spring.
Staff.
127
G e rm a n S tu d ie s
Coordinator: M A R IO N FA B ER (German)
Committee:
G EO R G E A V ER Y (German)
R IC H A R D ELD R ID G E (Philosophy)
J A M E S K U R T H (Political Science)
M IC H A E L M A R IS S E N (Music)
B R A U LIO M U N O Z (Sociology/Anthropology)
M A R K W A LL A C E (Religion)
S T E V E N W E LC H (History)
H A N S -J A K O B W E R L E N (Germ an)*
The concentration in German Studies grows
out o f the connection between German
thought and art o f the nineteenth and twen
tieth centuries. Figures such as Goethe,
Wagner, Nietzsche, Marx, and Freud, for ex
ample, go beyond the boundaries o f particular
disciplines. In addition, the study o f German
history and politics enriches and is enriched
by the study o f German literature and art. A
combination o f approaches to German culture
introduces the student to a field o f knowledge
crucial to contemporary society and prepares
the student for graduate work in a good num
ber o f academic disciplines, as well as for
various international careers. The Concentra
tion may be undertaken in the Course Pro
gram or in the External Examination Program.
Concentrators should consult the program
coordinator during the sophomore year to
plan their work towards the Concentration.
General Requirements: Students are required
to take five credits from designated courses in
German Studies, three o f which must be out
side the student’s major department. To ensure
a common groundwork for all concentrators,
students must take the core course, German
14, Introduction to German Studies. To en
sure work in depth, at least one credit must be
a thesis on an interdisciplinary topic, normally
to be proposed at the end o f the junior year
and written in the fall semester o f the senior
year. An interdisciplinary thesis for the stu
dent’s major department may fulfill this re
quirement.
It is required that students do substantial
work in the German language (German 8 or
the equivalent). It is also strongly recom
mended that students study in Germany (for
a summer or, preferably, for a semester) if at
all possible. Students who do not take an
advanced literature course must either use
original German sources in the thesis or add an
attachment in German to one course in the
concentration.
The following courses and seminars may be
offered for a German Studies Concentration:
Courses (one credit)
H is to ry 2 7 . Faith and C ulture in Euro p e .
H is to ry 3 2 . Eu ro p e o f the D ic ta to rs .*
H is to ry 36. M od ern G e rm an y.
M u s ic 2 2 . 19th C en tu ry M u s ic .
M u s ic 33. Lie d e r.
M u s ic 3 4 . Bach.
M u s ic 35. La te Ro m a n ticism .
Ph ilo so p h y 2 9 . Nineteenth C en tu ry
Ph ilo so p h y.
Ph ilo so p h y 3 9 . Ex is te n tia lis m .*
Political S cie n ce 7 1 . G e rm a n y and
Ja p a n .
S o c io lo g y -A n th ro p o lo g y 83. S e n io r
C olloquium on A r t and S o c ie ty .*
G e rm an c o u rs e s num bered 11 and
a b o ve .
C o u rs e s on G e rm an lite ra tu re o r film ,
tau gh t in En g lish : L it 2 0 G , L it 50G,
etc.
Seminars (two-credit)
H is to ry 12 2 . R e vo lu tio n a ry E u ro p e .*
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
128
H is to ry 125 . Fa s c is t Europe.+
Philosophy 114 . N ineteenth C en tury
Ph ilo so ph y.
Philosophy 139. Phenom enology and
Ex iste n tia lism .
Politicai S cie nce 108. C om p arative
Po litics: E u ro p e .*
Religion 106. C o n te m p o ra ry Religious
Thought
S o c io lo g y-A n th ro p o lo g y 10 1. C ritical
M odern S o cial T h e o ry .
S o c io lo g y-A n th ro p o lo g y 105. M od ern
Social T h e o ry .
S o c io lo g y-A n th ro p o lo g y 115. Fre ud and
M od ern S o cial T h e o ry .
Germ an 104. Goethe.
G e rm an 105. Die deutsche Rom an tik.
G e rm an 1 0 7 . M od erne P ro s a .
Germ an 108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r nach
1950.
‘ Cognate course: No more than two may be
counted towards the German Studies Concen
tration.
+Cognate seminar: No more than one may be
counted towards the German Studies Concen
tration.
129
H is to ry
R O B ER T C . B A N N IS T E R , Professor2
R O B ER T S . D U P L E S S IS , Professor
L IL L IA N M . L I, Professor and Chairman
K A T H R Y N L M O R G A N , Professor
JE R O M E H . W O O D , J R ., Professor
H A R R IS O N M . W R IG H T, Professor
M A R JO R IE M U R P H Y , Associate Professor
S T E P H E N P. R E N S C H , Assistant Professor
R O B ER T E. W EIN B ER G , Assistant Professor3
S T E V E N R . W E L C H , Assistant Professor
S T E V E N W. S O W A R D S , Humanities Librarian
COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Department o f History offers a range o f
courses o f value to all students, from surveys
to more specialized courses focusing on a
specific period, theme, or subfield. All courses
attempt to give students a sense o f the past, an
acquaintance with the social, cultural, and
institutional developments that have produced
the world o f today, and an understanding o f
the nature o f history as a discipline. The
courses emphasize less the accumulation o f
data than the investigation, from various
points o f view, o f those ideas and institU'
tions—political, religious, social, and eco
nomic—by which people have endeavored to
order their world.
Surveys are designed to serve the needs o f
students who seek a general education in the
field, as well as to provide preparation for a
range o f upper-level courses. Freshman semi
nars explore particular issues or periods in
depth. Although these entry-level courses
vary somewhat in approach, they normally
consider major issues o f interpretation, the
analysis o f primary sources, and historical
methodology.
Prerequisites: Courses 1-9,11, and 72 are open
to all students without prerequisites. Fresh
man seminars are open only to freshmen on
the same basis. Upper-level courses are gener
ally open to all students who have taken a
survey, or who have Advanced Placement
scores o f 3 -5 in the same area, or by permis
sion o f the instructor. Exceptions are courses
"n o t open to freshmen” or where specific
prerequisites are stated.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR
Prerequisites: The prerequisite for admission
to the Department as a major is normally at
least two History courses taken at Swarthmore
and a satisfactory standard o f work in all
courses. A t least one o f these history courses
should be taken within the History Depart
ment. Ideally the preparation o f the major
should include at least one survey, and either
a freshman seminar or upper-level course.
Students who intend to continue their studies
after graduation should bear in mind that a
reading knowledge o f one or two foreign
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
130
languages (particularly French and German)
is now generally assumed for admission to
graduate school.
Major in the Course Program: The work o f the
major in course consists o f at least eight (and
no more than twelve) credits in the depart
ment, chosen so as to fulfill the following
requirements:
(a) Course majors must fulfill certain depart
mental distribution requirements. For pur
poses o f distribution the Department has
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
divided its offerings into four groups:
(1 ) Ancient, Medieval, and Early Modern
Europe through the 18th century; (2 )
Modern Europe (19th- 20th centuries);
(3 ) the United States; and (4 ) Africa,
Asia, Latin America, and the Middle East.
Course majors must take at least one
course from each o f these areas. Beyond
that, majors are encouraged to concen
trate informally in topics or areas o f
special interest to them.
(b) Course majors must write either a thesis
(for which they will receive academic
credit) or a research paper and compre
hensive examination. (1 ) Thesis. Students
who wish to take advantage o f this option
must submit a proposal for department
approval by May 1 o f their junior year
and will be expected to complete the
thesis (by taking History 9 2 ) during the
fall o f their senior year. A brief oral
examination will be based on the thesis.
(2) Research paper and comprehensive
examination. Students choosing this op
tion must write a research paper that
embodies some work in primary sources.
W ith the permission o f the instructor,
this may be done as an expanded term
paper for an upper-level course. The com
prehensive examination, to be given early
in the spring semester o f the senior year,
will include both written and oral sec
tions.
Major and minor in the External Examination
(Honors) Program: Candidates for Honors may
elect history as a major or a minor in the
Division o f Humanities, in the Division o f the
Social Sciences, or in cross-divisional pro
grams. Majors in the Honors Program may
take either three or four seminars in the
Department. They must do work, whether in
courses or in seminars, in three o f the four
fields listed above. Minors in the Honors
Program are ordinarily expected to take at
least two seminars.
ADVANCED PLACEMENT AND ATTACHMENT OPTIONS
Advanced Placement. The Department will
automatically grant one credit for incoming
students who have achieved a score o f 4 or 5
in Advanced Placement history tests. This
credit may be counted toward the number of
courses required for graduation. It may be
used in partial fulfillment o f the college distri
bution requirements. This credit is available
only as long as the student does not take either
History 3 ,5 , or 6. For majors, it may serve as
partial fulfillment o f the departmental distri
bution requirements listed above. Grades o f 3
may serve as prerequisite for advanced courses
in history in the same area (European or
American) as the Advanced Placement course.
Incomiong students with scores o f 3 or better
will be given preference in admission to Fresh
men Seminars in the same area.
Language Attachment. Certain designated
courses offer the option o f a foreign language
attachment, normally for one-half credit. Per
mission to take this option will be granted to
any student whose reading facility promises
the profitable use o f historical sources in the
foreign language. Arrangements for this op
tion should be made with the instructor at the
time o f registration.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
For students who wish to seek secondary
teaching certification in the social sciences
there are two normal routes. One o f these is
through a major in one o f the social sciences,
plus four to six semesters o f courses in other
social sciences. Students majoring in history,
political science, and sociology-anthropology
are required to take at least four courses
outside their major; students majoring in eco
nomics and psychology are required to take
six. The other route to certification is by
taking at least twelve semester courses in
social sciences, o f which six must normally be
in one discipline and at least two more must
131
H is to r y
be in a single other discipline. All students
seeking social studies certification are required
to take two courses in history, at least one o f
which must be in American history. One
social science course focusing on Third World
or non-Westem subject matter is also re
quired.
COURSES
1. M ed ie va l Euro pe .
A survey o f medieval culture and institutions
from the third to the fifteenth century. Topics
will include the lingering sunset o f the ancient
world, the rise o f the barbarian North, and the
emergence o f a distinctively European civili
zation in the central and late Middle Ages.
Primary sources will be stressed.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Bensch.
2 . Ea rly M od ern Euro pe .
From the late Middle Ages to the mid-eight
eenth century, focusing on intellectual move
ments, varieties o f state formation, and eco
nomic and social change.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. DuPlessis.
3. M od ern Eu ro p e .
A topical survey from the Old Regime to the
Cold War, with emphasis on the political,
institutional, economic, and social forces that
have shaped modern Europe. Topics include
Enlightenment and religion, revolutions and
reform movements, industrialization and the
rise o f the modern nation-states, imperialism,
and world war.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Welch.
4 . La tin A m e ric a .
The development o f the Latin American area
from preconquest times to the present. Em
phasis is on the political, economic, and social
development o f Brazil, Mexico, and Argentina,
and on recent attempts at radical transforma
tion.
Primary distribution course.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Spring semester. Wood.
5 . Th e United S ta te s to 1 8 7 7 .
The colonial experience and the emergence of
an American social order; Revolution and
Constitution; the "first” and "second” party
systems; industrialization, religious revivals,
132
and antebellum reform; slavery, the Civil War,
and Reconstruction.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bannister.
6. The United S ta te s sin ce 1 8 7 7 .
Industrialism and the American social order;
the welfare state from the Square Deal to the
Great Society; world power and its problems;
the 1960s and its legacy.
Spring semester.
7 . Th e H is to ry o f the A fric a n
A m e ric a n People.
A topical survey o f the historical legacy of
African American people. It begins with an
cient Egypt prior to the immigration o f for
eigners to the Nile Valley. It studies the con
nection o f ancient Egyptian culture with the
rest o f Africa, and the impact o f African
culture on Asia, Europe, and America. The
struggles o f black men and women for libera
tion in the United States are seen as an
"exciting chapter in the history o f humanity.”
Topics include: blacks in science, black na
tionalism, black Jews, Pan Africanism, and
Black Power.
Fall semester. Morgan.
8. M od ern A fric a .
A survey o f modern African history, with an
emphasis on tropical Africa; the development
o f African nationalism and the achievement of
independence; and on differing perspectives
on the African past.
Spring semester. Wright.
9 . C hinese C iv iliza tio n .
An historical introduction to various aspects
o f traditional Chinese civilization and cul
ture—language, literature, philosophy, art,
imperial and bureaucratic institutions. The
impact o f Chinese civilization on other parts
o f Asia will be examined briefly.
Spring semester. Li.
IO A . Freshm an S e m ina r: Fa m ily , Kinship,
and M a rria g e in M ed ie va l Euro p e .
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Morgan.
Western family structures, kinship ties, and
sexual mores will be examined as they crystal
lized from Roman, Christian, Germanic, and
Celtic traditions.
Not offered 1991-92. Bensch.
10 H . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: The
Ba rba ria n N o rth .
IO B . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Th ird
Reich and the H o lo ca u st.
An examination o f the origins and functioning
o f the National Socialist regime in Germany
1933-1945.
Not offered 1991-92. Welch.
IO D . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e Cold
W ar Era .
A focused examination o f the origins and
persistence o f the cold war from the globali
zation o f containment to the pressure of
domestic conflict.
Not offered 1991-92. Murphy.
IO E . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Th e In vasio n o f
A m e ric a .
A study o f pre-Columbian America and a
comparative analysis o f interactions between
Indians and Europeans in colonial Spanish
and British America.
Not offered 1991-92. Wood.
IO F. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: B lack and
W hite: S outh A fric a and
the United S ta te s .
A comparative historical study o f apartheid in
South Africa and racism in the U .S ., examin
ing their origins, natures, and the degrees to
which they are alike. Preference given to
freshmen entering with an Advanced Place
ment score o f 3 or better in either American
or. European history.
Spring semester (tentative). Wright.
IO G . Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: W om en in
Ea rly A fric a n C iv iliza tio n s .
An exploratory study o f the role o f women,
primarily but not exclusively leaders in early
African civilizations. Topics include: The great
queens o f Ethiopia; the female Horuses and
the great wives o f Kemet; Egypt’s Isis, the
original Black Madonna; African goddesses;
Africa’s warrior queens; and Tyie: Nubian
Queen o f Egypt. Emphasis on research into
women rulers found throughout Africa in
time and space, and examination o f the con
texts in which these women emerged.
Exploration o f the rise o f Germanic and Celtic
societies from c. 100 A.D. to c. 1050 A.D. in
the British Isles, Northern France, Germany,
and Scandinavia through an examination o f
the institutions, material culture, religion, and
literature o f various barbarian peoples.
Fall semester. Bensch.
1 1 . Th e Form a tio n o f the Islam ic
N e a r Ea s t.
An introduction to the history o f the Near
East from the seventh to the early fifteenth
century. Emphasis will be placed on the life o f
Muhammed, the Arab conquests, the rise of
the caliphate, and the articulation o f Islamic
values during an age o f political disintegration
and nomadic invasion.
Fall semester. Bensch.
C la ss ic s 2 1 . A n c ie n t G re e ce .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la ss ic s 3 1 . H is to ry o f G re e ce .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la ss ic s 3 2. T h e Rom an Republic
and A u g u s tu s.
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la ss ic s 4 2 . G re e ce in the Fifth
C en tu ry B .C .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
C la ss ic s 4 4 . Th e Ea rly Rom an Em p ire .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
14 . F ria r s , H e re tic s , and Fem ale
M y s tic s : Religious Turm o il in the
M iddle A g e s .
From the 12th to the 15th century, the medi
eval Church confronted radically new versions
o f Christianity and religious movements in
spired by evangelical poverty, preaching, and
a need to find a place for women in ecclesias
tical institutions. The course will explore the
aspirations, doctrines, and forms o f expres
sion o f these religious groups and the Church’s
response to them.
Fall semester. Bensch.
15. M ed ie va l T o w n s .
Were medieval towns the "seedbeds o f mo
dernity” ? The course will explore the histori-
133
H is to r y
cal and ideological debates surrounding the
question.
Not offered 1991-92. Bensch.
1 7 . Th e M ed ite rran e an W orld in the
M iddle A g e s .
The course examines how Christian, Byzan
tine, and Islamic worlds emerged from the
unified civilization o f the Roman Mediterra
nean.
Not offered 1991-92. Bensch.
19 . Th e Italian R e n aissan ce .
The emergence o f a new culture in the citystates o f Italy ( 14th-early 16th centuries).
Not offered 1991-92. DuPlessis.
2 4 . Field to F a c to ry : th e Tra n s fo rm a tio n
o f Eu ropean Econ o m ie s and S o cie tie s.
From the agricultural revolution and protoindustry to the contemporary period, focusing
on contrasting patterns among regions and
nations. Topics include: working-class forma
tion, collective action, and work experience;
women’s work and gender divisions o f labor;
the emergence o f capitalist entrepreneurs; the
role o f state policy and private capital; techno
logical change; industrialization and war; in
dustry and the environment.
Fall semester. Welch and DuPlessis.
2 5 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and Change in
M od ern Eu ro pe .
Constructions o f gender through work, fam
ily, sexuality, collective action, and feminism
from the late Middle Ages to the early nine
teenth century.
Not offered 1991-92. DuPlessis.
2 6 . E a rly M od ern European
S o cial H is to ry .
Practices and structures o f the quotidian from
the mid-fifteenth to the late eighteenth cen
tury.
Not offered 1991-92. DuPleesis.
2 7 . Faith and C ulture in Eu ro p e :
Fro m Re fo rm atio n to En lig h te n m e n t
(Cross-listed as Religion 27 .) Comparative
study o f belief and practice (late 15th- 18th
centuries), concentrating on German-speaking
areas. Topics include the doctrines o f major
thinkers; the Magisterial, Catholic, and Radi
cal Reformations; social influences on reli
gious choice; the changing contours o f "popu
lar” religion; the roles o f women in religious
change; religious art and propaganda; religion
134
as political and economic ideology; confessionalism, secularism, and de-Christianiza
tion. Though focusing on developments with
in Christianity, the course will also discuss
contemporary Judaism and Islam.
Spring semester. DuPlessis.
ft
29 . M od ern B rita in : 176 9 -19 6 9 .
This course will examine the creation o f the
world’s first urban, industrial class society, its
rise to the status o f imperial power, and its
subsequent decline.
Not offered 1991-92. Welch.
)
30. Fra nce 1 7 8 9 -1 9 4 5 : Revo lution s
and Republics.
This course will trace the political, social,
cultural, and economic history o f France from
the French Revolution through the Vichy
regime. Topics include: the Revolution and
the Terror; emergence o f capitalist, bourgeois
society; republicanism and Bonapartism; pop
ular culture and morals; the creation o f the
French overseas empire; fm-de-siecle society
and thought; World War I and its legacy;
fascism and collaboration.
Spring semester. Welch.
1
3 1 . Po p u lar Po litics in R u s s ia , 1861 to
P re s e n t: L ife and S tru g g le a t th e B ottom .
(Also listed as Modern Languages 31R .) This
course examines the role o f the Russian lower
classes in social and political movements since
the mid-nineteenth century.
Not offered 1991-92. Weinberg and Bradley.
1
3 2 . Eu ro p e o f the D ic ta to rs ,
1 9 1 4 -19 4 5 .
The assault o f radical politics, left and right,
on the social and political fabric o f Europe;
the crisis o f industrial capitalism; nationalism,
militarism, racism; and terror as means of
social control.
Optional Language Attachment: German.
Not offered 1991-92.
33. Eu rop ean W o rk e rs in Rebellion and
R evolution S ince 178 9 .
This course focuses on how artisanal and
factory workers have responded to socio
economic and political change since the late
eighteenth century.
Not offered 1991-92. Weinberg.
3 4 . Ea s te rn Eu ro p e .
Introduction to Eastern European history,
with emphasis on the period since 1790.
1
1
Geography and origins o f the nations o f the
Balkans, East Central Europe, and the eastern
Baltic; their domination by Ottoman, Ger
man, and Russian multi-national empires; the
impact o f nationalism and modernization dur
ing the nineteenth century; the Eastern Euro
pean countries in the time o f the two World
Wars; and developments during the Cold War
and the period o f Soviet Communist control,
to 1980.
Fall semester. Steven Sowards.
I
I
35. European J e w r y , 17 8 9 -19 4 5 :
Fro m Em ancipation to Exte rm in a tio n .
jk
This course focuses on the fate o f European
Jewry from the beginning o f the emancipation
in the late eighteenth century to the Holo
caust.
Not offered 1991-92. Weinberg.
36. M od ern G e rm a n y.
I
German history from 1848 to 1990; unifica
tion and Imperial Germany, World War I,
Weimar, the Third Reich and the Holocaust,
divided Germany, and the revolution o f 1989.
Not offered 1991-92. Welch.
3 7 . M ed ie va l and Im perial Russia .
1
1
M
I
Examination o f the history o f Russia from the
ninth until the mid-nineteenth century, with
particular attention to the relationship between state and society and the ways social,
political, and economic realities influenced
state policy.
Not offered 1991-92. Weinberg.
38. Ru ssia in the A g e o f R evolution .
I
1
This course focuses on the revolutionary era,
defined broadly as the period from the late
nineteenth century to the consolidation o f the
Stalinist system in the 1930s.
Not offered 1991-92.. Weinberg.
39. Reconquista y Conquista.
A comparative analysis o f dynamics, institu
tions, and processes involved in the Iberian
medieval expansion, and the Spanish conquest
o f the New World.
Not offered 1991-92. Bensch and Wood.
i
■
4 1. The A m e ric a n C olon ies.
The foundations o f American civilization,
1607-1763. Topics treated include: the devel
opment o f representative government; denominationalism and religious toleration; the
emergence o f a new social structure; racism
and ethnic relations; and England’s imperial
policy.
Fall semester. Wood.
4 2 . Th e A m e ric a n Revolution.
The conflict between intensive self-govern
ment in the colonies and English ideas and
projects for empire; the revolt against colonial
status and the elaboration o f a "republican”
ethos and "republican” institutions, 17631789.
Not offered 1991-92. Wood.
4 3 . Je ffe rs o n ia n is m and the
A m e ric a n Exp e rie n c e .
An interdisciplinary course which focuses
intensively on contrasts between the Jeffer
sonian view o f man and America and other
perspectives in American politics, constitu
tional law, social theory, religion, literature,
and architecture. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: History 5 ,6 or equivalent,or the
permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Wood.
4 4 . A m e ric a in th e P ro g re s s iv e E r a ,
18 9 6 -19 2 0 .
Modernization, social control, and the rise of
the corporate state. Topics include national
politics and the control o f industry; muckrak
ing and the "new politics” ; immigration and
nativism; labor and socialism; the cult of
masculinity and the rise o f modem sports;
feminism and the women’s movement; Jim
Crow and the African-American response;
and the impact o f World War I.
Fall semester. Bannister.
4 5 . Th e United S ta te s S ince 1945.
The Cold War and McCarthyism; domestic
politics from Truman to Reagan.
Not offered 1991-92. Murphy.
4 6 . Topics in A m e ric a n Intellectual
H is to ry .
Selected themes, varying from year to year.
Not open to freshmen.
Not offered 1991-92. Bannister.
4 7 . A m e ric a n C ulture S ince 1880.
A comprehensive survey o f the intellectual
history o f the United States with roughly
equal attention given to the periods 1880s1910s, 1920s-1950s, 1960s-present.
Not offered 1991-92. Bannister.
135
H is to r y
4 9 . Introduction to A m e ric a n
D iplom atic H is to ry .
A chronological approach to diplomatic his
tory in the modem world with emphasis upon
the emergence o f the U .S. as a world power.
Not offered 1991-92. Murphy.
53. B lack C ulture and Black
C on sc io u sn e ss.
Exploration into the relationship between
black culture and black consciousness with
emphasis placed on twentieth century Africa
and America. Selected themes varying from
year to year.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1991-92. Morgan.
5 4 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and Po litics.
Women in American society from the colonial
period to the present, with emphasis on the
changing nature o f work and the separation of
spheres, the rise o f feminism, and the resis
tance to women’s rights. Not open to fresh
men.
Spring semester. Murphy.
55 . Th e M aking o f the A m e ric a n
W orking C la ss .
A colloquium on the history o f the industrial
revolution in America.
Not offered 1991-92. Murphy.
5 7 . O ral H is to ry .
Prerequisite: Introductory history course, or
the permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1991-92. Morgan.
63. S outh A fric a .
A survey o f South African history with an
emphasis on Black-White relations and on the
development o f contemporary problems. Topics include early Affican-European relations;
the impact o f large-scale diamond and gold
mining; the role o f African nationalism; the
origins and nature o f apartheid; recent events.
No prerequisite. Not open to freshmen.
Fall semester. Wright.
■
66. Topics in La tin A m e ric a n H is to ry .
Thematic as well as regional and national
approaches varying from year to year.
Topic: Revolutions in 20th century Latin
America.
Prerequisite: History 4, or the permission of
the instructor.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Spring semester. Wood.
„
W
6 7 . Th e B la ck Exp e rie n ce in
La tin A m e ric a .
The history o f black people in French, Portu
guese, and Spanish America: slavery, emanci
pation, the contemporary scene; comparisons
with U .S. experiences.
Optional Language Attachment: Spanish or
Portuguese.
Not offered 1991-92. Wood.
By examining the living past this course seeks
to emphasize the relevance o f history to mod
ern life with special emphasis on American
subject matter. Students will be taught the
skills requisite for the completion o f an origi
nal research project that involves the collec
tion, classification, and analysis o f data se
lected from both written and oral sources.
General discussion topics include folk reli
gion, the role o f the family, local and personal
history, and old ways in the new world. Some
work will be done o ff campus. Limited enroll
ment.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history, or permis
sion o f instructor.
Fall semester. Morgan.
The production, distribution, and consump
tion o f food have affected the relationship of
peoples to their natural and social environments. This course will consider how different
societies have fed their populations, how the
current world food problem differs from his
torical subsistence crises, and how food affects
economic development and international rela
tions.
Prerequisite: prior work in history, or permis
sion o f the instructor.
Not open to freshmen.
Spring semester. Li.
5 8. The W orld o f D u B o is, R o g e rs,
and Diop.
7 2 . The H is to ry , Religion, and
C ulture o f Ja p a n .
This course deals with the impact o f the
writings o f three black twentieth century in
tellectuals on our knowledge o f world history.
(Also listed as Religion 11). This course
explores the historical dynamics o f the religion
and culture o f Japan from its origins to the
136
j
I
|
68. Food and Fam in e: P a s t and P r e s e n t
1
J
I
|
early nineteenth century.
Offered only as Religion n in fa ll semester. Li.
8 7 . H is to ry Th ro ug h Fo lk lo re and
Lite ra tu re .
7 4 . M od ern China.
A comparative analysis o f folklore and liter
ature. Emphasis will be placed on attitudes
toward life among selected cultural groups in
the twentieth century, primarily but not ex
clusively in the United States. Themes include
great traditions in American Indian thought,
love and death, life after death, and the resur
gence o f the occult in United States popular
culture. Limited enrollment. Learning through
discussion only.
Prerequisite: Previous work in history, or
permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Morgan.
Analysis o f social, economic, and political
developments in China from the coming of
the West to the challenges o f the 1980s.
Not offered 1991-92. Li.
7 5 . M od ern Ja p a n .
The transformation o f Japan into a modern
nation-state, from the early nineteenth century
until the present.
Not offered 1991-92. Li.
8 4. Folklore and Folklife S tu die s.
(Also listed as English 84 .) An introduction
to the major forms o f folklore and selected
forms o f folkhfe materials. The course in
cludes the study o f myth, legend, folktales,
proverbs, jokes, riddles, and other verbal arts
including folk music. It explores superstition,
witchcraft, magic, and popular beliefs; and
considers the function o f folklore in highly
industrialized modem societies as well as in
traditional ones. Learning through discussion
only.
Preference given to sophomores and juniors.
Prerequisite: Prior work in history or litera
ture, or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Morgan.
9 2 . T h e s is.
A single credit thesis, available to all majors,
on a topic approved by the Department by
May 1 o f the preceding spring.
Fall semester. Members o f the Department.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the student not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. The consent o f the
chairman and o f the instructor is required.
History 93 may be taken for one-half credit as
History 93A.
Members o f the Department.
SEMINARS
The following seminars are offered by the
Department to juniors and seniors. Seniors in
the External Examination Program usually
take seminars in preparation for their exami
nations. Some preliminary reading or other
preparation may be required for seminars on
subjects in which no work has previously
been done.
111. A u th o rity and C om m u nity in
M ed ie va l Euro pe .
An historiographical exploration o f selected
topics in the material foundations and ideo
logical expressions o f medieval Europe from
the barbarian invasions through the thirteenth
century.
Spring semester. Bensch.
116 . The Italian Ren aissan ce.
between the fourteenth and sixteenth cen
turies. Issues addressed include forms o f po
litical and economic organization, varieties of
humanism, political theory, changing histori
cal consciousness, art and society. Much at
tention is devoted to historiography.
Fall semester. DuPlessis.
1 1 7 . Eu ro p e in the 16th and 17th
C en turies.
Patterns o f state formation, economic devel
opment, and social change in continental West
ern Europe and England. Considerable atten
tion is given to comparisons among states,
transitions to capitalism, the crisis o f the
seventeenth century, the origins and functions
o f absolutism.
Spring semester. DuPlessis.
Topics in the development o f the Renaissance
state, society and culture in Italian communes
137
H is to r y
119 . E a rly M od ern European
Intellectual and Cultural H is to ry .
Thought and practice from the Reformation
to the Enlightenment.
Not offered 1991-92. DuPlessis.
12 2 . R e vo lu tio n a ry Eu ro p e 17 5 0 to 18 70 .
Selected topics in the social, economic, and
political history o f France, England, and Ger
many from the ancien régime to German uni
fication.
Not offered 1991-92. Weinberg.
123 . Eu ropean Po litics and
S o c ie ty , 18 70 -19 19 .
Focus on the political institutions, social and
economic structures, and intellectual and cul
tural developments o f Europe at the zenith o f
its global dominance. Topics include: democ
racy and autocracy; transformation o f agricul
ture; second industrial revolution; emergence
o f the radical right; working class and social
ism; feminism, racism, and imperialism; finde-siècle culture; first world war and post-war
settlement.
Fall semester. Welch.
12 4 . B rita in , 18 15 -19 14 .
The adjustments o f an aristocratic society to
the impact o f industrialization.
Not offered 1991-92.
125 . Fa s c is t Euro pe .
In the interwar period fascist movements
emerged in over twenty European countries.
This seminar will undertake a comparative
study o f the social origins and political conse
quences o f European fascism. The primary
focus will be on the fascist movements and
regimes in Italy, Germany, and Spain, but
some attention will also be given to the French,
Rumanian, and Hungarian varieties o f fascism.
Spring semester. Welch.
128 . R u ssian Em p ire In th e 19th
and 20 th C en turies.
Focus on the social, economic, political, and
intellectual forces leading to the collapse o f
the autocracy and the rise o f Stalin.
Not offered 1991-92. Weinberg.
130. Ea rly A m e ric a n H is to ry .
Political, economic, social, and cultural as
pects o f the period from the explorations to
the early National era.
Not offered 1991-92. Wood.
138
13 2. A m e ric a n Political H is to ry .
Parties, public policy, and constitutional issues
from 1787 to 1960 in their social, economic,
and cultural context. Topics include the shap
ing o f the constitution; "republicanism,” "de
mocracy,” and the first and second party
systems; slavery, the Civil War and the consti
tution; the social bases o f campaign styles and
strategies; the emergence o f the regulatorywelfare state; experts, interest groups, and the
decline o f voter participation; the making of
the modem presidency.
Fall semester. Bannister.
1
13 4 . A m e ric a n Diplom atic H is to ry .
The emergence o f the United States as a world
power, with emphasis on expansionism, na
tional interest, and global mission.
Fall semester. Murphy.
A
135. A m e ric a n S ocial H is to ry .
The structures o f everyday life in nineteenth
and twentieth century America. Topics include
fertility, mortality, and migration; industriali
zation and the family; slavery and its aftermath;
mechanization and changing patterns o f work;
social mobility, urbanization and suburbani
zation; gender, class, and ethnicity.
Spring semester. Murphy.
136. A m e ric a n Intellectual H is to ry .
Political, social, and literary culture in the
United States from the late eighteenth century
through World War I.
Not offered 1991-92. Bannister.
1
f
14 0 . M od ern A fric a .
Studies in sub-Saharan African history with
emphasis on the period since 1800. Topics
include the impact o f the slave trade and its
end; the European partition and African re
sponses; different colonial systems; the rise
and nature o f African nationalism and inde
pendence movements; independent Africa. In
dividual case studies include Ghana, Nigeria,
Senegal, Zaire, Kenya, Tanzania, Angola, Zim
babwe.
Spring semester. Wright.
14 1. S outh A fric a .
South Africa from the seventeenth century to
the present, with special emphasis on the
interrelatedness o f racism and capitalism since
the 1870s; on the rise and nature o f apartheid
and o f African nationalism; and on general
J
interpretative issues concerning South African
history.
Fall semester. Wright.
144. M od ern China.
China from the late eighteenth century to the
present. Topics include: social and intellectual
currents in the late imperial era; Western
imperialism; rebellion, reform, and revolu
tion; political and social transformation in the
People’s Republic o f China.
Fall semester. Li.
148 . La tin A m e ric a .
Selected topics in Latin American history.
Fall semester. Wood.
180. Th e s is .
W ith the permission o f the Department,
Honors candidates may write a thesis for
either single or double course credit. Doublecredit theses will normally be written in the
fall semester o f the senior year for submission
as papers to the visiting examiners. Honors
candidates wishing to write a thesis for single
(non-Honors) credit should elect History 92.
A schedule o f seminar offerings for 1992-93,
and 1993-94, will be available from the De
partment office late in the fall semester o f
1991.
149 . A fric a n and A fric a n -A m e ric a n
Folklore.
Not offered 1991-92. Morgan.
139
In te rn atio nal R e latio n s
fl
Coordinator: J A M E S R . K U R TH
Students who plan to enter upon a career in
some field o f international affairs may wish to
graduate with a concentration in international
relations. Such students should include in
their programs, during the first two years,
introductory courses in economics, history,
and political science and should complete the
intermediate course in one or more modem
languages.
Advanced courses selected from the groups
listed below may be incorporated in the pro
grams o f students who do their major work in
economics, history, political science, or mod
em language.
Concentrators are required to have satisfac
torily completed eight or more course units
from among those listed below, including all
those listed in Group I, one or more in Group
II, and one or more in Group III.
1
G roup I
Political S cie nce 4.
Political S cie n ce 14 .
International Politics
American Foreign Policy
|
Ec on o m ics 51 or
Ec on o m ics 15 1.
The International Economy
G roup 11
H is to ry 4 .
H is to ry 125.
Latin America
Fascist Europe
H is to ry 8.
H is to ry 128.
Modem Africa
Russian Empire
H is to ry 36.
H is to ry 134.
Modem Germany
American Diplomatic History
H is to ry 49 .
H is to ry 140.
Introduction to American Diplomatic History
Modern Africa
H is to ry 7 4 .
H is to ry 14 4 .
1
Modem China
Modern China
4
H is to ry 7 5 .
H is to ry 148.
Modern Japan
Latin America
G roup III
Ec on o m ics 8 1.
Ec on o m ics 185.
Economic Development
Comparative Economic Systems
Ec on o m ics 85.
Political Scie nce 3.
Comparative Economic Systems
Comparative Politics
Ec on o m ics 181.
Political S cie n ce 19.
Economic Development
Comparative Communist Politics
Political S cie nce 20.
Political S cie nce 108.
Politics o f China
Comparative Politics: Europe
Political Scie nce 2 1.
Political S cience 109.
Political Economy o f Africa
Comparative Politics: Africa and the
Third World
Political Science 2 2 .
Latin American Politics
Political Scie nce 4 1.
Defense Policy
Political S cie nce 43.
Food Policy: National and
International Issues
Political S cie nce 58.
International Political Theory
Political S cie nce 7 1 .
International Politics: Special Topics
Political S cie nce 104.
International Politics
Political Scie nce 10 7.
Comparative Politics: Communist Regimes
Political Scie nce 110 .
Comparative Politics: Latin America
In planning the concentration students should
consult with the coordinator. Where appro
priate, work taken abroad is encouraged and
may be counted toward the concentration
requirements. Students standing for external
examination for a degree with honors must
take examinations in four subjects taken for
the concentration, normally including inter
national politics and international economics.
Students in the course program will take a
special comprehensive examination program
worked out with their major department,
concentration coordinator, and the student.
The comprehensive exam will normally follow
the format used by the major department.
141
Lin g u is tic s
D O N N A J O N A P O L I, Professor and Program Director
V IR G IN IA O R E N N A N , Assistant Professor
Committee: Erik ChfiBVGI*, (Engineering)
Rich ard Eldridge (Philosophy)
Ethel M o o re (Psychology)
S te ve n P ik e r (Sociology and Anthropology)
H an s Ja k o b W erlen (Modem Languages and Literatures)
The discipline: Linguistics is the study o f lan
guage. On the most general level it deals with
the internal structure o f language, the history
o f the development o f language, the informa
tion language can give us about the human
mind, and the roles language plays in influenc
ing the entire spectrum o f human activity.
The relevance o f linguistics to the disciplines
o f psychology, philosophy, sociology, anthro
pology, and language study has been recog
nized for a long time. But recently a knowledge
o f linguistics has become important to a much
wider range o f activities in today’s world. It is
a basic tool in artificial intelligence. It is
increasingly a valuable tool in literary analysis.
It is fundamental to an understanding o f com
munication skills. And, since the very nature
o f modern linguistic inquiry is to build argu
ments for particular analyses, the study o f
linguistics gives the student finely honed argu
mentation skills, which stand in good stead in
careers in law, business, and any other profes
sion where such skills are crucial.
Linguistics is at once a discipline in itself and
the proper forum for interdisciplinary work
o f any number o f types. This is because lan
guage is both the principal medium that
human beings use to communicate with each
other and the bond that links people together
and binds them to their culture. The study of
language is the study o f the very fabric o f our
humanity.
There are two Special Majors in the course
program administered through the Linguistics
Program in collaboration with the departments mentioned below. These are the Special
Majors: Linguistics (LING); Linguistics and
Languages (LL).
I
1
4
j
There is one external examination major ad
ministered through the Linguistics Program:
Linguistics.
All LING and LL majors (EEP or Special)
must take one course or seminar from each o f
the following three lists:
1
(a) sounds: Ling. 45, 52, 105, 106
(b ) forms: Ling. 50, 108, 109
(c) meanings: Ling. 26, 40, 116
All LING and LL majors (EEP or Special) will
be expected to take the senior conference in
the spring o f their junior or senior year.
SPECIAL MAJOR: LINGUISTICS
This special major consists o f 8 credits in
Linguistics, where the student may choose to
count Linguistics 1 as part o f the major or not.
Special majors must also pass either the Lan
guage Requirement or the Cognate Require
ment.
Language Requirement: Advanced competence
in at least one foreign language.
This can be demonstrated by successfully
completing Latin 13, Latin 14, or a Latin
seminar in the Dept, o f Classics, or a course
142
numbered 11 or above in the Dept, o f Modern
Languages and Literatures, or through an
exam. If the language used to fulfill this re
quirement is not presently taught by either
our Department o f Modem Languages and
Literatures or our Department o f Classics,
this exam will be administered by the Lin
guistics Program. Any natural language, ancient or modern, may be used to fulfill this
requirement.
Cognate Requirement: A t least three credits in
a cognate area to linguistics. (Note: All courses
1
1
in the chosen cognate that appear on the list
below will count as part o f the credits in the
major in the determination o f whether or not
a student has adhered to the " 20-courserule.")
The cognate areas are defined below. The
credits must be gained by taking classes from
a single area list below, except in option 7
(where courses can be chosen from three
different departments and must be chosen
from at least two different departments). The
numbers o f the approved courses from the
named department are listed after the depart
ment name. Courses not listed here will not be
accepted for the cognate requirement.
(1 ) Computer Science: 43, 46, 63, 75
(2 ) Education: 21, 54, 64, 66, 68
(3 ) Mathematics: 9, 23 or 53 (but not
both), 41 or 105 (but not both), 4 6 ,6 1 ,
65 or 72 (but not both)
(4 ) Philosophy: 12, 26, 38, 79, 86, 116
(5 ) Psychology: 3 2 ,3 3 ,3 4 ,3 9 ,4 2 ,8 6 ,1 0 7
(6) Sociology/Anthropology: 10, 25, 68,
104
(7 ) Formal systems: A student may choose
to do a cognate in Formal Systems,
taking courses from the approved lists
for Computer Science and Mathematics
above, as well as from: Engineering: 71,
78
Special majors in linguistics must pass a com
prehensive requirement. Due to the highly
interdisciplinary nature o f Linguistics (with
cognates in all three divisions in the College),
this requirement must be met in a way appro
priate to the individual student’s program of
study. It will typically be met with (a) a senior
paper, or (b) a comprehensive exam in the
senior year (based on the courses taken by the
individual student to satisfy the requirements
in sounds, forms, and meanings listed above,
as well as the language or cognate area), or
(c) a paper plus an exam and/or an oral pre
sentation.
SPECIAL MAJOR: LINGUISTICS AND LANGUAGES
The student may combine the study o f lin
guistics with the serious study o f two foreign
languages. The languages can be modern or
ancient. For this major, precisely 6 credits in
linguistics and 3 credits in each o f the two
languages, for a total o f 12 credits, are re
quired.
Linguistics 108 or 109 is required.
All students will be expected to take the
senior conference.
For a modem language taught by the Dept, of
Modem Languages and Literatures, there must
be one Composition and Diction course
(numbered 5 or above) and two other courses
(numbered 11 or above) or a seminar.
For a classical language taught by the Dept, o f
Classics, there must be one intermediate-level
course (numbered 11-14) and one seminar.
Some work in each foreign language included
in the major must be done in the student’s
junior or senior year.
If one or both o f the foreign languages is
modem, the student must study abroad for at
least one semester in an area appropriate for
one o f the foreign languages.
Course majors will be encouraged to write a
senior paper. Those who do not will be re
quired to take a comprehensive exam in the
senior year based on the courses taken by the
individual student to satisfy the requirements
in sounds, forms, and meanings (listed above),
as well as both languages.
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION MAJOR: LINGUISTICS
Students must pass the Language Require
ment, stated above under Special M ajor in
Linguistics.
Students are encouraged to write a thesis in
their senior year.
Students are required to prepare themselves
for at least three external examinations in
Linguistics.
143
Lin g u is tic s
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION MINOR
Students must take at least one o f the courses
or seminars designated above in the areas of
sounds, forms, or meanings.
Students must prepare themselves for an ex
ternal examination over at least two credits o f
work in Linguistics.
1. Introduction to Language and
Lin g u istic s.
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f at least one
Romance or Germanic language other than
English, or a knowledge o f Latin.
Offered occasionally.
3 4 . P s yc h o lo g y o f Language.
(See Psychology 34 .)
Spring semester. Brennan.
4 0 . S e m a n tics.
Introduction to the study and analysis o f
human language, including sound systems,
lexical systems, the formation o f phrases and
sentences, and meaning, both in modem and
ancient languages and with respect to how
languages change over time. Other topics that
may be covered include first language acqui
sition, sign languages, poetic metrics, the re
lation between language and the brain, and
sociological effects on language.
Primary distribution course.
Fall, 1991. Napoli.
In this course we look at a variety o f ways in
which linguists, philosophers, and psycholo
gists have approached meaning in language.
We address truth-functional semantics, lexical
semantics, speech act theory, pragmatics, and
discourse structure. W hat this adds up to is an
examination o f the meaning o f words, phrases,
and sentences in isolation and in context.
(Cross-listed as Philosophy 40.)
Primary distribution course.
Fall, 1991. Brennan.
16. H is to ry o f the R u ssian Language.
This course looks at word formation and the
meaningful ways in which different words in
the lexicon are related to one another in the
world’s languages.
Prerequisite: One o f Ling. 1, 40, 45, or 50.
O ffered occasionally.
(See Russian 16.)
O ffered occasionally. George Krugovoy.
2 0 . H is to ry o f th e Fre nc h Language.
(See French 20.)
O ffered occasionally.
2 3 . Old En g lis h /H is to ry o f the
English Language.
(See English 23 .)
Spring semester, normally every other year. Craig
Williamson.
25 . Lan gu age , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
An investigation o f the influence o f cultural
context and social variables on verbal commu
nication.
Prerequisite: Linguistics 1 or 45 or permission
o f the instructor. (Cross-listed as Sociology/
Anthropology 25.)
Every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1993.
26 . Language and M eaning.
(See Philosophy 26 .)
Every other year. O ffered next in spring, 1992.
Richard Eldridge.
2 7 . C o m p a ra tive S tru c tu re s o f
G e rm an ic and Rom ance.
A comparative overview o f the linguistic struc
tures o f the major Germanic and Romance
languages.
144
4 3 . M orp h olo g y and the Le xic o n .
4 5 . Ph o n etics and Phonology.
Phonology is the study o f the sounds of
language and the rules that govern the interac
tion o f sounds when they are put together in
words and phrases.
Primary distribution course.
O ffered next in 1992-93.
5 0 . S y n ta x .
We study the principles that govern how
words go together to make phrases and sent
ences in natural language. Much time is spent
on learning argumentation skills. The linguis
tic skills gained in this course are applicable tQ
the study o f any natural language, modem or
ancient. The argumentation skills gained in
this course are applicable to law and business,
as well as academic fields.
Primary distribution course. This course also
falls in the third category o f courses approved
as counting toward a computer science con
centration.
Spring, 1992. Napoli.
S
«
W
5 1. Rom ance S y n ta x .
1
A comparative study o f the syntax o f modern
Romance languages, including Spanish, French,
Italian, Portuguese, and Romanian.
Prerequisites: Linguistics 5 0 and a working
knowledge o f a Romance language or o f Latin.
Offered occasionally.
52. H isto ric a l and C om p arative
Lingu istics.
I
1
jl
•
m
We study the reconstruction o f prehistoric
linguistic stages, the establishment o f language
families and their interrelationships, and the
examination o f processes o f linguistic change.
Prerequisite: Ling. 1 or Ling. 45.
Offered next in 1993-94.
6 8. D isco u rse A n a ly s is .
(See Sociology/Anthropology 69.)
Spring, 1992. Robin Wagner-Pacifici.
7 9 . Colloquium : Language and M eaning.
(See Philosophy 79.)
Offered occasionally. Richard Eldridge.
93. Directed Reading o r R e se a rch .
Students may conduct a reading or research
program in consultation with the instructor
(permission o f the instructor required).
Every semester. Staff.
5 4. Oral and W ritte n Language.
96. S e n io r Paper.
This course examines children’s dialogue and
its rendering in children’s literature. Each
student will pick an age group to study. There
will be regular fiction writing assignments as
well as research assignments. This course is
for linguists and writers o f children’s fiction
and anyone else who is strongly interested in
child development or reading skills. (Crosslisted as Education 54 .) (Studio course.)
Prerequisite: One o f Ling. 1, 40, 45, or 50.
Fall, 1991. Napoli.
One or two credits.
Every semester. Staff.
55. Language and Gen der.
1
Prerequisite: Ling. 1 or Ling. 4 0 or
Ling/Psych. 34.
Spring, 1992. Brennan.
This course is an introduction to the ways that
language distinguish between males and fe
males, as part o f their vocabulary and gram
mar, in conventions governing language use,
and in discourses about male and female
characters. We will read literature from lin
guistics and feminist theory.
(Cross-listed as Psychology 55.)
99. S e n io r C onference.
The senior conference will normally be taken
in the senior year by all majors in linguistics.
Qualified juniors are also welcome. In this
course a non-IndoEuropean language or lan
guage family will be examined as thoroughly
as possible (the syntax, semantics, phonology,
history, culture). Problems that cross various
components o f the grammar (such as the
phonology-syntax interface, the syntax-se
mantics interface, etc.) will be discussed in
detail. No prior knowledge o f the languages
examined will be assumed. A good knowledge
o f syntax, semantics, and phonology is essen
tial.
The language for spring 1992 is Japanese.Spring, 1992. Napoli.
S E M IN A R S
104. C ulture and C re a tivity .
106. S e m in a r in Phonology.
(See Sociology/Anthropology 104.)
Fall semester. Steven Piker.
This seminar will consider recent develop
ments in the study o f the architecture o f
linguistic features.
Prerequisite: Ling. 45.
Offered occasionally.
105. S e m in a r in Ph o n olo g y: M etrica l
Phonology and the A n a ly s is o f P o e try .
S
f
This seminar examines metrical phonology
and its application to the metrical analysis o f
poetry. There are weekly problem sets. We
will also write original poetry.
Prerequisite: Ling. 45.
Offered occasionally. Napoli.
1 0 7 . S e m in a r in P s ych o lin g u istics.
We will be studying the psychology o f lan
guage at the level o f the discourse. The first
part o f the course concerns the automatic
processes o f comprehension and production
145
Lin g u is tic s
o f speech in discourse settings (monologues,
stories, brief exchanges between two speakers,
conversations); the students will be assigned
weekly problem sets during this part o f the
course. In the second half, we’ll study dis
course styles and dialect variation, paying
attention to the role such variation has in the
construction o f social categories; the students
will design and carry out a small original
research project for this part o f the course.
Prerequisite: One o f the following: Psych/
Ling. 34, Psych. 40, Psych. 68, or the consent
o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Brennan.
108. S e m in a r in S y n ta x /S e m a n tic s .
This seminar will focus on an issue that is
primarily syntactic.
Prerequisite: Ling. 50.
146
This course falls in the third category of
courses approved as counting for a computer
science concentration.
O ffered occasionally.
109. S e m in a r in S e m a n tic s /S y n ta x .
This seminar will focus on an issue that is
primarily semantic.
Prerequisite: Ling. 4 0 and 50.
O ffered occasionally.
114 . A d va n c e d Topics in Lin g u istics.
O ffered occasionally. Staff.
116 . Language and M eaning.
(See Philosophy 116.)
Fall, ig g i. Richard Eldridge.
180. T h e s is
Every semester. Staff.
Lite ra tu re
Coordinator: G eorge C . A v e ry
1
J
I
,1
I
1
|I
J
1
1
1
I
The Literature major is administered by a Lit
erature Committee representing the Depart
ments o f Classics, English Literature, and
Modern Languages and Literatures. The basic
requirement for a major in Literature is work
in two or more literatures in the original
language. A student who intends to major in
Literature will submit to the Literature Committee a proposed program o f integrated work
which sets forth the courses or seminars to be
taken and the principle o f coherence upon
which the selection is based. The Committee
will review the proposal and advise the student. Subject to the requirement o f serious
study o f at least two literatures in the original
language, one o f which may be English, work
in translation is encouraged, especially as it
consists o f thematic or comparative courses.
In lieu o f a regular course, the Literature
Committee will consider proposals for an
individual or cooperative project, for one or
more research papers written as course at
tachments, or for the substitution o f a thesis
for course credit when these projects have as
their purpose either the integration o f work
within the major or the relating o f work outside the major to some portion o f the major.
For a major in the Course Program the require
ments are as follows:
1. A minimum o f ten courses in two or more
literature departments, including a substantial
concentration o f work—normally not fewer
than five courses—in one o f the departments.
Only courses numbered 11 or above in Classics
and Modern Languages and Literatures are
counted as constituents o f the Literature major.
O f English courses numbered 2 through 15,
only one may be counted for the major.
The courses and seminars that compose the
Literature major’s formal field will naturally
differ with each major. Attention is called,
however, to the following comparative offerings presently listed in the Catalogue:
C la ssics 2 1 . A n cie n t Gre e ce .
C la ssics 3 3 . G re e k Lite ra tu re in
Translation .
2. A senior essay planned early in the first
semester o f the senior year. The senior essay
counts for at least one credit, usually for two
credits, and is thus a paper o f considerable
scope or intensiveness in which a theme or
result o f the student’s individual program o f
work is developed. In some cases the Com
mittee may require that the essay be written in
whole or in part in a language other than
English.
3. A comprehensive examination taken in the
second semester o f the senior year.
For a major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program the requirements are as follows:
Not fewer than five papers in Literature,
including at least three in one department and
significant work done in a foreign language,
ancient or modern. Literature majors in the
Honors Program are encouraged to include in
their program a thesis with the purpose o f
integrating the work o f the major in accor
dance with the principle o f coherence on
which the program is based.
Literature Majors in Course will meet with
members o f the Literature Committee before
the end o f the Junior Year to review and assess
informally the student’s progress under his or
her proposal o f study.
Majors in Course or in the External Examina
tion Program are asked to submit to the
Coordinator a prospectus o f their thesis no
later than two weeks after the beginning o f the
student’s senior year.
Prospective majors in Literature are urged to
make their plans early so as to acquire the
necessary linguistic competence by the junior
year.
C la s s ic s 3 4 . W om en in C lassical
Lite ra tu re .
C la ss ic s 3 6 . C la ssical M yth o lo g y in
Lite ra tu re and A r t
C la s s ic s 8 2. T h e A n c ie n t Th e a te r.
L IT 14 G . M od ern Eu rop ean Lite ra tu re .
L IT 16 C h. T h e C la ssical Traditio n in
C hinese Lite ra tu re .
147
L ite ra tu re
1
L IT 1 7 C h. V e rn a cu lar, M o d e rn , and
C o n te m p o ra ry Chinese W ritings.
L IT 3 0 R . Th e Pe te rsb u rg Th em e in
R u ssian Lite ra tu re .
L IT 50 G . 20th C en tu ry G e rm an W om en
in Film and Lite ra tu re .
L IT 8 3G . K a fk a , M an n , Dobiin.
L IT 6 8 F: P ris o n s , M a d n e ss , and
S e xu a lity : M ichel Fou cault and
Eu ropean Lite ra tu re .
L IT 7 0 F . Caribbean C iv iliza tio n s and
C ultu res.
L IT 7 1 F. Ep iste m olo g y o f the C lo set:
L ite r a ry and Th eo re tica l C on stru ctio ns
o f H o m o se xu a lity .
L IT 9 6. Th e s is .
L IT 9 7 . Th e s is .
L IT 180. Th e s is
English 7 0 . Renaissance C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .
English 7 2 . P ro u s t, J o y c e , Fau lkn e r.
English 7 3 ./ F re n c h 7 5 . P r o u s t/ Jo y c e .
English 7 4 . M od ern D ra m a .
English 7 6 . The B lack A fric a n W rite r.
English 7 7 . C o n te m p o ra ry D ram a.
English 7 9 . S tu die s in C om p arative
Fictio n .
English 115 . M od ern C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .
1
]
1
I
148
M a th e m a tic s
]
I
J A M E S W. E N G L A N D , Professor and Provost6
G U D M U N D R . IV ER S E N , Professor o f Statistics
C H A R L E S F. K E L E M E N , Professor o f Computer Science and Mathematics
E U G E N E A . K L O T Z , Professor
S T E P H E N R . M A U R E R , Professor’
C H A R L E S M . G R IN S T E A D , Associate Professor
H E L E N E S H A P IR O , Associate Professor and Chair
DON H . S H IM A M O T O , Associate Professor
C ES A R S ILV A , Visiting Associate Professor 6
T H O M A S H U N T E R , Assistant Professor
DAVID M IL L E R , Assistant Professor
J A N E T C . T A LV A C C H IA , Assistant Professor
J
I
1
1
I
1
I
People study mathematics for several rea
sons—some like it, some need it as a tool, and
some simply because they think they should.
The Mathematics Department aims to provide
a selection o f courses to meet varying needs—
to offer a program which will both enable
students to develop a firm foundation in the
basic areas o f pure mathematics and to see
mathematical methods used to precisely define
and solve problems arising in the physical and
social sciences and in operations research.
Mathematics has grown enormously in recent
years, developing an increasing number of
specialities and being used in a tremendous
variety o f applications. However, all mathematical endeavor is based upon logical argu
ment, abstraction, precise expression, and an
analytical approach to problem solving. Ide
ally, the study o f mathematics develops the
ability to reason logically from hypothesis to
conclusion, to analyze and solve quantitative
problems, and to express one’s thoughts
clearly and precisely. Hopefully, studying
mathematics will also foster an appreciation
for the beauty and power o f its methods,
abstract approach, and rigorous logical struc
ture.
matics). In the second semester, Math 1
(Statistical Thinking), Math 4 (Calculus Con
cepts), Math 7 (Introduction to Computer
Science), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathematics)
are available, again with only normal high
school preparation. Math 1, Math 7, and Math
9 are Primary Distribution Courses. Students
with some calculus background from high
school may take Mathematics 6A by passing
the departmental Calculus I placement exam,
Mathematics 6B or 6C by passing the Depart
ment Calculus HA Placement Exam, Mathe
matics 16 by passing the departmental Calcu
lus II placement exam, or Mathematics 16H by
passing the departmental Calculus II place
ment exam and receiving departmental appro
val. All freshmen planning to enroll in Mathe
matics 3, 5 ,6 (A , B, or C), 9 ,1 6 , 16H, or 18
at some time should consider taking the ap
propriate departmental placement exams given
during freshmen orientation.
Advanced Placement Policy: The department
placement exam is used for placement pur
poses only; credit is not awarded on the basis
o f the placement exam. Advanced placement
credit in mathematics (that is, credit in math
ematics that counts towards graduation from
Fust Year Courses: Mathematics courses avail Swarthmore for work done before a student
able to first semester freshmen with normal enters Swarthmore) is awarded as follows.
high school preparation include Math 1 (Sta One credit (for Math 5) will be given for a
tistical Thinking), Math 2 (Statistical Meth score o f 4 on the AB or BC Advanced Place
ods), Math 3 (Basic Mathematics), Math 5 ment Test. One and a half credits (for Math 5
(Calculus I), Math 7 (Introduction to Com- and 6A) will be given for a score o f 5 on the
puter Science), and Math 9 (Discrete Mathe43 AB or BC Advanced Placement Test. Other
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
4 Fall semester, 1991.
6 On administrative assignment, 1991-92.
149
M a th e m a tic s
entering students who have placed into Math
6A, 6B, or 16 can receive one course credit by
passing the final exam for Math 5. Entering
students who place into Math 6B or Math 16
can receive credit for Math 6A and/or Math
6B by passing the final exams in those courses.
These exams must normally be taken during
the student’s first semester at Swarthmore, at
the time when the final exam is given in the
course. Students who wish to take these exams
must arrange to do so with the Math Depart
ment Chair. Advanced Placement credit will
only be given to entering students during their
first semester at Swarthmore. Students who
are eligible for advanced placement credit for
a course, but who take the course anyway, will
not receive the advanced placement credit.
Freshmen seeking advanced placement for
calculus taken at another college must normally
validate their work by taking the appropriate
Swarthmore examination, as described above.
Freshmen who have done work in mathemat
ics beyond the Math 5 ,6 level before entering
Swarthmore should consult the Mathematics
Department Chair to determine which course
is appropriate for them. However, the depart
ment will not normally give credit for such
work.
Computer Science: The Computer Science Pro
gram at Swarthmore works in close coopera
tion with the Engineering and Mathematics
Departments to offer a broad spectrum o f
courses that may lead to a Concentration in
Computer Science. For details refer to the
Computer Science Program portion o f this
bulletin.
Secondary Teaching Certification: Whether or
not one majors in Mathematics, the courses
required as part o f the accreditation process
for teaching mathematics at the secondary
level are: a) three semesters o f calculus (Math
5, 6A, 6B, 18); b) one semester o f linear
algebra (Math 16); c) at least one o f discrete
mathematics (Math 9 ) or computer science
(Math 7); d) geometry (Math 45 ); e) one
semester o f modern pure or applied algebra
(Math 37, 48, or 49 ); f) one semester of
statistics or probability (Math 23 or 41). For
further information about certification re
quirements, consult the Education Depart
ment (see page 106 o f this catalog).
150
Statistics: Students who do not know calculus
can take Math 1 or 2. Math 1 is a primary
distribution course intended to show how
statistics is used to help obtain an understand
ing o f the world around us. Math 2 is a more
practical course for students who expect to
use statistics in their own work. Students who
know calculus should take Math 23 instead of
Math 2. Both Math 2 and 23 lead to Math 27
on multivariate statistical analysis. Students
with a strong background in mathematics can
take the more theoretical Math 53 and continue with the one-credit seminar Math 111.
Math 53 and Math 111 can be combined into
a paper for the External Examination Pro
gram.
j
I
]
Requirements for a major in Mathematics: The
normal preparation for a major in mathematics is to have obtained credit by the end o f the
sophomore year for at least 4 o f the following
5 courses: Calculus I (Math 5), Calculus II
(Math 6A and 6B), Discrete Mathematics
(Math 9 ), Linear Algebra (Math 16 or 16H)
and Several Variable Calculus (Math 18 or
18H). In any event, Math 16 and Math 18
must be completed by the first semester o f the
junior year. (Incoming students may obtain
advanced placement credit for Math 5 and
Math 6 as described above.)
j
-A
Students apply for a major in the middle o f the
second semester o f the sophomore year. As
indicated above, potential majors by this time
should normally either have credit for or be
signed up for a total o f at least 4 o f Math 5,
6 (6A and 6B), 9, 16, 18. In addition, to be
accepted as a mathematics major in the course
program a candidate should have a grade point
average in mathematics courses to date o f at
least C + . This should include at least one
grade at the B level. Marginal applicants may
be deferred pending successful work in
courses to be designated by the department.
Requirements for acceptance as a mathematics
major in the External Examination Program
are more stringent and include a grade point
average in Mathematics courses o f B + or
better. Potential math majors may want to
consider including in the sophomore year a
course that emphasizes theory and provides an
opportunity for writing proofs. Interested
students should discuss the advisability of
this and alternatives for doing so with the
1
I
!
j
J
!
9
i
j
1
I
J
1
■
[
department chair at an early date.
By graduation a mathematics major must have
at least 10 credits in mathematics courses; at
most 5 o f the credits counted in the 10 may be
for courses numbered under 25. Furthermore,
every major must take the "core analysis”
course, Introduction to Real Analysis (Math
47), and the "core algebra” course, Introduc
tion to Modern Algebra (Math 49). Math 47
and Math 4 9 will be offered every fall semesl
ter. At least one o f these courses should be
f
taken no later than the fall semester o f the
junior year. Finally, course majors must also
pass Math 9 7 , the Senior Conference. Prog
ress o f majors will be reviewed at the end o f
each semester. Students not making satisfac' I tory progress may be dropped from the major.
A Double majors are reminded that they must
W be in good standing with the department at the
outset o f their final semester.
1
1
J
A mathematics major in the External Exami
nation Program will normally include the
analysis sequence—Introduction to Real Anal
ysis (Math 47), Real Analysis Seminar (Math
101B)—for one paper and the algebra se
quence—Introduction to Modern Algebra
(Math 49 ), Modern Algebra Seminar (Math
102B)—for a second paper. Math 101B and
Math 102B are one credit seminars and will be
offered every spring semester. A program that
includes these two papers plus two others
from those seminars listed in the catalog
provides a strong preparation for graduate
work in mathematics and related areas.
Mathematics majors are urged to study in
some depth a discipline which makes use of
mathematics. All mathematics students are
urged to acquire some facility with the com
puter. Students bound for graduate work in
mathematics should obtain a reading knowl
edge o f French, German, or Russian.
S p ecial em p h ases:
The above requirements allow room to choose
a special emphasis within the mathematics
major, if one wishes. For instance:
A student may major in Mathematics with an
emphasis on statistics by taking the following
courses at the advanced level: a) the core
analysis course (Math 47); b) Probability
(Math 41) or the Probability Seminar (Math
105); c) Mathematical Statistics I (Math 53)
and possibly Mathematical Statistics II (Math
111) for one or two credits; d) Multivariate
Statistics (Math 27) or, perhaps, Economet
rics (Econ 108); e) another mathematics
course numbered 25 or above. Students are
encouraged but not required to select the core
algebra course (Math 4 9 ) here.
Students interested in mathematics and com
puter science should consider a Mathematics
Major with a Concentration in Computer
Science or a Special Major in Mathematics
and Computer Science. Details on these op
tions are contained in the current catalog
under Computer Science.
Sample program for students thinking o f graduate
work in social or management science, or an
MBA. Basic courses: Mathematics 5, 6 (6A
and 6B), 7, 9, 16, and 18. Advanced courses:
a) Modeling (Math 61); b) at least one o f
Probability (Math 41), Mathematical Statistics
I (Math 53 ), and possibly Mathematical Sta
tistics II (Math 111); c) at least one o f Com
binatorics (Math 6 5 ) or Operations Research
(Econ 57 ); d) the two core course require
ments (Math 47 and Math 49 ); e) Differential
Equations (Math 30 ). Since this is a heavy
program (someone hoping to use mathematics
in another field must have a good grasp both
o f the mathematics and o f the applications),
one o f the core course requirements may be
waived with permission o f the department.
Sample program for students thinking o f graduate
work in operations research. Basic courses: Math
ematics 5, 6 (6A and 6B), 7, 9, 16, and 18.
Advanced courses: a) the two core course
requirements (Math 47 and Math 49); b)
Algorithms (Math 73) and Combinatorics
(Math 6 5); c) either Probability (Math 4 1) or
Probability Seminar (Math 105); d) at least
one o f Number Theory (Math 37), Mathe
matical Statistics (Math 53 ), or Modeling
(Math 61).
1 . S ta tistic a l T h in kin g .
Statistics provides methods for how to collect
and analyze data and generalize from the results
o f the analysis. Statistics is used in a wide
variety o f fields, and the course provides an
understanding o f the role o f statistics. It is
intended for students who want an apprecia
tion o f statistics without having the need to
learn how to apply statistical methods. The
151
M a th e m a tic s
course provides an intuitive understanding o f
statistical concepts and makes use o f modern
statistical software for the Macintosh com
puter.
Primary distribution course.
Both semesters. Iversen.
2 . S ta tistica l M eth o ds.
Data on one variable are examined through
graphical methods and the computations o f
averages and measures o f variation. Relation
ships between two variables are studied using
methods such as chi-square, rank correlations,
analysis o f variance, and regression analysis.
The course is intended for students who want
a practical introduction to statistical methods
and who intend to do statistical analysis them
selves, mainly in the biological and social
sciences. The course does not satisfy any
mathematics prerequisite, except for Math
27, nor can it be counted toward a major or
minor in the Department.
Fall semester. Iversen.
3. B asic M a th e m a tics .
For students with fewer than four years o f
high school mathematics or whose previous
experience with mathematics has not been
entirely prosperous. The course focuses on
( 1 ) review and remedial work and ( 2) prepa
ration for calculus or discrete mathematics.
All enrollees must take the Basic Skills Test,
preferably at Math Exam time during Orien
tation Week. (The results will be used for
placement and to help determine classroom
topics and individualized work.) This course
cannot be counted toward a major in Mathe
matics.
Fall semester. Staff.
4 . C alculus C on cepts.
Introduction to the concepts, methods, and
applications o f calculus. Intended primarily
for students whose preparation is limited or
weak, Math 4 proceeds more gently than Math
5. For most students Math 4 is a terminal
calculus course, but those who do quite well
may consult the instructor about continuing
with Math 6 . Students who have had calculus
in high school may not take Math 4 without
permission o f the instructor. Credit is not
granted for both Math 4 and Math 5.
Prerequisite: Math 3 or four years o f high
school mathematics not including calculus.
Interested students should take the Math place
152
ment exam in the fall.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester, i f staffing permits. Staff.
5 . C alculus I.
This first semester calculus course will cover
topics in the differentiation and integration of
functions o f one variable. These topics in
clude: limits, derivatives, continuity, tech
niques of differentiation, applications to graph
ing and extreme value problems, the integral,
the fundamental theorem o f calculus, and
applications o f the integral.
Fall semester.
6. C alculus II.
The second semester o f calculus, Math 6, is
divided into three half-credit courses, 6A, 6B, |
and 6C. Each course will run full time for onehalf semester. Students may take one, two, or
all three o f these courses. Normally, however,
students will take 6A and either 6B or 6C.
6 A . C alculus IIA .
This course is a continuation o f the material
o f the calculus begun in first semester calculus
(Math 5 ) and is the prerequisite for Math 16
(Linear Algebra) and Math 18 (Several Vari
able Calculus) as well as for 6B and 6C. Topics
will include exponential and logarithmic func
tions, inverse trigonometric functions and
their deriviatives, methods o f integration, im
proper integrals and Taylor polynomials, e.g.,
quadratic and cubic approximations to func
tions like ex. Math 6A is a one-half credit
course.
First half: fa ll semester.
First half: spring semester.
6 B . C alculus IIB.
This course continues the topic o f approxima
tion begun in Math 6A. It will include further
material on Taylor polynomials as well as
material on infinite series, convergence tests,
and power series solutions to differential equa
tions. Math 6B should be taken by anyone
planning to take mathematics courses beyond
the freshman-sophomore level. Math 6B is
required o f all mathematics majors and is
required for students majoring in Chemistry,
Physics, and Engineering.
Prerequisite: Math 6A or a passing grade on
the departmental Calculus IIA placement
exam. Math 6B is a one-half credit course.
First h a lf and second half: fa ll semester.
Second half: spring semester.
6C. C alculus IIC.
This course provides an introduction to the
differential aspects o f several variable calculus.
Topics will include geometry in 3 -space, vec
tors, lines, planes, dot products, functions o f
several variables, partial derivatives, chain
rule, gradient, tangent planes, directional de
rivatives, extreme values, Lagrange multipli
ers. The material in this course overlaps with
the first half o f Math 18 (Several Variable
Calculus). Math 6C is intended primarily for
students in the biological and social sciences
who look upon Math 6 as one o f their "last”
mathematics courses and who do not plan to
go on to take Math 18. Math 6C is recom
mended for students planning to go on in
Economics. Students may (but normally will
not) take both Math 6C and Math 18. This
course cannot be counted toward a major in
mathematics.
Prerequisite: Math 6A or a passing grade on
the departmental Calculus IIA placement
exam. Math 6C is a one-half credit course.
Second half: fa ll semester.
Second half: spring semester.
7 . Introduction to C om p ute r S cie nce .
(Cross-listed as Computer Science 15. Please
see Computer Science entry for description.)
Each semester.
9. D is cre te M a th e m a tics .
An introduction to noncontinuous mathe
matics. The key theme is how induction,
iteration, and recursion can help one discover,
compute, and prove solutions to various prob
lems— often problems o f interest in computer
science, social science, or management. Topics
include algorithms, graph theory, counting,
difference equations, and finite probability.
Special emphasis on how to write Mathemat
ics.
Prerequisite: 4 years o f high school mathemat
ics. The level o f sophistication is similar to
that in Math 16 or 18, but no calculus is used
or assumed. Familiarity with some computer
language is helpful but not necessary.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester. Fall semester. Shapiro.
16. Lin e a r A lg e b ra .
The subject matter o f this course consists o f
vector spaces, matrices, and linear transfor
mations with applications to solutions o f sys
tems o f linear equations, determinants, and
the eigenvalue problem.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
6A or Math 9 or a passing grade on the depart
mental Calculus II placement exam.
Each semester. Fall semester. Shapiro.
16 H . Lin e a r A lg e b ra H o n o rs C o u rs e .
This honors version o f Mathematics 16 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situa
tions, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri
marily for students who enter with BC Ad
vanced Placement calculus courses.
Prerequisite: A grade o f B or better in Math
6A or Math 9 or a passing grade on the
departmental Calculus II placement exam.
Fall semester. Miller.
18. S e ve ra l Variable Calculus.
This course considers differentiation and in
tegration o f functions o f several variables
with special emphasis on two and three di
mensions. Topics include partial differentia
tion, extreme value problems, LaGrange multi
pliers, multiple integrals, line and surface
integrals, Stokes’ and Green’s Theorems.
Prerequisite: Math 6A or equivalent.
Recommended: Math 16.
Each semester. Fall semester. Hunter.
18H . S e ve ra l Variable Calculus
H o n o rs C o u rs e .
This honors version o f Mathematics 18 will be
more theoretical, abstract, and rigorous than
its standard counterpart (the subject matter
will be equally as valuable in applied situa
tions, but applications will not be dwelt
upon). It is intended for students with excep
tionally strong mathematical skills, and pri
marily for students who have successfully
completed Math 16H.
Prerequisite: A grade o f C or better in Math
16H or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester.
2 3 . S ta tis tic s .
This calculus-based introduction to statistics
covers most o f the same methods examined in
Math 2, but the course is taught on a higher
mathematical level. The course is intended for
anyone who wants an introduction to the
application o f statistical methods.
153
M a th e m a tic s
Prerequisite: Math 5.
Every year.
Spring semester. Staff.
2 7 . M u ltiva ria te S ta tistic a l M eth o d s.
Given as a continuation o f Math 2 or Math 23,
the course deals mainly with the study o f
relationships between three or more variables.
Included are such topics as multiple regression
analysis, with partial and multiple correlations, several variable analysis o f variance,
and the analysis o f multidimensional contin
gency tables. The course ends with an intro
duction to Bayesian statistical inference.
Prerequisite: Math 2 or 23 or 53 or Econ. 30
or Soc/Anth. 19 or 20.
Alternate years. Spring semester. Iversen.
30. D ifferential Equations.
An introduction to differential equations that
includes such topics as: first order equations,
linear differential equations, approximation
methods, some partial differential equations.
Prerequisites: Math 18 and 16 or permission
o f the instructor.
Spring semester.
3 7 . N u m b e r T h e o ry .
The theory o f primes, divisibility concepts,
and the theory o f multiplicative number the
ory will be developed. Students are also ex
pected to learn how to construct a mathemati
cal proof.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1991-92.
4 1 . P ro b a b ility.
This course considers both discrete and con
tinuous probability theory. The classical dis
tributions—Binomial, Poisson, and Normal
—are studied. Other topics to be discussed
are the Central Limit Theorem, the laws o f
large numbers, and generating functions.
Prerequisite: Math 6, and 9 or 18, or permis
sion.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
4 5 . Topics in G e o m e try .
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Normally, a portion o f the course will be
devoted to projective geometry and to noneuclidean geometries. Among topics which
may be included are: euclidean geometry in
three (and higher) dimensions, transformation
154
geometry, dissections, tesselations, and mod
ern geometry arising from computer science
and discrete mathematics (such as computa
tional geometry and covexity).
Prerequisites: None, but some college mathe
matics is advised. See the instructor if in doubt.
Primary distribution course.
Alternate years. Fall semester. Klotz.
4 6 . T h e o ry o f Com putation.
(Cross-listed as Computer Science 46. Please
see Computer Science for description.)
4 7 . Introduction to Real A n a ly s is .
This course concentrates on the careful study
o f the principles underlying the calculus o f
real valued functions o f real variables. Topics
will include point set topology, compactness,
connectedness, and uniform convergence. Can
be taken with Math 101B for an external
examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 6A, 6B, and Math 18 or
permission o f instructor.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Talvacchia.
4 8 . Topics in A lg e b ra .
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Algebraic
Coding Theory, Groups and Representations,
Finite Reflection Groups.
Prerequisite: Math 16 and possibly Math 49.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
4 9 . Introduction to M od ern A lg e b ra .
This course is an introduction to abstract
algebra and will survey basic algebraic sys
tems—groups, rings, fields. W hile these con
cepts will be illustrated by concrete examples,
the emphasis will be on abstract theorems and
proofs, and rigorous, mathematical reasoning.
Can be taken with Math 102B for an external
examination paper.
Prerequisite: Math 16 or permission o f in
structor.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Shimamoto.
5 3 . M ath e m a tica l S ta tis tic s I.
Based on probability theory, this course ex
amines the statistical theory for the estimation
o f parameters and tests o f hypotheses. Both
small and large sample properties o f the esti
mators are studied. The course concludes
with the study o f models dealing with rela-
€
tionships between variables including chisquare and regression analysis. Can be taken
with Math 111 for an External Examination
paper.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18 or permission.
Alternate years. Fall semester.
Not offered 1991-92.
year the topic will be primality and factoring
algorithms.
Prerequisites: Math 7 and 9 and at least one
other course in mathematics.
Alternate years. Fall semester. Grinstead.
6 1. M odeling.
The first part o f the course will discuss the
classical theory o f PDEs o f elliptic, parabolic,
and hyperbolic type introduced via the classi
cal equations o f mathematical physics (La
place, heat and wave equations). Topics in
clude Fourier series, Green functions, and
possibly weak solutions, Sobolev spaces, So
bolev inequalities, etc. The second part o f the
course will be an introduction to the calculus
o f variations. Further topics depend on the
interests o f the students and instructor. These
may include geometric PDE, operators on
Hilbert space, etc.
Prerequisites: Math 18 and either Math 30, or
Physics 50, or permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Alternate years. Hunter.
An introduction to the methods and attitudes
o f mathematical modeling. Since modeling in
natural science and engineering is already
taught in courses in those disciplines, applica
tions in this course will be primarily to social
and biological sciences. Various standard me
thods used in modeling will be introduced:
differential equations, Markov chains, game
theory, graph theory, computer simulation.
However, the emphasis will be on how to
apply these subjects to specific modeling prob
lems, not on their systematic theory. The
format o f the course will include projects as
well as lectures and problem sets.
Prerequisites: Math 16 and 18, or instructor’s
permission.
Alternate years. Fall semester.
Not offered 1991-92.
6 5. C om b in a to rics.
This course continues the study o f noncontinuous mathematics begun in Math 9. The
topics covered include three broad areas:
Counting Theory, Graph Theory, and Design
Theory. The first area includes a study o f
generating functions and Polya counting. The
second area is concerned with relations be
tween certain graphical invariants. Certain
areas such as Extremal Graph Theory and
Ramsey Theory may be introduced. The third
area introduces combinatorial structures such
as matroids, design, codes, and Latin squares.
Prerequisites: Math 9 and at least one other
course in Mathematics.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1991-92.
7 2 . Topics in C om binatorial
O p tim iza tio n .
Topics vary from offering to offering and will
be chosen from such things as linear program
ming, network flows, game theory, graph the
ory algorithms, number theory algorithms,
complexity theory. Overlap with Combina
torics (Math 6 5 ) and Data Structures and
Algorithms (CS 41) will be minimized. This
8 1. P a rtia l D ifferential Eq u ation s and
Orthogonal Functions.
8 2 . Fun ction s o f a C om p lex Variable.
Topics include: analytic functions, integration
and Cauchy’s Theorem, power series, residue
calculus, conformal mapping, and harmonic
functions. Applications to the physical sci
ences will be considered. May be taken with
Applied Analysis I for an external examination
paper. Either Math 82 or Math 103 will be
offered in the fall semester o f even numbered
years.
Prerequisite: Math 18.
Alternate years. Fall semester.
Not offered 1991-92..
8 5. Top ics in A n a ly s is .
Course content varies from year to year and is
dependent on student and faculty interest.
Recent offerings have included Differential
Geometry, Differential Topology, Functional
Analysis, and Chaos.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1991-92.
86. A d va n c e d Topics in G e o m e try.
Possible topics include differential geometry,
algebraic geometry, or differential topology.
Either Math 86 or Math 106 will be offered.
Spring semester. Alternate years.
Not offered 1991-92.
9 3. Directed Reading.
155
M a th e m a tic s
9 6. T h e s is.
9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
This half course provides senior majors an
opportunity to delve more deeply and on their
own into a particular topic in mathematics.
This is accomplished by way o f a written
paper and an oral presentation on a mathemat
ical topic agreed upon by the student and the
instructor. This course is required o f all senior
course mathematics majors. The work is
spread throughout the year, with the talks and
normally papers presented in the Spring. Stu
dents register for this course for the spring
semester but must also sign up with the de
partment chair for the fall semester.
One half credit.
Spring semester. Klotz.
SEMINARS
1 0 1B. Real A n a ly s is II.
This seminar is a continuation o f the material
in Introduction to Real Analysis (Math 47).
Topics include the inverse and implicit func
tion theorems, differential forms, and Lebesgue integration.
One credit.
Prerequisite: Math 47.
Spring semester.
10 2B. M od ern A lg e b ra II.
This is a continuation o f Introduction to
Modem Algebra (Math 47). Topics covered
usually include field theory, Galois theory
(including the insolvability o f the quintic),
the structure theorem for modules over prin
cipal ideal domains, and a theoretical develop
ment o f linear algebra. However, other topics
may be studied, depending on the interests of
students and instructor.
One credit.
Prerequisite: Math 49.
Spring semester.
103. C o m p le x A n a ly s is .
A brief study o f the geometry o f complex
numbers is followed by a detailed treatment o f
the Cauchy theory o f analytic functions o f a
complex variable. Various applications are
given and some special classes o f functions,
such as elliptic functions, are studied. Analytic
continuation and the theory o f Weierstrass are
also discussed. A two-credit seminar which
may be offered in place o f Math 82, if there
is sufficient interest.
10 4. Topology.
Introduction to point-set, combinatorial, and
algebraic topology: topological spaces, conti
nuity, classification o f surfaces, elementary
homotopy theory, the fundamental group,
156
simplicial complexes and homology (includ
ing related algebra). The seminar builds upon
the students’ background in analysis and alge
bra.
Prerequisites: Math 47 and 49.
Two credits.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
105. P ro b a b ility.
This seminar concentrates on discrete probability theory. The ideas o f sample space and
probability distribution are introduced. The
binomial and Poisson distributions are stud
ied, and the normal distribution is introduced.
Laws o f large numbers and the Central Limit
Theorem are discussed. Other topics include
the idea o f randomness, generating functions,
random walk problems, and Markov chains.
O ffered alternate years i f staffing permits.
Fall semester. Silva.
1
106. A d va n c e d Topics in G e o m e try .
A two-credit seminar version o f Math 86,
which may be offered in place o f Math 86 if
there is sufficient interest.
Alternate years. Spring semester.
Not offered 1991-92.
1 1 1 . M ath e m a tica l S ta tis tic s II.
This one-credit seminar is offered as a con
tinuation o f Math 53. It deals mainly with
statistical models for the relationships be
tween variables. The general linear model,
which includes regression, variance, and covariance analysis, is examined in detail. Topics
also include nonparametric statistics, sam
pling theory, and Bayesian statistical infer
ence.
Prerequisite: Math 53.
One credit.
Alternate years. Spring semester. Iversen.
Not offered 1991-92.
1
J
M e d ie va l S tu d ie s
Coordinator: S T E P H E N P. B EN S C H (History)
Committee:
M ichael W. Cothren (Art History)
Dorothea Frede (Philosophy)3
M ichael M a ris s e n (Music)
Elien R o s s (Religion)
Daniel S m a rtt (A rt History)
W illiam N . Turpin (Classics)
C raig W illiam son (English)
This program offers an opportunity for a
comprehensive study o f European and Medi
terranean civilization from the fourth century
to the fifteenth. The period, which has a
critical importance for the understanding o f
Western culture, can be approached best
through a combination o f several disciplines.
Hence eight Departments (Art, Classics, En
glish Literature, History, Modem Languages,
Music, Religion, and Philosophy) cooperate
to provide a course o f study which may be
offered as a major in either the course Program
or the External Examination (Honors) Pro
gram.
For a major in the Course Program the re
quirements are as follows:
1. Latin 14, Mediaeval Latin
1 course in Medieval History (History 11,
14-17)
Either Religion 17 or Philosophy 19
The prerequisites for the courses listed above
are:
Latin 1-2 or the equivalent; an introductory
history course; Philosophy 1; an introductory
religion course.
2. Five other medieval courses or seminars
chosen from three or four o f the following
fields:
1) Art History
2) History
3) Literature (Classics, English, CEL,
French, Spanish)
4 ) Music
5) Philosophy
6) Religion
Other courses appropriate to Medieval
Studies that are from time to time included
in departmental offerings.
Directed readings in medieval subjects.
3. A student may write a thesis as a substitute
for a course during the first semester o f the
senior year.
4. The student must pass a comprehensive
examination in the senior year based on
courses taken in the medieval field. The
examination includes a section o f Latin
translation.
For a major in the Honors Program the re
quirements are as follows:
1. The student must satisfy the language and
distribution requirements o f the program,
as listed above, by appropriate courses or
seminars. Some work in one or more of
the fields included in the program must be
done before admission to the Program.
2. Seminars may be chosen from the follow
ing fields: A rt History, History, Literature
(Classics, English, Modem Languages),
Music, Philosophy, Religion.
3. By attachments to the courses listed above,
and by writing a thesis, the student may
expand the possibilty o f work in the Ho
nors Program beyond these five seminars.
Courses currently offered in Medieval Studies:
(See catalogue sections for individual depart
ments to determine specific offerings in 199192 .)
A r t H is to ry 14 . M ed ie va l S u rv e y .
A r t H is to ry 4 7 . La te A n tiq u e , Ea rly
C h ristia n , and B y za n tin e A r t
English 16. S u rv e y o f English
Lite ra tu re , I.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
157
M e d ie v a l S tu d ie s
En glish 2 1 . C hau ce r.
English 2 3 . Old En g lis h /H is to ry o f the
Language.
French 2 0 . H is to ry o f th e French
Lan gu age.
H is to ry 10 H . Th e Ba rba ria n N o rth .
H is to ry 11. Th e Form a tio n o f the
Islam ic N e a r E a s t
H is to ry 14 . H e re tic s , F ria r s , and
Fem ale M y s tic s : Religious Turm oil
in th e M iddle A g e s .
H is to ry 15 . M ed ie va l T o w n s .
H is to ry 1 7 . T h e M ed ite rran e an W orld
in the M iddle A g e s .
Religion 1 7 . W estern Religious Thought
fro m 3 25 to 1500.
Religion 2 3 . Catholic Tra ditio n s.
Spanish 3 0 . Lite ra tu re M e d ie va l.
S p an ish 4 1 . O b ra s m a e s tra s de la Edad
M ed ia y del Renacim iento.
M ed ie va l S tu d ie s 9 6. T h e s is .
Seminars currently offered in Medieval
Studies:
a
A r t H is to ry 145 : Gothic A r t and
A rc h ite c tu re .
En g lish 10 2: C ha u ce r and M ed ie va l
Lite ra tu re .
La tin 14 . M ed ie va l La tin .
H is to ry 1 1 1 : P o w e r and S o c ie ty in
M ed ie va l Eu ro p e .
M u s ic 20 . M ed ie va l and Renaissance
M u s ic .
Ph ilo so p h y 110 : M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
M u s ic 45 . P e rfo rm a n c e (e a rly m u sic
ensem ble).
1
■
Religion 1 1 1 : M ed ie va l Th eo lo g y and
C o n te m p o ra ry Fem in ism .
Ph ilo so ph y 19. S p irit o f the M iddle
Ages.
1
1
1
158
M o d e rn La n g u a g e s and Lite ra tu re s
—
J
G EO R G E C . A V ER Y (German), Professor
T H O M P S O N R R A D L E Y (Russian), Professor
M A R IO N J . FA B ER (German), Professor
JO H N J . H A S S E T T (Spanish), Professor and Chairman, 1989-92
G EO R G E K R U G O V O Y (Russian), Professor1
P H ILIP M E T Z ID A K IS (Spanish), Professor
ROBERT R O Z A (French), Professor11
F R A N C IS P. T A FO Y A (French and Spanish), Professor
G EO R G E M O S K O S (French), Associate Professor112
D IA N E E .O . T H O M P S O N (Russian), Visiting Associate Professor4
A L A N B ER K O W ITZ (Chinese), Assistant Professor
LI-C H IN G C H A N G M A IR (Chinese), Assistant Professor (part-time)
LA U R E N C E M A L L (French), Assistant Professor
A N N E M E N K E (French), Assistant Professor10
M IC H E LIN E R IC E -M A X IM IN (French), Assistant Professor
H A N S -JA K O B W E R L E N (German), Assistant Professor12
L A U R A A . C H E S A K (Spanish), Instructor
E L K E P L A X T O N (German), Instructor (part-time)
EDW ARD DIXON (German), Lecturer
S ID N EY D O N N E L L (Spanish), Lecturer
J O A N F R IE D M A N (Spanish), Lecturer
EV G EN IYA L K A T S EN ELIN B O IG EN (Russian), Lecturer
M A R Y K . K E N N E Y (Spanish), Lecturer
ELIS A B E T H A L E S S A N D R IN I (French), Assistant
The purpose o f the major is to acquaint
students with the important periods and prin
cipal figures o f the literatures taught in the
Department, to develop an appreciation o f
literary values, to provide training in critical
analysis, and to foster an understanding o f the
relationship between literary phenomena and
the historical and cultural forces underlying
the various literary traditions. In addition to
demonstrated competence in the language, a
foreign literature major will normally com
plete eight credits in literature courses or
seminars (including Special Topics), and pass
the comprehensive examination. One o f the
required courses for the foreign literature
major may be taken in English from among
those courses listed under Literatures in
Translation provided that it is a course perti
nent to the student’s specific major. Students
whose interests lie primarily in language are
advised to consider the possibility o f a major
in Linguistics and Foreign Languages. Students
interested in studying literature in more than
one language are encouraged to consider a
Literature major.
Courses numbered IB through 8 are primarily
designed to help students acquire the linguistic
competence necessary to pursue literary stu
dies in a foreign language through work with
the language and selected texts o f literary or
general interest.
For a detailed description o f the orientation in
these courses see the Explanatory Note on
language courses below. Courses numbered
11 or above emphasize the study o f literature
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
11 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1991.
4 Fall semester, 1991.
12 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
10 Campus coordinator, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1992.
in Grenoble.
150
M od e m Languages and Literatures
as a humanistic discipline as well as competence in the spoken and written language.
Students who plan to major in a foreign
language and its literature are advised to present sufficient credits on admission to enable
them to enroll in courses numbered 11 and 12
in their freshman year. Students who enter
with no previous knowledge o f the language
and who are interested in majoring in a foreign
literature should register for the intensive
language courses (1 B -2 B ) in the freshman
year. Language courses numbered IB through
5 or 5B (8 in German) and conversation
courses do not count toward the minimum of
eight credits required for the major.
Students who wish to continue a language
begun elsewhere will be placed at the course
level where they will profit best according to
their score in the College Entrance Examina
tion or placement tests administered by the
Department in the fall.
Prerequisites for majors are noted under the
listing o f each o f the literatures taught. Excep
tions to course requirements are made for
those who show competence in the language
o f specialization. Students who speak French,
German, Russian or Spanish fluently should
consult with the Department before electing
courses.
Majors are urged to select supporting courses
in other literatures, in history, philosophy,
linguistics, or art history. The Department
also recommends participation for a minimum
o f a summer and a semester in an academic
program abroad. Linguistically qualified stu
dents may apply to the Swarthmore Program
at the University o f Grenoble, for one or two
semesters in the sophmore or junior year.
This program is particularly suited for majors
in the humanities and the social sciences.
Students competent in Spanish should con
sider the Hamilton College Program in Ma
drid, Spain, which is cooperatively sponsored
by Swarthmore. Other recommended pro
grams include Rice University-Chile; the
University o f Kansas-Costa Rica; and Great
Lakes Colleges Assoc. -Columbia. (The Span
ish section requires that its majors spend a
minimum o f one semester o f study abroad in
a program approved by the Section). Students
o f German have the opportunity to join the
Wesleyan University Program in Regensburg
during the spring semester o f each year. Par
ticipants o f the program can simultaneously
enroll at the University o f Regensburg. Other
programs students should consider are the
Wayne State Junior Year in Germany (at the
University o f Munich or the University o f
Freiburg) or the Duke Program in Berlin.
Study abroad is particularly encouraged for
students o f Chinese; academic credit (full or
partial) is generally approved for participation
in the several programs o f varying duration in
the People’s Republic o f China and in Taiwan,
recommended by the Chinese section. Stu
dents on scholarship may apply scholarship
monies to designated programs o f study
abroad, in addition to the Hamilton College
Program in Madrid and the Swarthmore Pro
gram in Grenoble (see Education Abroad,
pp. 5 6 -5 8 ).
Students wishing to receive a Teaching Certifi
cate in French, German, Russian or Spanish
should plan on taking the regular program o f
language and literature courses required for
the major or show proof o f the equivalent. In
addition, they should take Linguistics 1 or a
course in the history o f the language offered
in the Department. Appropriate supporting
courses which broaden knowledge and under
standing o f the foreign culture being studied
are also recommended. Prospective teachers
o f a foreign language should plan to include a
minimum o f a summer and a semester abroad
in their academic program.
Students planning to do graduate work are
reminded that, in addition to the language of
specialization, a reading knowledge o f other
languages is often required for admission to
advanced studies.
L iteratu res in T ranslation
Students acquainted with a particular foreign
language are urged to elect an appropriate
literature course taught in the original Ianguage. LIT courses provide students with the
opportunity to study literature which they
cannot read in the original. These courses may
be used to satisfy the distribution require
ments, but cannot be substituted for the 11 or
12 level courses to satisfy the departmental
prerequisites for a major or minor in the
original languages. A student, however, may
take one o f these courses to satisfy the eightcredit requirement o f a foreign literature
major provided that the course is pertinent to
the specific literature o f the major. In some
cases these courses may also form an appro
priate part o f supporting upper-level work,
part o f a Literature Major, or they may serve
as the basis o f preparation for an Honors
paper. Students planning programs where
such considerations might apply should con
sult with the Department.
Normally, at least one LIT course is offered
each semester; these courses are announced
before fall and spring registration. Other,
cross-listed courses in foreign literature in
translation are listed after LIT 50.
13R. The Russian N o v e l.
13. M ed ie va l C o m p arative Lite ra tu re .
14. M odern Eu ropean Lite ra tu re .
Seminal contributions in theme and form to a
European tradition o f modern fiction will be
examined and compared in seminar format
(presentation and critical discussion o f stu
dent papers). Authors will include Dos
toevsky, Rilke, Conrad, Thomas Mann, Joyce,
Kafka, Virginia Woolf, and Malraux. Intended
especially for freshmen and sophomores con
templating a Literature major. Limited enroll
ment.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92. Avery.
Europe. Authors include Bachmann, Boll,
Frisch, Handke, Grass, and Wolf.
Not offered 1991-92. Avery.
3 0 R. Th e P e te rsb u rg Th em e in
R u ssian Lite ra tu re .
Literary and historical perspectives o f the
urbanistic theme in Russia. Petersburg as a
social reality, demonic delusion, and myth.
Alienation in the modem city, individual
search for self-identification, and personal
reintegration in a meaningful cosmos. Read
ings and discussions based on works by Push
kin, Gogol, Chemyshevsky, Dostoevsky, Tol
stoy, and Bely. This course is not a regular
offering and may not be repeated in the fore
seeable future.
Spring semester 1992. Krugovoy.
3 1 R . Po p u lar Po litics in R u ssia ,
1861 to th e P re s e n t: Life and S trug g le
at the R o tto m .
The role o f the lower classes in social and
political movements since the mid-nineteenth
century. The course will focus on the following
issues and problems as reflected in a variety of
historical and literary texts: the origins and
nature o f peasant and working-class radicalism
in late Imperial Russia; the relationship be
tween the lower classes and the intelligentsia;
peasants, workers, and the building o f Soviet
power; women and politics; society and con
temporary Soviet politics.
(See History 31.)
Not offered 1991-92. Bradley and Weinberg.
5 0G. T w e n tie th C e n tu ry Germ an W om en
in Film and Lite ra tu re .
(See Chinese 16.)
An examination o f early 20th century theories
and representations o f women and the femi
nine or feminist response, especially after
World War II. Film-makers include von Stemberg, von Trotta, Sander; writers include
Freud, Bachmann, and Wolf.
Faber.
1 7 C H . V e rn a cu lar, M od ern and
C on te m p o ra ry Chinese W ritin g s.
5 0 R . Russian Lite ra tu re and
R e vo lu tio n a ry T h o u g h t
(See Chinese 17.)
A study o f continuity and change in the
relationship between the major political and
social movements and the writers before and
after 1917.
Not offered 1991-92. Bradley.
16CH . Th e C la ssical Tra d itio n in
Chinese Lite ra tu re .
20 G. Th e C o n te m p o ra ry G e rm an N o v e l.
Representative works o f prose fiction from
the two German states, Austria, and Switzer
land since the end o f World War II against the
background o f literary, intellectual and poli
tico-sociological currents in German-speaking
161
M odern Languages and Literatures
I
5 0 S. Spanish Thought and Lite ra tu re
o f the Tw e n tie th C e n tu ry.
7 0 . Renaissance C om p arative
Lite ra tu re .
Not offered 1991-92.
(See English Literature 70.)
5 0 S A . C o n te m p o ra ry S p an ish A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re .
7 0 F . Caribbean C iv iliza tio n s and
C ultures.
Not offered 1991-92.
A study o f the social and political history of
the French-speaking Caribbean islands, based
on European, African, and Caribbean texts,
with a focus on Guadeloupe, Martinique, and
Guyane.
(Cross-listed with Black Studies.)
Fail semester 1992. Rice-Maximin.
55G. Th e H o lo ca u st and G e rm an C ulture.
This course focuses on the Holocaust o f the
Jews in Nazi Germany, working backward to
discover possible origins in German culture
and forward to consider the continuing impact
o f the Holocaust in contemporary German
society. Texts include work o f Romantic ar
tists, Nietzsche, Musil, poetry and memoirs o f
survivors; Habermas; relevant films, etc.
Fall semester. Faber.
5 5 S A . Th e Fictio n o f C o n te m p o ra ry
S p a n is h -A m e ric a n W om en W rite rs .
Not offered 1991-92.
6 0 S A . Span ish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
Th ro ugh Its N o v e l.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92.
66G. Goethe’s
Faust
Not offered 1991-92. Werlen.
68F. P ris o n s , M a d n e ss , and
S e xu a lity : M ichel Fou cault and
Eu ropean Lite ra tu re .
Examines three key power/knowledge net
works which have come into being since the
Age o f Reason. Readings o f Discipline and
Punish: The Birth o f the Prison; Madness and
Civilization: A History o f Insanity in the Age o f
Reason; and The History o f Sexuality will be
juxtaposed with selected literary and philo
sophical texts that illustrate and/or challenge
Foucault’s analysis o f these institutions.
Fall semester 1991. Menke.
I
»
7 1 F. “ Ep is te m o lo g y o f the C lo set” :
Lite ra ry and Th eo re tica l Constructions
o f M a le H o m o se xu a lity .
Readings in European and American fiction
and contemporary gay theory will focus on the
problematics o f dichotomous (homo/hetero)
sexual representations. The course aims to
provide frameworks for a specifically antihomophobic analysis o f literature.
Spring semester 1993. Moskos.
■
[
‘
7 4 . M od ern D ra m a .
(See English Literature 74.)
7 9 . S tu d ie s in C o m p arative Fictio n .
(See English Literature 79.)
8 3G . K a fk a , M an n , and Doblin.
Thomas Mann’s The Magic Mountain, Felix
Krull, Kafka’s The Trial, The Castle, Doblin’s
Alexanderplatz, Berlin; representative shorter
fiction along with selected theoretical and
poetological writings by each o f the authors,
with the aim o f assessing their respective
contribution to European modernism. Students who read a portion o f the works in the
original and write papers in German will
receive credit for German 83.
Fall semester. Avery.
A
>
1
|
.
M
EXPLANATORY NOTE OF FIRST- AND
SECOND-YEAR LANGUAGE COURSES:
Courses numbered 1B-2B, 3B, 5B carry one
and one-half credits per semester. Three se
mesters in this sequence are equivalent to two
years o f work at the college level. Designed to
impart an active command o f the language and
combine the study or review o f grammar
essentials and readings o f varied texts with
162
intensive practice to develop the ability to
speak the language. Recommended for students who want to progress rapidly and especially for those with no previous knowledge
o f the language and who are interested in
preparing for intermediate or advanced
courses in literature taught in the original
I
1
language. Students who start in this orienta'
tion can major in a foreign language and literature not studied previously. These courses
(a) meet as one section for grammar presen
tation and in small groups for oral practice,
and (b) may require periodic work in the lan
guage laboratory.
Students who start in the 1B-2B sequence
must complete 2B in order to receive credit
for IB . However, students placing directly in
2B can receive one and one-half semester
credits. Course numbered 3B may be taken
singly for one and one-half semester credits.
Chinese
Although no major exists currently in Chinese
in either the Course Program or the External
Examination Program, qualified students are
urged to consider the possibility o f a major in
Asian Studies (all Chinese language courses
above the first-year level as well as all Chinese
literature courses may be counted toward the
major), or a Special Major in combination
with other departments. It is possible to pre
pare for two external examinations, and thus
a minor in Chinese in the external examination
program, in Chinese Language and Chinese
Literature in Translation. Interested students
should consult with the Section Head in Chi
nese.
Introductory and intermediate Chinese lan
guage courses are intensive and carry one and
one-half credits per semester. Students should
plan to take these courses as early as possible
so that studying in China, if desired, can be
incorporated into their curriculum. First
through third-year Chinese language courses
are offered each year, and an advanced fourthyear class is offered each spring. A special
introduction to Classical Chinese is offered
every other year and is open both to students
o f modern Chinese and to interested students
with no previous preparation in Chinese.
Literature courses in translation are offered
regularly each year and are open to the entire
student community. Students o f Chinese are
particularly urged to take these classes as a
means o f gaining perspective on the literary
tradition, as well as familiarity with a large
number o f works.
COURSES
1 B -2 B . Introduction to M an da rin
Chinese.
An intensive introduction to spoken and writ
ten Mandarin Chinese, with emphasis on oral
practice. Designed to impart an active com
mand o f basic grammar. Introduces 3 5 0 to
4 0 0 characters and develops the ability to
read and write in simple modern Chinese.
Mair.
3 B , 4 B . S e c o n d -y e a r M an darin C hinese.
Designed for students who have mastered
basic grammar and 3 5 0 to 400 characters.
Combines intensive oral practice with writing
and reading in the modern language. Emphasis
is on rapid expansion o f vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions, and thorough understanding of
grammatical patterns. Prepares students for
advanced study at the College and in China.
Mair, Berkowitz, and staff.
1 1 . T h ird -y e a r C hinese.
Concentrates on strengthening and further
developing skills in reading, speaking, and
writing modern Chinese, through a diversity
o f materials and media. Classes conducted in
Chinese, with precise oral translation also a
component. To be taken in conjunction with
Chinese 11 A.
Prerequisite: Chinese 4B or equivalent lan
guage skills.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester iggi. Berkowitz.
11 A . T h ird -y e a r Chinese C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit course concentrating on the
further development o f oral/aural skills in
Chinese. Conducted entirely in Chinese. To
be taken in conjunction with Chinese 11.
Fall semester iggi. Staff.
12 . A d va n ce d C hinese.
Sequel to Chinese 11. Concentrates on greatly
expanding skills in reading, writing, and speak
ing modern Chinese, through a diversity o f
materials and media. Class conducted in Chi
nese, with precise oral translation also a corn-
163
M odern Languages and Literatures
ponerit. To be taken in conjunction with
Chinese 12A.
Prerequisite: Chinese 11 or equivalent lan
guage skills.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester igg 2. Berkowitz.
12 A . A d va n c e d C hinese C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit course concentrating on the
further development o f oral/aural skills in
Chinese. Conducted entirely in Chinese. To
be taken in conjunction with Chinese 12.
Spring semester 1992. Staff.
16. Th e C la ssical Traditio n in
C hinese Lite ra tu re .
Exploration o f major themes, ideas, writings,
and literary forms that have contributed to the
development o f traditional Chinese civili
zation, through directed readings and dis
cussions o f English translations o f original
sources from early through medieval times.
Most o f the readings will be literary, including
both prose and poetry, but other texts will be
studied as appropriate.
No prerequisites, and no knowledge o f Chi
nese or o f China required.
(Cross-listed as LIT 16Ch.)
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester 1991. Berkowitz.
1 7 . V e rna cu lar, M o d e rn , and
C o n te m p o ra ry Chinese W ritin g s.
Exploration o f innovative literary forms,
styles, and themes from late medieval through
contemporary China, through directed read
ings and discussions o f English translations of
original works, including poetry, expository
prose, vernacular fiction, drama, and the short
story.
No prerequisites, and no knowledge o f Chi
nese or o f China required.
(Cross-listed as LIT 17Ch.)
Spring semester igg 2. Berkowitz.
20 . Readings in M od ern C hinese.
This course aims to perfect the student’s
Mandarin Chinese skills, and at the same time
to introduce a few major topics concerning
Chinese literature and other types o f writing
since the May Fourth Movement. One-fourth
o f the course will be conducted in English.
Several guest lectures will provide historical
background.
One and one-half credits, meets three times
per week (5 hours).
Prerequisite: Three years o f Chinese or its
equivalent.
Spring semester 1992. Mair.
33. Introduction to C la ssical C hinese.
This course imparts the principal structures
o f the classical language through an analytical
presentation o f the rudiments o f the language
and close readings o f original texts.
No prerequisites, and no previous knowledge
o f Chinese required.
Not offered 1991-92.
93. Directed Reading.
Fren ch
French may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows: French 12,
12A or 12B and 16, the equivalent, or evidence
o f special competence.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
All majors including students preparing a
Secondary School certificate are strongly
urged to spend at least one semester o f study
in France.
164
Majors in the Course and Honors Programs,
as well as minors in the Honors Program, are
expected to be sufficiently proficient in spo
ken and written French to do all o f their work
in French, i.e., discussions and papers m
courses and seminars, and all oral and written
examinations, including comprehensive and
Honors examinations.
Course majors are required to (a) take eight
advanced courses numbered 12 or above, of
which one must be Studies in Stylistics
(French 16) or the equivalent, such as study
abroad; (b) do Special Topics; and (c) com
plete a comprehensive examination in the
Spring semester o f their senior year. This
examination is based on a reading list o f
essential works from the Middle Ages to the
Twentieth Century. Students may choose to
prepare any two consecutive centuries, plus
one genre in any o f two other centuries, and
they are expected to devise a suitable program
of study on this basis in the Spring semester
of the sophomore year.
Majors are required to take at least one course
in Literature before 1800. They can take no
more than two courses o f a non-literary na
ture.
COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major or
minor in French should plan their program in
consultation with the Department.
1 B -2 B , 3 B. In ten sive Fre nch.
For students who begin French in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. Prepares
for intermediate and advanced courses in lan
guage or literature taught exclusively in
French. Recommended for students who wish
to acquire minimal linguistic competence for
study abroad in the Swarthmore Program in
France. See the explanatory note on language
courses above as well as the description o f the
Swarthmore program at the University of
Grenoble under Education Abroad.
5. Com position and Diction.
This course satisfies the prerequisites for in
termediate and advanced courses taught in the
original language, such as 12,12 A, 12B, or 16.
Emphasis is on the consolidation o f gram
matical principles with an aim to increasing
the facility to write and speak the language
through work with formal grammar, selected
readings o f literary or general interest, news
paper and magazine articles, radio programs,
films, etc. Recommended for students who
wish to study abroad at the university level.
Prerequisite: French 3B or the equivalent.
Each semester.
5 A . French C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit conversation course concentrat
ing on the development o f the students’ ability
to speak French.
Prerequisite: For students presendy or pre
viously in French 5 or the equivalent Place
ment Test score.
Each semester. Alessandrini.
12. Introduction to L ite r a ry S tu die s.
An analytical approach to French literature
through the study o f particular genres or
specific modes o f expression.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Each semester.
12 A . Im ages de la Fra n ce .
Salient aspects o f French civilization in the
age-long struggle for human values. Based on
literary works which depict life or events in a
given period, but emphasis is on historical,
political, and social questions rather than
belles lettres as such. The historical periods
treated will vary from time to time.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester iggi. Tafoya.
12B . C om pren dre La Fra n ce .
La France depuis la Révolution. Cultural and
literary readings. Conducted in French.
Prerequisite: French 5, a score o f 675 on the
College Entrance Examination, or the equiva
lent with special permission.
Spring semester 1992. Tafoya.
15. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r.
For freshmen only. Limited enrollment.
Prerequisite: a score o f 675 or above in
French, and satisfactory performance in the
Placement Exam for Literature courses ad
ministered during Freshman Orientation.
Topic for 1991: Francophone Women Writers.
We will consider literary texts from Africa,
the Caribbean, and Québec as a reflection o f
social, historical, and political issues. The
emphasis will be on the development o f wom
en’s voices and styles in short stories and
novels o f some post-colonial societies.
Primary distribution course.
(Cross-listed with Black Studies.)
Fall semester. Rice-Maximin.
165
M o d e m La n g u a g e s and L ite r a tu r e s
16. S tu d ie s in S ty lis tic s .
------------------------------------------------------------------
I
reflect on the many surprising similarities
between these works as the very sign o f their
difference(s). Some topics to be discussed:
the relationship between male homo-social
desire, homophobia, and misogyny; metonymy and metaphor as gendered tropes; madness as gendered malady; writing, reading, and
criticism as voyeuristic activities.
Fall semester 1992. Moskos.
1
I
1
1
I
I
I
For majors or those who wish an advanced
course to develop self-expression in the writ
ten and oral language. Original compositions
are based on a stylistic study o f texts by
representative French authors from the 17th
century to the present.
Prerequisite: French 5, 12, 12 A, 12B, or the
equivalent with special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Mall.
65. B a u de la ire , R im bau d, M a lla rm é ,
A p o llin a ire .
2 0 . H is to ry o f the Fre nc h Language.
Roza.
2 2 . Le Ciném a fra n ç a is .
7 0 . T h é â tre M od ern e .
An examination o f the evolution o f style and
theme in French Cinema from Realism to
Nouvelle Vague. Among directors studied
will be Clair, Renoir, and Carné, as well as
Resnais, Truffaut, and Godard.
Spring semester 1992. Roza.
Major trends in 20th century drama from
Anouilh, Sartre to Beckett and Ionesco.
Roza.
3 3 . Fe m m e s é c riv a in s .
35. Le Rom an a va n t B a lza c .
36. La Poésie a va n t Baudelaire.
A study o f the major poetic figures and move
ments in France from the late Middle Ages to
the Parnassian school, with emphasis on the
Pléiade, Baroque, and Romantic schools. For
each trend, we will examine the historical,
cultural, and aesthetic context. We will look
closely at specific poems, using the explication
de texte method in order to understand better
their formal and thematic components.
Mall.
4 2 . Litté ra tu re du 1 7 e S ièc le .
A study o f the cultural and intellectual setting
o f the grand siècle. Representative plays, nov
els, fables, maxims.
60. Le Rom an du 19e S ièc le .
A study o f innovations in techniques and
form as well as the examination o f moral
problems arising from socio-political changes
in 19th century France. Based primarily on the
novels o f Balzac, Stendhal, Flaubert, and Zola.
Moskos.
6 1. Odd Couplings: W riting and Reading
A c r o s s Ge n de r Lin e s.
This comparative study o f 19th century texts
by men and 20th century texts by women will
interrogate the role played by gendered iden
tity construction in writing and reading. The
play o f mirrored-pairings will allow us to
166
1
7 2 . Le Rom an du 20 e S iècle .
An examination o f the tensions between humanistic tradition and formal innovation in
the French Novel from Proust and Gide to the
Nouveau Roman and beyond.
Roza.
1
j
I
7 5 . P ro u s t and Jo y c e .
7 6 . Ec ritu re fém in ine.
7 7 . P ro s e Francophone: Litté ra tu re et
So ciété .
Close readings and discussions o f works from
the first as well as the new generations of
writers from the Francophone world (Africa,
Canada, and the Caribbean). Topics will in
clude the impact o f the oral traditions, the
rewri(gh)ting o f history, the role o f the writ
ers, aesthetics, politics, and the post-colonial
writer. Collateral readings in criticism and in
historical documents o f the different coun
tries.
(Cross-listed with Black Studies.)
Fall semester 1991. Rice-Maximin.
]
1
7 8 . T h é â tre d ’é c ritu re s fra n ç a is e s .
A close study o f French and Francophone
drama. We will analyze the scripts and study
various ways o f performing the plays, consid
ering the role o f the author, director, actors,
characters, and the audience. We will particu
larly treat the theater in post-colonial societies
and such themes as: theater and communica
tion, participatory theater, theater and ther
apy, politics, popular history, and feminism.
Spring semester 1992. Rice-Maximin.
]
91. Special To pics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems.
Topic for 1992: Montaigne, Pascal, Rousseau.
The style and ideas o f these three major
figures have exerted a considerable influence.
They will be examined in their convergences
and differences, and in their double status o f
writers and thinkers. We will read substantial
selections o f Montaigne’s Essais, Pascal’s
Pensées, Rousseau’s Discours sur l’origine de
l’inégalité, Confessions, Emile et Reveries du
promeneur solitaire. We will study main philo
sophical and moral issues in their historical
and religious contexts, and the specificity o f
the forms chosen (essay, fragment, discourse,
treatise, autobiography).
Spring semester 1992. Mall.
Topic for 1993: Theories and Fictions o f the
Erotic. We will investigate this sub-genre o f
literature by combining a survey o f French
erotic fiction from the seventeenth through
the twentieth centuries with analyses o f eroti
cism by Fuocault, Kristeva, Bataille, Lacan,
and Freud.
Spring semester 1993. Menke.
9 2 . Colloquium .
93. Directed Reading.
9 4 . Th e s is .
SEMINARS
Preparation o f topics for External Examina
tions (Honors) may be done by appropriate
courses plus attachments only when seminars
are not available. Students preparing for Ex
ternal Examinations should consult with the
Department on the suitability and availability
o f attachments.
10 1. La Ren aissan ce.
102. Le T h é â tre C lassiqu e .
Reading o f the plays o f Corneille, Racine, and
Molière in the context o f a male gendered,
public, institutional space (Versailles, la
Comédie Française), and the female-gendered
private space o f the salons and the novel.
Spring semester 1993. Menke.
1 0 7 . Le Rom an du 18e S iè c le : th èm e s
e t te chniques.
A study o f the major novelists o f the period.
We will read complete works by Montesquieu,
Prévost, Marivaux, Madame de Graffigny,
Voltaire, Diderot and Laclos, and additional
selections by Rousseau and Sade. The 18th
century novel was a forum in which values and
perceptions were contested. We will examine
among other issues the problematic relation
ship between the individual and society, the
position o f women, definitions o f happiness.
We will also study the development o f narra
tive techniques in different novelistic forms
such as the epistolary novel and mémoires.
Fall semester 1991. Mall.
104. Stendhal e t F la u b e rt
108. Le Rom an du 20e S iècle .
105. P r o u s t
Major innovations in form and theme from
Gide and Proust to the New Novel.
Spring semester 1992. Roza.
Style and vision in L a Recherche du Temps perdu.
Roza.
106. Poésie S ym b o lis te .
109. Le R o m an tism e .
From Baudelaire to Apollinaire.
Roza.
Fall semester 1992. Moskos.
180. T h e s is.
G erm an
German may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are as follows:
Required: German 11 or 12, or equivalent
work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
167
M o d e rn La n g u a g e s and L ite r a tu r e s
In normal circumstances the language o f instruction in courses numbered 11 and above
is German. Students are expected to have a
command o f the language sufficient to partici
pate in class discussions and do written work
in German. Course majors are required to do
Special Topics (German 91). Comprehensive
examinations are based on the student’s course
work, and on the "Reading List for German
Majors.”
COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in German should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
All courses numbered 5 0 and above are open
to students after either German 11 or 12.
1 -2 . G e rm an Reading and Tra n sla tion .
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f German grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This two-semester
course is a terminal sequence. See the explana
tory note on language courses above.
Not offered 1991-92.
1 B -2 B , 3 B . In ten sive G e rm an .
For students who begin German in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in expository and literary prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 8, 11, or 12.
IB . Plaxton and Dixon;
2B. Plaxton and Dixon;
3B. Werlen and Plaxton.
8 . W riting and S pe aking G e rm an .
Development o f communicative skills in speak
ing and writing through study o f expository
prose on contemporary topics o f general in
terest. Recommended for German Majors and
for those planning to study in Germany. Can
be taken concurrently with German 11 or 12.
Prerequisite: German 3B or the equivalent
Placement Test score.
Spring semester. Avery.
8 A . G e rm an C o n ve rsa tio n .
A half-credit conversation course concentrat
ing on the development o f the students’ speak
ing skills, based largely, but not exclusively,
168
on readings for German 8.
Prerequisite: German 8 in current or a pre- I
vious semester or the equivalent Placement :|
Test score.
Spring semester. Staff.
1 1 . Introduction to G e rm an Lite ra tu re
(e a rly 20th c e n tu ry).
An introductory course which emphasizes
critical and analytical reading o f literature.
Representative poetry, drama, and prose fiction from the turn o f the century through the
twenties, including works by Schnitzler, Rilke,
R. Walser, Th. Mann, Kafka, and Brecht.
Prerequisite: German 3B, 8, or equivalent
work.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Avery.
I
]
I
J
1
12. Introduction to G e rm an Lite ra tu re
(Th e A g e o f Goethe).
I
I
An introduction to German literature through I
close reading o f selections from the second J
half o f the 18th and the early part o f the 19th I
century. Authors include Lessing, Goethe, 1
Schiller, Kleist, and the Romantics.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Werlen.
13 . Tra n s la tio n : T h e o ry and P ra c tic e .
This course aims at exploring the act o f trans- J
lation, theoretically, and through practice in B
translating texts from various fields within the 1
humanities from German into English.
Prerequisite: German 2 , 3B, or the equivalent. .
Not offered 1991-92. Faber.
14 . Introduction to G e rm an S tu d ie s:
C ulture and S o c ie ty in e a rly 20th
C en tu ry Vienna and Berlin .
Readings in the original German reflecting the
shared or distinctively separate socio-cultural
life in Austria and in Germany through World
War I, emphasizing the central roles o f Vienna
and Berlin. Texts selected from established or
burgeoning fields (sociology, psychoanalysis,
theology, aesthetics) and from writings on
contemporary issues (Zionism, women’s
rights, Pan-Germanism, critique o f industrial
urbanization, pedagogy, and cultural reform).
Supplements: documentary and feature films.
Class discussions in English.
Prerequisite: German 3B. A core course in the
German Studies Concentration.
Fall semester. Avery.
11
,j
1
j
I
1
1
]
j
I
A
]
50. Die deutsche L y rik .
80. K la s s ik e r d e r M od erne .
Readings in the major German poets.
Not offered 1991-92.
A study o f German literature from the begin
nings o f Modernism through World War I.
Authors include Hofmannsthal, Rilke, George,
Schnitzler, Trakl, Stemheim, and Thomas
Mann.
Not offered 1991-92.
52. Das deutsche D ram a.
The development o f German dramatic litera
ture from the Enlightenment to the present
(playwrights include Lessing, Schiller, Büch
ner, Brecht, and Handke).
Not offered 1991-92.
60. Au fk la e ru n g und S tu rm und D rang.
The German Enlightenment and various re
actions to it. Authors read include Lessing,
Klopstock, Wieland, Herder, the early Goethe,
and the early Schiller.
Not offered 1991-92.
7 2 . Lite ra tu r des n eunzehnten
Ja h rh u n d e rts .
Representative prose fiction, drama, and lyric
poetry from the end o f Romanticism through
the beginnings o f Modernism. Readings in
clude selections from essayistic writings re
flecting contemporary thought.
Not offered 1991-92.
8 2 . Lite ra tu r d e s zw a n zig s te n
Ja h rh u n d e rts .
German literature from the twenties to the
present with emphasis on the continuity o f the
modern tradition under the impact o f political
exile and World War II. Authors include
Brecht, Thomas Mann, and post-World War
II writing in Austria, Switzerland, East and
West Germany.
Not offered 1991-92.
8 38 . K a fk a , M an n , and Döblin.
(See LIT 83G .)
Fall semester. Avery.
9 1. Special Topics.
Study o f individual authors, selected themes,
or critical problems.
Spring semester. Faber.
SEMINARS
Four German seminars are normally sched
uled on a regular two-year cycle. Preparation
o f topics for External Examinations (Honors)
may be done by particular courses plus attach
ments only when seminars are not available.
Students preparing for External Examinations
should consult with the German Section on
the appropriateness and availability o f such
attachments.
10 4. Goethe.
A study o f Goethe’s major works in the con
text o f his life and times.
Fall semester. Werlen.
105. Die deutsche Rom an tik.
Romanticism as the dominant movement in
German literature, thought, and the arts in the
first third o f the 19th century. Authors include
Tieck, Novalis, Hölderlin, Kleist, Brentano,
Eichendorff, the early Büchner, and Heine.
Fall semester 1992.
1 0 7 . M od ern e P ro s a .
The development o f German prose narrative
from the turn o f the century through the end
o f the 1920s as reflected in works by
Nietzsche, Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Rilke,
Mann, Kafka, and Musil.
Spring semester 1993.
108. Deutsche Lite ra tu r nach 1950.
The emergence o f distinctive works o f narra
tive fiction, lyric poetry, and drama in the two
German states, in Austria, and in Switzerland
following the defeat o f Germany under Na
tionalist Socialism. Emphasis on works by
major authors.
Spring semester. Avery.
169
M o d e rn La n g u a g e s and L ite r a tu r e s
R ussian
Russian may be offered as a major in the
Course Program or as a major or minor in the
External Examination (Honors) Program. Pre
requisites for both Course students and
Honors candidates are: Russian 6B, 11, 12,
and 13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory department statement.
Russian is the language o f instruction in all
courses and seminars numbered 3B and above
(except Russian 13). Course majors are re
quired to take Special Topics (Russian 91)
and are expected to take at least two seminars.
The Comprehensive Examination is based on
the work done in course and seminar work
numbered 11 and above.
COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses or seminars
are offered every year. Students wishing to
major or minor in Russian should plan their
program in consultation with the Department.
Course majors are required to do Special
Topics.
1 -2 . R u ssian Reading and Tra n sla tion .
For students who wish to acquire the funda
mentals o f Russian grammar and a reading
knowledge o f the language. This course is
designed especially for those students in the
Social and Natural Sciences who seek to read
and translate scholarly, scientific materials in
the original.
1 R -2 R , 3 R . In ten sive Ru ssian .
For students who begin Russian in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 6B, 11, and 12.
Bradley and Katsenelinboigen.
6 R. A d va n c e d In ten sive Russian.
For majors and those primarily interested in
perfecting their command o f language. Ad
vanced conversation, composition, transla
tion, and stylistics. Considerable attention
paid to writing skills and speaking. Readings
include short stories and newspapers. Con
170
ducted in Russian.
Spring semester. Bradley and
Katsenelinboigen.
1 1 . introduction to Russian Lite ra tu re .
Old Russian literature and its place within
European literature. 18th century: Classicism
and Sentimentalism. 19th century: Romanti
cism and Golden Age o f Russian poetry.
Pushkin, Lermontov, Gogol. Lectures and
discussions in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Thompson.
12 . Introduction to R u ssian Lite ra tu re .
19th and 20th century Russian literature to
1918, and its place within European literature.
Realism and literary tendencies in the first two
decades o f the 20th century. Turgenev, Dos
toevsky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Bunin, Bely. Silver
Age o f Russian poetry. Lectures and discus
sions in Russian.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
13. Th e R u ssian N o v e l.
Continuity and change in the development o f
the novel in the 19th century and in the post
revolutionary period. Lectures and readings
in English. Russian majors will be required to
read a part o f the material in Russian.
No prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Bradley.
16. H is to ry o f the R u ssian Language.
An introductory course. A study o f the origin
o f the Russian language and its place among
the other modern Indo-European and Slavic
languages. The uses o f philology and linguis
tics for the ideological and stylistic analysis of
literary texts.
Satisfies the linguistics requirement for teacher
certification.
Krugovoy.
9 1. Special To p ics.
(For senior majors.) Study o f individual au
thors, selected themes, or critical problems.
Spring semester 1992. Bradley.
93. D irecte d Reading.
SEMINARS
10 1. T o ls to y.
1 0 7 . R u ssian Ly ric a l P o e try .
10 2. R u ssian S h o rt S to ry .
108. M od ern R u ssian P o e try .
103. Pu sh kin and Le rm o n to v.
109. C he kh ov.
104. D o s to e vs k y .
110 . Ru lg akov.
Fall semester. Thompson.
Spring semester. Krugovoy.
105. Lite ra tu re o f the S o v ie t Pe rio d.
Spanish
Prerequisites for majors are as follows:
Required: Spanish 11,13, or equivalent work.
Recommended supporting subjects: see the
introductory departmental statement.
Majors are expected to speak Spanish with
sufficient fluency to take part in discussion in
the language and to pass all oral comprehen
sive examinations in Spanish.
COURSES
NOTE: Not all advanced courses are offered
every year. Students wishing to major in Span
ish should plan their program in consultation
with the Department.
1 R - 2 8 ,3 8 . In ten sive S pan ish .
For students who begin Spanish in college.
Designed to impart an active command o f the
language. Combines the study o f grammar
with intensive oral practice, writing, and read
ings in literary or expository prose. See the
explanatory note on language courses above.
Normally followed by 5B, 11, or 13.
58. In ten sive Span ish .
For majors and others who wish an advanced
language course in which the emphasis is not
primarily literary. Much attention paid to
pronunciation, writing skills, speaking, and
the most difficult concepts o f Spanish gram
mar. An ideal course prior to study abroad.
Each semester. Hassett, Metzidakis, Friedman.
6 A . S pan ish C on ve rsa tion .
A Vi credit conversation course which meets
once a week for lVi hours. The class will be
divided into small groups to facilitate discus
sion. Students are required to read newspapers
and other contemporary journals, see movies,
read plays which might be performed for and
by the class, and prepare assignments which
will generate conversation among the group.
Prerequisite: 5B or its equivalent, or permis
sion o f instructor.
Each semester. Friedman.
1 1 . Introduction to Spanish Lite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by authors such as Espronceda, Zor
rilla, Becquer, Perez Galdós, Unamuno, Baroja, Lorca, etc.). Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Metzidakis.
13. Introduction to Spanish A m e ric a n
Lite ra tu re .
A study o f representative prose fiction, poetry,
and drama o f the 19th and 20th centuries
(works by Echeverría, Sarmiento, Marti, Silva,
Dario, Lugones, Mistral, Storni, Lillo, Ne
ruda, Vallejo, Huidobro, Bombal, Rulfo, Gar
cia Márquez, Borges, Valenzuela and others).
Discussions, papers.
Prerequisite: Spanish 5B, the equivalent, or
special permission.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Chesak.
NOTE: Spanish 11, 13, the equivalent, or
consent o f instructor, are prerequisite for the
courses in literature that follow.
7 0 . La Gen eración del 98.
A study o f the most characteristic stylistic and
thematic concerns o f Spain’s most important
generation o f writers since the Golden Age.
171
M o d e m La n g u a g e s and L ite r a tu r e s
colonial period to the present day. Differing
nationalistic, socio-economic, and political
agendas have all redefined the American iden
tity in their own image.
7 1 . Lite ra tu ra Española Contem poránea.
Fall semester 1991. Chesak.
Major figures o f the 20th century not covered
in Spanish 70: Juan Ramón Jiménez, Garcia
Courses to be offered in subsequent years:
Lorca, Alberti, Salinas, Guillén, Hernández,
and Aleixandre among the poets; novels by
7 . Fonética española y com posición .
Cela and Goytisolo; the theater o f Buero
30. La Lite ra tu ra M ed ie va l.
Vallejo and Sastre.
Spring semester 1993. Staff.
Readings include works by Unamuno, Azorin,
Baroja, Valle-Inclán, and Antonio Machado.
Fall semester 1992. Staff.
7 3 . U nam u no: el h am bre de Dios.
A study o f Unamuno’s passionate quest for
immortality as evidenced in his major works
(novels, poetry, essay, and theater).
Fall semester 1991. Metzidakis.
80. La N a rra tiv a Chilena Desde
El Golpe M ilita r 19 73 -19 9 2 .
This course will explore the literary responses
o f Chilean intellectuals to the more than
sixteen years o f military dictatorship under
Augusto Pinochet. Emphasis will be given to
the socio-historical context o f the period and
o f the novels and short stories to be read.
Authors will include both those who remained
in Chile after the coup in 1973 and those who
were forced into exile. Works by Ariel Dorfman, Antonio Skármeta, Poli Délano, Isabel
Allende, José Donoso, Francisco Simón, Elizabeth Subercaseaux, Diamela Eltit, and Paulina
Matta.
Spring semester 1992. Hassett.
8 1. Invención y re de scu brim ie n to de
A m é ric a .
This course will explore the preconceptions
o f America that existed before the discovery
and conquest by the Europeans, and that
influenced the vision o f America from the
4 0 . El T e atro del Renacim iento y del
S ig lo de O ro.
4 1 . O b ra s m a e stra s de la Edad M ed ia y
del Renacim iento.
4 2 . La Poesía del Renacim iento y
del S ig lo de O ro.
4 5 . La tra dición p ica re sca .
60. La N o ve la en el S ig lo X IX .
66. La Es c rito ra Española en los S ig lo s
X IX y X X .
68. Fed erico G a rcía Lo rc a .
72.
La N o ve la Española de P o sg u e rra .
7 4 . Lite ra tu ra Española de P o sg u e rra .
7 5 . Te atro hispanoam ericano
con tem p orán eo.
7 6 . La Po e sía h ispanoam ericana del
siglo X X .
7 8 . La N o ve la M e xican a Social
del Siglo X X .
7 9 . El Cuento H isp a no a m e rica no .
85. Lite ra tu ra Hispánica
Contem poránea de lo s Es ta d o s U nidos.
SEMINARS
Students wishing to take seminars must have
completed at least one course in Spanish num
bered 3 0 or above or obtained permission
from the instructor.
10 1. La N o ve la H ispanoam ericana
del siglo X X .
10 2. C e rva n te s .
172
103. La G u e rra C ivil Esp añ o la.
The Spanish Civil War and its impact on the ‘
Spanish writer, both within Spain and in exile.
Works to be studied include the poetry o f M.
Hernández, León Felipe, Dionisio Ridruejo,
and Blas de Otero; prose fiction by Cela, Aub,
Ayala, Sender, Goytisolo, and Delibes; and
the theater o f Buero Vallejo and Sastre. Several
videos on and about the war will be integrated
the author’s essays will also be included. Great
attention given to Vargas Llosa’s evolution as
104. La N a rra tiv a de M a rio V arg as Llo s a . a writer and thinker and his impact on the
resurgence o f Latin American fiction during
A study o f the narrative o f one o f Latin
the second half o f this century.
America’s most controversial literary and po
Spring semester 1993. Hassett.
litical figures. A representative sampling of
into the course.
Spring semester 1992. Metzidakis.
173
M u s ic and Dance
t
P E T E R G R A M S W IN G , Professor Emeritus o f Music
PA TR IC IA W. R O YER , Professor Emerita o f Dance
J A M E S F R E E M A N , Professor o f Music and Acting Chair
S H A R O N E. F R IE D L E R , Associate Professor o f Dance and Director o f the Dance Program
G E R A L D LE V IN S O N , Associate Professor o f Music
A N N K . M c N A M E E , Associate Professor o f Music and Chair3
M IC H A E L M A R IS S E N , Assistant Professor o f Music
J O H N A L S T O N , Instructor o f Music
T H O M A S W H IT M A N , Instructor o f Music
K IM 0 . ARR OW , Associate in Performance (Dance)
D O R O TH Y K . F R E E M A N , Associate in Performance (Music)
M IC H A E L J O H N S , Associate in Performance (Music)
C A R O LY N R E IC H E N , Associate in Performance (Dance)
A R N E R U N N IN G , Associate in Performance (Music)
J O N S H E R M A N , Associate in Performance (Dance)
K A R IA M U W E L S H -A S A N T E , Associate in Performance (Dance)
1
)
M U S IC
The study o f music as a liberal art requires an
integrated approach to theory, history, and
performance, experience in all three fields
being essential to the understanding o f music
as an artistic and intellectual achievement.
Theory courses train the student to work with
musical material, to understand modes of
organization in composition and to evolve
methods o f musical analysis. History courses
introduce students to methods o f studying the
development o f musical styles and genres, and
the relationship o f music to other arts and
areas o f thought. The Department encourages
students to develop performing skills through
private study and through participation in the
wind ensemble, chorus, early music ensemble,
orchestra, and chamber music coaching pro
gram which it staffs and administers. The
Department also assists instrumentalists or
singers to finance the cost o f private instruc
tion. Up to 16 half-credits may be granted
toward graduation.
Major in the Course Program: Two semester
courses in theory and one semester course in
history are prerequisite for acceptance as a
major. Majors will normally take five semester
courses in theory (including Music 15, 16, or
17), four semester courses in history (includ
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
174
ing Music 20 and either 21 or 22 ), meet the
basic piano requirement, pass four repertory
exams, and pass the comprehensive exam.
Majors áre expected to participate in at least
one o f the Department’s performing organiza
tions.
Major in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to major in the
Honors Program will fulfill the same prereq
uisites as listed above, will pass four repertory
exams, will meet the basic piano requirement,
and will normally stand for four papers in
music. The Department strongly recommends
that one paper be a thesis or research project.
Any Theory/Composition course numbered
15 or higher, also all history courses, can be
used as the basis o f a paper when augmented
by a concurrent or subsequent attached unit
o f additional research, or by directed reading,
or by a tutorial.
Minor in the External Examination (Honors)
Program: A student intending to minor in the
Honors Program will normally stand for two
papers in music. Two semester courses in
theory and one semester course in history áre
prerequisite for a minor. A t least four semes
ter courses in theory and two in history
should eventually be taken.
1
1
]
Language Requirements for Graduate Schools:
Students are advised that graduate work in
music requires a reading knowledge o f French
and German. A reading knowledge o f Latin is
also desirable for students planning to do
graduate work in musicology.
Proficiency on an instrument: All majors in music
will be expected to play a keyboard instrument
well enough by their senior year to perform a
two-part invention o f J.S . Bach and a first
movement o f an easy late 18th or early 19th
century sonata. In addition, they must dem
onstrate skill in score reading and in realizing
figured basses. The Department recommends
that majors take one or two semesters of
Music 42 to develop these skills.
The basic piano program: This program is de
signed to develop keyboard proficiency to a
point where a student can effectively use the
piano as a tool for study, also to help students
meet the keyboard requirements outlined
above. It is open to any student enrolled in a
course numbered 11 or higher. No academic
credit is given for basic piano.
Special scholarships and awards in music in
clude:
The Boyd Barnard Music Awards: See p. 64 .
The Garrtgues Music Awards: See p. 65
The Fetter String Quartet Scholarships: Seep. 27.
The Arthur Fennimore Award: See p. 65.
The Anna May Courtney Award: See p. 65.
The Renee Gaddie Award: See p. 65.
Music 48 Special Awards: See p. 66.
Friends o f Music and Dance Summer Awards:
See p. 65.
The Boyd Barnard Prize: See p. 64 .
The Peter Gram Swing Prize: See p. 67.
The Melvin B. Troy Prize: See p. 67.
CREDIT FOR PERFORMANCE
NOTE: All performance courses are for halfcourse credit per semester. A total o f not
more than eight full credits (16 half-credit
courses) in Music and Dance may be counted
toward the degrees o f Bachelor o f Arts and
Bachelor o f Science. No retroactive credit is
given for performance courses.
Individual Instruction (Music 4 8)
Music Majors and members o f the Wind
Ensemble, Chorus, Early Music Ensemble,
Gospel Choir, and Orchestra may, if they
wish, take lessons for credit. Members o f the
Chorus, Early Music Ensemble, and Gospel
Choir are eligible for voice lessons; members
o f the Wind Ensemble, Early Music Ensemble,
and Orchestra are eligible for lessons on their
primary instrument. Students who are not
majoring in music and are not in any o f the
performing organizations listed above may
take lessons for credit if they are concurrently
enrolled in a History or Theory/Composition
course offered by the Music Department.
Pianists who are not Music Majors and who
are not enrolled in a History or Theory/
Composition course offered by the Depart
ment may qualify for Music 4 8 by taking part
in the Department’s Program for Accompa
nists. The Department expects these pianists
to give at least three hours a week to the Pro
gram.
A student applying for Individual Instruction
should be at least at an intermediate level of
performance. The student will arrange to work
with a teacher o f her/his choice, subject to the
approval o f the Department, which will then
supervise the course o f study and grade it on
a credit/no credit basis. Teacher and student
will submit written evaluations, and the stu
dent will perform for a jury at the end o f the
semester. The Department will then decide if
the student should receive credit, and if the
student can re-enroll for the next semester.
For students enrolled in lessons for credit
(Individual Instruction), one-third o f the cost
o f ten lessons will be paid by the Department
to the teacher. Section leaders in the Chorus
and Orchestra and Majors receive subsidies
that cover two-thirds the cost o f ten lessons
through Music Department Grants. Addi
tional scholarships such as the Barnard, Gar
rigues, Fetter, W hite, Fennimore, Courtney,
175
M usic and Dance
and Gaddie Scholarships subsidize the entire
cost o f private lessons with the teacher o f their
choice for the most musically advanced stu
dents at the College.
All students enrolled in Music 4 8 are strongly
encouraged to perform in student chamber
music concerts and to try out for concertos
with the Orchestra and solos with the Chorus.
Orchestra, Chorus, Wind Ensenble,
Early Music Ensemble, Chamber Music,
and Keyboard Workshop
Students may take Performance Chorus
(Music 44 ), Performance Orchestra (Music
43 ), Performance Wind Ensemble (Music
46 ), Performance Early Music Ensemble
(Music 4 5 ), Chamber Music (Music 47), or
Keyboard Workshop (Music 4 9 ) for credit
with the permission o f the Department mem
ber who has the responsibility for that perfor
mance group. The amount o f credit received
will be a half-course in any one semester.
Students applying for credit will fulfill re
quirements established for each activity, i.e.,
regular attendance at rehearsals and perfor
mances and participation in any supplemen
tary rehearsals held in connection with the
activity. Students will be graded on a credit/
no credit basis.
Students taking Music 47 (Chamber Music)
for credit should submit to the Department at
the beginning o f the semester a repertory of
works to be rehearsed, coached, and per
formed during the semester. They should
include the names o f all students who have
agreed to work on the repertoire, the names of
all coaches who have agreed to work with
them, and the proposed dates for performance
in a student chamber music concert.
A student taking Music 47 for credit will
rehearse with her/his group(s) at least two
hours every week and will meet with a coach
at least every other week. All members o f the
group should be capable o f working well both
independently and under the guidance o f a
coach, also capable o f giving a performance o f
high quality. It is not necessary for every
person in the group to be taking Music 47 for
credit, but the Department assumes that those
taking the course for credit will assume re
sponsibility for the group, making sure that
the full group is present for regular rehearsals
and coaching sessions.
Students taking the Keyboard Workshop
(Music 4 9 ) will develop and refine skills in
accompanying and sight-reading through
work with the chamber, song, and four-hand
repertoire.
COURSES AND SEMINARS
1. Introduction to M u s ic .
This course is designed to teach intelligent
listening to music by a conceptual rather than
historical approach. Although it draws on
examples from folk music and various nonWestern repertories, the course focusses pri
marily on the art musics o f Europe and the
United States. Prior musical training is not
required.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Marissen.
2 . Introduction to M u s ic .
A course that approaches listening and analysis
through concentration on musical fundamen
tals: reading notation and developing or ex
panding aural perception o f pitch, rhythm,
structure, phrasing, and instrumentation. The
course assumes no prior training in music.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
176
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92.
3. J a z z H is to ry .
This course traces the development o f jazz
from its roots in West Africa to the fusion
style o f the 1970s. Included are the delineation
o f the various styles and detailed analysis of
seminal figures. Emphasis is on developing
the student’s ability to identify both style and
significant musicians aurally.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Fall semester. Alston.
7 . W. A . M o z a r t
Study o f Mozart’s compositions in various
genres and o f the peculiar interpretive prob
lems in Mozart biography.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Marissen.
«
THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Students who anticipate taking further courses
in the Department or majoring in Music are
urged to take Music 11,12 as early as possible.
Placement exams are given each year at the
first meeting o f that course for students who
feel they may be able to place out o f it. Majors
will normally take Music 11, 12, 13, 14, and
one of 15, 16, or 17 in successive years.
1 1 ,1 2 . H a rm o n y and Counterp oint I.
il
|
I
I
1
I
Written musical exercises include composition o f original materials as well as commentary on excerpts from the tonal literature.
Prerequisite: knowledge o f traditional notation, major/minor scales, ability to play or
sing at sight simple lines in treble and bass clef.
One section o f Music 4 0 per week is required.
Fall and spring semesters. Whitman.
I 1 3 ,1 4 . H a rm o n y and Counterp oint II.
I
I
I
I
■
I
I
Continued work with tonal harmony and
counterpoint at an intermediate level. Detailed
study o f selected works with assignments
derived from these works, as well as original
compositions.
Prerequisite: Music 11,12 (or the equivalent).
Fall and spring semesters. Levinson.
J
15. H arm o n y and Cou n terp oin t III.
■ Detailed study o f a limited number o f works
■ both tonal and non-tonal, with independent
work encouraged.
Prerequisite: Music 13, 14 (or equivalent).
Fall semester. Levinson.
16. S c h e n k e r.
An introduction to Schenkerian analysis. An
extension o f traditional analytical techniques,
incorporating Schenker’s principles o f voice
leading, counterpoint, and harmony.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1991-92.
1 7 . H is to ry o f M u s ic T h e o ry .
A survey o f primary sources (in translation)
from Boethius, Tinctoris, and Zarlino through
Rameau, Riemann, and Schoenberg.
Prerequisite: Music 13-14 (or equivalent).
Not offered 1991-92.
18. Conducting and O rch e s tra tio n .
A study o f orchestration and instrumentation
in selected works o f various composers and
through written exercises, in combination
with practical experience in conducting, score
reading, and preparing a score for rehearsal
and performance.
Spring semester. J. Freeman.
19. C om position.
Fall and spring semesters. Levinson.
HISTORY OF MUSIC
20. M ed ie va l and R e n aissan ce M u sic .
]
A survey o f European art music from the late
Middle Ages to the sixteenth century. Relevant
extra-musical contexts will be considered.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Fall semester. Marissen.
I 2 1. Baroque and C la ssical M u sic .
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A survey o f European art music from the
sixteenth-century Italian madrigal to Beethoven’s Eroica symphony. Relevant extra-musical contexts will be considered.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional notation.
Not offered 1991-92.
I 22. N in e tee n th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .
I
from late Beethoven and Schubert to Wagner
and Verdi.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Spring semester. J. Freeman.
2 3 . T w e n tie th -C e n tu ry M u s ic .
A study o f the various stylistic directions in
music o f the 20th Century. Representative
works by composers from Debussy, Stra
vinsky, and Schoenberg, through Copland,
Messiaen, and post-war composers such as
Boulez and Crumb, to the younger generation,
will be examined in detail.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Spring semester. Levinson.
The development o f the "Romantic Style”
177
M usic and Dance
30. M u s ic o f A s ia and th e M iddle E a s t
An introduction to selected musical traditions
from the vast diversity o f non-western cul
tures. The music will be studied in terms o f
both its theoretical and cultural/philosophical
backgrounds.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional (West
ern) notation.
Not offered 1991-92.
3 1. O p e ra.
A survey o f the history o f opera, with special
emphasis on and study o f scenes from selected
works by Purcell (Dido), Mozart (Figaro),
Rossini (II Barbiere), Wagner ( Walkiire), and
Braxton Blake (Snow Queen). For those with
vocal abilities, the course will include prepa
ration o f specific scenes, but it is open as well
to students with no particular performance
skills.
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Fall semester. J. Freeman.
3 2. H is to ry o f th e S trin g Q u a rte t
This course traces the development o f the
string quartet from the middle o f the 18th
century to the present through study and
(wherever possible) performance o f selected
works.
Open to students with permission o f the
instructor.
Not offered 1991-92.
33. Lie d e r.
A study, through performance and analysis,
o f various solutions by various composers to
the problems o f relating text and music. Stu
dents should be moderately proficient either
as singers or as pianists. A knowledge o f Ger
man is desirable.
Not offered 1991-92.
3 4 . J .S . Bach.
Study o f Bach’s compositions in various
genres. For the instrumental music this in
volves close consideration o f style and signi
fication. For the vocal music it also involves
study o f ways Bach’s music interprets, not
merely expresses, his texts.
Prerequisite: a knowledge o f traditional nota
tion.
Spring semester. Marissen.
35. La te R om an ticism in G e rm an y
and A u s tria .
A study o f selected large works by Wagner ■
(Walkiire, Tristan) Brahms (Haydn Variations, H
Violin Concerto), Mahler (4th symphony), J. ■
Strauss (Fledermaus), R. Strauss (T ill Eulen- f l
Spiegel, Salome), and Schoenberg (Verklaerte B
Nacht, Pierrot hunaire).
Prerequisite: A knowledge o f traditional nota- a
tion.
Not offered 1991-92.
36. M u s ic S ince 1945.
A study o f contemporary concert music, in- ■
eluding such composers as Messiaen, Crumb, I
Boulez, Cage, Babbit, Carter, Lutoslawski, B
Ligeti. Electronic music, collage, chance and B
improvisation, and minimalism will also be V
examined, as well as the current trends toward M
Neo-Romanticism and stylistic pluralism.
Not offered 1991-92.
3 8 . W om en C o m p o se rs and
C h o re o g ra p h e rs.
A survey o f women composers and choreographers. Choreographers range from Duncan through Bausch; composers from Hildegard through Zwilich. Topics include: form,
phrasing, text, and social/political comment.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
One credit.
Not offered 1991-92.
!I
I
I
3 9 . M u s ic and Dance: C riticis m and
R e vie w in g .
This course, to be administered by the department and taught by guest lecturers who are
prominent in the field o f reviewing, will covet
various aspects o f writing about the performance o f music and dance: previewing, reviewing, the critic’s role and responsibilities,
and the special problems o f relating performance to the written word.
Not offered 1991-92.
1
1
fl
'
il
1
1
60. P ro je c ts in Pe rfo rm a n c e .
A study o f chamber repertoire. Performance ]
practice and problems in music o f various 1
styles will be examined in terms o f analysis, I
research, and rehearsal. Ability to perform J
instrumentally or vocally is required.
Not offered 1991-92.
6 1. J a z z Im p ro vis a tio n .
A systematic approach that develops the abili
ty to improvise coherently, emphasizing the
178
fl
il
]
Bebop and Hard Bop styles exemplified in the
music o f Charlie Parker and Clifford Brown.
Students will memorize jazz compositions,
various scales and their applications, as well as
one transcription and many idiomatic formu
lae. Daily practice is expected.
Maximum enrollment: 2 sections, 20 students
each.
Prerequisite: proficiency on a musical instru
ment.
Spring semester. Alston.
9 2 . Independent S tu d y .
93. Directed Reading.
9 5 . Tu to ria l.
Special work in composition, theory, or his
tory.
One or two credits.
9 6. S e n io r Th e s is .
One or two credits.
PERFORMANCE (MUSIC)
NOTE: All performance courses are for half
course credit per semester. See p. 175 for
general provisions governing work in perfor
mance for credit toward graduation.
4 5 . Pe rfo rm a n ce (E a rly M u sic
En se m ble).
40.
Both semesters. Johns.
Elem ents o f M usicia n sh ip .
Sight-singing, rhythmic and melodic dicta
tion.
Required for all Music 11-12 students without
credit. Also open to other students for half
credit.
Both semesters. Whitman.
42. Figured B a ss and S c o re Reading.
Both semesters.
43. Pe rform a nce (C h orus).
Both semesters.
4 4 . Pe rform a n ce (O rc h e s tra ).
Both semesters. Marissen.
46 . Pe rfo rm a n ce (W ind En se m ble).
4 7 . P e rfo rm a n c e (cham ber m u sic).
Both semesters. D. Freeman and J. Freeman.
4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (individual
in struc tio n ).
(See the guidelines for this course on page 175.)
Both semesters.
4 9 . K e yb o a rd W orksh op.
Developing and refining skills in accompany
ing and sight-reading through work with the
chamber, song, and four-hand repertoire.
Not offered 1991-92.
Both semesters. Running, J. Freeman.
DANCE
Dance, a program within the Department of
Music and Dance, shares the Department
philosophy that courses in theory and history
should be integrated with performance. By
offering a balance o f cognitive, creative, and
kinesthetic classes in dance we present a pro
gram which stands firmly within the tradition
o f Swarthmore’s liberal arts orientation. The
instructors strive to create an atmosphere of
cooperative learning; one which affirms group
process and fosters comradery.
Serious dance students are urged to supple
ment their study with appropriate courses in
anatomy, art, history, music, sociology/an
thropology, theatre, religion, women’s studies,
and other related disciplines.
In a typical semester over twenty hours of
dance technique classes are offered on graded
levels presenting a variety o f movement styles.
Technique courses, numbered 4 0 through 47
and 49, receive no academic credit, but may
be taken to fulfill physical education require
ments. Advanced dancers are encouraged to
audition for level III technique classes and for
Performance class (Dance 48 ). Performance
dance and improvisation (Dance 15) each
receive a half-course credit. A total o f not
more than eight full credits (16 half-credit
179
M usic and Dance
courses) in these performance classes and in
music performance classes may be counted
toward the degrees o f Bachelor o f Arts and
Bachelor o f Science. No retroactive credit is
given for performance classes. All interested
dancers are encouraged to audition for student
and faculty works. These auditions take place
several times each semester; dates are an
nounced in classes and in the College An
nouncements.
Scholarships for summer study in dance are
available through funds provided by The
Friends o f Music and Dance. The Halley Jo
Stein Award for Dance and The Melvin B.
Troy Award for Composition are also awarded
annually by the Department.
I . Introduction to Dance.
A survey course that approaches dance view
ing and analysis o f dance performance through
an introduction to elements o f dance compo
sition and history. The role o f choreographer,
performer, and audience in various societies is
compared. This is a lecture course in which no
prior dance training is assumed; it is open to
all students without prerequisite. Two lectures
and one video viewing session per week. One
credit.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester iggi. Friedler.
I I . Dance C om position I.
A study o f the basic principles o f dance
composition through exploration o f the ele
ments o f dance movement, invention, and
movement themes, to the end o f developing an
understanding o f various choreographic struc
tures. Considerable reading, video and live
concert viewing, movement studies, journals,
and a final piece for public performance are
required. A course in dance technique must
be taken concurrently. One credit.
Fall semester iggi. Staff.
12. Dance Com position II.
An elaboration and extension o f the material
studied in Dance 11. Stylistically varying ap
proaches to making work are explored in
compositions for soloists and groups. Read
ing, video and live concert viewing, movement
studies, journals, and a final piece for public
performance are required. A course in dance
technique must be taken concurrently. Stu
dents must have previously taken Dance 11 or
180
its equivalent. One credit.
Spring semester 1992. Staff.
12a. Dance Com position.
Designed as a tutorial for students who have
previously taken Dance 11 and 12, or the
equivalent. Choreography o f a final piece for
public performance is required. Weekly meet
ings with the instructor and directed readings,
video and concert viewings, and a journal will
be required. A course in dance technique
must be taken concurrently. One half credit.
O ffered every semester. Friedler.
15. Dance Im p ro vis a tio n .
Designed as a movement laboratory in which
to explore the dance elements: space, time,
force, and form. Members o f the class will
explore improvisation as a performance tech
nique and as a tool for dance composition.
Individuals work on a personal vocabulary
and on developing a sense o f ensemble. A
journal is required, and a course in dance
technique must be taken concurrently. One
half credit. Three hours per week.
Fall semester 1991. Staff.
2 1 . H is to ry o f Dance: Ea rly C ultu res.
A study o f the scope o f dance in various
societies. Particular attention is given to the
use o f dance as an instrument o f ritual, enter
tainment, social interaction, and education.
Emphasizes a cross-cultural analysis o f those
uses.
Prerequisite: Dance 1. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Spring semester 1992.
2 2 . H is to ry o f Dance: Eu ro p e ’s
Renaissance Th rough 1900.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in
the context o f various societies from the Re
naissance through the nineteenth century. In
fluential choreographers, dancers, and theor
ists representative o f the periods will be
discussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 strongly rec
ommended. Two lectures and one hour video
viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1991-92.
2 3 . T w e n tie th C e n tu ry Dance.
A study o f social and theatrical dance forms in
the context o f Western societies with an em
phasis on America. Influential choreog
raphers, dancers, and theorists will be dis
cussed.
Prerequisite: Dance 1; Dance 21 and 22
strongly recommended. Two lectures and one
hour video viewing per week. One credit.
Not offered 1991-92.
38. W om en C o m p o se rs and
C horeographers.
A survey o f women composers and chore
ographers. Choreographers range from Dun
can through Bausch; composers from Hildegard through Zwilich. Topics include: form,
phrasing, text, and social/political comment.
Open to all students without prerequisite.
One credit.
Not offered 1991-92.
39. M u sic and Dance: C riticism and
R eview in g.
Not offered 1991-92.
NOTE: All technique classes meet for two 1V1
hour meetings per week. Technique courses,
numbered 4 0 through 47, and 4 9 receive no
academic credit, but may be taken to fulfill
physical education requirements.
4 5 . Ballet ll/lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Ballet I. For students who have
taken Ballet I or its equivalent.
Sherman.
4 6 . J a z z I.
An introduction to basic principles o f jazz
dance: body isolations, polyrhythms, synco
pation, basic locomotion. No previous dance
experience necessary.
4 7 . J a z z ll/lll.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Jazz I. For students who have
taken Jazz I or its equivalent.
4 8 . P e rfo rm a n c e (Dance).
The study o f repertory, basics o f production,
and performance. Students are required to
perform in at least one scheduled dance con
cert during the semester. Placement by audi
tion or permission o f the instructor. One half
credit. Three hours per week. A course in
dance technique must be taken concurrently.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
40. M odern I.
49 . Topics in Dance.
An introduction to basic principles o f dance
movement: body alignment, coordination,
strength and flexibility, basic locomotion. No
previous dance experience necessary.
Intensive study o f special topics falling outside
the usual dance courses. Topics can include:
Alexander work, injury prevention and reha
bilitation, Pilates, Musical Theatre Dance, and
Tap.
Staff.
4 1. M od ern II.
An elaboration and extension o f the principles
addressed in Modem I. For students who have
taken Modem I or the equivalent.
4 2 . M odern III.
Continued practice in technical movement
skills in the modern idiom; including ap
proaches to various styles. Placement by audi
tion or permission o f the instructor.
43 . A fric a n Dance.
An introduction to the classic dances o f west
ern and southern Africa. Analysis, study, and
performance o f Umfandalai technique in Af
rican dance.
Welsh-Asante.
4 4 . Ballet I.
An introduction to fundamentals o f classical
ballet vocabulary: correct body placement,
positions o f the feet, head and arms, basic
locomotion in the form. No previous experi
ence necessary.
Sherman.
9 2 . Independent S tu d y.
Available on an individual basis, this course
offers the student an opportunity to do special
work with performance or compositional em
phasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present perfor
mances and/or written reports to the faculty
supervisor, as appropriate. Permission must
be obtained from the program director and
ffom the supervising faculty.
O ffered every semester. Staff.
93. Directed Reading.
Available on an individual or group basis, this
course offers the student an opportunity to do
special work with theoretical or historical
emphasis in areas not covered by the regular
curriculum. Students will present written re
ports to the faculty supervisor. Permission
must be obtained from the program director
and ffom the supervising facility.
Offered every semester. Staff.
181
P e a ce and C o n flic t S tu d ie s
Convenor:
J.W . F R O S T
Committee: W endy E. C h m iele w sk i (Peace Collection)
Raym ond F. H o p kin s (Political Science)
Hugh M . La c e y (Philosophy)
M a rjo rie M u rp h y (History)
The program on Peace and Conflict Studies at
Swarthmore College is designed to teach stu
dents to understand the causes, practices, and
consequences o f collective violence (war),
terrorism, and peaceful or non-violent meth
ods o f conflict management and resolution.
The curriculum offers instruction in the fol
lowing areas: ( 1 ) alternatives to fighting as a
way o f settling disputes: conflict resolution,
rituals, non-violence, mediation, peace-keep
ing forces, private peace fostering organi
zations (NGOs), arms control, economic
sanctions, international law, international
organizations; (2 ) causes o f collective vio
lence: aggression and human nature, the state
system and international anarchy, systemic
injustice, balance o f power diplomacy, com
petition for scarce resources, diplomacy, ethnocentrism, ideological and religious differ
ences, insecure boundaries, minorities within
states, and the relationship between internal
weakness and aggression, arms races, game
theory; (3) nature o f war: civilian and military
objectives, strategy and tactics, draft and con
scientious objectors, deterrence theory, lowintensity conflict, psychology o f battle, pris
oners o f war, neutral rights, the experience o f
war by soldiers and civilians, conventional,
nuclear, and guerilla wars, how to end a war,
and effects o f winning/losing a war on popu
lation; (4 ) the evaluation o f war: morality of
war, just war theory, pacifism, the war men
tality, the utility o f war, war novels, respon
sibilities o f citizens in countries engaged (di
rectly or indirectly) in warfare, how to build
a lasting peace.
Student programs can include an internship
or field work, e.g., in a peace or conflict man
agement organization such as the United Na I;
tions or Suburban Dispute Settlement. An
internship is highly recommended. Normally
field work or internship will not be for college
credit, but for special projects—to be worked
out with an instructor and approved by the
Peace Studies Committee in advance—stu
dents can earn up to one credit.
Students intending a Peace and Conflict Stud
ies concentration should submit a plan of
study to the coordinator o f the program dur
ing the spring o f the sophomore year, after i
consultation with faculty members who teach
in the program. The plan will outline the
student’s program o f study and the nature of
the final project. Applications will then be
reviewed by the committee.
I
The Concentration in Peace and Conflict Stud
ies is not a major. It may be taken together
with a course or external examination in any
field. Each concentration must include a min
imum o f six credits o f Peace and Conflict
Studies courses, o f which four must be outside 1
the student’s major. The Introduction to Peace
Studies is required and should be taken not
later than the junior year. A thesis or final
exercise is required. The final project must be
interdisciplinary, but can be integrated into a
thesis or other project done for the student's
major department. For seminar students, the 1
external examination or the thesis can serve as
the final exercise. These courses, either cur
rently listed in the College catalogue or
planned, will constitute the foundation for a
Peace and Conflict Studies Concentration.
Certain courses offered at Haverford and Bryn
Mawr as noted below can be included in the
Concentration.
PEACE STUDIES
15. Introduction to Peace S tu d ie s.
The course begins with an examination o f
perspectives on the causes o f war in many
disciplines, then considers various govern
182
mental and private organizations and methods
supposed to alleviate the causes o f war. Topics
to be discussed include the United Nations,
international law, arms control, disarmament,
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
]
'
I
I
and the work o f private groups. Students will
be expected to write term papers using the
archives and manuscripts in the Swarthmore
College Peace Collection.
Prerequisite: courses in history or political
science dealing with foreign policy and/or
courses in religion or philosophy discussing
the ethics o f war.
This course can be counted for distribution as
a Social Science unit, but it is not a primary
distribution course. It may not be normally
used to fulfill any department’s major requirements.
Spring semester. Frost.
Political Science 104. International
Politics.
Political Science 105. Am erican Foreign
Policy.
Religion 6. War and Peace.
Sociology/Anthropology 4 8 ,10 3 . Political
Anthropology.
Sociology/Anthropology 52. Redefining
Security.
I
40. Peace M o ve m e n t in the
United S ta te s.
Sociology/Anthropology 63. Pow er,
Authority and Conflict.
I
I
[
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
This course will examine the organized peace
movement in the United States from the founding of the first peace group to the present
multitude o f peace organizations. Connections
between the peace movement, abolitionism,
the women’s rights movement, temperance,
internationalism, socialism, feminism, and
environmentalism will be explored. Students
will have the opportunity to utilize the resources o f the Peace Collection as part o f their
course work.
Spring semester. Chmielewski.
(Wagner- Pacifici)
I
I
4 2 . C om m u nity and C onflict
M an a g em e n t
1
A cross-cultural examination o f the conditions
and consequences o f various strategies o f conI flict management. Cases will include conflicts
I within traditional societies as well as in neigh
borhoods, towns, retirement residences, comI munes, and squatter settlements. A central
I issue will be the contrast between law and
I other means o f managing conflict.
I Not offered 1991-92.
70 . Research Internship/Field W ork.
90. Thesis.
History 49. introduction to Am erican
! Diplomatic History.
History 134. Am erican Diplomatic
I History.
1 Political Science 4. International Politics.
1 Political Science 40. The Vietnam W ar.
Political Science 4 1. Defense Policy.
(Cohn)
Sociology/Anthropology 5 7 . Languages
of W ar.
(Cohn)
Philosophy 10. Contem porary Moral
Issues.
Modern Languages 80. La Narrativa
Chilena Desde El Golpe M ilitar 19 73 1989.
H averford C ollege:
Political Science 2 4 1. Politics of
International La w and Institutions.
Political Science 245a. International
Political System s.
Political Science 246b. International
Organizations.
Political Science 248b. Nuclear Weapons
and A rm s Control.
Bryn M atvr C ollege:
Economics 2 3 7. The Political Econom y of
M ilitary Spending.
Political Science 360. Imperialism and
International C onflict
Recommended courses at Swarthmore con
taining some material pertaining to Peace and
Conflict Studies:
Political Science 43. Food Policy.
Religion 19. Quakerism .
Religion 29. Religious Relief and Moral
Action.
Religion 10 7. Liberation Theology.
Philosophy 59. Catholic Social Thought
Psychology 65. Political Psychology.
183
P h ilo so p h y
I
------------— ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- —
«
H U G H M . LA C EY , Professor2
H A N S O B ER D IEK , Professor and Chair
C H A R L E S R A F F , Professor
R IC H A R R S C H U L D E N F R E I, Professor
R IC H A R R ELD R ID G E, Associate Professor
D O R O T H EA F R E D E , Associate Professor3
J O N A T H A N C O H E N , Instructor
Philosophy addresses fundamental issues,
views that tend to be presupposed in the
activity o f other disciplines and in daily life:
the nature o f knowledge, meaning, reasoning,
morality, the character o f the world, God,
freedom, human nature, and history. The
study o f philosophy thus impinges on issues
o f significance for everyone who wishes to live
and act in a reflective and critical manner.
COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
The Philosophy Department offers several
kinds o f courses, all designed to engage stu
dents in philosophical practice. First, there
are courses and seminars to introduce students
to the major classics o f the history o f Western
philosophy: works by Plato and Aristotle
(Ancient Philosophy); Descartes, Hume, and
Kant (Modern Philosophy); Hegel and Marx
(Nineteenth Century Philosophy); Russell and
Wittgenstein (Contemporary Philosophy).
Second, there are courses and seminars which
systematically present arguments and conclu
sions in specific areas o f philosophy: Theory
o f Knowledge, Logic, Ethics, Metaphysics,
Social and Political Philosophy. Third, there
are courses and seminars concerned with the
foundations o f various other disciplines: Aes
thetics, Philosophy o f Science, Philosophy of
Language, Philosophy o f Law, Philosophy of
the Social Sciences, Philosophy o f Psychology,
Philosophy o f Mathematics, and Philosophy
o f Religion. Fourth, from time to time,
courses are offered on philosophical aspects
o f contemporary public issues: Values and
Ethics in Science and Technology, Catholic
Social and Political Thought. Courses and
seminars in the third and fourth categories are
frequently offered in collaboration with in
structors from other relevant departments;
several o f these courses are cross-listed in
other departments.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
104
The Department o f Philosophy participates in I
a special major in linguistics. The interested I
student should consult the Linguistics Pro- I
gram.
Students majoring in philosophy must complete at least one course or seminar in ( 1)
Logic and (2 ) Ancient or Modem Philosophy
and earn a total o f eight credits. In addition,
students majoring in philosophy are strongly
urged to take courses and seminars in areas of:
moral, social, and political philosophy; epistemology; and metaphysics. Prospective majors should complete the logic requirement as
early as possible. Course majors are encour
aged to enroll in seminars. Mastery o f at least
one foreign language is recommended. All
course students will be required to take Phi
losophy 97 or meet another requirement set
by the Department that is equivalent to a
comprehensive examination.
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
r
I
I
■
T
1. Introduction to Ph ilo so p h y.
Philosophy addresses fundamental questions
that arise in various practices and inquiries.
Each section addresses a few o f these questions i
to introduce a range o f sharply contrasting [
positions. Readings are typically drawn from
the works o f both traditional and contempo- j
rary thinkers with distinctive, carefully ar
gued, and influential views regarding knowl- >
edge, morality, mind, and meaning. Close M
attention is paid to formulating questions
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
precisely and to the technique o f analyzing
arguments, through careful consideration o f
texts.
Introduction to Philosophy is a primary dis
tribution course in the Humanities, and it (or
Philosophy 9 ) is prerequisite for all other
philosophy courses except Logic.
Each semester. Staff.
9. Introduction to Ph ilo so p h y o f Science.
An examination o f the nature o f science
through investigation o f the early history o f
physics, as well as the study o f selected con
temporary writers. What are scientific theo
ries? Has their character changed in the course
of history? How are theories evaluated? What
is the nature o f scientific evidence and infer
ence? Is science value-free? Are there social
influences not only upon the development o f
science, but also upon the assessment o f theo
ries? What is the feminist critique o f scientific
practice?
Primary distribution course in the Humani
ties. Serves as a prerequisite for further work
in Philosophy.
Fall semester. Lacey.
10. C o n te m p o ra ry M o ra l Iss u e s.
Careful consideration will be given to concrete
moral issues, especially as they arise out of
technological innovations.
Not offered 1991-92.
11. M o ra l Ph ilosoph y.
Can we tell whether any action is right or
wrong, any trait a virtue or vice, any institu
tion just or unjust? Can one justify any set of
action-guiding moral principles? Or is morali
ty relative to one’s opinion, culture, or social
class? These and related questions will be
addressed through an examination o f the
works o f leading moral philosophers, both
classical and contemporary.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.
12. Lo gic.
An introduction to the principles o f deductive
logic with equal emphasis on the syntactic and
semantic aspects o f logical systems. The place
o f logic in philosophy will also be examined.
No prerequisite. Required o f all philosophy
majors.
Fall semester. Eldridge.
13. M od ern Ph ilo so ph y.
17th and 18th-century sources o f Modernity
in philosophical problems o f knowledge, free
dom, humanity, nature, God.. Readings from
Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, Kant.
Spring semester Raff.
14 . S o c ra te s and th e S o c ra tic Tradition .
The course will study our major sources about
Socrates himself and the influence he had
on his contemporaries, the comedian Aris
tophanes, Plato, Aristotle, and modern reac
tions to Socrates such as Kierkegaard’s or
Nietzsche’s.
Not offered 1991-92.
15. Philosophical P ro b le m s of
Ju d a is m and M o d e rn ity.
By considering philosophical (especially po
litical and ethical) aspects o f the confrontation
between Judaism and Modernity, this course
will attempt to deepen understanding of both
Judaism and Modernity, and to shed some
light on the conflict between other traditional
cultures and modernity.
Not offered 1991-92.
16. Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
See Religion 14.
1 7 . A e s th e tic s .
Not offered 1991-92.
18 . Ph ilo so p h y o f th e Social S cie n ce s.
See 89. Colloquium: Philosophy o f Social
Sciences.
Not offered 1991-92.
19. Th e S p irit o f the M iddle A g e s .
The course’s aim is to provide a well-rounded
picture o f the intellectual life o f the Middle
Ages, from the decline in late antiquity
through the reemergence o f learning and its
flourishing in high scholasticism.
Not offered 1991-92.
2 1 . Social and Political Ph ilo so p h y.
Sources for this course will range from An
cient to Contemporary. Among the theorists
who may be considered are Plato, Hobbes,
Locke, Rousseau, Rawls, MacIntyre, Taylor,
Shklar, Rorty, and Habermas. In addition to
classic issues, such as the nature and founda
tion o f justice, considerable attention will be
paid to the question o f whether modern
thought can or should provide a philosophical
basis for political and social theorizing and, if
not, what such theorizing might look like in
18 5
P h ilo s o p h y
the absence o f a philosophical basis.
Fall semester. Schuldenfrei.
traditional philosophical concern.
Not offered 1991*92 .
2 2 . A m e ric a n Ph ilo so ph y.
Not offered 1991*92 .
3 4 . Values and Eth ics in S cience and
Technology.
2 3 . C on te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
Not offered 1991*92 .
See Philosophy 104.
Not offered 1991*92 .
Not offered 1991- 92.
38. Ph ilo so p h y o f S cience.
2 4 . R e a so n , T ru th , and In terp re ta tion .
39. Ex iste n tia lism .
Perplexities about the nature, limits, and vari
eties o f rationality, knowledge, meaning, and
understanding. Readings from current and
traditional sources.
Not offered 1991-92.
Starting with the historical background and
development o f existential philosophy, the
course will center around the 19th century
thinkers Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, the Russian
novelists, Tolstoy and Dostoyevsky, and the
20th century philosophers Heidegger, Sartre,
and Camus.
Not offered 1991- 92 .
25 . Th re e D u a lis m s: M in d /B o d y , Fre e
W ill/D e te rm in ism , Fact/V a lue .
A study o f three clusters o f metaphysical
problems, with readings drawn mainly from
contemporary sources.
Not offered 1991*92.
4 0 . S e m a n tics.
See Linguistics 40.
Fall semester. Brennan.
26 . Language and M eaning.
4 2 . Philosophical C la ss ic s.
What is it to know the meaning o f an expres
sion? Can one be justified in claiming to know
meanings? How ought linguists, literary crit
ics, and psychologists to study meaning and
our knowledge o f it? What philosophical con
ception o f mind is implied by our linguistic
capacity? Behaviorist theories o f meaning (as
exemplified by Quine), cognitivist theories of
meaning (as exemplified by Chomsky, Fodor,
and Davidson), and conceptions o f language
as a social practice (Wittgenstein) will be sur
veyed and criticized. Derrida and recent
French critical theory may be touched on.
Spring semester. Eldridge.
This course selects a single work for extended
study in light o f current and traditional criti
cism.
Not offered 1991- 92 .
2 7 . M e ta p h ys ic s.
Not offered 1991- 92.
2 9 . N in e te e n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.
The historicist treatments o f such topics as
knowledge, morality, God’s existence, and the
nature o f the self will be examined as elabo
rated by Fichte, Hegel, Kierkegaard, Marx,
and Nietzsche.
Not offered 1991- 92.
33. Ph ilo so ph y and Technology.
Technology not only affects how we think and
live, but is itself a product o f human thought
and activity, o f the acquisition and use of
scientific knowledge. It therefore intersects
with, and has an impact on, many areas of
186
4 5 . Ph ilo so p h y and Fem inism .
Not offered 1991- 92 .
5 9 . C atholic S o cial T h o u g h t
A study o f the Catholic tradition o f social
thought, its recent theoretical developments,
and its growing influence on social and politi
cal movements in Latin America.
Cross-listed as Religion 59.
Not offered 1991-92.
7 8 . P o s t-M o d e rn is m /
P o s t-S tru c tu ra lis m .
Since the mid-1950s structures, essences, and
languages have come to be 'decentered’ or
seen as historically variable and ill-bounded.
Decenterings o f structures, at the hands of
such figures as Wittgenstein and Heidegger
(later in their careers), Lacan, Derrida, Fou
cault, and Rorty have encouraged the inmixing
o f disciplines and speculations about the
deaths o f philosophy, o f the subject, and of
art. An emerging post-modern, post-struc
turalist sensibility has come to see all activities
as already implicated in further activities and
movements that outrun our full understand
ing. These developments will be surveyed and
assessed.
Spring semester. Eldridge.
7 9 . Colloquium : Language and M eaning.
This colloquium will concentrate on Wittgen
stein’s Philosophical Investigations, taking up
leading themes such as the nature o f selfunderstanding, the possibility o f scientific
semantics, the role o f rules in human action,
the relation between consciousness and lan
guage, and the relation between consciousness
and practice.
Not offered 1991-92.
86. Topics in Ph ilo so p h y and
P s yc h o lo g y.
Cross-listed as Psychology 86.
Fall semester. Lacey, Schwartz.
9 3. Directed Reading.
Each semester. Staff.
9 6. T h e s is.
Fall semester. Staff.
9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
Fall semester. Staff.
S E M IN A R S
10 1. M oral Ph ilo so ph y.
106.
An examination o f the principal theories o f
value, virtue, and moral obligation, and of
their justification. The focus will be primarily
on contemporary treatments o f moral phi
losophy. A central question o f seminar will
be the possibility and desirability o f moral
theory.
Spring semester. Oberdiek.
See Philosophy 17.
Not offered 1991-92.
A e s th e tic s .
110 . M ed ie va l Ph ilo so p h y.
Not offered 1991-92.
1 1 1 . Philosophy o f Religion.
See Religion Department Preparation by course
and attachment.
102. A n cie n t Ph ilo so ph y.
113 . T h e o ry o f K n ow le dg e .
A study o f the major representatives o f Greek
philosophy from the Presocratics to Hellenis
tic philosophy, with the emphasis on the
works o f Plato and Aristotle as they shaped
subsequent Western culture. The discussion
will focus especially on the development of
ethics, psyuchology, theory o f knowledge,
and the emergence o f science.
Fall semester. Cohen.
Traditional and current theories o f knowledge
and their alternatives. Topics include selfdeception, dreaming, perception, and theoriz
ing.
Fall semester. Raff.
103. S elected M od ern Ph ilo so p h ers.
See Philosophy 26.
Fall semester. Eldridge.
Two or more philosophical systems o f Des
cartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley,
Hume, or Kant and their relations.
Spring semester. Raff.
104. C o n te m p o ra ry Ph ilo so p h y.
20th Century classics by Frege, Moore, Rus
sell, Wittgenstein selected for intensive treat
ment and as ground for one or more current
philosophical issues.
Not offered 1991-92.
105. H e rm e n e utics and C on te m p o ra ry
Th eo rie s o f In terpre ta tion .
Not offered 1991-92.
114 . N in e tee n th -C e n tu ry Ph ilo so p h y.
See Philosophy 29.
Not offered 1991-92.
116 . Language and M eaning.
1 1 7 . Philosophy o f th e Social S cie nce s.
This course will consider different approaches
to the study o f human beings. The appropri
ateness o f a scientific attitude towards the
study o f people will be considered, as will the
possibility o f alternative approaches. The
meaning o f "truth” in the study o f human
beings, and its legitimacy as a goal will also be
discussed.
Spring semester. Schuldenffei.
118 . Ph ilo so p h y o f P s yc h o lo g y.
The seminar will address issues such as: the
187
P h ilo s o p h y
nature and motivation o f scientific psychol
ogy, problems o f intentionality, current philo
sophical controversies about cognitive science,
the computer as a model o f the mind, the role
o f values in psychological research.
Not offered 1991-92.
119 . Ph ilo so ph y o f Science.
Selected issues, e.g., the nature o f scientific
explanation and evidence, the relationship
between theory and observation, the rational
ity o f science, the alleged value-freedom of
science.
Not offered 1991-92.
12 1. Social and Political Ph ilo so p h y.
Sources for this seminar will range from An
cient to Contemporary. Among the theorists
who may be considered are Plato, Hobbes,
Locke, Rousseau, Rawls, MacIntyre, Taylor,
Shklar, Rorty, and Habermas. In addition to
classic issues, such as the nature and founda
tion o f justice, considerable attention wil be
paid to the question o f whether modern
thought can or should provide a philosophical
188
basis for political and social theorizing and, if
not, what such theorizing might look like in
the absence o f a philosophical basis.
Fall semester. Schuldenfrei.
122 . Ph ilo so p h y o f L a w .
Not offered 1991-92.
139. Phenom enology and
Ex iste n tia lism .
The seminar will provide an introduction into
the tradition o f phenomenological and exis
tential thought as it was taught by Husserl,
Heidegger, Sartre, and Merleau Ponty. It will
also go into the wider backbround o f the
movement in the 19th century and include
thinkers like Kierkegaard and Nietzsche.
Spring semester. Cohen.
180. T h e s is.
A thesis may be submitted by majors in the
department in place o f one Honors paper,
upon application by the student and at the
discretion o f the department.
P h ys ic a l Ed u cation and
A th le tic s
ER N E S T J . P R U D E N T E , Professor
D O U G LA S M . W E IS S , Professor
RORERT E. W IL L IA M S , Professor and Chair
S U S A N P. DAVIS, Associate Professor
M IC H A E L L M U L L A N , Associate Professor1
L E E W IM R E R L Y , Assistant Professor
G A ILE E. H O C K EY , Instructor
K A R E N Y O H A N N A N , Instructor
LA W R EN C E E H M E R , Assistant
E L E A N O R K . H E S S , Assistant
W AYN E M C K IN N EY , Assistant«
M A R C P E T E R S O N , Assistant
C .J . S T E F A N O W IC Z, Assistant4
D A L E S TR A W R R ID G E, Assistant4
R O N A LD A . T IR P A K , Assistant
The aim of the Department is to contribute to
the total education o f all students through the
medium of physical activity. We believe this
contribution can best be achieved through
encouraging participation in a broad program
of individual and team sports, dance, aquatics,
and physical conditioning. The program pro
vides an opportunity for instruction and ex
perience in a variety o f these activities on all
levels. It is our hope that participation in this
program will foster an understanding of move
ment and the pleasure o f exercise, and will
enhance, by practice, qualities o f good sports
manship, leadership, and cooperation in team
play. Students are also encouraged to develop
skill and interest in a variety o f activities
which can be enjoyed after graduation.
The intercollegiate athletic program is com
prehensive, including varsity teams in twentythree different sports, twelve for men and
eleven for women. During many o f these ac
tivities contests are arranged for junior varsity
teams.
Ample opportunities exist for large numbers
of students to engage in intercollegiate compe
tition, and those who qualify may be encour
aged to participate in regional and national
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
championship contests. Several club teams in
various sports are also organized and a pro
gram o f intramural activities is sponsored.
Students are encouraged to enjoy the instruc
tional and recreational opportunities offered
by the Department throughout their college
careers. In the freshman and sophomore years
all students not excused for medical reasons
are required to complete a four quarter (two
semester) program in physical education. All
students must pass a survival swimming test
or take up to one quarter o f swimming in
struction; classes for this purpose are offered
in the fall quarter.
Courses offered by the Department are listed
below. Credit toward completion o f the Phys
ical Education requirement will also be given
for participation in intercollegiate athletics, as
well as the listed Dance courses, which are
semester-long courses. To receive credit for
any part of the program students must par
ticipate in their chosen activity a minimum of
three hours a week. Faculty regulations stipu
late that students who have not fulfilled the
Physical Education requirement will not be
allowed to enter the junior year.
4 Fall semester, 1991.
189
P h y s ic a l Ed u c a tio n and A th le tic s
Fall A c tiv itie s
Advanced Life Saving
Aerobics
Aquatics I, II, III
Archery
Badminton
Ballet I, II, III
Beginning African Dance
* * * * Cross Country
Ij. Field Hockey
Fitness Walking
Folk & Square Dance
* * * Football
Modern Dance I, II, III
*
*
*
**
Nautilus I
Advanced Nautilus
Scuba
Self-Defense
Soccer
Squash
Swimming for Fitness
Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Touch Football
Volleyball
Weight Training
W in ter A c tiv itie s
Aerobics
Aquatics I, II, III
* * Badminton
Ballet I, II, m
* Basketball
Beginning African Dance
Fencing
Fitness Walkling
Folk & Square Dance
* * * * in(Joor Track
Lifeguard Training
Modem Dance I, II, III
*
****
*
***
Nautilus I
Advanced Nautilus
Scuba
Self-Defense
Squash
Swimming
Swimming for Fitness
Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Volleyball
Weight Training
Wrestling
S prin g A c tiv itie s
Aerobics
Archery
Aquatics I, II, III
Badminton
Ballet I, II, III continued
* * * Baseball
Beginning African Dance continued
Fitness Walking
Folk & Square Dance continued
* Golf
* * * * Lacrosse
ij. Intercollegiate competition for women
* Intercollegiate competition and course
instruction.
* * Intercollegiate competition for women,
course instruction for men and women.
190
*
*
*
****
Modern Dance I, II, III continued
Nautilus I
Advanced Nautilus
Softball
Squash
Swimming for Fitness
Synchronized Swimming
Tennis
Track and Field
Volleyball
Weight Training
* * * Intercollegiate competition for men.
* * * * Intercollegiate competition for men and
women.
P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y
J O H N R. BO CC IO, Professor and Associate Provost for Academic Computing6
P E T ER J . C O LLIN G S , Professor
J O H N E. G A U S T A D , Professor o f Astronomy
M A R K A . H E A L D , Professor
W U LFF D. H E IN T Z , Professor o f Astronomy
F R A N K A . M O S C A T E LLI, Associate Professor and Chair
A M Y R . B U G , Assistant Professor3
A N D R ÉS C O R R A D A -E M M A N U E L , Assistant Professor
C A R L H . G R O S S M A N , Assistant Professor
LY N N E A . M O L T E R , Assistant Professor o f Physics and Engineering
T E R J E G . V O LO , Assistant Professor
LY N N A . W E S T LIN G , Assistant Professor
The program o f the Physics and Astronomy
Department stresses the concepts and meth
ods that have led to an understanding o f the
fundamental laws explaining the physical uni
verse.
Throughout the work o f the Department, em
phasis is placed on quantitative, analytical
reasoning, as distinct from the mere acquisi
tion of facts and skills. Particular importance
is also attached to laboratory work, because
physics and astronomy are primarily experi
mental and observational sciences.
W ith the awareness that involvement in re
search is a major component in the education
o f scientists, the department offers a number
o f opportunities for students to participate in
original research projects, conducted by mem
bers o f the faculty, on (or off) campus.
Several research laboratories are maintained
by the Department to support faculty interests
in the areas o f lasers, high-resolution atomic
spectroscopy, biophysics, scanning tunneling
microscopy, molecular dynamics, computer
simulation, computer graphics, liquid crys
tals, and infrared astronomy.
The Department maintains two major tele
scopes, a 61-cm reflector, equipped with a
high-resolution spectrometer and CCD cam
era, and a 61-cm refractor, equipped for pho
tographic and visual astrometry, plus a 15-cm
refractor for instructional use. A monthly
visitors’ night at the Observatory is announced
in the College calendar.
Two calculus-based introductory courses are
offered. Physics 3 , 4 covers both classical and
modern physics and is the appropriate intro
ductory physics course for those students
majoring in engineering, chemistry, and biol
ogy. Physics 7 , 8, on the other hand, which is
taken after Physics 6, is aimed towards stu
dents planning to do further work in physics
or astronomy. The four-course sequence 6,7 ,
8, 14 is designed to provide a comprehensive
introduction to all major areas o f physics.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Degree Requirements: The minimum program
in Physics is intended for students not plan
ning to pursue graduate work. It includes
Physics 6 , 7, 8, 14, and 5 0 in the first two
years followed by Physics 111, 112, 113, and
114 in the last two years. In addition, the
advanced laboratory courses Physics 81 and
82 and Mathematics 6 , 6A, 6B, 6C, 16, and 18
must be taken.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
6 On administrative assignment, 1991-92.
The standard programs listed below provide
strong preparation for graduate study.
The standard program in Physics is Physics 6,
7 ,8 ,1 4 , and 5 0 in the first two years followed
191
P h y s ic s and A s tr o n o m y
by Physics 111, 1 1 2 ,1 1 3 ,1 1 4 ,1 1 5 , and 116 in
the last two years. In addition, the advanced
laboratory courses Physics 8 1 ,8 2 , and 83, and
Mathematics 5, 6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, 18 must
be taken. Chemistry 10 is strongly recom
mended.
The standard program in Astronomy is Phys
ics 6 , 7 ,8 , 1 4 , and Astronomy 5 , 6 in the first
two years followed by Astronomy 59, 117,
118, and three other Astronomy courses in
the last two years. In addition, Mathematics 5,
6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, and 18 must be taken.
A special major in Astrophysics normally
consists o f Physics 6 ,7 ,8 ,1 4 , and Astronomy
5 , 6 in the first two years followed by Physics
111, 112, 113, 114, and Astronomy 117, 118
in the last two years. In addition, Mathematics
5, 6A, 6B, and 6C, 16, 18 must be taken.
Chemistry 10 and Physics 50, 81, 82, and 83
are strongly recommended.
Students wishing an even stronger background
for graduate work may take an extended
program by adding senior seminars (num
bered greater than 130) or a research project
to the standard program.
Seniors not taking the external examinations
must take a comprehensive examination,
which is not only intended to encourage re
view and synthesis, but also requires students
to demonstrate mastery o f fundamentals stud
ied during all four years.
Criteria for Acceptance as a Major: A student
applying to become a Physics major should
have completed or be completing Physics 14,
Physics 50, and Math 18. If applying for
an Astrophysics or Astronomy major, they
should also have completed Astronomy 5 and
6 . The applicant must normally have an aver
age grade in all Physics and/or Astronomy
courses, as well as in Math 16, 18, o f C + or
better.
Since almost all advanced work in Physics and
Astronomy at Swarthmore is taught in semi
nars, where the pedagogical responsibility is
shared by the student participants, an addi
tional consideration in accepting (retaining)
majors is the presumed (demonstrated) ability
o f the students not only to benefit from this
mode o f instruction but also to contribute
positively to the seminars.
Advanced Laboratory Program: The principal
Physics seminars (111, 112, 113, 114, 115,
116) are each accompanied by a full laboratory
program, namely Physics 81 (no credit), Phys
ics 82, 83 (each one-half credit) requiring
approximately one afternoon a week. Students
enrolled in these seminars must arrange their
programs so that they can schedule an after
noon for lab each week free o f conflicts with
other classes, extracurricular activities, and
sports.
Independent Work: Physics and Astronomy
majors are encouraged to undertake indepen
dent research projects, especially in the senior
year, either in conjunction with one o f the
senior seminars, or as a special project for
separate credit (Physics/Astronomy 94).
There are usually several opportunities for
students to work with faculty members on
research projects during the summer. In prepration for independent experimental work,
prospective majors are strongly urged to take
Physics 63, Procedures in Experimental Phys
ics, during the fall semester o f their sopho
more year, which will qualify them to work in
the departmental shops.
EXTERNAL EXAMINATION PROGRAM
To be accepted into the External Examination
program in the Department, the applicant
must normaly have an average grade in all
Physics and/or Astronomy courses o f B or
better.
External examinations, based on the topics
covered in seminars, will be possible in the
following fields:
192
Every Year: Classical Physics (based on 111,
112), Quantum Physics (based on 113, 115),
Statistical Physics (based on 113,114), Statis
tical Physics and Optics (based on 114, 116),
Physical Optics (based on 112, 116), and
Research Project (based on Physics 94 or
Astronomy 94).
Every Other Year beginning with 1992/93:
Astrophysics (based on Astronomy 117,118).
Additional fields subject to faculty availability
and students’ interests: 1991-92: General Relativity (based on 111, 130), Quantum Theory
(based on 113, 134.) 1992-93: Solid State
Physics (based on 115, 135), Modem Optics
and Spectroscopy (based on 116, 133).
PHYSICS
3. General P h y s ic s I.
Topics include vectors, kinematics, Newton’s
laws and dynamics, conservation laws, work
and energy, oscillatory motion, systems o f
particles, rigid body rotation, special rela
tivity, and thermodynamics. Includes one lab
oratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5 (can be taken
concurrently).
Fall semester. Westling.
gressive waves, boundary effects and interfer
ence, the electrostatic field and potential, elec
trical work and energy, D.C. and A.C. circuits,
the relativistic basis o f magnetism, and Max
well’s equations. The laboratory curriculum
includes geometrical optics. Includes one lab
oratory weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 7. Mathematics 6A, 6C;
18 (can be taken concurrently).
Fall semester. Collings.
4 . General P h y s ic s II.
8 A . Special S e m in a r: General P h y s ic s .
Topics include wave phenomena, geometrical
and physical optics, electicity and magnetism,
direct and alternating-current circuits, and
introductory quantum physics. Includes one
laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 6A (can be taken
concurrently).
Spring semester. Grossman.
This course is designed to supplement Physics
3,4 in order to bring student preparation to
the level o f Physics 7,8. Half-credit course.
Prerequisite: Physics 4, and Mathematics 6C
or 18 concurrently.
Fall semester. Heald.
6. The C h a ra cte r o f Ph ysica l L a w .
An introduction to the concepts o f physics
and the thought processes inherent to the
discipline. Topics range from relativity to
quantum theory to elementary particles to
non-determinate dynamics (chaos). The
course includes a substantial writing compo
nent and some laboratory work
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Collings, Corrada-Emmanuel,
and Moscatelli.
7 . M echanics and T h e rm o d y n a m ic s .
The classical mechanics o f point particles.
Vector algebra and calculus, kinematics, dy
namics, rigid bodies, nonlinear systems, spe
cial relativity, statistical mechanics. Includes
one laboratory weekly.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 6A (can be taken
concurrently).
Spring semester. Boccio.
8. Ele c tric ity , M a g n e tis m , and W a ve s.
A sophisticated introductory treatment of
wave and electric and magnetic phenomena,
such as oscillatory motion, forced vibrations,
coupled oscillators, Fourier analysis o f pro
14 . M od ern P h y s ic s .
An introduction to moderns physics, includ
ing relativistic dynamics, wave mechanics,
Schrodinger equation applied to one-dimen
sional systems, and properties o f atoms, mole
cules, solids, nuclei, and elementary particles.
The quantum aspects o f the interaction of
photons with matter. Includes one laboratory
weekly.
Prerequisites: Physics 8 with Physics 50 taken
concurrently.
Spring semester. Westling.
2 0 . Prin cip le s o f the Ea rth S cie n ce s.
An analysis o f the forces shaping our physical
environment, drawing on the fields o f geology,
geophysics, meteorology, and oceanography.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92.
2 1 . Prin cip le s o f A e ro n a u tic s.
Principles o f flight, elements o f aircraft struc
ture and performance, flight instruments, navi
gation aids and methods, flight meteorology,
airspace utilization.
Not offered 1991-92.
2 3 . R e la tivity.
A non-mathematical introduction to the spe
cial and general theories o f relativity as devel-
193
P h y s ic s and A s tr o n o m y
oped by Einstein and others during the 20th
century.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92.
50 . M ath e m a tica l M eth o ds o f P h y s ic s .
A survey o f analytical and numerical tech
niques useful in physics, including multivari
able calculus, optimization, ordinary differen
tial equations, partial differential equations
and Sturm-Liouville systems, orthogonal func
tions, Fourier series, Fourier and Laplace trans
forms, and numerical methods.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 16 and either 6C
or 18; a knowledge o f some programming
language.
Spring semester. Corrada-Emmanuel.
9 3. D irecte d Reading.
This course provides an opportunity for an
individual student to do special study, with
either theoretical or experimental emphasis,
in fields not covered by the regular courses
and seminars. The student will present oral
and written reports to the instructor.
Each semester. Staff.
9 4 . R esearch P ro je c t.
Initiative for a research project may come
from the student, or the work may involve
collaboration with on-going faculty research.
The student will present a written and an oral
report to the Department.
One-half, one, or two credits.
Each semester. Staff.
63. Procedu res in Experim ental Ph ysics.
9 7 . S e n io r C on feren ce.
Techniques, materials, and the design o f ex
perimental apparatus. Shop practice. Printed
circuit design and construction. Half-credit
course. Open only to majors in Physics or
Astronomy.
Fall semester. Technical staff.
This half-course is designed to give students
an overview o f all o f their physics courses by
studying a variety o f physical problems. When
offered, this course replaces the departmental
comprehensive examination.
One-half credit.
Spring semester. Staff.
SEMINARS
111. M ec h a n ics.
Intermediate classical mechanics. Motion o f a
particle in one, two, and three dimensions.
Kepler’s laws and planetary motion. Phase
space. Oscillatory motion. Lagrange equations
and variational principles. Systems o f parti
cles; collisions and cross sections. Motion of
a rigid body. Euler’s equations. Rotating
frames o f reference. Small oscillations and
normal modes. Wave phenomena.
Prerequisites: Physics 14, 50; Math 18.
One credit.
Fall semester. Grossman.
112 . Ele c tro d yn a m ic s.
Electricity and magnetism using vector calcu
lus. Electric and magnetic fields. Dielectric
and magnetic materials. Electromagnetic in
duction. Maxwell’s field equations in differ
ential form. Displacement current. Poynting
theorem and electromagnetic waves. Bound
ary-value problems. Radiation. Four vector
formulation o f relativistic electrodynamics.
Prerequisite: Physics 14, 50; Math 18.
194
One credit.
Fall semester. Heald.
113 . Quantum T h e o ry .
Postulates o f quantum mechanics. Operators,
eigenfunctions, and eigenvalues. Function
spaces and hermitian operators; bra-ket nota
tion. Superposition and observables. Time
development, conservation theorems, and
parity. Angular momentum. Three-dimen
sional systems. Matrix mechanics and spin.
Coupled angular momenta. Time-independent
and time-dependent perturbation theory. Tran
sition rates.
Prerequisites: Physics 111, 112, and Mathe
matics 16.
One credit.
Spring semester. Moscatelli.
114 . S ta tistic a l P h y s ic s .
The statistical behavior o f classical and quan
tum systems. Temperature and entropy,
equations o f state, engines and refrigerators,
statistical basis o f thermodynamics, microcanonical, canonical and grand canonical dis
tributions, phase transitions, statistics o f
bosons and fermions, black body radiation,
electronic and thermal properties o f quantum
liquids and solids.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 6C or 18, Physics
14.
One credit.
Spring semester. Collings.
115. Quantum Ap p lica tio n s.
Applications o f theory developed in Physics
113 and 114. Topics selected from: Atomic
physics. Solid-state physics. Nuclear physics.
Particle physics. Molecular physics.
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 114.
One credit.
Fall semester. Boccio.
116. M od ern Optics.
Wave equations, superposition, interference,
Frauenhofer and Fresnel diffraction, polariza
tion. Optical instruments: spectrometers,
interferometers, etalons. Propagation in fi
bers, Fourier optics, spatial and temporal
coherence, lasers, elements o f nonlinear op
tics. Quantum theory o f light: blackbody radi
ation, modes, quantization o f the electromag
netic field, photons, coherent states, intensity
fluctuations.
Prerequisites: Physics 113.
One credit.
Fall semester. Void.
130. General R e la tivity.
Newton’s gravitational theory. Special rela
tivity. Linear field theory. Gravitational waves.
Measurement of spacetime. Riemannian geom
etry. Geometrodynamics and Einstein’s equa
tions. The Schwarzschild solution. Black holes
and gravitational collapse. Cosmology.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112.
One credit.
Spring semester. Void.
13 1. Pa rticle P h y s ic s .
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 115.
One credit.
Not offered 1991-92.
13 2. N o n -Lin e a r D yn am ics and C haos.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112.
One credit.
Not offered 1991-92.
133. A to m ic P h y s ic s and
S p e c tro sc o p y .
Review o f quantum theory. Hydrogen atom.
Multi-electron atoms. Atoms in external
fields. Optical transitions and selection rules.
Hyperfine structure. Lasers. Atomic spec
troscopic techniques: atomic beams methods,
Doppler-free spectroscopy, time-resolved
spectroscopy, level crossing spectroscopy.
Prerequisites: Physics 113, 115, and 116.
One credit.
To be offered spring semester 1992-93.
Moscatelli.
13 4 . A d va n c e d Quantum M ec h a n ics.
Photon polarization. Quantum interference
effects. Measurement theory. Potential scat
tering. Time-independent and time-dependent
perturbation theory. Interaction o f the quan
tized radiation field with matter. Addition o f
angular momenta. Rotations and tensor opera
tors. Identical particles. Second quantization.
Atoms and molecules. Relativistic spin zero
particles. The Klein-Gordon equation. The
Dirac equation.
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 115.
One credit.
Spring semester. Corrada-Emmanuel.
135. Solid S ta te P h y s ic s .
Crystal structure and diffraction. The recip
rocal lattice and Brillouin zones. Lattice vibra
tions and normal modes. Phonon dispersion.
Einstein and Debye models for specific heat.
Free electrons and the Fermi surface. Electrons
in periodic structures. The Bloch theorem.
Band structure. Semiclassical electron dynam
ics. Semiconductors. Magnetic and optical
properties o f solids. Superconductivity.
Prerequisites: Physics 113, 114, and 115.
One credit.
To be offered spring semester 1992-93. Collings.
136. Quantum Op tics and L a s e rs .
Prerequisites: Physics 113 and 116.
One credit.
Not offered 1991-92.
195
P h y s ic s and A s tr o n o m y
UPPERCLASS LABORATORY PROGRAM
8 1. La b o ra to ry Ele c tro n ic s.
Design techniques for analog and digital cir
cuits including microprocessors.
No credit.
Fall semester. Grossman.
8 2 . A d va n ce d L a b o ra to ry .
Experiments in mechanics, electricity and mag
netism, waves, thermal and statistical physics,
atomic and nuclear physics.
One-half credit.
Spring semester. Void, Westling.
83. Ad va n ce d La b o ra to ry /R e s e a rc h .
Experiments in modern optics, lasers (contin
uous and pulsed), atomic spectroscopy using
tunable lasers and advanced nuclear physics.
(Upon consultation with a faculty member, a
research project may be substituted.)
Fall semester. Void, Westling.
ASTRONOMY
1. In tro d u cto ry A s tro n o m y .
The scientific investigation o f the universe by
observation and theory, including the basic
notions o f physics as needed in astronomical
applications. Topics include astronomical in
struments and radiation; the sun and planets;
properties, structure, and evolution o f stars;
the Galaxy and extragalactic systems; the ori
gin and evolution o f the universe. Includes
some evening labs.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Heintz.
Spring semester. Gaustad.
5 . General A s tro n o m y 1.
Celestial coordinates. Astronomical instru
ments. Laws o f physics relevant to astronomy.
Observed properties o f the sun and stars.
Stellar structure evolution. Star clusters. Ce
lestial mechanics. Binary stars.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5.
Fall semester. Gaustad.
6 . General A s tro n o m y II.
Interstellar matter. The Milky Way Galaxy.
Galaxies and quasars. Cosmology. The solar
system.
Prerequisite: Mathematics 5.
Spring semester. Heintz.
9 . M e te o ro lo g y.
The elements o f weather, its recording and
prediction. Structure and dynamics o f the
atmosphere. Includes regular weather obser
vations and comparison with maps.
Prerequisites: Mathematics 5, 6A.
Spring semester. Heintz.
5 2 . C on cepts o f th e C o s m o s.
Historical survey o f astronomical thought.
196
Includes oriental astrology, hellenistic geom
etry and cosmology, and the development of
observation and astrophysics in the 200 years
from Halley to Einstein.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 1.
Not offered 1991-92. Heintz.
5 5 . P la n e ta ry S cie nce .
Methods and results o f the exploration o f the
solar system.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6.
Not offered 1991-92. Heintz.
5 6 . C osm o log y.
General relativity and the theoretical frame
work o f cosmology. World models. Optical
and radio results on galaxies and quasars.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Mathematics
6A, 6B.
Not offered 1991-92.
5 9 . Positional A s tro n o m y .
Coordinate systems and transformations; fun
damental and apparent positions; proper mo
tion and binary-star analysis.
Prerequisite: Astronomy 6 .
Not offered 1991-92. Heintz.
6 1. C u rre n t P ro b le m s in A s tro n o m y
and A s tro p h y s ic s .
Reading and discussion o f selected research
papers from the astronomical literature. Tech
niques o f journal reading, use o f abstract
services and other aids for the efficient main
tenance o f awareness in a technical field. May
be repeated for credit. Credit/no credit only.
One-half credit.
Each semester. Gaustad.
64. G a lactic S tru c tu re .
1 1 7 ,1 1 8 . Th eo re tica l A s tro p h y s ic s .
Observational and theoretical results on the
Milky Way Galaxy, including stellar popula
tions, H-R diagram, luminosity function, stel
lar dynamics, spiral structure, and mass distri
bution.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 6, Mathematics 6A.
Not offered 1991-92. Heintz.
The physical interpretation o f astronomical
phenomena. Topics include electromagnetic
processes in space, fluid dynamics and shock
waves, the interstellar medium, radiative trans
fer, stellar atmospheres, interpretation o f stel
lar spectra, stellar structure and evolution,
and star formation.
Prerequisites: Astronomy 5, 6 ; Physics 14.
To be offered 1992-93. Gaustad.
93. Directed Reading.
94. R esearch P r o je c t
197
I
Political S c ie n c e
C H A R L E S L G ILB ER T , Professor Emeritus5
R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S , Professor*
J A M E S R . K U R T H , Professor
R IC H A R D L . R U B IN , Professor (part-time)
K E N N E T H E . S H A R P E , Professor and Chair
DAVID G . S M IT H , Professor*
H IL L A R D P O U N C Y , Associate Professor1
D E E P A M . O L L A P A L L Y , Assistant Professor (part-time)
L E E P E R L M A N , Assistant Professor
M IT C H E L L P. S M IT H , Assistant Professor
T Y R E N E W H IT E, Assistant Professor
COURSE OFFERINGS AND PREREQUISITES
Courses and seminars offered by the Political
Science Department deal with the place o f
politics in society and contribute to an under
standing o f the purposes, organization, and
operation o f political institutions, domestic
and international. The Department offers
courses in all four o f the major subfields o f the
discipline—American politics, comparative
politics, international politics, and political
theory. Questions about the causes and con
sequences o f political action, and normative
concerns regarding freedom, authority, and
human dignity, are addressed throughout the
curriculum.
Prerequisites: Students planning to study politi
cal science are advised to start with Elements
o f Politics (Political Science 1). They should
then continue with at least one o f the other
three introductory courses: Policy-Making in
America, Comparative Politics, and Interna
tional Politics (Political Science 2, 3, and 4).
Normally any two o f these courses constitute
the prerequisite for further work in the De
partment.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MAJOR
Prerequisites and general recommendations: Stu
dents who intend to major in Political Science
should begin their work in their first year at
college if possible. Completion o f at least two
courses at the introductory level (Political
Science 1, 2, 3, and 4 ) is required for admis
sion to the major. Supporting courses strongly
recommended for all majors are Statistics for
Observational Data (Mathematics 1 ) and In
troduction to Economics (Economics 1-2).
Course requirements for majors: To graduate
with a major in Political Science, a student
must complete the equivalent o f at least eight
courses in the Department.
Political Science 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, and
the two political theory seminars, Political
Science 100 and 101. Three or four o f these
are offered each year.
The Department recommends that majors
plan course and seminar programs that afford
some exposure above the introductory level
to at least three o f the four major subfields of
political science (listed in the introductory
paragraph above). The Qualifying Papers re
quirement makes it especially important for
Course majors to observe this recommenda
tion in planning their work in the Depart
ment.
One course or seminar in political theory is
required o f all majors. Completion o f any of
the following will satisfy this requirement:12
The comprehensive requirement (Qualifying Pa
pers): Majors in the Course program fulfill the
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
5 Spring semester, 1992.
19B
I
I
I
K
1
College comprehensive requirement by satis
factory completion o f three Qualifying Papers,
one each in three o f the four subfields o f the
discipline. Taken together, the papers should
demonstrate the student’s capacity for use o f
empirical evidence, normative analysis, and
evaluation o f policy. Normally, these papers
develop from term papers or other writing
assigned in a student’s previous courses in the
Department. Students may receive credit for
preparing Qualifying Papers by enrolling in
Special Topics in Political Science (Political
Science 6 0 ) in the Spring term o f their senior
year. Detailed information about Qualifying
Papers is provided to seniors early in the Fall
term.
CONCENTRATIONS IN INTERNATIONAL
RELATIONS AND PUBLIC POLICY
Students have the option o f pursuing inter
disciplinary work as an adjunct to a major in
Political Science in the concentrations in In
ternational Relations and Public Policy. In
each case, comprehensive requirements (for
Course majors) or the external examination
requirements (for candidates for Honors) will
be adjusted to allow students to demonstrate
their accomplishments in the concentration.
For further information, consult the separate
Catalog listings for International Relations
(page 140) and Public Policy (page 212).
ADVANCED PLACEMENT
The Department grants one unit o f college
credit to students who have achieved a score
o f 5 on the College Board Advanced Place
ment examination in Government and Politics
(either United States or Comparative, but not
both). This credit may be counted toward the
major and toward satisfaction o f the College
distribution requirement in the Social Sci
ences. Normally, students awarded A.P. credit
will still be expected to complete at least two
introductory courses at Swarthmore as a pre
requisite for more advanced work in the
Department.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Occasionally, majors in Political Science wish
to pursue certification for secondary school
teaching. For such students, there are two
normal routes to Social Studies Certification.
One o f these is through a major in the social
sciences, plus four to six semesters o f courses
in other social sciences. Students majoring in
History, Political Science, and Sociology-An
thropology are required to take at least four
courses outside their major; students majoring
in Economics or Psychology are required to
take six. The other route to certification is by
taking at least twelve semester courses in
social sciences, o f which six must normally be
in one discipline, and at least two more must
be in a single other discipline. All students
seeking social studies certification are required
to take two courses in history. A t least one
course in American history and one social
science course focusing on Third World or
non-Anglo subject matter are required. For
further information, see the listing for the
Program in Education.
1 . Ele m e n ts o f Po litics.
Designed to probe some major questions of
politics, this course asks: W ho governs in the
interests o f whom? How? What are the sources
o f political stability and change? How is politi
cal power created, maintained, or challenged?
Answering these questions will involve a study
o f the basic institutions, concepts, and moving
forces o f politics and exploring problems
such as justice, freedom, equality, and obliga
tion. Materials will be drawn from the United
States and other countries.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.
199
P o litic a l S c ie n c e
2 . P o lic y -M a k in g in A m e ric a .
14 . A m e ric a n Foreign Po licy.
Consideration o f basic elements o f American
national politics, and o f ways o f defining and
explaining the functions and results o f Ameri
can politics. Major attention will be devoted
to electoral organizations, voting behavior
and opinion formation, legislation and presi
dential leadership, administration and policy
choices.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Pouncy.
An examination o f the making o f American
foreign policy and o f the major problems
faced by the United States in the modern
world. The course will focus on the influence
o f political, bureaucratic, and economic forces
and on the problems o f war, intervention, and
economic conflict.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Fall semester. Ollapally.
3. C o m p a ra tive Po litics.
19. C o m p arative C om m u nist Po litics.
An introduction to the logic o f comparative
inquiry and its application to the study o f
political systems. Major attention will be given
to the political systems o f Western Europe.
The course will focus on (1 ) the historical
evolution and character o f state institutions,
( 2) the range and nature o f political parties,
(3 ) the rise o f the welfare state, and (4 ) the
political role o f labor movements.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. M. Smith.
A comparative study o f communist regimes,
with primary emphasis on the Soviet Union,
China, and Eastern Europe. Topics will in
clude: (1 ) Marxism-Leninism as a revolution
ary ideology; (2 ) origins o f the Russian and
Chinese revolutions; (3 ) the Stalinist and
Maoist models o f economic development;
(4 ) sources o f political instability (5 ) dilem
mas o f socialist reform. Special attention will
be given to the events o f 1989-90, including
the collapse o f Leninist regimes in Eastern
Europe and the Chinese democracy move
ment.
Spring semester. White.
4 . International Po litics.
An introduction to the analysis o f the contem
porary international system and its evolution
in the twentieth century. The course will
examine various approaches to explaining
wars, military defense, and international eco
nomic problems.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Staff.
10. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r.
Freshman seminars explore particular issues
in depth, while introducing a variety o f ap
proaches or settings in which the issue arises,
e.g., equality, freedom, democracy. In 199192 the issue will be hunger in America and
abroad. The historical and economic practices
that give rise to hunger and famine in different
countries will be examined. The political
forces that allow for hunger, and related phe
nomena o f poverty, environmental degrada
tion and global inequality, will be explored,
and prospects to change the situation will be
considered. Preference will be given to stu
dents who have some preparation, e.g., a 3 or
better on advanced placement or experience
in countries with high undernutrition.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
200
20 . Po litics o f China.
This course will survey Chinese politics since
1949, the beginning o f communist rule. Topics
will include: ( 1 ) origins and consequences of
the communist revolution; ( 2) the content of
"M ao Zedong thought” ; (3 ) the legacy o f the
Maoist regime; (4 ) political organization and
policy process; (5) political and economic
reform in the post-Mao era; (6 ) Sino-Soviet
relations. We will also examine the origins and
consequences o f the pro-democracy move
ment o f 1989.
Spring semester. White.
2 1 . Political Ec o n o m y o f A fric a .
(Also listed as Economics 82. See course de
scription under Economics.).
Fall semester. Lipumba.
2 2 . La tin A m e ric a n Po litics.
This introduction to Latin American politics
will explore such topics as the colonial legacy
o f Latin America; the difficulties o f creating
viable political institutions; contemporary
sources o f instability, revolution, and military
intervention; the different meaning o f politics
for various groups (Indians, peasants, work
ers, middle-class groups, industrialists, landowners, etc.); and the economic and political
difficulties raised by U.S.-Latin American
relations. These topics will be approached
through a comparative study o f such countries
as Mexico, Chile, Guatemala, El Salvador, and
Nicaragua.
Spring semester. Sharpe.
particular emphasis on the choice o f weapons
systems and military strategies. Political, eco
nomic, bureaucratic, and other explanations
o f past and present policies will be explored.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Fall semester. Kurth.
23. Political Change in
A fro -A m e ric a n C om m unities.
(Also listed as Economics 75.) Analysis of
governmental policy toward health care and
public health, its impact upon institutions and
resource allocation, and major alternatives for
action. Central topics are the organization of
health care delivery (roles and views o f phy
sicians, nurses, administrators, patients and
insurers); the interplay o f federal, state, and
local governments, quasi-public authorities,
and interest groups; technical and political
aspects o f health insurance alternatives; health
manpower (medical and nursing schools,
para-professionals); biomedical research pro
grams. Students wishing to take this course
should consult in advance with the instruc
tors. Prior work in at least two o f the following
will be helpful: Economics 1 -2 ,4 ,2 6 ; Political
Science 2, 51; Mathematics 1; Engineering 4,
32.
Spring semester. D. Smith.
An investigation into the politicalization of
Afro-American communities in urban areas
over the past 100 years. The course covers the
following topics: leadership recruitment; lead
ership styles; black access to city machines;
paradoxical effects o f 1960’s militancy; the
impact o f a new post-1960’s political class;
and the dilemmas o f increasing diversity. Case
examples are drawn from Boston, Chicago,
Cleveland, New York, Philadelphia, and the
South.
Spring semester. Pouncy.
2 7 . Political Ec o n o m y o f the
W elfare S ta te .
The course will examine the development
processes, political forces, and ideas that gave
rise to social policy in West European coun
tries, beginning with Bismarck’s Germany.
Social policy in the U .S. will also be consid
ered in comparative perspective. In addition
to the origins o f the welfare state, the course
will consider the role o f the state, industry,
and organized labor in the post-World War II
period and the recent transformation o f the
European welfare state.
Spring semester. M. Smith.
4 2 . Health Po licy.
4 3 . Food P o licy: National and
International Issu e s.
40 . The Vietnam W ar.
The causes and possible solutions to major
food problems: hunger, rural poverty, and
food insecurity. The role o f government policy
in production, distribution, and consumption
o f food. Principal focus will be upon the
American agricultural experience, food sys
tems in less developed countries, international
trade and aid as solutions, and international
measures to improve food security. A field
trip, an early final exam, and a substantial
paper are features o f the course. Students with
little work in political science may be admitted
with the consent o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
An exploration o f the reasons for U .S. mili
tary involvement in Vietnam in the 1950s and
1960s and for the military withdrawal in the
1970s.
Not offered 1991-92.
An analysis o f important policy questions
with direct and indirect bearing on racial and
ethnic groups.
Not offered 1991-92. Pouncy or Rubin.
3 1. Fem in ist Political T h o u g h t
A study o f central political and theoretical
issues such as citizenship, political participa
tion, obligation, authority, justice, freedom
and the state, as they relate to women.
Not offered 1991-92.
4 4 . R a ce , Eth n icity and Public Po licy.
4 1. D efense P o lic y.
Analysis o f the history and structure o f Ameri
can defense policy since World War II, with
201
P o litic a l S c ie n c e
4 6 . M ulticultu ral Po litics in the
United S ta te s .
Open to sophomores and upperclassmen.
Spring semester. D. Smith.
This course will discuss six major cultural
groups in the United States and the politics
and strategies they have used in their relations
with each other. These cultural groups have
abo been variously defined in terms o f reli
gion, ethnicity, or race. Three o f the groups
(originally identified as Protestants, Catholics,
and Jews) have their cultural origins in Europe,
and three (African Americans, Hispanics, and
Asian Americans) have their cultural origins
in another continent or region, i.e., SubSaharan Africa, Latin America, and East Asia.
The course consequently will examine the
connections between multicultural politics
and international politics.
Prerequbite:: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Spring semester. Kurth.
5 3 . A m e ric a n Presiden tial Po litics
and th e M a s s M ed ia .
49 . C o n g re ss : Ele ctio ns and Le g islatio n.
An analysb o f the role o f Congress in the
American political system. Emphasis on exa
mining the representation o f interests in Con
gress through the electoral and legislative pro
cesses. Study o f political parties, interest
groups, public opinion, voting behavior and
the electoral process, and the politics o f the
legislative process. The historical evolution o f
the institution o f Congress, with an emphasb
on its changing relationships with the judicial
and executive branches and the dynamic na
ture o f its legblative power.
Spring semester. Staff.
50 . Public L a w and Public
A d m in istra tio n .
Theory and practice o f administrative law in
the United States. Role o f the courts in gov
ernmental administration. The interaction o f
public law and public policy, with particular
attention to certain sectors o f public policy.
Not offered 1991-92.
52. A m e ric a n Constitutional L a w .
The role o f the Supreme Court in the Ameri
can political system, viewed both historically
and through analysis o f leading cases. Areas of
constitutional law and development empha
sized are: the nature and exercbe o f judicial
review; federalism and the scope o f national
power; due process, equal protection, the
First Amendment, and other civil liberties.
202
The central focus o f the course b on electoral
connections between public opinion, political
organizations and institutions, and the exercbe
o f presidential power with special attention to
role o f mass media.
Fall semester. Rubin.
I
5 4 . Political T h e o ry : Pla to to
M ach ia ve lli.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer
gence o f a dbtinctively modem political out
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role o f law and knowledge in government; the
rebtion o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Fall semester. Sharpe.
A
f
55. M od ern Political T h e o ry .
A study and critique o f liberalbm through
close reading and analysb o f the writings of
such theorists as Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau,
Bentham, J.S . Mill, Marx, and Rawls. The
course will consider problems regarding lib
erty, political obligation, the common good,
human nature, gender, and dbtributive justice.
Not open to students who plan to take the Modem
Political Theory seminar.
Spring semester. Perlman.
1
J
5 6 . C o n te m p o ra ry Political T h e o ry .
A study o f current issues in political thought,
their historical and theoretical foundations
and their practical consequences.
Not offered 1991-92.
5 7 . Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
An exploration o f the concept o f law as it has
been understood by lawyers, judges, philoso
phers, and social scientists. Some current
moral issues in law may be discussed.
Not offered 1991-92.
I
5 8. International Political T h e o ry .
The morality o f war, war crimes and the rules
o f warfare, and the ethics o f nuclear deter
rence; intervention, self-determination, and
the moral status o f the nation-state; and international dbtributive justice.
Not offered 1991-92.
*
§
60. Special Topics in Political
S cience.
7 1 . International Po litics:
Special Topics.
Open to senior Course majors in Political
Science. Devoted to the preparation o f three
qualifying papers in the senior year.
Each semester. Members o f the Department.
Each year this course will study a major topic
in international politics, with different topics
being studied in different years. The course
will examine development o f the topic from
historical origins to contemporary issues, with
particular attention being given to ( 1 ) the rise,
decline, and restoration o f great powers;
(2 ) military conflicts and economic competi
tion; and (3 ) the interaction between interna
tional politics and internal politics. During
Fall 1991, the topic will be a comparison o f
the roles o f (1 ) Germany and Central Europe
and (2 ) Japan and East Asia in international
politics.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Fall semester. Kurth.
6 2 . Colloquium and Re se a rch P ro je c t on
Presiden tial Elections.
The presidential election system, the dynamics
o f shifting groups in coalitions, and the role o f
the mass media. The principal requirement is
the successful completion o f an independent
research project that examines a single presi
dential election campaign.
Not offered 1991-92. Rubin.
63. Th e Po litics and Political C ulture o f
A m e ric a n J e w s .
An analysis o f the actual political behavior of
American Jews, and the attitudinal substruc
tures and cultural underpinnings that shape
that behavior. A colloquium-seminar format
will be used to explore the relative influence
o f ethnic socio-religious values and experi
ence, group social and political objectives,
and the impact o f American culture and ide
ology on contemporary American Jewish po
litical thinking.
Not offered 1991-92. Rubin.
6 4. Political S o c ia liza tio n and S ch o o ls.
(Also listed as Education 64. See course de
scription under Program in Education.)
Not offered 1991-92. Travers.
65. Political P s yc h o lo g y.
(Also listed as Psychology 65. See course de
scription under Psychology.)
Fall semester. Peabody.
68. En viron m ental Po licy.
(Also listed as Engineering 68. See course de
scription under Engineering.)
Spring semester. McGarity.
S 3 . Directed Readings in Political
Science.
Available on an individual or group basis,
subject to the approval o f the chairman and
the instructor.
9 6. Th e s is .
W ith the permission o f the chairman and a
supervising instructor, any major in Course
may substitute a thesis for one course, nor
mally during either semester o f the senior
year.
9 7 ,9 8 . Public P o licy T h e s is.
(Also listed with Economics 97 and 9 8 .) A
thesis preparation on a public policy topic.
The thesis will be supported by relevant fac
ulty and presented to a student/faculty semi
nar. See public policy concentration pages for
further information. For a two-credit thesis,
enrollment in both 97 and 9 8 is required.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
SEMINARS
The following seminars prepare for examina
tion for a degree with Honors:
100. Politicai T h e o ry : An cie n t.
The development o f political thought in the
ancient and medieval periods, and the emer
gence o f a distinctively modem political out
look. Topics considered include: the origins,
functions, and purposes o f the city-state; the
role o f law and knowledge in government; the
relation o f ethics and politics; justice, and its
relation to Greek and Christian thought.
Fall semester. Sharpe.
203
P o litic a l S c ie n c e
10 1. Political T h e o ry : M od ern .
An analytical and critical examination o f the
philosophical foundations o f liberalism and
socialism, drawing on the writings o f theorists
from Hobbes to Marx and including works o f
some contemporary political philosophers.
The subjects considered include such prob
lems as the nature o f legitimate authority, the
basis o f political obligation, liberty, and de
mocracy. The role o f assumptions about gen
der in past and present varieties o f liberalism
is considerd throughout the seminar.
Spring semester. Perlman.
10 2. Po litics and Le gislatio n.
The study o f political parties, interest groups,
public opinion and voting behavior, electoral
systems and representation, the legislative pro
cess. Emphasis is on American politics, with
some comparative material; and, ultimately,
on politics from the standpoint o f theories of
political democracy.
Spring semester. Gilbert.
103. P ro b le m s in G o ve rn m e n t and
A d m in istra tio n .
Problems o f administrative organization, pol
icymaking and responsibility, with primary
reference to the United States and to selected
fields o f policy.
Fall semester. Gilbert.
10 4. International Po litics.
An inquiry into problems in international
politics. Topics will include (1 ) competing
theories o f international politics, ( 2) war and
the uses o f force, and (3 ) the management of
various global and economic issues.
Prerequisite: Political Science 4 or the equiva
lent.
Spring semester. Ollapally.
106. Public L a w and Ju ris p ru d e n c e .
A study o f the sources and nature o f law;
historical, sociological, philosophic, "realis
tic,” and behavioral approaches to jurispru
dence; the nature o f the judicial process and
other problems o f jurisprudence, illustrated
by judicial decisions and other legal materials
relating to selected areas o f law.
Not offered 1991-92. D. Smith.
10 7. C o m p arative Po litics : C om m u nist
Re gim e s.
A comparative study o f communist regimes,
with primary emphasis on the Soviet Union,
204
China, and Eastern Europe. Topics will in
clude: (1 ) Marxism-Leninism as a revolution
ary ideology; (2 ) origins o f the Russian and
Chinese revolutions; (3 ) the Stalinist and
Maoist models o f economic development;
(4 ) sources o f political instability; (5 ) dilem
mas o f socialist reform; and ( 6) theories of
regime change. Special attention will be given
to the events o f 1989-90, including the col
lapse o f Leninist regimes in Eastern Europe
and the democracy movement in China.
Spring semester. White.
108. C o m p arative Po litics : Euro p e .
Application o f methods o f comparative anal
ysis to the study o f European political systems.
The seminar will focus on relations between
reformist and revolutionary political move
ments, especially in Britain, France, Germany,
and Sweden, from the interwar period to the
present. A central theme o f the seminar will be
the exploration o f a social democratic "third
way” between capitalism and communism
following the collapse o f communism in East
ern Europe.
Fall semester. M. Smith.
A
9
109. C o m p arative Po litics : A fric a and
the T h ird W orld.
A comparative study o f the politics o f subSarahan African societies undergoing change
and pursuing economic development. Various
theories, approaches, and methods o f expla
nation are examined. The role o f Africa and
other third world states vis-a-vis advanced
industrial societies is also considered.
Fall semester. Hopkins.
110 . C o m p arative Po litics : Latin
A m e ric a .
A comparative study o f the politics o f several
Latin American countries: Chile, Guatemala,
El Salvador, and Nicaragua. The course will
focus on important differences in major insti
tutions, class structures and social values, and
the sources o f political stability and change.
Problems will include: difficulties o f creating
stable democratic institutions; causes and re
sults o f revolutions, coups, and military inter
ventions; different meanings o f politics for
various classes in socialist, corporatist, and
(formerly) democratic regimes; and the utility
o f dependency theory in explaining U .S.Latin American relations.
Spring semester. Sharpe.
I
111. U rba n Po litics.
An examination o f policy-making and politics
in American cities. The impact on cities and
city politics o f a communications revolution
that decentralizes society; o f corporate struc
tures that de-nationalize capital; and o f new
fiscal policies that shift social welfare costs
and responsibilities to state and local govern
ment. Do cities now widen economic inequal
ity, increase political inequality within and
among racial and ethnic groups, thwart equi
table environmental and land use settlements,
and create as many public problems as they
solve? The seminar explores the historical and
social basis for city politics within the larger
American political framework.
Not offered 1991-92. To be offered Fall semester,
1992-93. Pouncy.
1 7 2 . R esearch on the U rba n U n d e rc la ss .
urban concentrations o f disadvantaged per
sons, often referred to as the "urban under
class.” The seminar will review economic,
political, sociological, and anthropological stu
dies dealing with employment, education, wel
fare, crime, housing, transportation in urban
areas o f the U .S. and the institutions and
governmental policies that influence disad
vantaged persons’ experiences in these areas.
Participants in this seminar are expected to
have initiated research on topics in these areas
either with one o f the professors or through
summer internships with relevant agencies or
research groups. Participants will report on
their on-going research and critique the re
search o f others.
Spring semester. Hollister and Pouncy.
180 . T h e s is.
All members o f the Department.
(Also listed as Economics 172.) This seminar
will focus on currently on-going research on
205
1
P s y c h o lo g y
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
K E N N E T H J . G E R G E N , Professor
D EB O R A H G . K E M L E R N E L S O N , Professor and Chair
J E A N N E M A R E C E K , Professor’
D E A N P EA B O D Y , Professor
A L L E N M . S C H N E ID E R , Professor’
B A R R Y S C H W A R T Z, Professor
P H ILIP J . K E L L M A N , Associate Professor23
V IR G IN IA B R E N N A N , Assistant Professor8
W EN D Y H O R W IT Z, Assistant Professor
C H R IS T IN E M . M A S S E Y , Assistant Professor
E T H E L D. M O O R E, Assistant Professor
V IR G IN IA V A N D E R S LIC E , Visiting Assistant Professor4
H A N S W A L L A C H , Research Psychologist
The work o f the Department o f Psychology
concerns the systematic study o f human be
havior and experience; processes o f percep
tion, learning, thinking, and motivation are
considered in their relation to the develop
ment o f the individual. The relations o f the
individual to other persons are also a topic o f
study.
The courses and seminars o f the Department
are designed to provide a sound understanding
o f psychological principles and a grasp of
research methods. Students learn the nature
o f psychological inquiry and psychological
approaches to various problems encountered
|
1
j
in the humanities, the social sciences, and the
life sciences.
A special major in Psycholinguistics is offered
in conjunction with the Program in Linguis
tics. A full description o f this major, which
emphasizes fundamental issues in human cog
nitive organization, may be found under Lin
guistics. Psychology also participates in the
Special M ajor in Linguistics. Consult the Lin
guistics Program.
A special major in Psychobiology is offered in
cooperation with the Department o f Biology.
Consult either Department Chair.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Psychology 1, Introduction to Psychology, is
normally a prerequisite for further work in
the Department. Psychology 6, Critical Issues
in Psychology, can also serve as prerequisite
for further work.
A Course major consists o f at least eight
credits, excluding courses cross-listed in psy
chology that are taught by members o f other
departments, and normally including four o f
the core courses (with course numbers in the
3 0 ’s): Physiological Psychology, Learning and
Motivation, Perception, Cognitive Psychol
ogy, Psychology o f Language, Social Psychol
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
206
ogy, Personality, Concepts o f the Person, Ab
normal Psychology, and Child Development.
Students may not take both Psychology 36,
Personality, and Psychology 37, Concepts of
the Person. Students who think they may want
to take a seminar in a particular area should
be careful to check whether the seminar is two
credits (in which case the core course covering
related material should not be taken) or one
credit (in which case the core course covering
related material is required as prerequisite).
See the departmental information packet.
Those wishing to substitute more individual-
________________________
4 Fall semester, 1991.
8 Joint appointment with Linguistics.
1
M
I
I
1
■
1
1
ized programs should present their reasons in
writing. Majors should take at least one course
providing them with experience in research.
In addition, majors in Course are encouraged
to enroll in Psychology 98 during their senior
year. This course is intended to provide inte
gration o f different fields o f psychology. Suc
cessful completion o f Psychology 9 8 substi
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Occasionally, majors in psychology wish to
pursue certification for secondary school
teaching. For such students, there are two
normal routes to Social Studies Certification.
One o f these requires a major in the social
sciences, plus four to six courses in social
sciences outside the major field. Students
majoring in History, Political Science, and
Sociology-Anthropology are required to take
at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics or Psychol
ogy are required to take six. The other route
to certification requires taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which
six must normally be in one discipline and at
least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or nonAnglo subject matter are required. For further
information, see the listing for the Program in
Education.
1. Introduction to P s yc h o lo g y.
An introduction to the basic process under
lying human and animal behavior, studied in
experimental, social, and clinical contexts.
Analysis centers on the extent to which normal
and abnormal behavior are determined by
learning, motivation, neural, cognitive, and
social processes.
Each semester. Staff.
6. C ritical Issue s in P s yc h o lo g y.
S
’
tutes for the comprehensive examination.
Completion o f a senior thesis (Psychology 96
and 9 7 ) is another substitute. Students in
tending to pursue graduate work in psychol
ogy will also find it useful to take one o f the
statistics courses offered by the Department
o f Mathematics.
An exploration o f selected issues in psychology. Emphasis is on how one tries to answer
theoretical questions, especially by analyzing
the relation between psychological theories
and the evidence testing them. The topics
covered vary from year to year; the depart
ment can supply information on the coverage
in a particular year.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.
2 1 . Educational P s yc h o lo g y.
(See Education 21.)
Fall semester. Renninger.
2 2 . C ounseling.
(See Education 25.)
Not offered 1991-92.
2 3 . Ado le sce n ce .
(See Education 23.)
Spring semester. Smulyan.
3 0 . Ph ysio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f the neural and biochemical bases
o f behavior with special emphasis on sensory
processing, motivation, emotion, learning,
and memory. Both experimental analyses and
clinical implications are considered.
Not offered 1991-92.
3 1. Le arnin g and M o tiva tio n .
This course explores the ways in which expe
rience interacts with biological predisposition
to influence how action is organized and when
it occurs. We study the processes o f condi
tioning and explore how conditioning com
bines with complex cognitive and social fac
tors to influence what organisms do.
Fall semester. Schwartz.
3 2. Pe rcep tio n.
How is knowledge obtained through our
senses? The study o f perception addresses this
question by seeking lawful relations between
the physical world, experience, and physiol
ogy.
Not offered 1991-92. Kellman.
207
P s y c h o lo g y
3 3 . C ogn itive P s yc h o lo g y.
A broad overview o f the psychology o f knowl
edge, including thinking, problem solving,
memory, attention, conceptual structure.
Fall semester. Massey.
3 4. Th e P s yc h o lo g y o f Language.
An introduction to the central psychological
processes at work in the use o f language. The
focus is on the structural features o f spoken
languages, with some attention paid to sign
languages. Particular topics include language
acquisition, speech production and process
ing, and language in its social setting.
Spring semester. Brennan.
35. S ocial P s yc h o lo g y.
An examination o f theory and research rele
vant to social relationships between people.
Topics include social influence, person per
ception, cognitive consistency theories, ag
gression and group conflict, performing with
"rules,” the achieving society, attraction and
love.
Spring semester. Peabody.
3 6 . P e rs o n a lity .
An integration o f the theory and research on
human personality including a sampling o f
personality assessment techniques. Tradi
tional theories (psychoanalytic, trait theories)
as well as humanistic and cognitive approaches
will be examined. Not open to students who
have taken Psychology 37.
Spring semester. Moore.
3 7 . Concepts o f th e Pe rs o n .
An analysis o f central conceptions o f psycho
logical functioning from both an historical
and cultural prespective. Central attention is
given to the developing concept o f the person
within the discipline o f psychology from the
turn o f the century to the present. Theories of
Freud, Jung, and the neo-Freudians receive
attention, as well as more recent cognitive and
trait formulations. Special attention is given
to the conception o f the person emerging
within the post-modern period. Not open to
students who have taken Psychology 36.
Fall semester. Gergen.
3 8 . A b n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A survey o f major forms o f psychological
disorder in adults and children. Biogenetic,
socio-cultural, and psychological bases o f ab
normality are examined, along with their cor
208
responding modes o f treatment.
Spring semester. Horwitz.
39. Developm ental P s yc h o lo g y.
A selective survey o f cognitive and social
development from infancy to adolescence.
M ajor theoretical perspectives on the nature
o f developmental change are examined, in
cluding those o f Piaget and his critics. Topics
include the formation o f social attachments,
the foundations and growth o f perceptual,
cognitive, and social skills, gender typing,
moral development, and the impact o f parents
and other social agents on the development of
the child.
Fall semester. Kemler Nelson.
4 1 . Children a t R is k : Clinical Iss u e s.
Troubles such as chronic illness (their own or
that o f a family member), parents’ divorce and
remarriages, war, homelessness and chronic
poverty form the backdrop o f many children’s
lives. This course considers children’s re
sponses to such occurrences from a variety of
standpoints—clinical, social, and develop
mental. Special emphasis is placed on the
contributions o f family and the social envi
ronment to the child’s well-being or distress.
We study therapeutic approaches to helping
children and families who cannot adapt, and
also ways to strengthen the coping abilities of
all children and families faced with distressing
occurrences.
Fall semester. Horwitz.
4 2 . H um an Intelligence.
This course adopts a broad view o f its topic,
Human Intelligence. One major set o f subtopics is drawn from the intelligence-testing
(IQ ) tradition. Other concerns include cogni
tive theories o f intelligence, developmental
theories o f intelligence, everyday conceptions
o f intelligence, the relation between infant and
adult intelligence, and the relation between
human and animal intelligence.
Not offered 1991-92. Kemler Nelson.
4 3 . C o m p arative Cognition.
An exploration o f cross-cultural research on
human cognition. W hat are the universals of
human cognition? W hat are the major factors
that are responsible for cross-cultural variation in human cognition?
Not offered 1991-92. Kemler Nelson.
1
J
4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y and W om en.
An examination o f psychological theory and
research on women and gender. We study
representations o f women and men in tradi
tional and feminist writings. We compare tra
ditional and feminist psychologies o f women,
and examine the critical assumptions found in
feminist conceptions o f gender. The latter
part o f the course takes up issues such as
intimate violence, representations o f male and
female sexuality, and problems with eating.
Fall semester. Vanderslice.
45. Life Tra n s itio n s: Psych o lo g ical
Pe rs p e ctive s.
An exploration o f developmental theory and
research relevant to adult lives and personali
ty. Life histories o f women and men are
examined, focusing on normative and nonnormative life transitions across the span of
adulthood. The course emphasizes the particu
lar ways in which individuals anticipate new
roles and construe appropriate life tasks.
Fall semester. Moore.
o f concepts and categories; the acquisition of
complex knowledge (theories); and metacognitive development. Students have opportuni
ties to conduct small-scale observational or
experimental studies o f children’s thinking
and learning as part o f the course. By permis
sion. Limited to 15 students.
Fall semester. Massey.
5 5 . Language and Gender.
(See Linguistics 55.)
Spring semester. Brennan.
6 2. The Social C on stru ction o f the M ind.
How are beliefs about the mind generated and
sustained; what are the effects o f current be
liefs on social life; can these beliefs be changed?
The course explores various social, rhetorical,
and ideological processes that influence cur
rent constructions o f the mental world.
Spring semester. Gergen.
6 3. Special Topics in Cognitive
P s yc h o lo g y.
This course explores perceiving and thinking
in applied contexts, emphasizing 1) Aviation
and automobile safety, 2 ) Decisionmaking
under uncertainty, and 3 ) Product safety.
Not offered 1991-92. Kellman.
Selected problems from the current literature
on human information processing and cogni
tive psychology are considered in detail. Em
phasis is placed on the relationship between
theories o f cognition and current experimental
findings. Also, the development o f cognitive
skills receives attention.
Not offered 1991-92.
50. R esearch in N a tu ra listic S e ttin g s.
65. Political P s yc h o lo g y.
46 . Hum an Fa c to rs .
Students in this course conduct original re
search using the Please Touch Museum in
Philadelphia as the field setting. Research
questions having to do with learning and
development, social interaction in peer or
family groups, and interaction with the physi
cal environment can be readily investigated in
this context. Class will be conducted as a re
search methods workshop. By permission o f
the instructor.
Spring semester. Massey.
5 2. Re pre se n tatio ns o f W om en’s
Identity.
(See English 82 ). Satisfies distribution re
quirement in group 1 not group 3.
Not offered 1991-92. Marecek and Blum.
5 4. Children’s Thinking and Le arnin g .
The course examines theory and research on
selected current topics in the development of
children’s thinking and learning, including the
development o f representational abilities, and
A psychological examination o f individuals’
participation in and impact upon politics and
the effect o f various political systems on
individuals. Personality differences and psy
chological processes are examined both for
political leaders and for the general public.
Topics thus include psychobiographies o f presi
dents and other leaders; psychological distor
tion in political decisions; personality types
among the public; psychological factors in
public opinion and revolution. A class project
may be included. (Cross-listed as Political
Science 65 .)
Fall semester. Peabody.
68. Reading C ulture.
A course in seminar format that focusses on
the interpretation o f cultural artifacts and rep
resentations, including news reporting, film,
television, advertising, and architecture. Spe
cial attention is given to the psychological,
social, rhetorical and ideological processes at
209
P s y c h o lo g y
play in their production.
Fall semester. Gergen.
8 6. Topics in Ph ilo so p h y and
P s yc h o lo g y.
In practical life, we usually explain human
actions by giving the person’s reasons—his or
her goals and beliefs—for performing them.
In contrast, in experimental science, we attempt to explain behavior by finding laws in
accordance with which it occurs. This course
explores the extent to which the categories o f
explanation that come from practical life con
strain or limit the scope o f scientific explana
tions. The course is open to students who
have had at least the introductory course in
both philosophy and psychology. (Crosslisted as Philosophy 86.)
Fall semester. Schwartz and Lacey.
8 7 . Colloquium : P s yc h o lo g y, Biology
and Ec on o m ic R a tio n ality.
This course offers a critical examination o f the
notion o f economic rationality, exploring the
role it plays in economics, in evolutionary
biology (sociobiology), and in psychology.
The implications o f this notion for thinking
about morality and about social organization
are also considered.
Prerequisites: The course is open, by applica
tion, to advanced students in either biology,
economics, philosophy, or psychology.
Not offered 1991-92. Schwartz.
9 0. P ra cticu m in Clinical P s yc h o lo g y.
An opportunity for advanced psychology stu
dents to gain supervised experience working
in off-campus clinical settings. Course re
quirements and evaluations are tailored to in
dividual projects. Advance arrangements for
placements should be made in consultation
with a member o f the psychology department.
Each semester. Staff.
9 1. R e se a rch P ra cticu m in
Ph ysio logica l P s yc h o lo g y.
An examination o f current issues in physio
logical psychology with emphasis on how
lower animal research is used to understand
the physiological basis o f normal and abnor
mal human behavior. Topics include learning
and memory, drug addiction and tolerance,
obsessive-compulsive disorder, Alzheimer’s
disease, and cerebral lateralization. Students
have the opportunity to learn laboratory tech
niques used in behavioral neuropharmacol
ogy.
Prerequisite: Psychology 30. By permission of
the instructor.
Fall semester. Schneider.
9 4 . Independent R e se a rch .
Students conduct independent research proj
ects. They typically study problems with
which they are already familiar from their
course work. Students must submit a written
report o f their work. Registration for Inde
pendent Research requires the sponsorship of
a faculty member in the psychology depart
ment who agrees to supervise the work.
Each semester. Staff.
9 5 . Tu to ria l.
Any student may, under the supervision o f a
member o f the psychology department, work
in a tutorial arrangement for a single semester.
The student is thus allowed to select a topic of
particular interest, and in consultation with a
faculty member, prepare a reading list and
work plan. Tutorial work may include field re
search outside Swarthmore.
Each semester. Staff.
9 6 ,9 7 . S e n io r T h e s is .
W ith the permission o f the Department, stu
dents may conduct a year-long 2-credit re
search project in the senior year as one way to
meet the comprehensive requirement. Such
theses must be supervised by a member o f the
psychology department. The final product is
evaluated by the supervisor and an additional
reader. Students should develop a general
plan by the end o f the junior year and apply
for departmental approval. By application.
One credit each semester.
Both semesters. Staff.
98. H is to ry and S y s te m s o f P s yc h o lo g y.
Intended to provide integration o f different
fields o f psychology and to offer majors one
way to meet the comprehensive requirement.
Historical treatment concentrates on the major
systematic points o f view. Special considera
tion is given to problems overlapping several
areas o f psychology.
Spring semester. Peabody.
I
1
SEMINARS
103. Pe rs o n a lity and S ocial Cognition:
Pe rsp e ctive s in A d u lt D e ve lo p m e n t
mission. Two credits.
Fall semester. Horwitz.
An examination in depth o f the course of
adult personality development, emphasizing
how particular needs and experiences influ
ence growth and change in individuals. Cur
rent theoretical approaches are considered
with a focus on how gender issues are ad
dressed. By permission. Two credits.
Fall semester. Moore.
An analysis o f the neural bases o f motivation,
emotion, learning, memory and language.
Generalizations derived from neurobehavioral
relations are brought to bear on clinical issues.
By permission. Two credits.
Not offered 1991-92. Schneider.
104. Individual in S o c ie ty .
m
9
1
An analysis o f the relationship between people
and their society. Basic social processes are
discussed, including the understanding o f
other persons, theories o f cognitive consistency, group influence and conformity. Applications to political attitudes, group preju
dices, the relation o f attitudes and personality,
and the relation o f psychology to the social
sciences are also considered. By permission.
Two credits.
Fall semester. Peabody.
106. P e rs o n a lity T h e o ry and
Interpretation.
J
1
1
1
An exploration o f major theories o f human
psychological functioning, with special em
phasis on the process o f exploration itself.
Thus, critical inquiry is made into the theories
of Freud, Jung, the neo-Freudians, Existential
theory, and trait methods. At the same time a
variety of readings in literary theory, rhetoric,
hermeneutics, and related realms are used to
elucidate the process by which views o f the
human personality are developed and sustained. Preliminary background in relevant
areas o f study recommended. By permission.
Two credits.
Spring semester. Gergen.
1 0 7. Psych o lingu istics.
(See Linguistics 107.)
Fall semester. Brennan.
108. Ab n o rm a l P s yc h o lo g y.
A study in depth o f various theoretical per
spectives on psychological disorders, includ
ing schizophrenia, depression, anxiety, and
disorders o f childhood. Underlying assump
tions o f each theory will be considered, as well
as empirical evidence supporting the theory.
Approaches to treatment are studied. By per
109. Physio log ica l P s yc h o lo g y.
13 1. Le arnin g and M o tiva tio n .
See description o f Psychology 31. The seminar
considers in depth special topics o f interest
discussed in the Learning and Motivation
course.
Prerequisite: Psychology 31. By permission.
One credit.
Spring semester. Schwartz.
13 2. Perc ep tio n.
See description o f Psychology 32. Advanced
work in human perception, emphasizing visual
perception o f objects, space, motion, and
their interrelations. By permission.
One credit.
Prerequisite: Psychology 32.
Not offered 1991-92. Kellman.
133. C og n itive P s yc h o lo g y.
See description o f Psychology 33. An inten
sive study o f higher mental processes, includ
ing mental representation, memory organiza
tion, imagery, expertise, thinking, concept
formation, and problem solving. By permis
sion. One credit.
Prerequisite: Psychology 33.
Spring semester. Massey.
139. Developm ental P s yc h o lo g y.
See description o f Psychology 39. The seminar
considers in depth special topics o f interest
within the field. A research component is fre
quently included.
Prerequisite: Psychology 39. By permission.
One credit.
Spring semester. Kemler Nelson.
180. T h e s is .
May be presented as a substitute for one semi
nar. A thesis must be supervised by a member
o f the Department. May be taken either as a
2-credit, 1-semester course or as a 2 -semester
course for one credit each semester.
Both semesters. Staff.
211
Pu b lic P o lic y
Coordinator: R A Y M O N D F. H O P K IN S (Political Science)
Committee:
Robinson H o lliste r (Economics)
Gudm und Ive rse n (Mathematics)
A r th u r M c G a rity (Engineering)
H illa rd Pou ncy (Political Science)
Rich ard Rubin (Political Science)
Leah S m ith (Economics)
David S m ith (Political Science)
Ev a T ra v e r s (Education)
L a r r y W estphal (Economics)
Public policy is an increasingly important in
fluence on people’s private lives. It consists of
the array o f government decisions and acts,
born o f private and public sector interactions,
that shape a nation’s political, economic, and
moral structures, and consequently, its citi
zens’ private lives. Growing state intervention
during the twentieth century means that today
all citizens have a stake in understanding public
policy—its origins, rationale, and moral basis.
The concentration in Public Policy enables
students to combine work in several depart
ments toward both critical and practical un
derstanding o f public policy issues, including
those in the realm o f social welfare, health,
energy, environment, food and agriculture,
and national and global security. These issues
may be within domestic, foreign, or interna
tional governmental domains. Courses in the
concentration encompass the development,
formulation, implementation, and evaluation
o f policy. Those departments primarily con
cerned with the concentration are Political
Science, Economics, and Engineering; but
work in other departments may be pertinent
to the concentration. Faculty members from
other departments may be involved in the
concentration, and course or seminar offerings
from other departments may, in certain cir
cumstances, meet requirements for the con
centration. Work in the concentration equally
emphasizes historical, institutional, and nor
mative analysis. Nonetheless, basic compe
tence in formal or quantitative methods is
required for students concentrating in Public
Policy.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The concentration in Public Policy is not a
major. It may be taken together with a Course
or External Examination (Honors) major in
any field. A t a minimum, the concentration
consists o f certain course requirements, total
ling six credits (some o f which may also be
counted toward one’s department major), and
an internship. The program o f each concen
trator should be worked out in consultation
with the Coordinator o f the Public Policy
Program and approved by the Coordinator,
preferably at the same time as majors in the
Course and Honors Programs are planned.
Academic requirements for the concentration
cover three basic areas: ( 1 ) economic analysis,
(2 ) political analysis, and (3 ) quantitative
analysis. These may each normally be met by
taking one course or seminar. The economic
analysis requirement can be met by Economics
11 (Intermediate Economics), Economics 101
(Economics Theory), Economics 41 (Public
Finance), or Economics 141 (Public Finance).
The political analysis requirement can be met
by Political Science 50 (Public Law and Public
Administration), Political Science 51 (Topics
in Public Administration and Policy), Political
Science 2 (Policy-Making in America), or (for
international-oriented students) Political Science 14 (American Foreign Policy). The quan
titative analysis requirement can be met by
Mathematics 1 (Statistical Thinking), Mathe-
1
1
1
1
a
f
|
1
J
(1
jI
J
1
matics 2 (Statistical Methods), Mathematics
23 (Statistics), Mathematics 53 (Mathematical
Statistics), Economics 31 (Statistics for Econ
omists), Engineering 57/Economics 32 (Op
erations Research), Economics 35, or Eco
nomics 135 (Econometrics). Equivalent work
at other institutions may be substituted for
any o f the above.
In addition to the three preparatory or prereq
uisite courses, three credits must be taken
from among the substantive policy courses
listed below, one o f which should be Public
Policy Thesis. These courses deal with sub
stantive sectors and institutional aspects o f
public policy analysis. Many o f the courses
will be offered for one credit. Seminars may
be taken as units in the External Examination
program (but count only one credit each
toward the concentration requirements).
With approval o f the Coordinator and the
seminar instructor, some seminars with sub
stantial policy content may be approved for
one-credit work in the concentration.
In special circumstances, students with ade
quate and appropriate alternative preparation
(as might be the case for some natural science
students or others with work done at other
institutions) may request that such prepara
tion be substituted for courses normally re
quired in the concentration. Approval o f such
requests, as for approval o f internships, will
be determined by the director o f the Public
Policy Program, who acts as the coordinator
o f the concentration, and the interdisciplinary
committee on public policy studies.
Economic and political assessments o f policy
should be complemented by an understanding
o f the broad ethical issues that inform or are
raised by public policy. W hile no specific
courses on ethics, values, or moral reasoning
are required for the concentration, students
are strongly urged to incorporate curricular
work in literature, philosophy, psychology,
political theory, or religion into their studies
in order to strengthen their ability to evaluate
policy from a perspective o f humane values.
INTERNSHIP
I
J
1
J
I
1
J
Some direct experience or practical responsi
bility in the field, through work in a public,
private, or voluntary agency, is required for
graduation with a concentration in public
policy. This requirement may be met by com
pleting an internship during either a semester
or a summer or both. Normally, students will
hold internships between their junior and
senior years. The internship program is supervised by the director o f the Public Policy Program, who also serves as coordinator for the
concentration. Planning for the internship
experience should begin six to eight months
before the time it might commence. The Col
lege has developed a network o f contacts in
Washington and overseas and would like to
have qualified students each year to fill posi
tions already identified. Funding for an intern
ship is occasionally provided by the agency in
which a person serves. Typically, however,
students require support to cover their travel
and maintenance costs during the ten to twelve
weeks o f a summer internship. Even more
funding would be required for a semester’s
internship. In certain cases, students under
taking policy relevant research at appropriate
locations can also meet the internship require
ments without formal affiliation with an orga
nization.
For students who are concentrators in the pro
gram, the College has sought to assure those
unable to fund themselves o f sufficient fund
ing to cover their basic expenses. Grants from
the Sloan, Kellogg, and Hewlett foundations
have been helpful. Other possible sources o f
support for the work and learning expected o f
an intern include the James H. Scheuer Sum
mer Internships in Environmental and Popu
lation Studies and the J. Roland Pennock
Fellowship in Public Affairs, a summer re
search opportunity awarded each March
under the direction of the Public Policy pro
gram and in coordination with the chairs o f
the departments o f Economic and Political
Science. In addition, general College summer
research funding is occasionally available to
students on a competitive basis.
The Program also seeks to facilitate internship
opportunities for students not concentrating
in Public Policy but, in general, cannot assist
with funding or giving such students priority.
213
P u b lic P o lic y
PUBLIC POLICY THESIS
One o f the requirements o f the concentration,
providing one o f the three units o f substantive
policy work, is a senior thesis. To complete
the concentration, a student will normally
sign up for Economics 97 or Political Science
97 offered each fall semester. In special cases,
a student may fulfill the thesis requirement
with comparable analytic, focused work in a
policy field as part o f other work in the pro
gram.
The thesis requirement is designed to provide
a structured opportunity to write a substantial
paper on a public policy issue. It is especially
aimed to allow those who have cultivated
(through internships or other preparation) a
well-developed understanding o f some policy
question to complete research and analysis
under the supervision o f the director o f the
public policy program and one or more other
core faculty. Paper topics may focus on na
tional or international policy issues and may
range widely within areas o f competence.
Each student will refine a topic early in the fall
semester and will work on a draft to be
presented to a student/faculty seminar that
will meet periodically. Topics may be varied
but should reflect clear prior preparation and
interest. Students wishing to complete twocredit work, especially as a thesis under the
external examination program, may do so by
signing up for Economics or Political Science
97 and 98, and thereby getting double course
credit. Such a thesis must receive prior appro
val by the relevant department and will count
no more than one credit toward the six credits
required by the concentration.
AREAS OF POLICY FOCUS
Some students may wish to focus their sub
stantive work in policy heavily in a particular
field, e.g., environmental studies, food studies,
welfare issues, health, or education. The Col
lege generally does not offer interdisciplinary
majors; rather it urges students to undertake
interdisciplinary work in concentrations in
addition to their major field. It is possible,
however, under the Public Policy program to
do broad work in some interdisciplinary areas
taking courses that fit the Public Policy pro
gram as well as additional courses that support
the culminating policy thesis. For some, this
may be an alternative to a special major.
Given the size and interests o f the faculty, not
every area o f public policy is well represented
in courses and faculty. Nevertheless, there are
a number o f policy areas in which a student
can take one, two, or perhaps three policy
courses and then several other courses which
relate to the issue area. Several o f the current
opportunities are listed below.
D e ve lo p m e n t Policy
Policy Courses
Political Science 109. Africa and the Third
World (one credit in the Concentration
although it is a seminar)
Economics 81 or 181. Economic
214
Development (one credit in the
Concentration although it is a seminar)
Related and Supporting Courses
Economics 51 or 151. International
Economics
Education Po licy
Policy Courses
Education 66. Child Development and
Social Policy
Education 68. Urban Education
Related and Supporting Courses
Education 31. Women and Education
Education 47. School and Society
Education 65. Environmental Education
En viro n m e n ta l S tu die s
Policy Courses
Political Science 45. Environmental Policies
and Politics
Political Science/Engineering 68.
Environmental Policy
Related and Supporting Courses
Biology 39. Ecology
Biology 50. Marine Biology
Engineering 32. Introduction to
Environmental Protection
Engineering 66. Environmental Systems
Economics 76. Economics o f the
Environment and Natural Resources
Sociology/Anthropology 33. Ecology and
Society
Food Policy
Policy Courses
Political Science 43. Food Policy
Related and Supporting Courses
Biology 28. Crop Plants
History 68. Food and Famine
Sociology/Anthropology 33. Ecology and
Society
Health Po licy
Policy Courses
Political Science 42/Economics 75. Health
Policy
Related and Supporting Courses
Biology 43. History o f Biology
Sociology/Anthropology 55. Age in Society
S e c u rity Po licy
Policy Courses
Political Science 41. Defense Policy
Related and Supporting Courses
Political Science 58. International Political
Theory
Religion 6. War and Peace
W elfare Policy
Policy Course
Economics 72. Social Economics
Economics 172/Political Science 172.
Research Seminar on the Urban Underclass
(one credit in the Concentration although it
is a seminar)
Related and Supporting Courses
Economics 42. Law and Economics
Education 68. Urban Education
O th e r policy co u rs e s include:
Political Science 44. Race, Ethnicity, and
Public Policy
215
Religion
J . W IL L IA M FR O S T , Professor and Director o f the Friends Historical Library
D O N A L D K . S W E A R E R , Professor
P. LIN W O O D U R R A N , J R ., Professor Emeritus
A M Y - J I L L L E V IN E , Associate Professor and Chair
V E R A R . M O R E E N , Visiting Associate Professor
E L L E N M . R O S S , Assistant Professor
M A R K I. W A L L A C E , Assistant Professor
Any course numbered 1 through 10 may be
taken as introductory to other courses in the
Department. Successful completion o f Reli
gion 1 or another o f the introductory courses
(2 through 10) is normally required for ad
mission to courses numbered 11 and above.
Completion o f two courses is usually prereq
uisite for admission to a major in Course or
an External Examination major or minor.
The major in Religion is planned through con
sultation with faculty members in the Depart
ment. Majors in both the Course and the
External Examination Programs are required
to have completed a primary distribution
course and course or seminar work inclusive
o f several religious traditions as well as three
areas o f analysis and interpretation: historicalcritical, philosophical-theological, and socio
cultural. Majors in both Course and the Ex
ternal Examination Program are expected to
have taken the background courses required
for work in specific seminars. Minors in the
External Examination Program are required
to take at least two courses in the Department
in addition to seminar(s).
Only one course cross-listed from another
department can be counted toward the major.
Majors in Course will take Religion 95, the
Senior Comprehensive Paper, normally in the
first semester o f their senior year. W ith per
mission o f the Department majors may write
a Senior Thesis (Religion 9 6 ) in lieu o f the
Senior Comprehensive Paper. Majors with a
qualifying grade point average who wish to be
considered for graduation with Distinction
are required to write a Senior Thesis. All
majors in Course will also take an oral com
prehensive examination based on the Senior
Comprehensive Paper or the Senior Thesis
and on courses taken within the major.
1. Religion and H um an Exp e rie n ce .
This primary distribution course introduces
the nature o f religious worldviews, their cul
tural manifestations, and their influence on
personal and social self-understanding and
action. The course explores various themes
and structures seminal to the nature o f religion
and its study: sacred scripture; visions of
ultimate reality and their various manifesta
tions; religious experience and its expression
in systems o f thought, ritual behavior and
moral action. Members o f the Department
will lecture and lead weekly discussion sec
tions.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Staff.
■
§
■
j
2 . Religion and Lite ra tu re .
This course will consider various contempo
rary models for interpreting religious litera
ture: rhetorical analysis, social theory, histori
cal method, feminism, and deconstruction.
Not offered 1991-92. Wallace.
3 . Introduction to the H e b re w
S c rip tu re s .
A comprehensive introduction to the history
o f ancient Israel and biblical Judaism as known
primarily, although not exclusively, through
the literature produced and preserved by those
communities. Special attention will be given
to the cultural contexts, both national and
international, in which the texts were com
posed, and to the various approaches—his
torical, literary, sociological, etc.—by which
the texts have been interpreted.
Fall semester. Levine.
|
■
■
4 . Introduction to C hristia n S c rip tu re s .
This course examines the Christian canonical
writings in their historical and cultural con
texts, introduces the tools—from the histori
cal critical method to newer disciplines such
as rhetorical criticism and sociological analysis— employed to discover the original meaning(s) o f the documents, and investigates the
continuities and the transformations o f Chris-
'■
I
tianity from Jewish movement to independent
religion.
Spring semester. Levine.
5. Prob le m s o f Religious T h o u g h t
This course investigates the cultural and intel
lectual problems and issues that confront reli
gious thought and experience at the end o f the
twentieth century.
Not offered 1991-92. Wallace.
6. W ar and Peace.
from classical and contemporary literature,
e.g., sacred scriptures, mystical literature,
feminist writings, and sociobiology. Authors
include Peter Berger, F. Doestoevski, Carol
Gilligan, Eric Fromm, Immanuel Kant, S.
Kierkegaard, Sallie McFague, Bertrand Rus
sell, and W.T. Stace.
Fall semester. Urban.
1 1 . Th e H is to ry , Religion, and
C ulture o f Ja p a n .
An analysis o f the moral issues posed by war,
with consideration o f the arguments for holy
wars, just wars, real politik, and pacifism. The
first part o f the course will trace the evolution
of major ideas o f war from the Bible to the
present. A study o f America’s wars since 1940
will show the application o f these ideas in this
nation’s response to organized violence.
Fall semester. Frost.
This course explores the historical dynamics
o f the religion and culture o f Japan from its
origins to the early nineteenth century. It em
phasizes the interaction between indigenous
Japanese cultural patterns and foreign, domi
nantly Chinese, influences in the context of
political and social changes over the centuries.
Fall semester. Swearer.
7 . Introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m .
This course will survey the doctrinal and cul
tural development o f Hinduism and other
religious systems o f India. Topics will include
the ritual system o f the Vedas, the speculative
philosophy o f the Upanishads, the mythic
tales o f the Epics and Puranas, the devotionalism o f Bhakti, and the challenges to the
tradition by Buddhism, Jainism, Islam, and
modern reform movements.
Fall semester. Swearer.
A survey o f the varieties o f institutional struc
tures and beliefs o f Judaism from the encoun
ter with Hellenism to the codification o f the
Talmud.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92. Levine.
8. P a tte rn s o f A s ia n Religions.
An introduction to the study o f religion
through an examination o f selected teachings
and practices o f the religious traditions of
India and China structured as patterns of
religious life. Material is taken primarily from
Hinduism, Islam, and Buddhism in India, and
Confucianism and Taoism in China.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Swearer.
9. Th e Buddhist Tradition .
This course explores the unity and variety of
the Buddhist tradition within its historical
development in South, Central, and East Asia.
In particular it focuses on the meditation
tradition in China (C h’an), the esoteric tradi
tion in Tibet (Tantrayana), and the faith tra
dition in Japan (Jodo Shin Shu).
Not offered 1991-92. Swearer.
10. Varieties o f Religious Belief.
This course will examine four world-views:
Naturalism, Humanism, Pantheism, and The
ism. Its focus will be primarily descriptive,
although there will be ample opportunity for
critical reflection. Readings include selections
12. Religions o f India.
13. J e w is h and Isla m ic M ys tic is m .
The different historical origins and develop
ment o f Jewish and Islamic mysticism will be
investigated through the underlying concepts
o f mysticism in both religions. Readings from
the works o f mystics in both traditions will
highlight similarities and differences regarding
the goal o f the mystic, the varieties o f paths to
attaining the goal, mystics’ language and the
validity o f their testimony, their conflicts with
established religion and role in society.
Spring semester. Moreen.
14 . Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion.
A study o f religious knowledge, the relation
ship o f faith and reason, the problem o f evil,
theistic proofs, and different "ideal types” for
the understanding o f religious experience.
Both critics and advocates o f religious faith
will be considered, as well as resources from
Anglo-American and Continental philosoph
ical traditions. Representative thinkers will
include Kant, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, W itt-
217
R e lig io n
genstein, Ricoeur, A. Plantinga, M. Daly, and
M. Abe.
Spring semester. Wallace.
15. Introduction to Isla m .
The historical origins and development of
Islam will be studied in light o f the sources
that have shaped it. Themes to be explored
include the central doctrines o f Islam as de
rived from the Qur’an and traditions (sunna),
the development o f Islamic law (shari'ah), the
Shi'i alternative, the growth o f Muslim theol
ogy, philosophy, and mysticism (Sufism), and
controversial issues among contemporary Mus
lims.
Fall semester. Moreen.
16. Th e A p o s to lic A g e .
An investigation o f the origin and expansion
o f the Christian Church from the later writings
o f the Christian canon until the Edict of
Constantine. (Cross-listed as Classics 38.)
Not offered 1991-92. Levine.
1 7 . W estern Religious Thought
fro m 3 25 to 1500.
Survey o f western religious thought from the
early to the late Middle Ages. After readings
in Plato and Aristotle, the focus will fall on
representative figures such as Augustine, Ber
nard o f Clairvaux, Abelard, Anselm, Aquinas,
Maimonides, Eckhart, Julian o f Norwich, and
Ockham; it will also include movements such
as scholasticism, monastic reforms, mysti
cism, rabbinism, and the breakdown o f the
medieval synthesis.
Fall semester. Wallace.
16. W e ste rn Religious Thought
fro m 1500 to 1900.
Survey o f western religious thought from the
Reformation to the modem period.
Not offered 1991-92. Wallace.
19. Q u a ke rism .
The history o f the distinctive religious and
social ideas o f the Friends from the time of
George Fox until the present.
Not offered 1991-92. Frost.
2 0 . Iss u e s in Scie nce and Religion.
A study o f the interaction between scientific
and religious thought from Plato to Qjiantum
Physics.
Not offered 1991-92. Urban.
2 2 . Religion and Ec o lo g y.
An examination o f the relationship o f religious
thought and life to the global ecological and
nuclear crises o f our day.
Not offered 1991-92. Wallace and Swearer.
2 3 . Catholic T ra d itio n s.
Topics in the history, thought, and practice o f
various Catholic traditions: saints’ lives, popu
lar piety, mysticism, monastic reform, heresy
and orthodoxy, Vatican politics, liberation
theology, contemporary Catholic feminism.
Selected theological themes will also be ex
plored, e.g., nature and grace, images o f God,
models o f human transformation. Readings
will include Augustine, Bernard o f Clairvaux,
Na Prous Boneta, Julian o f Norwich, Vatican
II Documents, Dorothy Day, Karl Rahner,
Rosemary Radford Ruether, and Gustavo
Gutierrez.
Fall semester. Ross.
2 4 . W om en and Religion.
This course will consider contributions by
contemporary feminist and womanist scholars
to questions o f thealogy/theology, language
for the Divine, ethics, and ritual. We will
discuss issues o f gender and race, sexual
orientation, and ecological perspectives in cur
rent reflection on religion and culture. Read
ings from Jewish, Christian, and post-Christian traditions will include Judith Plaskow,
Naomi Goldenberg, Carol Christ, Mary Daly,
Katie Cannon, Elizabeth Johnson, Sallie
McFague, Carter Heyward, Rita Nakashima
Brock, Rosemary Radford Ruether, and Elsa
Tamez.
Spring semester. Ross.
2 7 . Faith and C ulture in Eu ro p e :
Fro m R e fo rm atio n to En lig h te n m e n t
(See History 27.)
29 . Religious R e lief and M o ra l A c tio n .
An examination o f the relationship between
religion and morality. Basic moral concepts o f
several religious traditions (Buddhism, Chris
tianity, and Hinduism) will be studied and
compared.
Not offered 1991-92. Swearer.
30. Religion a s a C ultural Institution.
(See Sociology and Anthropology 30.)
3 7 . Topics in G re e k and Rom an Religion.
(See Classics 37 .)
(See Philosophy 59 .)
Paper will include course work as well as
special syllabus reading for each essay.
93. D irecte d Reading.
9 6. Th e s is .
59. Catholic S o cial T h o u g h t
Staff.
9 4. Tu to ria l.
Staff.
95. S e n io r C om p re h en sive P a p e r.
Majors in Course are required to write the
Senior Comprehensive Paper, normally in the
fall semester o f the senior year. The paper will
be in the nature o f extended take-home essays
on topic areas stipulated by the Department.
The topics will be designed around areas of
study in the field o f religion. A student’s
preparation for the Senior Comprehensive
W ith permission o f the Department a student
may write a senior thesis in lieu o f the Senior
Comprehensive Paper. Majors with a qualify
ing grade point average who wish to be con
sidered for graduation with Distinction must
write the Senior Thesis.
Courses offered occasionally:
P s yc h o lo g y and Religious Exp e rie n ce
Religious B iography
A fric a n -A m e ric a n Religion and
B la ck Libe ra tio n
PREPARATION FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATIONS
The Department will arrange External Examina
tions in the following areas, to be prepared for
in the ways indicated.
Preparation by seminar:
Je s u s in H is to ry , Lite ra tu re , and
Th eo lo gy (S e m in a r: 10 1).
Areas o f exploration may include the various
quests for the historical Jesus; the miracles,
parables, and passion in both canonical and
noncanonical texts; christological definitions;
the depictions o f Jesus as Mother and Lover in
medieval piety; the theological tracts and the
philosophical "Lives o f Jesus” o f the 19th
century; the Black Messiah and the political
liberator; and the figure o f Jesus in ecumenical
discussion. Forays will also be made into art,
film, fiction, and popular culture.
Prerequisite: Religion 4 ,1 6 ,1 7 ,1 8 ,1 0 6 , 108,
or 109, or permission o f the instructors.
Spring semester. Levine and Wallace.
A s ia n Religious Thought
(S e m in a r: 103).
A study o f seminal writings in India and China
which have had a decisive influence on the
religious traditions o f these two cultures. The
traditions considered are: Vedanta, SamkhyaYoga, Mahayana Buddhism, Confucianism,
and Taoism.
Prerequisite: Religion 8,1 1 ,1 2 , or permission
o f instructor.
Not offered 1991-92. Swearer.
Ruddhism in S o u th e ast A s ia
(S e m in a r: 104).
The Idea o f God in H isto rical
P e rs p e c tive (S e m in a r: 10 2).
An analysis o f Theravada Buddhism as a part
o f the cultural traditions o f Sri Lanka, Burma,
and Thailand. The seminar focuses on three
major themes: Buddhism and the legitimation
o f the state, the syncretic character o f popular
Buddhist thought and practice, and the various
responses o f Buddhism to the challenges of
the modern period.
Prerequisite: Religion 8, 12, or permission o f
the instructor.
Spring semester. Swearer.
An examination o f the development o f the
concept o f God from pre-historic times to the
present. The study will include mythological
materials, the Bible, Sankara, Kierkegaard,
and others.
Prerequisite: Religion 5 or 14, or permission
o f instructor.
Fall semester. Urban.
How have religious ideas and institutions
shaped and been influenced by American
culture? Topics include the varieties o f Protes
tantism, the adaptation o f Roman Catholicism
and Judaism to the American context, the
encounter o f the traditional religions o f the
Indians and Blacks with Christianity, and the
Religion and S o c ie ty (S e m in a r: 105).
219
R e lig io n
patterns o f contemporary religious practices,
church and state, and the role o f women.
Fall semester. Frost.
C o n te m p o ra ry Religious Thought
(S e m in a r: 106).
An analysis o f the important movements and
thinkers that define the development o f twen
tieth-century religious thought.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 2,
5, 14, 18, or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1991-92. Wallace.
M ed ie va l Th e o lo g y and C o n te m p o ra ry
Fem inism (S e m in a r: 1 1 1 ).
This course explores the integration o f recent
women’s studies scholarship with themes in
medieval spiritual theology.
Not offered 1991-92. Ross.
Preparation by course and attachment:
Indian Religion
Religions o f India (Swearer)
Lib e ra tio n Th eo lo gy
(S e m in a r: 10 7).
Comparative Religious Ethics
A study o f the principal themes o f liberation
theology as it has developed in Latin America
during recent decades.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4,
6 , 29, or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1991-92. Lacey.
(Swearer)
J e w is h and C hristia n S e lf-D e fin itio n
(S e m in a r 100).
Religious R e lief and M o ra l Actio n
Medieval Religious Thought
W estern Religious Thought
fro m 3 25 to 1500. (Wallace)
Philosophy o f Religion
Ph ilo so p h y o f Religion (Wallace)
M odem Religious Thought
A study o f the various options facing both
Judaism and Christianity in the first three
centuries C.E. and o f the processes by which
each religion narrowed those options in the
attempt to establish a normative identity.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 4,
7, 16, or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1991-92. Levine.
W estern Religions Thought
fro m 1500 tO 1900. (Wallace)
Fe m in ist In terpre tation o f S c rip tu re
(S e m in a r: 109).
(Levine)
Using various approaches to biblical study
(historical-critical, feminist, literary, socio
logical, theological), this seminar explores
representations o f women and sexuality in
both Testaments, the Apocrypha and Pseudepigrapha, and selected rabbinic, patristic, and
Gnostic writings; the influence o f patriarchal
structures on this literature and its interpreta
tion; and the recovery o f women’s history.
Prerequisite: one o f the following: Religion 3,
4 , 7, 16, or permission o f the instructor.
Fall semester. Levine.
220
Formative Judaism
introduction to Fo rm a tiv e Ju d a is m
(Levine)
Hebrew Scriptures
Introduction to the H e b re w S c rip tu re s
Preparation by combinations o f courses:
Early Christianity
Th e C hristia n S c rip tu re s (Levine)
Th e A p o sto lic A g e (Levine)
Preparation by Thesis:
Students who declare a major in Religion in
their External Examination Program may, with
permission o f the Department, offer a thesis as
one o f their External Examination papers.
S o c io lo g y and
A n th ro p o lo g y
C A R O L C O H N , Lang Visiting Professor
J E N N IE K E IT H , Professor and Chair3
A S M A R O M L E G E S S E , Professor1
S T E V EN I. P IK E R , Professor
J O Y C H A R L T O N , Associate Professor
B R A U LIO M U N O Z , Associate Professor and Acting Chair
ROBIN E. W A G N E R -P A C IFIC I, Associate Professor1
M IG U E L D IA Z -B A R R IG A , Visiting Assistant Professor
The program o f this department emphasizes
that Sociology and Anthropology are engaged
in a common intellectual task. Studies in the
department are directed toward understanding
the order, meaning, and coherence o f life in
human societies and cultures, as well as the
pressures and contradictions that produce
patterns o f conflict and change. Courses vari
ously emphasize the comparative study Of
societies and cultures; the conditions o f social
organization as well as disorganization; evolu
tion and the bases o f human adaptation;
change as well as continuity; gender and cul
ture; the human life course; the symbolic
aspects o f human social life.
Emphasis is also placed on the relevance o f
Sociology and Anthropology to the study o f
modern and, particularly, American society,
and to the social problems o f the modern age.
The department strongly encourages students
to carry out their own research and offers
internship opportunities as well as an ad
vanced colloquium in research design.
In addition to exploring the mutuality of
Sociology and Anthropology, members o f the
department and their courses have many links
to neighboring disciplines such as Biology,
Education, English, History, Literature, Phi
losophy, Psychology, and Religion. The de
partment also participates in a Special Major
in Linguistics.
REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
Courses numbered 1 through 12, as well as
24, may serve as points o f entry for students
wishing to begin work in the department.
Enrollment in these courses is unrestricted,
and completion o f one o f them will normally
serye as prerequisite to all other work in the
department (Course 30 may, however, with
permission o f the instructor, be taken without
prerequisite.)
Design Colloquium, SA 21, is strongly recom
mended for majors, and spring semester o f the
junior year is the ideal time to take it, as it
offers important preparation for the senior
thesis project.
Applicants for major will normally be ex
pected to have completed at least two courses
in the department. Course majors will com
plete a minimum o f eight units o f work in the
Department, including a double-credit thesis
tutorial to be taken during the fall and spring
semesters o f the senior year. The Research
The department emphasizes the importance o f
familiarity with appropriate elementary statis
tics as well as computer literacy, both for
work taken at the College and for subsequent
career development. Toward underlining this,
the Department crosslists Mathematics courses
1, 2, and 23 (listed as, respectively Sociology
and Anthropology 18,19, and 20), any one of
which may be taken as one o f the eight units
o f work required for completion o f a major in
Sociology and Anthropology.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
221
S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y
AREAS OF SPECIAL CONCENTRATION IN
SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY
Teaching and research interests o f members of
the department cluster to create a number o f
subject matter areas. Students who are inter
ested in one o f these are encouraged to meet
with the indicated department members to
plan a program o f study.
(1 ) Social Theory and Social Philosophy
(Diaz-Barriga, Munoz, Piker, WagnerPacifici)
(2 ) Human Adaptation, Cultural Ecology,
and Human Evolution (Legesse, Piker)
(3 ) Post-Industrial Society (Charlton, DiazBarriga, Keith, Wagner-Pacifici)
(4 ) Cultural and Ethnic Pluralism (Charl
ton, Keith, Legesse)
(5 ) Religion and Culture (Charlton and
Piker)
(6 ) Psychology and Culture (Charlton,
Piker)
(7 ) Sociology o f Art and Intellectual Life
(Muñoz, Wagner-Pacifici)
(8) Modernization and Development (DiazBarriga, Legesse)
(9 ) Modem America (Charlton, Diaz-Bar
riga, Keith, Legesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
(10) The Life Course (Keith, Legesse, Piker)
(11) Inequality (Charlton, Diaz-Barriga, Le
gesse, Wagner-Pacifici)
(12) Political Behavior and Culture (DiazBarriga, Keith, Legesse, Wagner-Paci
fici)
CERTIFICATION FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHING
There are two normal routes to Social Studies
certification. One o f these is through a major
in the social sciences, plus four to six semesters
o f courses in other social sciences. Students
majoring in History, Political Science, and
Sociology-Anthropology are required to take
at least four courses outside their major;
students majoring in Economics and Psychol
ogy are required to take six. The other route
to certification is by taking at least twelve
semester courses in social sciences, o f which
six must normally be in one discipline and at
least two more must be in a single other
discipline. All students seeking social studies
certification are required to take two courses
in history. As o f 1987, at least one course in
American history and one social science
course focusing on Third World or non-Anglo
subject matter are required.
1 . M od ern A m e ric a : C u ltu re , S o c ie ty ,
and S ta te .
This course will explore central themes and
points o f conflict in American life, authority,
community, sexuality, work, personal iden
tity, politics, and heroism. This exploration
will proceed by way o f an analysis both o f the
institutional representations o f these central
issues and their cultural expressions.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
222
2 . Introduction to S o cial and Cultural
Change.
Introduction to Sociology-Anthropology fo
cussing on the study o f social movements,
alienation, prophetism, communalism as re
sponses to the impact o f technology, and
ecological crises.
Not offered 1991-92. Legesse.
4 . C om m u n ity: Th e H um an S tra te g y .
Considers the conditions under which both
feelings and structures o f community emerge
and persist, especially in the context o f mod
em society, and the consequences for individ
uals o f participation in community.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92. Keith.
5. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r: Introduction to
C o n te m p o ra ry S ocial T h o u g h t
A general introduction to major theoretical
developments in the study o f social life since
the 19th century. Selected readings will be
drawn from the work o f such modern social
theorists as Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Freud,
and Simmel. Readings from contemporary
authors such as Geertz, Goffman, Giddens,
Lukes, and R ieff will also be included. These
developments will be studied against the back
ground o f the socio-philosophical climate o f
the 19th century. Limited enrollment.
Fall semester. Munoz.
7 . G e n d e r, P o w e r, and Ide n tity.
An exploration o f the social and political
implications o f gender, drawing on crosscultural and historical materials. Primary em
phasis will be on developments in contempo
rary America.
Primary distribution course.
Not offered 1991-92. Charlton.
9. Introduction to H ispa nic S tu die s.
The course is an introduction to anthropo
logical, sociological, and literary writing on
Chicano and Puerto Rican culture. The course
focuses on ethnic identity, covering such top
ics as border ballads and folklore, inner-city
life, and Chicana/Riquena feminism. Authors
studied in the course include Cisneros, Garza,
Limon, Moraga, Paredes, Rodriguez, and Rosaldo. (All materials available in English.)
Fall semester. Diaz-Barriga.
10. H um an Evo lu tio n .
Humankind and culture are seen in cross
species and evolutionary perspective. The
course emphasizes Primate adaptations; con
tinuities and discontinuities between humans
and other Primates; the stages and dynamics of
Hominid evolution, and evolutionary theses
on human nature. A lab section will be de
voted to student projects.
Primary distribution course.
Fall semester. Piker.
11. Pla ce and People: The
P e rs p e c tive s o f G e o gra ph y.
(Cross-listed with Economics 8. See Econom
ics for description.)
Not offered 1991-92.
18. S ta tistic a l T h in kin g.
(Cross-listed as Math 1. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
19. S ta tistica l M eth o d s.
(Cross-listed as Math 2. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
20. S ta tis tic s .
(Cross-listed as Math 23. Please see Mathe
matics entry for description.)
2 1. Re se a rch Design Colloquium .
Introduction to the process o f research on
human social life: creation o f research ques
tions, strategies for obtaining evidence, tech
niques o f evaluating hypotheses, and generat
ing theory. The roles o f theory, ethical issues,
and cultural and historical context in the
research enterprise will be addressed. Students
will design and undertake individual research
projects, and members o f the department will
visit the class to discuss their own research
experience.
Spring semester. Charlton, Keith.
2 4 . Psych o lo g ical An th ro p o lo g y.
Sometimes called culture and personality, this
field explores the relationship between the
individual and his or her culture. The course
treats the following issues: a) the psychologi
cal, or symbolic, capacities presupposed by
culture; b) socialization, or the transmission
o f culture from generation to generation;
c) the psychological functions o f culture. Case
materials will be principally, but not exclu
sively, non-Western, and the cross-cultural
study o f child rearing will receive particular
emphasis.
Primary distribution course.
Spring semester. Piker.
25 . Lan g u ag e , C u ltu re , and S o c ie ty .
(Cross-listed as Linguistics 25. See listing
under Program in Linguistics.)
2 6 . Introduction to La tin A m e ric a n
A n th ro p o lo g y .
The course examines the history o f the anthro
pology o f Latin America focusing on indige
nismo, functionalism, cultural ecology, and
structuralism. Readings for the course include
ethnographies on rural and urban culture as
well as more general works on anthropological
theory.
Spring sem ester. Diaz-Barriga.
2 7 . A fric a n -A m e ric a n C ulture and
S o c ie ty .
Black culture examined at several stages o f its
development in the 20th century as a culture
o f survival, assimilation, pan-Africanism, prophetism, nationalism, and revolution.
Not offered 1991-92. Legesse.
3 0 . Religion a s a Cultural Institution.
(Cross-listed as Religion 3 0 .) The focus is
primarily cross-cultural, and religion case
materials will be drawn from both pre-literate
and civilized traditions, including the modern
West. The following topics will be empha
sized: religious symbolism; religious evolu
tion; religion as a force for both social stability
and social change; psychological aspects of
223
S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y
religious belief; and religious change in modern America, with particular emphasis on
both Fundamentalism and the "cults.” May
be taken without prerequisites with permis
sion o f instructor.
Spring semester. Piker.
33. Ec olo g y and S o c ie ty .
Human ecology dealing with pastoral, agricul
tural, and urban social systems. Special em
phasis on the world food crisis, demographic
pressures, and ecological degradation.
Not offered 1991-92. Legesse.
3 6 . Peoples and C ultures o f A fric a .
An introduction to traditional and modern
Africa with emphasis on representative socie
ties from East and West Africa. The course
examines pre-colonial political and social
institutions, African responses to colonial
domination, and the impact o f urbanization
and economic development during the post
colonial period. The cultural links between
Africa and Black America will be examined.
Spring semester. Legesse.
4 2 . Topics in S o cial T h e o ry .
This deals with Kant’s and Hegel’s social
philosophy insofar as it influenced the devel
opment o f modern social theory; works by
Marx, Weber, Durkheim, and Freud. And
works by critical theorists, neo-conservatives,
and post-modernists.
Not offered 1991-92. Munoz.
4 3 . S o c ie ty and C ulture in Spanish
A m e ric a .
The relationship between society and culture
in Spanish America. Recent and historical
developments in social research, literature,
philosophy, and theology will be treated.
Not offered 1991-92. Munoz.
4 4 . S ocial In equ ality.
This course analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning o f
social inequality. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the nature
and representations o f work, property, body,
and mind in revealing and reproducing social
inequalities. The approach is phenomenologi
cal: How are inequalities made social and how
are they disrupted?
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
224
4 5 . Field S tu die s in P rim a te B e h a vio r.
(Cross-listed. Please see Bio 45 for descrip
tion.)
Fall semester, alternate years. Williams.
4 6 . Political A n th ro p o lo g y.
This course will utilize the comparative per
spective o f anthropology to study the ways in
which authority is acquired and accepted as
legitimate, the ways in which decisions are
made or avoided, and the ways in which
conflict is defined, mediated, and resolved or
extended. Subject matter will include political
communities in various cultural contexts and
at various levels o f social and technological
complexity.
Spring semester. Diaz-Barriga.
5 1. A n Introduction to A rch a e o lo g y .
(See listing under Department o f Classics.)
5 2. Redefining S e c u rity .
What would be "security” policy that took as
its goal ensuring security for the world’s peo
ple, rather than ensuring the political power of
particular states? How does an awareness o f
gender change our thinking about security?
Would attention to differing conditions of
men’s and women’s lives in disparate parts of
the world yield distinct, contrasting concep
tions o f security? These are among the ques
tions explored in the course. Readings include
both First and Third World writers, with
emphasis on analyses drawn from anthropo
logical and feminist perspectives.
Spring sem ester. Cohn.
5 5 . A g e in S o c ie ty .
The course will examine age from a crosscultural perspective with the goal o f distin
guishing universal aspects o f the aging process
from the diverse effects o f social and cultural
context on roles o f old and young people and
the use o f age as a principle o f group defini
tion.
Not offered 1991-92. Keith.
5 7 . Lan g u ag e s o f W ar.
This course explores the languages used to
talk about war, asking how those languages
reveal and shape how we think about war:
"realist” and "ju st war” perspectives; the
language o f nuclear war planners; the language
o f military briefings; and the language of
soldiers in the field. In what ways do they
enable planners to plan wars, politicians to
*
I
decide to declare wars, soldiers to fight, and
civilians to support wars? How does gender
discourse intertwine with war discourse, and
what are its effects? The conceptual frame
work developed in the course will be used to
examine the Persian Gulf War.
Spring semester. Cohn.
I
I
I
■
58. C ultural Re pre se n tatio ns.
The course looks at models used by anthropologist/sociologists to analyze culture. Readings for the course will focus on symbolic
analysis, practice and meaning, experimental
ethnography, structuralism, and postmodern
ism. The majority o f readings center on current debate in theories about culture.
Fall semester. Diaz-Barriga.
I
J
I
I
■
I
4
60. Spanish A m e ric a n S o c ie ty
Through Its N o v e l.
f
(Also listed as SAL 60. See Modem Languages.) This course will explore the relationship between society and the novel in Spanish
America. Works by Carlos Fuentes, Mario
Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Miguel
Angel Asturias.
Not offered 1991-92. Hassett and Munoz.
I
■
I
¡1
62. Latin A m e ric a n U rb a n iza tio n .
This course is designed as an introduction to
problems and issues related to Latin America
urbanization. It provides an overview o f the
processes behind the urbanization o f Latin
America and explores housing policy options.
Members o f the class will be introduced to
concepts such as dependency, underdevelop
ment, the informal sector, marginality, the
culture o f poverty, self-construction, and selfhelp. The role o f the informal sector in urban
development, housing, and the dependent
economy is a particular focus.
Fall semester. Diaz-Barriga.
I
I
II
1
I
■
I
63. P o w e r, A u th o rity , and C o n flic t
I
This course analyzes the way in which power
emerges, circulates, is augmented and resisted
in diverse political contexts. Historical and
I
contemporary cases are interrogated, with the
theoretical frameworks o f Marx, Weber,
Gramsci, Arendt, Parsons, and Foucault.
■ Issues include the question o f state autonomy,
A political legitimacy, and the interpenetration
i of the personal and the political.
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifici.
I
68. U rba n Education.
(See Education 68.)
69. D isco u rse A n a ly s is .
W ill concentrate on language in a variety o f
social contexts: conversations, media reports,
legal settings, etc. New course to be offered in
fall 1992.
Not offered 1991-92. Wagner-Pacifici.
8 1. C olloquium : H um an R espon ses
to Technology.
Explores reciprocal influences between hu
man culture, society, and technological sys
tems. Focuses on social history o f the Third
World and the developed world.
Not offered 1991-92. Legesse.
8 2. D e velop m ent and U rb a n iza tio n in
the T h ird W orld.
Development viewed from the Modernization
and Dependency perspectives. Focus on ap
propriate technology, the green revolution,
the rural-urban exodus, urban poverty, and
ecological stress.
Not offered 1991-92. Legesse.
8 3 . Colloquium : A r t and S o c ie ty .
The course examines the relationship between
art and society ff om a sociological perspective.
This semester all shall use hermeneutics as a
sociological method for the interpretation of
literature. Selected works by Borges, Mann,
Dostoevski, Neitzsche, and Plato will be ex
amined.
Prerequisite: permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.
86. C u ltu re , Illn e s s, and H ealth.
This course will treat, 1) evolved human
adaptations, with reference to health and ill
ness; 2) cultural constructions o f and re
sponses to illness, and 3 ) the intersection of
non-Western and Western medical systems.
Cross-cultural as well as evolutionary mate
rials will be featured.
Spring semester. Piker.
9 0. R e se a rch In ternship.
Interns receive research experience through
placements in professional research settings.
Juniors and seniors with a B average willing to
commit themselves to at least 12 hours of
work on their project per week are eligible.
Credit is normally awarded on a credit/no
credit basis. Since available projects change,
interested students should see the instructor
225
S o c io lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y
before registration. Interested students are
also strongly encouraged to take SA 21.
Fall and spring semesters. Charlton, Keith, and
Smith.
9 3. Directed Reading.
Individual or group study in fields o f special
interest to the students not dealt with in the
regular course offerings. Consent o f the de
partment chair and o f the instructor is re
quired.
Members o f the Department.
9 6 - 9 7 . T h e s is . T h e s e s w ill be required
o f all C ou rse m a jo rs.
Seniors in the Course program will normally
take two consecutive semesters o f thesis tu
torial. Students are urged to discuss their
thesis proposals with faculty during the spring
semester of their junior year, especially if they
are interested in the possibility o f field work.
Members o f the Department.
T h e fo llo w in g c o u rs e s , with attachment,
can be taken in preparation for External Ex
aminations: S & A 30, 33, 44, 5 5 ,6 3 , 82.
SEMINARS
10 1. C ritica l M od ern S o cial T h e o ry .
The development o f critical theory from Marx
to Habermas. Works by Lukács, Adorno,
Marcuse, Lyotard will be examined.
Prerequisites: advanced work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
Not offered 1991-92. Munoz.
10 2. C reation o f C om m u nity.
Utopian experiments, squatter settlements,
and institutions such as retirement residences
and monasteries will be compared to illumi
nate the conditions under which community
is created and maintained.
Not offered 1991-92. Keith.
103. Political A n th ro p o lo g y.
A cross-cultural perspective on politics: the
structures and processes o f authority, conflict
and group definition.
Not offered 1991-92. Keith.
10 4. C ulture and C re a tiv ity .
Evolutionary perspective on the question:
how do we creatively make use o f cultural
resources to construct ourselves and our life
ways? Vast diversity o f human lifeways argues
that such creative construction is a—perhaps
the—hallmark o f human adaptation. Specific
topics: human evolution; foraging band as the
basic human pattern; human intelligence; hu
man emotion; gender; biography; history.
Readings include ethnographies, novels, na
tive narratives.
Fall sem ester. Piker.
105. M o d e rn S ocial T h e o ry .
An analysis o f selected works by Marx, Weber,
226
Durkheim, and Freud.
Fall semester. Munoz.
1 0 7 . Religion a s a C ultural Institution.
The following specific topics will be treated:
religious evolution; religion as a force for
both social stability and social change; the
psychological bases for religious belief. Major
theories to be considered include those of
Max Weber, Emile Durkheim, and Sigmund
Freud. A cross-cultural perspective will be
emphasized, and attention will be paid to
religious change in modern America.
Spring semester. Piker.
108. S o cial In equ ality.
This seminar analyzes conflicting theoretical
perspectives on the origins and meaning of
social inequality. Empirical studies o f both a
historical and cross-cultural nature will be
examined for the ways in which they engage
alternative readings o f such issues as the na
ture and representations o f work, property,
body, and mind in revealing and reproducing
social inequalities. The approach is partly
phenomenological: how are inequalities made
social and how are they disrupted?
Spring semester. Wagner-Pacifki.
10 9. S ocial and C ultural Change.
This seminar will examine the theories of
social movements, modernization, Westerni
zation, cultural diffusion, and stages o f devel
opment as they apply to the process o f social
change in non-Western societies. Case studies
will be drawn from China, India, Indonesia,
Peru, Brazil, Mexico, Nigeria, Kenya, and
South Africa.
Prerequisites: Entry-level course in Sociology/
Anthropology or permission o f the instructor.
Spring sem ester. Legesse.
110. W o rk and the W orkplace.
«
■
||
1
Examines theory and research pertaining to
the social organization and meaning o f work
experience in modern societies. Discussed are
classic statements on the division o f labor,
theories o f "post- industrial” society, occupa
tional structure, labor market stratification,
occupational choice and recruitment, occupational socialization, ideology and identity, ca
reer patterns, work and social relationships,
work and family. Particular case studies inelude various types o f blue and pink collar
work, business and the corporate world, pro
fessions and semi-professions.
Spring semester. Charlton.
114. Political S o cio lo g y.
1
This seminar analyzes the ways in which power
emerges, circulates, is augmented, and resisted
in diverse political contexts. Readings include
Marx, Weber, Gramsci, Arendt, Parsons, and
Foucault.
Not offered 1991-92. Wagner-Pacifici.
115. Freud and M od ern S ocial T h e o ry .
I
I
The seminar divides into two parts. The first
part is devoted to a close reading o f selected
items from the Freudian canon. The second
part will examine Freud’s contribution to
current social and cultural analysis. Besides
works by Freud, works by Mitchell, Rieff,
Habermas, and Foucault will be examined.
Prerequisites: advance work in Sociology/
Anthropology, Philosophy, or Political Sci
ence; or permission o f the instructor.
Spring semester. Munoz.
118 . Ec olo g y and S o c ie ty .
Emphasis on theories o f human ecology, world
food crisis, demographic pressures, environ
mental degradation, adaptive strategies that
have developed in response to ecological
stress.
Not offered 1991-92. Legesse.
119 . A g e , C ulture and S o c ie ty .
The social and cultural significance o f age will
be examined with generational conflicts, rites
o f passage, peer grouping, and cultural defini
tions o f the life course and major topics.
Seminar members will also do observation
and interview projects focused on age.
Not offered 1991-92. Keith.
120 . Gender and C ulture.
A comparative exploration o f the social con
struction o f gender utilizing diverse theoretical
and empirical perspectives.
Fail semester. Charlton.
180. T h e s is .
Candidates for External Examination who
choose to write theses will usually do this
during the senior year. Students are urged to
have their thesis proposals approved as early
as possible during the junior year.
Members o f the Department.
1
»
t
227
W o m e n ’s S tu d ie s
Coordinators: N A T H A L IE F. A N D E R S O N (English Literature) and
R O B ER T S . D u P LE S S IS (History)
Committee:
S hsrO II E. Frie d le r (Music and Dance)
An n e M en k e (Modern Languages)
Ethel 0 . M o o re (Psychology)
Lis a S m u lya n (Education)
A lis o n P. W illiam s (Chemistry)
A program in Women’s Studies provides stu
dents with the opportunity to learn the con
tributions o f women to society, science, and
the arts; to study gender and gender roles in a
variety o f social and historical contexts; to
relate issues o f gender to those o f race, class,
and sexual preference; and to explore new
methods and theories arising from interdisci
plinary study. Women’s Studies encourages
students to examine critically the representa
tions o f women in religion, in the arts and
literature, in social and political theory, and in
the sciences.
Students in any major may add either a con
centration or a focus for External Examination
in Women’s Studies to their program by ful
filling the requirements stated below. Students
intending to pursue Women’s Studies should
submit their proposed program to the coordinator o f the concentration at the time they
submit their sophomore papers. All program
proposals must be approved by the Women’s
Studies Committee.
The Jean Brosius W alton ’35 Fund contributes
to the support o f activities sponsored by the
Women’s Studies Committee.
CONCENTRATION
Each concentration must include a minimum
o f five credits in Women’s Studies. One course
must be the Capstone Colloquium. A t least
two other courses (or seminars) must be
outside the student’s major or home depart
ment. Students may elect, with the approval
o f the coordinator, to write a one-credit thesis
or pursue an independent study as a substitute
for regular course work. Students may further
elect, with the approval o f the coordinator, to
include in their programs courses on women
and gender offered at Bryn Mawr, Haverford,
and the University o f Pennsylvania. Students
will normally take the Capstone Colloquium
in the spring semester o f the senior year.
Concentrators must complete the equivalent
o f a comprehensive examination devised by
the colloquium instructor.
Courses on women and gender currently of
fered for the concentration include:
Ec on o m ics 7 3 . W om en and M in o rities
in th e Ec o n o m y.
Education 3 1. W om en and Education.
English 10. W a ys o f Seeing.
English 1 1 . Visible S ym p to m s.
English 12 . Th e O th e r: Lite ra ry
Re p re se n tatio ns o f G e n d e r, C ulture,
and Place.
English 29 . In scrip tio ns o f the
Fem inine in 16 th - and 17th -C e n tu ry
England.
English 3 4 . W om en W rite rs , 179 0 -18 3 0 .
English 4 8 . P o s t-C iv il W ar A m e ric a n
W om en’s Fictio n .
English 5 3: C o n te m p o ra ry W om en’s
P o e try .
B iology 9 3. D irecte d Reading in
Fe m in ist C ritiq u e s o f Bio lo g y.
English 8 2 /P s y c h o lo g y 5 2.
R e p re se n tatio n s o f W om en’s
Iden tity.
C la ss ic s 3 4. W om en in C la ssical
Lite ra tu re .
English 8 6. W om en and Film .
228
English 8 8. W om en and D o cu m e n tary.
j
English 90. Colloquium : C h e rc h e z la
fe m m e : The “ M y s te r y ” o f W om an in
the M y s te r y G enre.
P s yc h o lo g y 4 4 . P s yc h o lo g y and
W om en.
English 9 1. Fe m in ist L ite ra ry C ritic is m .
P s yc h o lo g y/Lin g u is tic s 5 5 . Language
and Gender.
English 112 . W om en and Lite ra tu re .
Religion 2 4 . W om en and Religion.
English 116 . A m e ric a n Lite ra tu re :
W om en’s Fic tio n , 18 5 0 -19 2 0 .
Religion 109. Fem inist In terp re tation o f
S c rip tu re .
(Fall semester only)
H isto ry 10G. Fre sh m a n S e m in a r:
W om en in E a rly A fric a n
C iv iliza tio n s .
S o ciolo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 5 2.
Redefining S e c u rity .
S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 5 7 .
Languages o f W ar.
H isto ry 25 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and
Change in M od ern Euro pe .
S o cio lo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y 120.
Gen de r and C ulture.
H isto ry 5 4 . W om en, S o c ie ty , and
Politics.
W om en’s S tu die s 9 1. Capstone
Colloquium in W om en’s Stu die s.
M odern Lan gu ages 15 . Fresh m an
S e m ina r: Francophone W om en
W rite rs.
Advanced study o f gender within the various
academic disciplines, and across disciplines of
topical issues as they relate to women’s stud
ies. Theoretical and methodological questions
that arise when women are placed at the center
o f study are emphasized. The class is required
of, and normally limited to, Women’s Studies
concentrators and students completing a
Focus for External Examination. It must be
taken in the senior year and cannot be used to
fulfill distribution requirements.
Spring semester. Menke.
M odern Lan gu ages 5 0G. Tw e ntie th
C en tury G e rm an W om en in Film and
Lite ra tu re .
M odern Lan gu ages 68F. P ris o n s ,
M ad n e ss , and S e xu a lity : M ichel
Foucault and Eu ropean Lite ra tu re .
M odern Lan gu ages 10 2. Le T h é â tre
C lassique.
A FOCUS FOR EXTERNAL EXAMINATION
Each focus for External Examination must
include the following 12 credits, after which
the student may take the appropriate external
examinations and may, at the discretion o f the
external examiners, receive honors in Wom
en’s Studies:
T
J
1) three fields as defined by the student’s de
partmental major, one field o f which must
also be a Women’s Studies field as defined by
the Women’s Studies committee and listed
below, 2) three fields in Women’s Studies
outside the student’s departmental major,
fields as defined by the Women’s Studies
committee and listed below, 3 ) one o f the
Women’s Studies fields outside the depart
mental major must comprise the Women’s
Studies Capstone Colloquium and a onecredit Attachment.
The following is the list o f fields in Women’s
Studies for which external examinations may
be arranged. (Courses may not be substi
tuted.) Though a course or seminar may
appear in more than one field on the list, a
course or seminar may be used only once in
a student’s program o f study. Students should
note that some courses and seminars may have
prerequisites for which they will be responsi
ble. More information is available from the
Women’s Studies Coordinator.
Fields
Preparations by Course Combinations
W om en and the Ec o n o m y. (2 or 3 credits)
A t the general level this field examines topics
in labor and/or social economics. These in
clude the organization o f labor markets, deter-
229
W o m e n ’s S tu d ie s
minants o f wages, income inequality, and
discrimination. Government policies with re
spect to labor relations, health, education, and
welfare are also studied. The particular em
phasis in examining these topics is on the
experience and special problems o f women in
the economy, including labor market dis
crimination, wage differentials, and unem
ployment. Students may prepare for this field
by taking a combination o f the following
courses.
1. Economics 73. Women and Minorities in
the Economy plus eith er
2. Economics 71. Labor Economics a n d /o r
3. Economics 72. Social Economics or
4. Economics 171. Labor and Social
Economics.
[Four combinations are possible here: Eco
nomics 73 plus Economics 71 (2 credits),
Economics 73 plus 72 (2 credits), Economics
73 plus Economics 71 plus Economics 72
(3 credits), or Economics 73 plus Economics
171 (3 credits).]
W om en in A m e ric a n H is to ry and
the Ec o n o m y . (2 credit)
This field covers the experience o f women in
American society from the Colonial period to
the present, with emphasis on women’s place
in the larger economy, the changing nature o f
work, economic explanations o f differences
in wages (discrimination, human capital, oc
cupational segregation), the rise o f feminism,
and the resistance to women’s rights. Students
may prepare for this field with a combination
o f the following courses.
1. History 54. Women, Society, and Politics
phis
2. Economics 73. Women and Minorities in
the Economy.
Fe m in ist A p p ro a c h e s to P o e try .
(2 credit)
A consideration o f contemporary American
women’s poetry through the perspectives of
fered by contemporary feminist theory. Stu
dents may prepare for this field with a com
bination o f the following courses.
1. English 53. Contemporary Women’s Poetry
plus
2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism.
230
W om en in Dance and M u s ic .
(2 or 3 credits)
This field presents the experience o f women as
creators and performers in the disciplines of
dance and music and investigates their rela
tionship to the development o f these disci
plines. There is a special emphasis on the I
work o f contemporary women in each art 1
form. Students may prepare for this field with I
a combination o f the following courses.
1. Dance and Music 38. Women Composers
and Choreographers (or, when 3 8 is not
offered, the equivalent through a combina
tion o f Independent Study and Directed
Reading), plus one or two o f the following:
2. Dance 23. Twentieth Century Dance
2. Music 23. Twentieth Century Music
4. Dance 92 or Music 92. Independent Study
5. Dance 93 or Music 93. Directed Reading in
Feminist Critiques o f Dance.
1
I
I
I
■
:[
N ote: Attachm ents can also be part o f this field.
Fe m in ist A p p ro a c h e s to
Re p re se n tatio n. (2 credit)
This field examines different approaches to
the category o f woman and the subject and
considers social, cultural, psychological, and
linguistic constructions o f identity. The focus
is on discovering the gender assumptions that
underlie various representations o f the self,
and on questioning how representation medi
ates our notions o f identity. Students may pre
pare for this field with the following courses.
1. Psychology 52/English 82. Representations
o f Women’s Identity plus
2. English 91. Feminist Literary Criticism.
Preparation by Seminars and Theses
W om en and Lite ra tu re : Fem in ist Th e o ry
and W om en N o v e lis ts —R e vo lt o r
Containm ent? (2 credit)
English 112.
W om en and Lite ra tu re : T h e Po litics of
S u b je c t, O th e r, S e lf. (2 credit)
English 112.
W om en and Lite ra tu re : Telling It S l a n t M o d e rn ist and P o st-M o d e rn is t W om en’s
P o e try . (2 credit)
English 112.
1
)
Am erican Lite ra tu re : W om en’s Fictio n ,
1850 -19 20 .
Gen de r and C ulture. (2 credit)
Sociology-Anthropology 120
(Fall semester only) (2 credit)
English 116.
T h e s is . (2 credit)
Thesis to be on a related women’s studies
topic, appropriate from any department which
approves the student’s proposal.
Fem inist In terpre tation o f S c rip tu re .
(2 credit)
Religion 109.
ì
231
T he C o rp o ratio n
A dm inistration
B oard o f M anagers
V isiting Exam iners
A lum ni A ssociation
O fficers & A lum ni
C ou n cil
D egrees C on ferred
T he Facu lty
A w ards and D istinctions
E n rollm en t Statistics
Th e C o rp o ra tio n
9
Neil R. Austrian, Chairm an
22 Ballwood Road
Old Greenwich, C T 0 6870
Harry D. Gotwals, Assistant Secretary
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
J. Lawrence Shane, Vice Chairm an
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Suzanne P. Welsh, Treasurer
Swarthmore College
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Elise F. Jones, Secretary
108 Beaumont Drive
Newtown, PA 18940
B o ard o f M a n a g e rs
a
I
Ex officio
Chairm an o f the Board Emeritus
Alfred H. Bloom
Eugene M. Lang
912 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10021
Emeriti
Boyd T. Barnard
Dunwoody Village CH 105
3500 West Chester Pike
Newtown Square, PA 19073
Eleanor Stabler Clarke
#100 Kendal at Longwood
Kennett Square, PA 19348
George B. Clothier
The Quadrangle
3300 Darby Road (# 3326)
Haverford, PA 19041
Julien Cornell
Central Valley, NY 10917
John C. Crowley
615 Linda Vista Avenue
Pasadena, CA 91105
Clark Kerr
8 3 0 0 Buckingham Drive
El Cerrito, CA 94530
Walter Lamb
Box 255, Route #1
Chester Springs, PA 19425
Charles C. Price III
15 Dogwood Lane
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Sue Thomas Turner
5595 Cook Road
Alfred Station, NY 14803
Richard B. W illis
Foulkeways, Apt. N17
Gwynedd, PA 19436
Term Expires D ecember, ig g i
I
i
I
Neil R. Austrian
22 Ballwood Road
Old Greenwich, C T 0 6870
Mary Schmidt Campbell
457 W. 144th Street
New York, NY 10031
Graham O. Harrison
Howard Hughes Medical Institute
6701 Rockledge Drive
Bethesda, MD 20817
James C. Hormel
Equidex, Inc.
1546 Market Street
San Francisco, CA 94102-6007
I
Elise F. Jones
108 Beaumont Drive
Newtown, PA 18940
Avery P. Rome
64 Raynham Road
Merion, PA 19066
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
101 Central Park West
New York, NY 10023
‘ Daniel M. Singer
1001 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.
Suite 8 0 0
Washington, DC 2 0 0 0 4-2505
‘ Sally A. Warren
Paris, France
‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
233
B o a rd o f M a n a g e rs
Term Expires D ecem ber, 1992
Dulany Ogden Bennett
3527 S.E. Ankeny Street
Portland, O R 97214
Frederick A. Hargadon
295 Harrison Street
Princeton, NJ 08540
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Kohlberg & Company
116 Radio Circle
Mt. Kisco, NY 10549
William F. Lee, Jr.
10 Ogden Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Rockefeller Family &. Associates
Room 5 600
3 0 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10112
‘ Susan W illis Ruff
3521 Ordway Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20016
‘ Marc J. Sonnenfeld
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius
2000 One Logan Square
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Term Expires D ecember, 1993
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Scripps College
1030 Columbia Avenue
Claremont, CA 91711
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
1080 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10128
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Griswold Hall, Room 403
Harvard Law School
Cambridge, MA 02138
*M . Jane Holding
2 4 2 0 Damascus Church Road
Chapel Hill, NC 27516
**Barbara L. Klock
25 West 13th Street, #5H-S
New York, NY 10011
Lloyd W . Lewis
Executive Director
T he Kendal Corporation
P.O. Box 100
Kennett Square, PA 19348
James W. Noyes
3 0 0 W . State Street
Media, PA 19063
Barbara Hall Partee
5 0 Hobart Lane
Amherst, MA 01002
Ramon Lee Posel
212 Walnut Street
Philadelphia, PA 19106
J. Lawrence Shane
21 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081
Edward J. Steiner
Clover Yams, Inc.
Cedar Beach Road
P.O. Box 354
Milford, DE 19963
‘ George M. Wohlreich
The Psychiatric Institute
171 Ashley Avenue
Charleston, SC 294 2 5 -0 7 4 2
Term Expires D ecem ber, 1994
**A lex D. Curtis
113 McCormick Hall
Dept, o f A rt S t Archeology
Princeton University
Princeton, NJ 08544
Samuel L. Hayes, III
345 Nahatan Street
Westwood, MA 0 2090
Richard M. Hurd
167 Wharton Lane
Bethlehem, PA 18017
Barbara Weber Mather
Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz
3 0 0 0 Two Logan Square
18th and Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103
‘ Nominated by the Alumni Association
“ Young Alumni Manager
234
‘ Victor S. Navasky
The Nation
72 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10011
‘ Diana Judd Stevens
12 Crestfield Road
Wilmington, DE 19810
C om m ittees O f T h e B oard
The Chairman o f the Board is ex officio a member o f every Committee.
Executive
Neil R. Austrian, Chairman
J. Lawrence Shane, Vice Chairman
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Mary Schmidt Campbell
Graham O. Harrison
Richard M. Hurd
Elise F. Jones
Eugene M. Lang
William F. Lee, Jr.
Barbara Weber Mather
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Ramon Lee Posel
Finance and Trusts Administration
J. Lawrence Shane, Chair
Eleanor D. Craig
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Richard M. Hurd
Walter Lamb
Barbara Weber Mather
Daniel M. Singer
Marc J. Sonnenfeld
Richard B. Willis
George M. Wohlreich
Instruction and Libraries
Ramon Lee Posel, Chair
Dulany Ogden Bennett, Vice Chair
Nancy Y. Bekavac
Julien Cornell
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Frederick A. Hargadon
M. Jane Holding
Elise F. Jones
Clark Kerr
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Barbara Weber Mather
Elizabeth J. McCormack
Barbara H. Partee
Charles C. Price III
Avery P. Rome
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Sue Thomas Turner
George M. Wohlreich
Investment
Graham O. Harrison, Chair
Samuel L. Hayes, III, Vice Chair
Terry Glenn
Donald Lloyd-Jones
Ann Brownell Sloane
Richard B. W illis
Property
Richard M. Hurd, Chair
Lloyd W. Lewis, Vice Chair
Boyd T. Barnard
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Mary Schmidt Campbell
John C. Crowley
James C. Hormel
Walter Lamb
William F. Lee, Jr.
Ramon Lee Posel
Avery P. Rome
Susan W illis Ruff
Marge Pearlman Scheuer
Daniel M. Singer
Sally A. Warren
Two faculty members
Two student members
Student L ife
Mary Schmidt Campbell, Chair
Barbara H. Partee, Vice Chair
Dulany Ogden Bennett
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser
Christopher F. Edley, Jr.
Frederick A. Hargadon
M. Jane Holding
James C. Hormel
Elise F. Jones
235
B o a rd o f M a n a g e rs
Eugene M. Lang
James W. Noyes
Marc J. Sonnenfeld
Sue Thomas Turner
Three faculty members
Five student members
Nominating
Ann Lubin Buttenwieser, Chair
Fred A. Hargadon
Samuel L. Hayes, III
Elise F. Jones
William F. Lee, Jr.
Susan W illis Ruff
Development
William F. Lee, Jr., Chair
Marc J. Sonnenfeld, Vice Chair
Neil R. Austrian
James C. Hormel
Jerome Kohlberg, Jr.
Eugene M. Lang
Elizabeth J. McCormack
James W. Noyes
Daniel M. Singer
C. William Steelman
Edward J. Steiner
Sally A. Warren
Frank James, ex officio
Thomas Henderer, ex officio
1
1
1
I
236
A lu m n i A s s o c ia tio n
O ffic e rs & A lu m n i Council
Presiden t
Zo n e C
Frank M. James III ’57
Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts,
New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Vermont
Presiden t Designate
Vice P resid en ts
Lucy Hoisington Carver ’4 8 2
Lincolnville, ME
Alan A. Symonette ’76
Lee Smith Ingram '66
Marcia Montin Grant ’6 0 3
Watertown, MA
S e c re ta ry
Miriam Jorgensen ’8 7 3
Cambridge, MA
Gretchen Mann Handwerger ’56
Bonny M. Cochran ’61
Terms Expire in June
Zon e A
Delaware, Pennsylvania
Michael A. Gross ’6 4 2
Hughesville, PA
Adalyn Purdy Jones ’4 0 3
Swarthmore, PA
Deborah Carey Lyons ’7 0 2
West Chester, PA
Samuel C. Newbury ’6 7 1
Pittsburgh, PA
Jane Martin Newcomer ’4 5 1
Lancaster, PA
William A. Raich ’6 3 3
Lancaster, PA
ZoneB
New Jersey, New York
Adrienne Asch ’6 9 2
New York, NY
John M. Darley ’6 0 3
Princeton, NJ
Debra Felix ’8 3 1
New York, NY
John W. Harbeson ’6 0 1
Croton-on-Hudson, NY
Andrea Hoff Knox ’6 4 3
Collingswood, NJ
Henry O. Leichter ’4 8 2
New York, NY
Beverly Bruhn Major ’5 7 1
Putney, V T
Stephen C. Schoenbaum ’6 2 2
Brookline, MA
Heinz Valtin ’4 9 '
Norwich, V T
Zo n e D
District o f Columbia, Maryland, Virginia
Carol Ann Dubivsky Becker ’5 7 1
Alexandria, VA
Gretchen Gayle Ellsworth ’6 1 2
Washington, DC
Robert Forster ’4 9 3
Baltimore, MD
Thomas E. Simkin ’5 5 2
Arlington, VA
Stephanie Ross van Reigersberg ’6 2 3
McLean, VA
David H. Wise ’6 7 1
Ellicott City, MD
ZoneE
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan,
Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North
Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota,
Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin
Frank R. Borchert, Jr. ’5 8 1
Cleveland Heights, OH
Barbara Allen Fuchsman ’6 3 1
Oberlin, OH
Nancy Roberts ’7 6 2
Minneapolis, MN
E. Bruce Robertson ’7 6 3
Cleveland Heights, OH
1 term ends 1992
2 term ends 1993
3 term ends 1994
237
A lu m n i A s s o c ia tio n
O ffic e rs & A lu m n i C o u n cil
Peter J. Schoenbach ’62 2
Detroit, MI
Lynne A. Molter ’79
Swarthmore, PA
Anne Davis Shullenberger ’4 1 3
Indianapolis, IN
Gloria Thomas Walker ’85
Concordville, PA
Zo n e F
Connection R e p re se n tative s
Alabama, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee,
territories, dependencies, and foreign
countries
Peter Calingaert ’5 2 2
Chapel Hill, NC
Jacqueline Edmonds Clark ’743
Charlotte, NC
Sara Guthrie Geers ’5 6 2
Cuba, AL
Margaret Reno Hurchalla ’6 2 1
Stuart, FL
William D. Jones, Jr. ’5 4 1
Atlanta, GA
Donald L. Kimmel, Jr. ’5 6 3
Davidson, NC
ZoneG
Boston
Virginia Mussari Bates ’73
Melrose, MA
Amanda Orr Harmeling ’73
North Reading, MA
Boulder
Diana Royce Smith ’68
Boulder, CO
Chicago
Mary Schless ’81
Chicago, IL
Hartford
Brendan F. Flynn ’86
Wethersfield, CT
Los Angeles
Consuelo Staisey Woodhead ’70
Pasadena, CA
Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado,
Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New
Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington,
Wyoming
New Haven
Ann Baerwald ’6 0 1
Woodland Hüls, CA
New York
Rikki Abzug ’86
Rego Park, NY
William T. Carpenter ’6 4 2
Simi Valley, CA
Donald Fujihira ’69
New York, NY
Dana Carroll ’6 5 1
Salt Lake City, U T
Rachel Weinberger ’80
New York, NY
Russell D. Femald ’6 3 3
Stanford, CA
Catherine Kapp ’662
Seattle, WA
Philadelphia
Carolyn Morgan Hayden ’83
Folsom, PA
San Francisco
Judith McConnell Sondheimer ’663
Denver, CO
Sohail Bengali ’79
Redwood City, CA
M e m b e rs at La rg e
Seattle
Alice Handsaker Kidder ’63
Berlin, MA
Constance Gayle Pious ’53
Seattle, WA
1 term ends 1992
2 term ends 1993
3 term ends 1994
238
1
1
1
South Florida
Washington, D.C.
Craig E. Stein ’78
Miami Beach, FL
William R . Carroll ’38
Bethesda, MD
T h e Fa c u lty
A lfre d H . B lo o m , B.A., Princeton
University; Ph.D., Harvard University,
President. 3 2 4 Cedar Lane.
Ja m e s W. En gland, B.A ., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost and
Professor o f Mathematics. 925 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Leah J . S m ith , B.A., Stanford University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Acting Dean.
H a r ry D. G o tw a ls , b . a . and M .A .S., Johns
Hopkins University, Vice President—
Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
550 Elm Avenue.
W illiam T. S p o o k , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Vice President—Business and
Finance. 10 Kershaw Road, Wallingford, PA
19086
R o b e rt A . B a rr, J r . , B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions. 510 Strath Haven
Avenue.
Ja n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore
W endy L C h m ie le w s k i, b . a ., Goucher
College; M .A. and Ph.D., State University
o f New York at Binghamton, Cooley
Curator o f the Swarthmore College Peace
Collection.
Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University o f
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian. 309 Rutgers Avenue.
S te ve n W. S o w a rd s , B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., M .L.S., Ph.D., Indiana
University, Humanities Librarian. 3 Crum
Ledge.
K a th ry n M . C leland, B.A. and M.A.,
SUNY, Albany; M .A., University o f
Chicago, Social Sciences Librarian.
1295 North Providence Road, E102,
Media, PA 19063.
Leighton C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director,
Psychological Services. 220 Turner Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
College, Registrar. 11 S. Princeton Avenue.
M ichael D u rk a n , B.A., St. Patrick’s
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, Librarian. 201 West Rose Valley
Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
EMERITI
Elisa A s e n s io , M .A., Middlebury College,
Professor Emerita o f Spanish. 510 Panmure
Road, Haverford, PA 19041.
Ly d ia B a e r, B.A., Oberlin College; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emerita o f German. Manatee
River Hotel, Bradenton, FL 33505.
Paul H . B e ik, B.A., Union College, M.A.
and Ph.D., Columbia University, Centennial
Professor Emeritus o f History. 2461
Venetian Way, W inter Park, FL 32789.
240
O le k s a -M y ro n B llaniu k, Cand. Ingénieur,
Université de Louvain; B.S.E., B.S., M .S.,
M .A., and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Centennial Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
100 Plush Mill Road, Wallingford, PA
19086.
Bavid L . B o w le r, B.S. in E.E., Bucknell
University; M .S. in E.E., Massachusetts
Institute o f Technology; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Princeton University, Howard N. and Ada J.
Eavenson Professor Emeritus o f Electrical
Engineering. 505 Yale Avenue.
Alice Brodhead, b .s . and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
Emerita o f Education. 144 Park Avenue.
Hilde D. C ohn, Dr. Phil., University of
Heidelberg, Professor Emerita o f German.
Strath Haven Condominiums.
Tatiana M . C o s m a n ,
b .a
. and M.A.,
Middlebury College; M .A., Columbia
University; Ph.D., New York University,
Assistant Professor (part-time) Emerita of
Russian. 3 0 6 S. Chester Road.
Gom er H . D a v ie s , B.S., East Stroudsburg
State College; Ed.M., Temple University,
Professor Emeritus o f Physical Education.
225 Cornell Avenue.
W illiam C . Elm o re , B.S., Lehigh
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Morris
L. Clothier Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
288 Paxon Hollow Road, Media, PA 19063.
Le w is H . Elve rS O n , B.S., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor Emeritus o f Physical
Education for Men. 535 Cornell Avenue.
Ed w ard A . Feh n el, B .s., M .S., and Ph.D.,
Lehigh University, Edmund Allen Professor
Emeritus o f Chemistry. 120 Paxon Hollow
Road, Rose Tree, Media, PA 19063.
Ja m e s A . Fie ld , J r . , B.S., M .A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Isaac H.
Clothier Professor Emeritus o f History.
605 Hillbom Avenue.
Launce J . Fle m is te r, b .a ., m .a . and
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor Emeritus
of Zoology. P.O. Box F, Swarthmore, PA
19081.
M ilan W. G a rre tt, B.A. and M .A., Stanford
University; B.A. and D. Phil., University o f
Oxford, Professor Emeritus o f Physics.
16 Beach Road, Severna Park, MD 21146.
C harles E . G ilb e rt,5 B.A., Haverford
College; Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Professor Emeritus o f Political Science.
223 Kenyon Avenue.
Barbara Lange G o d fre y , Dean Emerita of
Women. Strath Haven Condominiums.
Ele a no r K . H e s s , B.S. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
Emerita o f Physical Education. 302 North
Chester Road.
Olga Lan g , Graduate, University of
Moscow; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor Emerita o f Russian. 611 W. 111th
St., New York, NY 10025.
S a ra h Le e Lìp p in co tt, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M .A., Swarthmore College;
D .Sc., Villanova University, Professor
Emerita o f Astronomy and Director
Emerita o f the Spremi Observatory. 507
Cedar Lane.
Paul C . M a n g e lsd o rf, J r . , B.A.,
Swarthmore College; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Morris L. Clothier Professor
Emeritus o f Physics. 110 Cornell Avenue.
F r a n z H . M a u tn e r, Dr. Phil., University o f
Vienna, Professor Emeritus o f German.
Apt. E106, Martin’s Run Life Center,
Marple Township, PA 19063.
Jo h n 0 . M c C ru m m , b .a . and M .S.,
University o f Colorado, Howard N. and
Ada J. Eavenson Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 6 0 6 Ogden Avenue.
Irene M o ll, B.S. in Ed., University of
Kansas; M .A., Texas University for Women,
Associate Professor Emerita o f Physical
Education for Women. 805 Illinois Street,
Lawrence, KS 66044.
Jo h n M . M o o re , B.A., Park College; B.D.,
Union Theological Seminary; M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor Emeritus o f
Philosophy and Religion. Friends Home,
4 0 0 N. Walnut Street, West Chester, PA
19380.
Be rn ard M o rrill, B.S. in M .E.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
M .M .E., University o f Delaware; Ph.D.,
University o f Michigan, Henry C. and J.
Archer Turner Professor Emeritus of
Engineering. 1014 Strath Haven
Condominiums.
5 Spring semester, 1992.
241
Faculty
H elen F. N o rth , B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Cornell University, Centennial Professor
Emerita o f Classics. 6 0 4 Ogden Avenue.
J . Roland Pen nock, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Richter Professor Emeritus of
Political Science. 739 Harvard Avenue.
Je a n A s h m e a d P e rk in s , B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Susan W. Lippincott
Professor Emerita o f French. 913 Strath
Haven Avenue.
Fra n k C . P ie rs o n , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Columbia University,
Joseph Wharton Professor Emeritus o f
Political Economy. 740 Ogden Avenue.
Da vid R o se n ,4 B.A., New York University;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor Emeritus o f Mathematics.
3 9 4 Riverview Road.
A lb u rt IN. R o se n be rg , B.A., Harvard
University; M.S.,University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Associate
Professor Emeritus o f Natural Science. 2610
Persimmon Drive, Starkville, M S 3 9759
B e rn a rd S . S m ith , B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Oxford; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor Emeritus o f History.
S im o ne Voisin S m ith , Licence et Lettres,
University o f Grenoble, Professor Emerita
o f French. 125 Forest Lane.
S ilm o re S to tt, B.A. and M .A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University o f
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean o f the College Emeritus.
318 Dartmouth Avenue.
P e te r G ra m S w in g , B.A. and M.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Daniel Underhill Professor
Emeritus o f Music and Director Emeritus of
the Chorus. 614 Hillbom Avenue.
D e re k T ra v e r s i, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Oxford, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor Emeritus o f English.
12 Richmond Mansions, Denton Road,
Twickinham, Midd, T W 1, 2HH, England.
1
P e te r v a n de K a m p , Cand. and Docts.;
University o f Utrecht; Ph.D., University of
California; D. Phil., University o f
Groningen, Edward Hicks Magill Professor
Emeritus o f Astronomy and Director
Emeritus o f the Sproul Observatory,
c/o Peter Rademacher, R.D. 2, Salem,
New York 12865.
P. Lin w o o d U rb a n , j r „ B.A., Princeton
University; S.T.B., S.T.M., and Th.D.,
General Theological Seminary, Charles and
Harriet Cox McDowell Professor Emeritus
o f Religion. 2 0 South Princeton Avenue.
9
1
1
H a n s W allach, Dr. Phil., University o f
Berlin, Centennial Professor Emeritus o f
Psychology. 510 Bryn Mawr Avenue.
N ea l A . W eber, B.A., M .S., and D.Sc.,
University o f North Dakota; M.A. and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor
Emeritus o f Zoology. 1805 Aaron Drive,
Tallahassee, FL 32303.
M . Jo s e p h W iliiS, B.C.E., University o f
Washington; M .S., Cornell University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Professor Emeritus o f Engineering. Box 397,
103 Jefferson Street, Oxford, MD 21654.
■
1
|1
PROFESSORS
G e o rge C . A v e r y , B.A ., M .A., and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor o f
German. 2 3 0 Haverford Avenue.
R o b e rt C . B a n n iste r,2 B.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University; B.A. and M .A., University o f
Oxford, Scheuer Professor o f History.
737 Harvard Avenue.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
4 Fall semester, 1991.
242
1
Thom as H . B la ckb u rn , B.A., Amherst;
B.A. and M .A., University o f Oxford;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Professor of
English. 609 Elm Avenue.
Jo h n E. G a U S ta d , A .B., Harvard
Jo h n R . Boccio, B.S., Polytechnic Institute
Kenneth J . G e rg e n , B.A., Yale University;
Ph.D., Duke University, Professor of
Psychology. 331 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
of Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Professor o f Physics. 14 Park Avenue.
Thom pson B ra d le y , B.A., Yale University;
M.A., Columbia University, Professor o f Russian. Price’s Lane, Moylan, PA 19065.
Carol E. C ohn, B.A., University of
Michigan; Ph.D., Union Graduate School,
Lang Visiting Professor. Swarthmore
College.
Peter J . C od in gs, B.A., Amherst College;
M.Ph. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
of Physics. 123 Locust Lane, Media, PA
19063.
Lee D e vin , B.A., San Jose College; M.A.
and Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
English Literature and Director o f the
Theatre. 512 Elm Avenue.
Ja m e s H . H a m m o n s, B.A., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Professor o f Chemistry.
17 Furness Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Jo h n J . H a s s e tt, B.A., St. Francis College;
M .A., University o f Iowa; Ph.D., University
o f Wisconsin, Professor o f Spanish. 514 S.
Providence Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
M a rk A . H e ald, B.A., Oberlin College;
M .S. and Ph.D., Yale University, Morris L.
Clothier Professor o f Physics. 4 2 0 Rutgers
Avenue.
W ulff D. H e in tz, Dr. rer. nat. Miinchen
University, Professor o f Astronomy.
540 Riverview Avenue.
H. S e arl Dunn, b .s .e . and m .s .e .,
Princeton University; Ph.D., Brown
University, Henry C. and J. Archer Turner
Professor o f Engineering. 603 Elm Avenue.
Robinson G. H o llis te r, J r . , B.A., Amherst
College; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Professor o f Economics. 1 Whittier Place.
Bobert S . Du P le s s is , B.A ., Williams
College; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Professor o f History.
211 Rutgers Avenue.
Raym ond F. H o p kin s,2 B.A., Ohio
Wesleyan University; M .A., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f Political Science.
308 Ogden Avenue.
M arion J . F a b e r, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor o f German.
234 Benjamin West Avenue.
Ja m e s D. Fre e m a n , B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D., Harvard University, Daniel Underhill
Professor of Music and Director o f the
Orchestra. 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
|
University; Ph.D., Princeton University,
Edward Hicks Magill Professor of
Astronomy. 430 S. Chester Road.
J . W illiam F ro s t, B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Howard M. and Charles F.
Jenkins Professor o f Qjiaker History and
Research, and Director o f the Friends
Historical Library. 3 W hittier Place.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
C onstance Cain H u n g e rfo rd , B.A.,
Wellesley College; M .A., Ph.D., University
o f California, Berkeley, Professor o f Art
History. 410 Dickinson Avenue.
Gudm und R. Iv e rs e n , M .A., University o f
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Statistics, and Director, Center
for Social and Policy Studies.
212 Elm Avenue.
M a rk Ja c o b s , B.A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., Stanford University, Centennial
Professor o f Biology. 6 0 6 North Chester
Road.
6 On administrative assignment, 1991-92.
243
Faculty
C h a rle s L . Ja n ie s , B.S., State University
o f New York at New Paltz; M .S., State
University o f New York at Albany,
Professor o f English Literature. 402 Laurel
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Jo h n B. Je n k in s ,12 B.S. and M .S., Utah
State University; Ph.D., University o f
California, Los Angeles, Professor o f
Biology. 3 3 0 Cornell Avenue.
Je n n ie K e ith ,3 B.A., Pomona College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Centennial Professor o f Anthropology.
612 Ogden Avenue.
C h a rle s F. Kelem en, 2 B.A., Valparaiso
University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State
University, Professor o f Computer Science
and Mathematics. 2105 N. Providence Road,
Media, PA 19063.
Deborah 6 . K e m le r N e ls o n , B.A., M.A.,
and Ph.D., Brown University, Professor o f
Psychology. 211 Benjamin West Avenue.
T. K a o ri K ita o , B.A. and M .A., University
o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Art History.
540 Westminster Avenue.
Eugene A . K lo tz , B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Yale University, Professor o f
Mathematics. 735 Yale Avenue.
G eorge K ru g o v o y ,1 B.A., M .A., and
Ph.D., Philosophical Institute, Salzburg,
Austria, Professor o f Russian. 562 Juniata
Avenue.
Ja m e s R . K u rth , B.A., Stanford
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f Political Science.
100 Rutgers Avenue.
Hugh M . L a c e y ,2 B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Melbourne; Ph.D., Indiana
University, Professor o f Philosophy.
4 W hittier Place.
A s m a ro m Le g e s se , B.A., University
College o f Addis Ababa; Ed.M. and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor of
Anthropology. 407 Vassar Avenue.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
244
Lillian M . L i, A .B., Raddiffe College; A.M.
and Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor of
History. 8B Whittier Place.
N elson A . M a c k e n , B.S., Case Institute of
Technology; M .S., Ph.D., University of
Delaware, Professor o f Engineering.
2 5 0 Haverford Avenue.
Je a n n e M a re c e k ,3 B.S., Loyola
University; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
o f Psychology. 325 S. Monroe Street,
Media, PA 19063.
Stephen B . M a u re r,3 B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Professor o f Mathematics.
206 Benjamin West Avenue.
Philip M e tzid a k is , B.A ., Dartmouth
College; Ph.D., Yale University, Professor of
Spanish. 113 Governors Drive, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
K a th ry n L . M o rg a n , B.A., Virginia State
College; M .A., Howard University; M.A.
and Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Professor o f History. Apt. 710, Strath
Haven Condominiums.
Donna J o N a p o li, B.A., M .A., and Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Professor o f
Linguistics. 226 Park Avenue.
H a n s F. O b erd iek , B.S. and Ph.D.,
University o f Wisconsin, Professor o f
Philosophy. 410 Dickinson Avenue.
M a rtin O s tw a ld , B.A., University of
Toronto; M .A., University o f Chicago;
Ph.D., Columbia University, William R.
Kenan, Jr., Professor o f Classics.
408 Walnut Lane.
H aro ld E. P a g lia ro ,1 A .B., M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Alexander Griswold
Cummins Professor o f English Literature.
536 Ogden Avenue.
R o b e rt F. P a ste rn a c k , B.A. and Ph.D„
Cornell University, Edmund Allen Professor
o f Chemistry. 4 0 4 Park Avenue.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
7 Joint appointment with Mathematics.
Dean Pe a bo dy, B.A., Swarthmore College;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Professor o f
Psychology. 405 Rogers Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
Steven I. P ik e r, B.A., Reed College; Ph.D.,
University o f Washington, Professor of
Anthropology. 125 Rutgers Avenue.
Ernest J . P ru d e n te , B .s. and M .S.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Professor of
Physical Education. 914 Surrey Road,
Media, PA 19063.
Frederic L . P r y o r , B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale University, Professor
of Economics (part-time). 740 Harvard
Avenue.
Charles R a ff, B.A., University of
Rochester; M.A. and Ph.D., Brown
University, Professor o f Philosophy.
214 Rutgers Avenue.
Gilbert P. R o se , b .a . and Ph.D.,
University o f California, Berkeley, Professor
of Classics. 551 Marietta Avenue.
Robert R o z a ,11 B.A., University of
Toronto; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Professor o f French. 233
Cornell Avenue.
Richard L . Rubin, A .B., Brown University;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University,
Professor o f Political Science and Public
Policy (part-time). Swarthmore College.
Rernard S a ffra n , b .a ., City College of
New York; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota,
Franklin and Betty Barr Professor o f
Economics. 201 Garrett Avenue.
Robert E . S a v a g e , B.A., Oberlin College;
M.S. and Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin,
Isaac H. Clothier, Jr., Professor o f Biology.
411 Vassar Avenue.
Richard S ch u ld e n fre i, b .a . and M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
University o f Pittsburgh, Professor o f
Philosophy. 2 Furness Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
B a rry S c h w a r tz , b . a ., New York
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Professor o f Psychology.
210 Garrett Avenue.
Kenneth E. S h a rp e , B.A., Dartmouth
College; M .S., London School o f Economics
and Political Science; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f Political Science.
521 Elm Avenue.
David G. S m ith ,1 B.A., and M.A.,
University o f Oklahoma; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Richter Professor o f
Political Science. 63 Todmordon Dr., Rose
Valley, PA 19086.
Susan S n y d e r,3 B.A., Hunter College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia University, Gil
and Frank Mustin Professor o f English
Literature. 524 Westminster Avenue.
Donald K . S w e a r e r , b .a ., M .A., and
Ph.D., Princeton University; B.D. and
S.T.M., Yale Divinity School, Lang Research
Professor o f Religion. 109 Columbia
Avenue.
Fra n c is P. T a fo y a , B .s . and M.A.,
University o f Colorado; Ph.D., Yale
University, Professor o f French and
Spanish. 620 North Chester Road.
Pe te r T. T h om p so n , B.A ., The Johns
Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh, Professor o f Chemistry.
203 College Avenue.
Alien M . S ch n e id e r,12 B.S., Trinity College;
Philip M . W einstein, A .B., Princeton
University; A.M. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Professor o f English Literature.
510 Ogden Avenue.
Ph.D., Indiana University, Professor of
Psychology. 608 Elm Avenue.
Douglas M . W e iss, A.T.C., Professor o f
Physical Education. 117 S. Chester Road.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
11 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, fall semester, 1991.
Faculty
L a r r y E. W estphal, B.A., Occidental
College; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Professor o f Economics. Swarthmore
College.
C raig W illiam so n, B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., Harvard University;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Professor
o f English Literature. 602 Elm Avenue.
R o b e rt E . W illia m s, B.S., Delaware State
College; M .S., Rutgers University, Marian
Snyder Ware Professor o f Physical
Education and Athletics. 507 Oak Crest
Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
Je ro m e H . W ood, J r . , B.A., Howard
T im o th y C . W illiam s, B.A., Swarthmore
College; A.M ., Harvard University; Ph.D.,
Rockefeller University, Professor o f Biology.
314 Rutgers Avenue.
University; Ph.D., Brown University,
Professor o f History. 103 E. Providence Rd.,
Aldan, PA 19018.
H a rris o n HI. W rig h t, B.A., M.A., and
Ph.D, Harvard University, Isaac H. Clothier
Professor o f History. 319 Cedar Lane.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS
N ath alie F. A n d e rs o n , B.A., Agnes Scott
College; M .A., Georgia State University;
Ph.D., Emory University, Associate
Professor o f English Literature.
3 0 2 N. Chester Road.
A b b e B lu m ,3 B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; B.A. and M.A.,
Cambridge University; Ph.D., Yale
University, Associate Professor o f English
Literature. 4 0 0 Walnut Lane.
Jo h n P. C a s k e y ,3 B.A., Harvard
University; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Associate Professor o f Economics.
318 North Chester Road.
J o y C h a rlto n , B.A., University o f Virginia;
M.A. and Ph.D., Northwestern University,
Associate Professor o f Sociology. 503 North
Chester Road.
Richard Eld rid g e , A .B., Middlebury
College; M .A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Associate Professor o f Philosophy. I
423 Harvard Avenue.
Randall L . E x o n , B.F.A., Washburn
University; M.A. and M.F.A., University of I
Iowa, Associate Professor o f Studio Arts.
431 Rogers Lane, Wallingford, PA 19086.
|1
Dorothea Fre d e ,3 Hamburg University;
Ph.D., Gottingen University, Associate
Professor o f Philosophy. 2 W hittier Place.
J
S h aro n F rie d le r, B.A., Colby College;
M.F.A., Southern Methodist University,
Associate Professor o f Dance and Director
o f the Dance Program. 2 2 0 Vassar Avenue.
M ichael W . C o th re n , B.A., Vanderbilt
S CO tt F. G ilb e rt, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Biology. 224 Cornell Avenue.
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Associate Professor o f Art
History. 611 Strath Haven Avenue.
Stephen S . Golub, B.A., Williams College; I
M.A. and Ph.D., Yale Univérsity, Associate
Professor o f Economics. 600 Elm Avenue.
S usan P. D a v is , B.S., Springfield College;
M .S., Smith College, Associate Professor of
Physical Education. 2411 Whitehouse Road,
Berwyn, PA 19312.
C ha rle s M . G rin ste a d , B.A., Pomona
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
California, Los Angeles, Associate Professor 1
o f Mathematics. 8 Whittier Place.
1
1
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
246
Nancy V. H a m le tt,1 B .s. and M .S .,
I University o f Florida, Gainesville; Ph.D.,
I
The Johns Hopkins University, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 915 Harvard Avenue.
Philip J - Kellm an , B.A., Georgetown
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f
Psychology. 1021 Stewart Avenue,
Springfield, PA 19064.
M ark K u p e rb e rg ,3 B.A., Amherst College;
l M.A. and Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Associate Professor o f
Economics. 147 Park Avenue.
I
A m y -Jill Le v in e , B.A., Smith College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Duke University, Associate
Professor o f Religion. Swarthmore College.
I
I
Gerald Le v in s o n , B.A ., University of
Pennsylvania; M .A. and Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Associate Professor o f Music.
307 Maple Avenue.
1
Ann K o s a k o w s k i M c N a m e e ,3 B.A.,
Wellesley College; M.Phil. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Associate Professor o f Music.
6 Whittier Place.
1
A rth u r L M c G a rity , B.A., Trinity
!|
■
University; M .S.E., Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, Associate Professor of
Engineering. 135 Rutgers Avenue.
1
Rachel M e r z , B.A ., Western New Mexico
1
University; M .S., University o f Florida;
Ph.D., University o f Chicago, Associate
Professor o f Biology. 515 Elm Avenue.
a
Brian A . M e u n ie r, B.F.A., University of
1
I
Massachusetts, Amherst; M.F.A., Tyler
School o f Art, Temple University, Associate
Professor o f Studio Arts. 5 Whittier Place.
Vera B. M o re e n , B.A., Princeton
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Visiting Associate Professor o f
Religion. 332 Llandrillo Road,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
I
Fra n k A . M o s c a te lli, B.S., C. W. Post
College; M .S. and Ph.D., New York
University, Associate Professor o f Physics.
302 Avondale Road, Wallingford, PA
19086.
George M o s k o s ,1 n B.A., Davidson
College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, Madison, Associate Professor of
French. 730 Yale Avenue.
M ichael L M u lla n ,1 B.A., University o f
California, Berkeley; M.Ed., Temple
University, Associate Professor o f Physical
Education. 511 Harvard Aveue.
B rau lio M u ñ o z, B.A., University o f Rhode
Island; M.A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor of
Sociology. 5 0 0 Harvard Avenue.
R o sa ría V. M u n so n , Laurea in Lettere
Classiche, Università degli Studi, Milano;
Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting
Associate Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore
College.
M a rjo rie M u rp h y , B.A., Jersey City State
College; M .A., San Jose State University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Davis,
Associate Professor o f History.
723 Yale Avenue.
Stephen O ’C on n ell, A .B., Oberlin College;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Associate Professor of
Economics. Swarthmore College.
Fre d e ric k L O rth lie b ,2 B .s. and M .s .,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology;
Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University,
Associate Professor o f Engineering. 13
Green Valley Road, Wallingford, PA 19086.
H illa rd P o u n c y ,1 B.S., Boston College;
M .A., Columbia University, Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology,
Associate Professor o f Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------:
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
| 3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
12 Program Director, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble, spring semester, 1992.
247
Fa c u lty
K . A n n Rnnninger, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M.A. and Ph.D„ Bryn Mawr
College, Associate Professor o f Education.
2 0 President Avenue, Rutledge, PA 19070.
T h o m as S te p h e n so n, B.S., Furman
P e te r J . S c h m id t,3 B.A., Oberlin College;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Virginia,
Associate Professor o f English Literature.
606 Elm Avenue.
B a rb a ra Yo st S te w a r t, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Associate Professor o f Biology. 238
Copper Beech Drive, Blue Bell, PA 19422.
H elene S h a p iro , B.A., Kenyon College;
M.A. Princeton University; Ph.D.,
California Institute o f Technology, Associate
Professor o f Mathematics. Swarthmore
College.
Diane E .0 . Th o m p so n ,4 Ph.D., University
o f Cambridge, Visiting Associate Professor
o f Russian. Swarthmore College.
Don S h im a m o to , B.S., Stanford
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Brandéis
University, Associate Professor o f
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
C e s a r S ilv a , B.S., Universidad Católica del
Peru; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Rochester, Visiting Associate Professor o f
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
Faru q M . A . Siddiq ui, B.S., Bangladesh
Unversity o f Engineering and Technology;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh,
Associate Professor o f Engineering.
6 3 6 Yale Avenue.
Lis a S m illya n , B.A., Swarthmore College;
M.A.T., Brown University; Ed.D., Harvard
Graduate School o f Education, Associate
Professor o f Education. 115 College Avenue.
University; Ph.D., The University of
Chicago, Associate Professor o f Chemistry.
221 Woodward Road, Moylan, PA 19065.
E v a F. T ra v e r s ,3 B.A ., Connecticut
College; M.A. and Ed.D., Harvard
University, Associate Professor o f
Education. 416 Park Avenue.
W illiam N . Tu rp in , M .A., University o f St.
Andrews; M .A., University o f Toronto;
Ph.D., Cambridge University, Associate
Professor o f Classics. Swarthmore College.
Ju d ith G . Voet, B.S., Antioch College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Associate
Professor o f Chemistry. 368 Trevor Lane,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
Robin E. W a g n e r-P a c ific i,1 B.A., Brown
University; M .A. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Associate Professor o f
Sociology. 330 North Princeton Avenue.
Ja c o b W e in er, B.A ., Antioch College;
M .S., University o f Michigan; Ph.D.,
University o f Oregon, Associate Professor
o f Biology. 16 S. Princeton Avenue.
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS
D a ve D a rk e r-P lu m m e r, B.A., Lancaster
University; Ph.D., University o f Edinburgh,
Assistant Professor o f Computer Science.
2227 Delaney Place, #4, Philadelphia, PA
19103.
Stephen P. Ben sch , M .A., University of
Toronto; Ph.D., University o f California,
Berkeley, Assistant Professor o f History.
614 Yale Avenue.
1 Absent on leave, fall semester, 1991.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
248
A la n B e rk o w itz , M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Washington, Assistant
Professor o f Chinese. Swarthmore College.
M a rk B reite n b erg , B.A., William and
Mary College; M.A. and Ph.D., University
o f California at San Diego, Assistant
Professor o f English Literature. 8 Crum
Ledge Lane.
4 Fall semester, 1991.
Virginia Bren n an ,8 B.A., Yale University;
C arl H . G ro s sm a n , B.Sc. and Ph.D.,
M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D.,
University o f Massachusetts at Amherst,
Assistant Professor o f Linguistics.
Swarthmore College.
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. 3439 Barclay Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19129.
A m y R . Bug, B.A., Williams College;
Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, Assistant Professor o f Physics.
915 Harvard Avenue.
W endy A . H o r w itz , A .B., Harvard
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Temple
University, Assistant Professor of
Psychology. Swarthmore College.
T h o m a s J . H u n te r, B.S., University o f
School o f Art, Assistant Professor o f Studio
Arts. Swarthmore College.
Chicago; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute o f
Technology, Assistant Professor o f
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
Erik C h e e v e r, B.S., Swarthmore College;
M .S.E. and Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f
Engineering. 732 Yale Avenue.
A le xa n d ra J u h a s z , B.A., Amherst
College; M.A. and Ph.D., New York
University, Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. Swarthmore College.
P e te r C o rc o ra n , A .B., Antioch College;
M.Ed. and Ed.D., University o f Maine,
Assistant Professor o f Education.
Swarthmore College.
Alle n K u h a rs k i, B.A., University of
Wisconsin-Madison; M .A., University o f
California, Berkeley, Assistant Professor of
English Literature. Swarthmore College.
A n d ré s C o rra d a -Em m a n u e l, B.A.,
Harvard University; Ph.D., University o f
Massachusetts, Assistant Professor of
Physics. Swarthmore College.
La u rie Lan g b a u e r, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Cornell
University, Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. Swarthmore College.
M a rth a J . C u tte r, B.A., Harvard College;
M.A. and Ph.D., Brown University,
Assistant Professor o f English Literature.
Swarthmore College.
Ellen B. M agenheim , B.A., University of
Rochester; M .A., Ph.D., University of
Maryland, Assistant Professor of
Economics. 316 Maple Avenue.
M iguel D ia z-B a rrig a , B.A., University o f
Chicago; M .A., Stanford University,
Visiting Assistant Professor o f Sociology.
Swarthmore College.
Li-ch in g Chang M a ir, B.A. and M.A.,
National Taiwan University; M. A.,
University o f Washington, Assistant
Professor o f Chinese. 23 Oberlin Avenue.
S ilvio P. Eb e rh a rd t, B.S. and B.S.E.E.,
Lehigh University; M .S. and Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University, Assistant Professor of
Engineering. Swarthmore College.
La u re n ce M a ll, M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Assistant
Professor o f French. Swarthmore College.
S yd C a rp e n te r, B.F.A. and M.F.A., Tyler
Erich C a rr Ev e rb a c h , A .B., Harvard
College; M .S. in M .E., and Ph.D., Yale
University, Assistant Professor o f
Engineering. Swarthmore College.
L a r r y M . Fro lic h , B.A., University of
California, Berkeley; Ph.D., University of
Chicago, Assistant Professor o f Biology.
Swarthmore College.
M ichael M a ris s e n , B.A., Calvin College;
Ph.D., Brandeis University, Assistant
Professor o f Music. 915 Harvard Avenue
#1301.
W illiam M a rs h a ll, B.F.A., University of
Florida; M.F.A., Virginia Tech, Assistant
Professor o f English Literature and Designer
and Technical Director o f The Theatre.
Swarthmore College.
8 Joint appointment with Linguistics.
249
Fa c u lty
C hristin e M a s s e y , B.A., Wellesley
College; M .A. and Ph.D., University o f
Pennsylvania, Assistant Professor o f
Psychology.
Elian M . R o s s , B.A., Princeton University;
M.A. and Ph.D., University o f Chicago,
Assistant Professor o f Religion. 318 North
Chester Road.
A n n e M e n k e ,10 B.A., San Francisco State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Harvard
University, Assistant Professor o f French.
Swarthmore College.
T h o m a s M . S h a w ,5 B.A., Wesleyan
Da vid M ille r, B.A ., Columbia University;
Ph.D., Courant Institute o f Mathematical
Sciences, Assistant Professor o f
Mathematics. Swarthmore College.
K a rl M ira n ,4 Assistant Professor of
Physical Education. Swarthmore College.
Ly n n e A . M o lte r, B .s . and B.A.,
Swarthmore College; S.M. and Sc.D.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology,
Assistant Professor o f Engineering and
Physics. Swarthmore College.
Ethel D . M o o re , B.A., California State
University; A.M . and Ph.D., University of
Michigan, Assistant Professor o f
Psychology. 404 Elm Avenue.
Deepa M . O lla p ally, B.A., Florida State
University; M .A., Columbia University,
Assistant Professor o f Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
R o b e rt S . R a le y, B.S., McGill University;
M .S. and Ph.D., University o f Michigan,
Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
Swarthmore College.
Em ilie P a s s o w , B.A., City College o f New
York; M.A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Assistant Professor o f English
Literature. 3 0 N, Highland Avenue,
Bala Cynwyd, PA 19004.
Le e P e rlm a n , B.A ., St. John’s College;
M .A., Georgetown University; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute o f Technology,
Assistant Professor o f Political Science.
Swarthmore College.
M ichellne R ic e -M a x im in , Ph.D.,
University o f Texas-Austin, Assistant
Professor o f French. Swarthmore College.
3 Absent on leave, 1991-92.
4 Fall semester, 1991.
5 Spring semester, 1992.
250
University; M .A. and Ph.D., Columbia
University, Visiting Assistant Professor o f
Art. Swarthmore College.
Kathleen K . S iw ic k i, b .s ., Brown
University; M. Phil., Cambridge University;
Ph.D., Harvard University, Assistant
Professor o f Biology. 109 Barley Mill Road,
Wallingford, PA 19086.
M itchell P. S m ith , B.A., University o f
California, Berkeley; M.P.A., Princeton
University, Assistant Professor o f Political
Science. Swarthmore College.
Ja n e t C . T a lva c c h ia , M .A., Bryn Mawr
College; Ph.D., University o f Pennsylvania,
Assistant Professor o f Mathematics.
Swarthmore College.
Virginia V an de rslice ,4 B .s., M .S., Cornell
University; Ph.D., State University o f New
York at Buffalo, Visiting Assistant Professor
o f Psychology. 531 Durham Street,
Philadelphia, PA 19119.
T e rje G. Void, B.A., Oberlin College; M.S.
and Ph.D., University o f Washington,
Assistant Professor o f Physics.
525 Elm Avenue.
A m y Cheng V o llm er, B.A ., William Marsh
Rice University; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, Assistant Professor o f Biology.
Swarthmore College.
M a rk 1. W allace, B.A., University o f
California at Santa Barbara; M.Div.,
Princeton Theological Seminary; Ph.D.,
University o f Chicago, Assistant Professor
o f Religion. 318 North Chester Road.
R o b e rt E . W einberg,5 B .s ., Cornell
University; M .A ., Indiana University;
Ph.D., University o f California, Berkeley,
Assistant Professor o f History.
512 Elm Avenue.
10 Campus coordinator, Swarthmore Program
in Grenoble.
S te ve n R . W elch, B.A., College o f the
Holy Cross; M.Phil., M.A., Ph.D.,
Columbia University, Assistant Professor o f
History. Swarthmore College.
B. Tyre n e W h ite, B.A., Middle Tennessee
State University; M .A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University, Assistant Professor o f Political
Science. 318 N. Chester Road.
H a n s -Ja k o b W erlen ,2 M ;A„ University o f
Notre Dame; Ph.D., Stanford University,
Assistant Professor o f German.
515 Elm Avenue.
A liso n P. W illiam s, B.A., Wesleyan
University; M.S. and Ph.D., University of
Rochester, Assistant Professor o f Chemistry.
Swarthmore College.
Lyn n W estling, B.A., Rollins College; B.S.,
Georgia Institute o f Technology; M.A. and
Ph.D., University o f Rochester, Assistant
Professor o f Physics. 2 Crum Ledge Lane.
Le e W im b e rly, B.A., Stanford University;
J.D ., University o f California at Berkeley,
Assistant Professor o f Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
INSTRUCTORS
Jo h n A ls to n , B.M ., Yankton College;
M.M., University o f Northern Iowa,
Instructor in Music. Swarthmore College.
La u ra A . C he sak, M .A., University of
Wisconsin, Instructor in Spanish.
Swarthmore College.
Jo n a th a n C oh e n , A.B., Harvard
University; M .A., Johns Hopkins
University; M .A., Jewish Theological
Seminary, Instructor in Philosophy.
Swarthmore College.
M a rg a re t A . Lu k e n s , A .B., Harvard
University; M .A., University o f Colorado,
Instructor in English Literature. Swarthmore
College.
Elke P la xto n , B.A., Brigham Young
University; M .A., University o f Colorado,
Instructor in German. 2022 Brandywine
Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
R o b e rt R e id -P h a rr, B.A., University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.A., Yale
University, Instructor in English Literature.
Swarthmore College.
B a rb a ra Riebling, b .a . and M .A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Instructor in
English Literature. Swarthmore College.
Gaile H o c ke y, B.S., West Chester
University, Instructor in Physical Education.
4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
Daniel S m a rtt, M .A., Emory University,
Instructor in Art History. Swarthmore
College.
J ill S m u d s k i, B.S. and M .A., University o f
Pennsylvania, Instructor in Computer
Science. Swarthmore College.
T h o m a s W hitm an, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Instructor in Music. Swarthmore College.
LECTURERS
Abigail A d a m s ,5 Diploma, Royal Academy
o f Dramatic Art; Certificate, Wielopolska
Training School, Visiting Lecturer in
Theatre. Swarthmore College.
Ed w a rd D ixo n , B.A., LaSalle College;
M.A., Pennsylvania State University,
Lecturer in German. Swarthmore College.
2 Absent on leave, spring semester, 1992.
S id n e y Donnell, B.A. University o f Texas
at Austin; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Lecturer in Spanish. Swarthmore College.
R o b e rt F is h e r, A .B., Marietta College;
Ph.D., Indiana University, Lecturer in
Chemistry. Swarthmore College.
5 Spring semester, 1992.
251
Fa c u lty
Jo a n Frie d m a n , M .A., University of
Wisconsin, Lecturer in Spanish.
421 Cornell Avenue.
Evg e n iya L . K atsen elin boig en, Moscow
Polygraphic Institute, Lecturer in Russian.
133 Deerpath Lane, Media, PA 19063.
M a ry K . K e n n e y, A .B., Chestnut Hill
College; M .A., Villanova University,
Lecturer in Spanish. 4 0 4 Elm Avenue.
Leah Jo h n s o n S m ith ,5 B.A., Stanford
University; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins
University, Lecturer in Economics. 406
Cedar Lane.
C ha rle s F. S to n e , III, B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ph.D., Yale University. Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. 1214 Strath Haven
Condominiums.
J a c k To p io l,5 B.S., Yale University; M.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Visiting
Lecturer in Economics. 355 E. Spring
Avenue, Ardmore, PA 19003.
ASSISTANTS AND ASSOCIATES
Elisabeth A le s s a n d rin i, D.E.A.,
Université III Grenoble, Assistant in French.
Swarthmore College.
M a rg a re t M . Le h m a n , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 765 W.
Valley Road, Wayne, PA 19087.
K im D . A r r o w , B.S., Temple University;
M.F.A., New York University, Associate in
Performance (Dance). Swarthmore College.
W ayne M c K in n e y, Assistant in Physical
Darlene D. B ra m u c c i, b .a . and M .s .,
Education. Swarthmore College.
M a rk P e te rs o n , Assistant in Physical
Education. Swarthmore College.
University o f Maryland, Assistant in
Biology. 532 Milmont Avenue, Milmont
Park, PA 19033.
C aro lyn Re ich e k, B.S., Columbia
University, Associate in Performance
(Dance). Swarthmore College.
U rsu la M . D a v is , B.S., Colby Junior
College, Assistant in Chemistry. 11 Rampart
West, Media, PA 19063.
A rn e Running, Associate in Performance
(Music). Swarthmore College.
La w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
Swarthmore College.
D o ro th y K . Fre e m a n ,
b .m
., m .m ., Boston
University, Associate in Performance
(Music). 206 Martroy Lane, Wallingford,
PA 19086.
V irginia M . In d ive ro , B.S., Elizabethtown
College; M .S. Villanova University,
Assistant in Chemistry. 2915 Wakefield
Drive, Holmes, PA 19043.
J o n S h e rm a n , B.A., Temple University,
Associate in Performance (Dance).
Swarthmore College.
C. Jo s e p h S te fa n o w ic z,4 B.A., Lafayette
College, Assistant in Physical Education.
921 Flora Lane, Boothwyn, PA 19061.
Dale S tra w b rid g e ,4 B.S., slippery Rock
State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State
University, Assistant in Physical Education.
8 Wood Lane, West Chester, PA 19380.
M ichael Jo h n s , Associate in Performance
(Music). Swarthmore College.
Shelagh Jo h n s to n , B.A., Wellesley
College; M .S., Drexel University, Assistant
in Biology. 917 Winding Lane, Media, PA
19063.
4 Fall semester, 1991.
252
5 Spring semester, 1992.
Ronald A . T irp a k , B.A., Millersville
University; M .A., Tempie University,
Assistant in Physical Education. 103
Hinkson Boulevard, Ridley Park, PA 19078.
K ariam u W e lsh -A s a n te , Associate in
Performance (Dance). Swarthmore College.
Standing C om m ittees o f the Facu lty 1 9 9 1 -9 2
A cadem ic Requirements
DEAN*, Collings, England*, Hammons,
Kurth, Macken, Metzidakis, Morgan,
Mullins*, O ’Connell, Siwicki
Equal Opportunity
W ERLEN (fall), WAGNER-PACIFICI
(spring), Echols*, Hart*, Napoli, Siddiqui,
Sowards*, Wimberly
Admissions and Scholarships
AVERY, Barr*, Bensch, Gergen, Levine,
Pasternack, Talbot*, Thomas-Walker*
Faculty and S ta ff Benefits
SPO CK*, England*, Magenheim, Rinker*,
Robinson*, Saffran, Welsh, S .*, Williams,
A., Harriz*, Klinger, McKenna
B lack and M inority Concerns
BRADLEY, Cleland, Corcoran (fall), DiazBarriga, Dean*, Eldridge, M .*, England*,
Everbach, Golub, Grinstead, James, C.,
Mason*, Rubin, Thomas-Walker*, Vollmer,
Chijioke, 2 students
Bookstore
STEWART, Breitenberg, Schall*,
Schuldenfrei, Sowards
Council on Educational Policy
ENGLAND*, Anderson, Bloom*,
DuPlessis, Faber*, Magenheim, Munoz,
Rose, Voet, 2 students
Council on Faculty Procedures
BLOOM *, Dunn, England*, Grinstead,
Hungerford, Molter, Smulyan, Swearer
Computing Services
BLACKBURN, Bannister (fall), Bensch,
Boccio*, Cheever, Downing*, Hollister,
Talvaccia
Cooper
FRIEDLER, Devin, Durkan, Eldridge, M .*,
Exon, Klotz, Langbauer, Miran, Pouncy,
Roza, Williamson, C., 2 students
Curriculum
ENGLAND*, Eldridge, Faber*, Golub,
Merz, Mullins*, 2 students
Fellowships and Prizes
ST O TT *, Freeman, Gergen, Gilbert,
Marissen, Meunier, Napoli, Siddiqui,
Turpin, Westling, Associate Dean*
Foreign Study
PIKER, Berkowitz, Dean*, Evans*, Hassett,
Hopkins, Sharpe, Welch, Williams,T,
Wood
H ealth Science Advisory
STEW ART*, Goundie*, Jenkins, Mullins*,
Peabody, Thompson, Weiss
Library
DURKAN, Kitao, Saffran, Weiner, Cochran
Physical Education and A thletics
MOSCATELLI, Davis, Goundie, Moore,
O ’Connell, Williams, R.
Promotion and Tenure
BLO O M *, England*, Gaustad, Hungerford,
Schwartz, Wright
Research Ethics
W ILLIAM S, T , Pryor, Raff, Westling
Research Support
PEABODY, Void, Weinstein, Corporation/
Foundation Director*
*staff ex officio
253
Fa c u lty
Space U se and Energy Conservation
SCHULDENFREI, Balbierer*, Hain*,
Heintz, Marshall, Mullins*, Murphy, Pryor,
Sommerfield*, Wallace, W hite,X *
Secretary to the Faculty
Iversen
Frost
Women’s Concerns
CHARLTON, Cleland, Cothren, James, C.,
Menke, Rockey, Siwicki, Jacobsen, Lott,
Smith, L., Welbon, 3 students
Facu lty R epresentatives to O th er C om m ittees
C ollege Judiciary
BLACKBURN, Merz, Oberdiek, Schall*
Community Space Advisory Committee
BANNISTER (Fall), W RIGH T (Spring),
Exon, Freeman, Friedler, Iversen, Kuharski,
Schall*, Smith, L .*, Williamson, C.,
2 students
Exchange
Pasternack
Financial Planning
SPOCK, Jacobs, President’s Staff*,
Renninger, Weinstein, Welsh*, W hite, T.,
Downing, Tull, 2 students
Strategic Planning
SPOCK, Jacobs, President’s Staff*,
Renninger, Schall*, Weinstein, Welsh*,
White, T., Downing, Tull, 2 students
Honorary Degrees
BLO O M *, Frost, Gotwals*, Levinson,
Ostwald
Lang Scholarship
Alston, Legesse (fall), Wagner-Pacifici
(spring), Westphal
Luce
Exon, Hungerford, Kurth
Sager
KUHARSKI, Breitenberg, Dixon, Kitao,
Mason*, Menke, Wood, Huber, Sowards
Watson
Collings, Li, McGarity
Facu lty R epresentatives to C om m ittees o f the B oard
Board Observers
Li, Saffran
Student L ife
Kemler Nelson, Murphy, Shimamoto
Property
Oberdiek, Schuldenfrei
D ivisions and D epartm ents
L
D IV IS IO N O F T H E H U M A N IT IE S
Richard Eldridge, Chair
A rt
C la ssics
Michael Cothren, Chair
Gilbert Rose, Department Head
A s ia n S tu d ie s (P ro g ra m )
English Lite ra tu re
Alan Berkowitz, Program Coordinator
Craig Williamson, Chair
*staff ex officio
254
H is to ry
M u sic
Lillian M. Li, Chair
Ann K. McNamee, Chair
James Freeman, Acting Chair
Lingu istics (P ro g ra m )
Donna Jo Napoli, Program Director
Philosophy
M ath e m a tics
Hans Oberdiek, Chair
Helene Shapiro, Chair
Ps ych o lo g y
M odern Lan gu ages and Lite ra tu re s
Deborah G. Kemler Nelson, Chair
John J. Hassett, Chair
IL DIVISION OF THE NATURAL SCIENCES AND ENGINEERING
Rachel Merz, Chair
Biology
M ath e m a tics
Jacob Weiner, Chair
Barbara Stewart, Associate Chair
Helene Shapiro, Chair
C he m istry
Hans Oberdiek, Chair
Philosophy
Judith G. Voet, Chair
P h y s ic s and A s tro n o m y
C om puter S cie n ce (P ro g ra m )
Frank Moscatelli, Chair
Charles F. Kelemen, Program Director
Dave Barker-Plummer, Acting Director
Deborah G. Kemler Nelson, Chair
P s yc h o lo g y
Engineering
Nelson Macken, Chair
III.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Stephen S. Golub, Chair
Econom ics
M ath e m a tics
Larry E. Wesphal, Chair
Helene Shapiro, Chair
Education (P ro g ra m )
Philosophy
Eva Travers, Program Director
Lisa Smulyan, Acting Director
Hans Oberdiek, Chair
Engineering
Kenneth E. Sharpe
Political Science
Nelson Macken, Chair
P s yc h o lo g y
H is to ry
Deborah G. Kemler Nelson, Chair
Lillian M. Li, Chair
S o ciolo g y and An th ro p olo g y
Lingu istics (P ro g ra m )
Jennie Keith, Chair
Braulio Muñoz, Acting Chair
Donna Jo Napoli, Program Director
255
A d m in is tra tio n
PRESIDENT’S OFFICE
A lfre d H . Bloom , B.A., Princeton
University; Ph.D., Harvard University,
President.
Lis a M . B rig h e n ti, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Social Coordinator.
M a rg a re t M . G io van n ini, Diane L
W atSOn, Secretaries.
VICE PRESIDENTS’ OFFICE
H a r ry D. G o tw a ls , B.A. and M .A .S., Johns
Hopkins University, Vice President—
Alumni, Development, Public Relations.
S u za n n e P. W elsh, B.A., B.S., University
o f Delaware; M .B.A., University o f
Pennsylvania, Treasurer.
C a ro lyn A n d e rs o n , Secretary.
W illiam T. S pOC k, B.A., Swarthmore
Lo u isa C . R id g w a y , B.A., Vassar College;
M .B.A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Controller.
College, Vice President—Business and
Finance.
M a ry C . K a s p e r, Secretary.
PRO VO ST’S OFFICE
Ja m e s W. England, B.A., Kansas State
Teachers College; M.A. and Ph.D.,
University o f Missouri, Provost.
Jo h n R . BOCCiO, B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Associate Provost for Academic Computing
and Professor o f Physics.
M ario n J . F a b e r, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f California, Berkeley; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, Associate Provost and
Associate Professor o f German (part-time).
M a rc ia C . B ro w n , B.A., Villanova
University, Assistant to the Provost.
K are n D . Jo n e s , Secretary.
DEAN’S OFFICE
Leah J . S m ith , B.A., Stanford University;
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University,
Acting Dean.
R o b e rt J . G ro s s , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.A.T., Ed.D., Harvard University,
Associate Dean.
G ilm o re S to tt, B.A. and M.A., University
o f Cincinnati; B.A. and M .A., University of
Oxford; M.A. and Ph.D., Princeton
University, Associate Provost Emeritus and
Associate Dean.
Tedd R . Goundie, B.S., Muhlenberg
College; M .S., Bowling Green State
University, Assistant Dean for New Student
Affairs and Lecturer in Biology.
J o e M a s o n , B.A., Haverford College;
M .S.S./M .L.S.P., Bryn Mawr College,
Assistant Dean and Director o f the Black
Cultural Center.
G loria C a re y Ev a n s , B.A., Western
Washington College o f Education; M .S.,
University o f Washington; Ph.D., Stanford
University, Consultant for Testing and
Guidance and Adviser to Foreign Students.
M y r t W estphal, A .B., Occidental College;
Ed.M., Boston University, Director o f
Adventures in Math and Science (AIM S)
Summer Program and Coordinator for
Services for the Blind and Visually
Impaired.
M a rk S o m e rfie ld , B.F.A., Pennsylvania
State University; M.F.A., University o f
Wisconsin-Madison, Director of
Community Space.
256
Susan D in sm ore S m y th e , B.A., Wesleyan
University, Associate Director o f
Community Space.
Pa tricia C o yn e , C ath y P e sc a to re , A lm a
E. S te w a rt, Secretaries.
S e rg e Fra n c o is , b . a ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant to the Deans and
Coordinator, Volunteer Programs.
ADMISSIONS OFFICE
Ro be rt A . B a rr, J r . , B.A ., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Dean o f Admissions.
M a rc ia Lan d e sm an n , b .a ., Swarthmore
College, Assistant Dean o f Admissions and
Western Regional Representative.
W allace A n n A y r e s , B.A., Swarthmore
Je n n ife r J . R ic k a rd , B.A., Swarthmore
College; Ed.M., Harvard University,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
College; M .B.A., New York University,
Assistant Dean o f Admissions.
Ph yllis Hall R a ym o n d , B.A., Indiana
University; M .A., Swarthmore College,
Associate Dean o f Admissions.
S u s an K . U n te re k e r, B.A., Smith College;
Gloria T h o m a s W a lke r, B.A., Swarthmore
Ellen D o lsk i, B a rb a ra A . H a d ly,
M au re e n M c K e o n , Secretaries.
College, Associate Dean o f Admissions.
David A . W a lte r, B.S., Swarthmore
College; M.Div., Princeton Theological
Seminary, Associate Dean o f Admissions.
M .A., Columbia Teachers College, Assistant
to the Dean o f Admissions.
A rle n e K . M oo shia n , B.S., West Chester
University, Receptionist.
ALUMNI RELATIONS, PUBLIC RELATIONS, AND PUBLICATIONS
M a ra lyn Orbison G illesp ie, B.A .,
Swarthmore College, Associate Vice
President - Alumni Relations, Publications,
and Public Relations.
David H . A llg e ie r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Associate Director o f Alumni
Relations.
M im i GeiSS, Assistant Director o f Alumni
Relations.
J e ffr e y B. L o tt, B.A., Middlebury College;
M.A.T., Rhode Island School o f Design,
Director o f Publications.
C atherine D o w n in g , B.A., Kent State
University, Associate Director o f
Publications.
Rebecca R . A im , B.A., Valparaiso
University; M .A., University o f Chicago,
Copy and Class Notes Editor.
Lo rn a G re e n e S h u rk in , b .a ., Brooklyn
College, Director o f Public Relations.
A s tr id D e v a n e y , Project Coordinator.
M a rsh a M u lla n , B.A., Washington State
Secretaries.
Ja c k ie Fin k , Georgann S . G io vag n o li,
University, Associate Director o f Public
Relations.
BUSINESS OFFICE
Accounting
M e ry le R in k e r, B.A., Southern Oregon
State College; M .B.A., The University o f
Tulsa, Director o f Financial Operations/
Controller.
Lo ri A n n K e e le y, B.A., Rutgers University,
Restricted Funds Accountant.
257
A d m in is tra tio n
Kebede T e fe ri, M .Sc., University of
Timishoara, Accountant.
Ju d ith F. V alo ri, B.A., University o f
Maryland, Accountant.
Business O ffice
N a n c y E. S h e p p a rd , Business Office
Manager.
Je a n En glish , Payroll Coordinator.
Tom Blum enthal, Je a n R a isch , Payroll
Administrators.
M a r y P. W a lke r, Purchasing Clerk.
Ellen A u g s b e rg e r, Erne stin e Griendling,
Accounts Payable.
C atherine Cinquina, Secretary.
M onique C on stantin o, Bursar.
Word Processing Center
Diane S ta s iu n a s , Director.
Jo a n n M . M a s s a ry , C h e ryl Robinson,
A .A .S., Delaware County Community
College, Secretaries.
CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT
H . T h o m a s F ra n c is , B.A., Kalamazoo
College; M .A., Western Michigan
University, Director.
Pa tricia E. T rin d e r, A .B., Oxford College
o f Technology, Recruitment Coordinator/
Office Manager.
Eiaine M e th e ra il, B.A., University of
Vermont; M.Ed., University o f Delaware,
Associate Director.
College, Secretary.
Le slie M . B ru b a k e r, B.A., Cedar Crest
CENTER FO R SOCIAL AND POLICY STUDIES
Raym ond F. H o p k in s, B.A., Ohio
Wesleyan University; M .A., Ohio State
University; M.A. and Ph.D., Yale
University, Director o f Public Policy
Program.
Gudm und R . Iv e rs e n , M.A., University o f
Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard University,
Director.
C ath y W are h am , Secretary.
COMPUTING SERVICES
Jo h n R . B o ccio , B.S., Polytechnic Institute
o f Brooklyn; Ph.D., Cornell University,
Associate Provost for Academic Computing.
J u d y R . D o w n in g, Director o f
Administrative Computing.
W illiam E . C on n e r, J r . , B.A., B.S.,
Villanova University, Director o f System
and Network Operations.
Ja n e F. Ja m e s , B.S., State University o f
New York at New Paltz, User Services and
Training Coordinator.
L a w re n c e Eh m e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College, Senior System Analyst.
258
Robin Ja c o b s e n , B.B.S., Temple
University, Senior System Analyst.
M a r y K . H a s b ro u c k , B.A., oberlin
College, Natural Sciences Computing
Coordinator.
M a tth e w W all, B.A., Swarthmore College,
Humanities Computing Coordinator.
P h y llis A . F r y , B.A., University o f
California at Santa Barbara, Social Sciences
Computing Coordinator.
K a re n V. Roop, A .S., Brandywine College,
B.A., Widener University, Hardware
Support Technician.
Alice H . M c G o v e rn , 8 .S., Fordham
University, AIMS Assistant.
K a th ry n T im m o n s , Computer Operator.
H a ze l C . R app, Secretary.
Lisa B ru n n e r-B ire le y , A .A .S., Delaware
County Community College, Manager,
Computer Store.
DEVELOPMENT
M au rice G. Eldridge, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M.Ed., University o f
Massachusetts, Director o f Development.
S usan W in slo w H odge, B.A., Wheaton
College; M .A., University o f Pennsylvania,
Research Associate.
Douglas B. H a s b ro u c k , B.A., Hampshire
College, Director o f Development Services.
Ju d ith Egan Pa g liaro , B.S., Columbia
University, Assistant Director of
Development.
Bonlyn A . M c B rid e , B.A., Duke
University; M .T.S., Harvard University,
Director o f M ajor Gifts.
Pauline M . C a rro ll, Ruth V. K e nn e dy,
B.A., University o f Pennsylvania, Rose
S a c k s , Secretaries.
A nnual F u n ds
Eliza b e th D. M a c in to sh , A .B., Bryn Mawr
M iche le S h a rk e y , Ju n e Tasso ni,
College, Director.
Secretaries.
Todd M . G re e n e , B.A., Bowdoin College,
Assistant Director.
F ou n d ation a n d C orp orate R ela tio n s
Susan A . Jo h n s o n , B.S., Arizona State
University, Associate Director.
C hristin e F o x , B.A., Widener University,
La u rie H a lle tt, Secretaries.
P la n n ed G iv in g
M a rg a re t W. N ik e lly , B.A., Upsala
C arm e n D u ffy, Secretary.
College, Director.
An n e Bonner, B.A., University of
Wyoming; M .A., University o f Washington,
Assistant Director.
A lu m n i a n d G ift In fo rm a tio n System s
Diane C . C ro m p to n , Director.
M a rc ia Es te rlin g , Gift Recorder.
Irene M a rtin , B.A., Lock Haven
University, Senior Gift Recorder.
Pauline M e tzid a k is , Office Manager.
Ruthanne K ra u s s , Secretary.
Jo se p h in e Younkin, Alumni Recorder.
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY OFFICE
Patricia A . W h itm an, B.A., West Chester
State College; M .A., Miami University o f
Ohio, Equal Opportunity Officer.
Peg g y Gio van n ini, Secretary.
259
A d m in is tra tio n
FACILITIES AND SERVICES
L a w re n c e M . S ch a ll, B.A., Swarthmore
College; J.D ., University o f Pennsylvania,
Associate Vice President.
K a re n M a z z a , Auxiliary Services
Assistant.
Didi Bee be , B.A ., Gettysburg College,
Secretary.
Bookstore
C h ristin e H o u ric a n , B.A., B.S., Temple
University, Manager.
Food Service
Donald T in g o , B.A., State University o f
S c o tt T u tto n , B.S., Johnson & Wales
New York, Director o f Dining Services.
University, Catering Manager.
Lin d a M cD o u g all, B.A., Temple
University, Associate Director o f Dining
Services.
B a rry K e rs h a w , B.S., James Madison
University, Food Services Manager.
Ronda K irb y , Office Manager.
1
j
P h y sica l P la n t
C . S tu a rt H a in , B.A., Roanoke College,
T h o m a s R u s k e r, Purchasing.
Director o f Construction and Plant
Management.
Ele a n o r R re is c h a ft, Accounting.
A lic e B a lb ie re r, Assistant to the Director.
Kenneth S ilv e ira , Project Director for
Deferred Maintenance.
C la ire En n is , Secretary.
M aintenance
Ralph T h a y e r, Director o f Maintenance.
G a ry M o r ris s e y , Paint Foreman.
Tom C o c h ra n e , Mechanical Foreman.
Es th e r K e lle y , Work Order Secretary.
Jo h n S c h a m b e rs , Trades Foreman.
Environmental Services
To ny W h ite, Director o f Environmental
Services.
B a rb a ra G re e n , Assistant Director o f
Environmental Services.
D o ro th y D a llam , J u d y M a jo rs , Pa tricia
T h o m p k in s, Environmental Technician
Supervisors.
Grounds
J e f f Ja b C O , B.S. and M .S, Penn State
University, Director o f Grounds and
Assistant Director—Horticulture.
Rich ard E v a n s , Foreman.
Paul Eric k s o n , B.S., University o f
Delaware, Crew Leader.
T h o m a s Lo h s e , Crew Leader.
J a m e s M c K e n n a , Motor Pool Foreman.
P la n n in g a n d C on stru ction
P e te r R . V ish to n , B.S. and M .S., Drexel
Jo s e p h D e L O Zie r, J r . , Plant Engineering
University, Project Engineer for Planning
and Construction.
Coordinator.
260
I
FINANCIAL AID OFFICE
Lau ra Talbo t, b .a ., Wheaton College,
Director o f Financial Aid.
Jo a n n e B a rra c liff, H elen Elm e r,
Secretaries.
Patricia S e ria n n i, B.A., M.Ed.,
Pennsylvania State University,
Assistant Director o f Financial Aid.
HEALTH SCIENCE ADVISORY PROGRAM
I
Barbara Y o st S te w a rt, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A. and Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College, Health Sciences Advisor.
Bonnie B. H a r v e y , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Secretary.
HEALTH AND PSYCHOLOGICAL SERVICES
Worth Health Center
1
Linda Ec h o ls, R.N., B.S.N ., and M.S.N.,
University o f Pennsylvania; M .B. A.,
Wharton School; CRNP, Johns Hopkins
Hospital, Director o f Worth Health Center.
Alan Z w e b e n , B.S., SUNY, Stoney Brook;
M.D., New York Medical College, College
Physician.
Elissa H. C h a n sk y, R.N ., Beth Israel
1
I
Hospital, B.S., St. Joseph’s College,
Constance C. Jo n e s , R.N., Hospital o f
University o f Pennsylvania, A n n e N ic h o ls,
R.N., B.S.N., Gwynedd-Mercy College,
Carol L Ronan, R.N., Philadelphia General
Hospital, B a rb a ra A . S m e ta n a , R.N.,
Samaritan Hospital, B.S., St. Joseph’s
College, College Health Nurse Practitioner.
Paul S . Za m O S tie n , B.S., Ursinus College;
M .D., Jefferson Medical College, Consulting
Gynecologist.
Fra n k P. G ia m m a tte i, B.A., Williams
College; M .D., University o f Cincinnati,
Orthopedic Consultant.
C ha rle s B. H u m m e r, J r . , B.A., Amherst
College; M .D., Hahnemann Medical
College, Athletic Orthopedic Consultant.
Brian Jo rg e n s e n , M .D., Wayne State
University, Internship Residency,
Hahnemann Medical College.
Bonnie Eh m e r, Nursing Assistant.
C a ro lyn B. Ev a n s , Health Services
Secretary.
Ja m e s E . C la rk , B.A., West Virginia
University; M .D., Jefferson Medical College,
Senior College Physician.
P sy ch o lo g ical S erv ices
Leighton C . W h ita k e r, B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f Connecticut;
Ph.D., Wayne State University; Diplomate
in Clinical Psychology o f the American
Board o f Professional Psychology, Director.
Paula S . R o se n , B.A., University of
Rochester; M .S.S., Bryn Mawr College;
Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College Graduate School
of Social Work and Social Research, Clinical
Social Worker.
J a c k L . S o lo m on , B.S., Villanova
University; M .D., Hahnemann University,
Consulting Psychiatrist.
M a rth a C oh e n -Tom lin so n , b .a ., Bryn
Mawr; M .A., Harvard University, Clinical
Psychology Intern from Widener
University.
Dana F lo c k , B.A., Dickinson College,
Clinical Psychology Intern from Widener
University.
261
A d m in is tra tio n
P e te r Ja c k s o n , B.S., University o f
Wisconsin-Madison, Clinical Psychology
Intern from Widener University.
B irg ltte H a s e lg ro v e , Secretary/
Receptionist.
Robin S m ith -S im p s o n , B.A., La Salle
University; M .A .R., Eastern Baptist
Theological Seminary, Clinical Psychology
Intern from Temple University.
LIBRARY STAFF
1
College Library
M ichae l J . D u rkan , B.A., St. Patrick’s
A n n S . B la ckb u rn , Secretary to the College
College, Maynooth, Ireland; Diploma in
Library Training, University College,
Dublin, College Librarian.
Librarian.
I
Technical Services
A m y V. M o rris o n , B.A. and M .L.S.,
Rutgers University, Technical Services
Librarian.
B a rb a ra J . W e ir, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University; M .L.S., Drexel University,
Assistant Technical Services Librarian Serials.
N e tta S h in baum , B.A., State University o f
New York-Oswego, Senior Cataloging
Editor.
Ja m e s A . L a w le r , B.A., Villanova
University, Cataloging Editor.
Pauline M a rs h a ll, B.S., Simmons College,
Continuations Assistant.
Rose M a rie Jo h n s o n , Assistant/
Acquisitions.
Eliza b e th W o olson , A .B., Chestnut Hill
College, Periodicals Assistant.
M a rg a re t R ive llo , Assistant/Periodicals.
S o-You ng Jo n e s , B.A., Euha Womens
A m y W . G ra h a m , B.A., University o f
University, Korea; M .L.S., Simmons
College, Senior Cataloging Editor.
Pennsylvania; M .S., Drexel University,
Assistant Technical/Reference Librarian.
Lo u ise P e trilla , A.A., Delaware County
Community College, Cataloging Editor.
S a n d ra M . V e rm e yc h u k , B.A.,
Swarthmore College; M .S. in Ed.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Processing
Assistant.
1
Circulation and Reserve
Eliza b e th A m a n n , B.A., Swarthmore
Diane v a n Roden, Receptionist.
College; M .S. in L.S., Rutgers University,
Circulation Librarian.
Viola G . H o ld s w o rth , B.S., Westminster
College; M .E.D., Temple University,
Receptionist.
Je a n P fe iffe r, Circulation Assistant.
N a n c y C . Bech , Assistant.
M a ria n B . B ru c e , B .s ., James Madison
University, Assistant.
Pauline L H a llm a n , Receptionist.
A n n a M . A g e n b ro a d , Receptionist.
262
,I
L is a F. In fa nte , B.A., Pennsylvania State
University; M .L.S., Widener University,
Receptionist.
Ed w a rd H . F u lle r, B.A., Widener College;
M .S. in L.S., Drexel University, Special
Collections Librarian.
Bibliographic Instruction and R eference
S teven W. S o w a rd s , B.A., Stanford
University; M .A., M .L.S., Ph.D., Indiana
University, Humanities Librarian.
G retchen F. S tro h , B.S., Philadelphia
College o f Textiles and Science, Interlibrary
Loan Assistant.
K ath ryn M . Cleland, b .a . and M.A.,
SUNY at Albany; M .A., University o f
Chicago, Social Sciences Librarian.
Ja c q u e lin e M ag a g n osc, b .a ., University
o f California, Berkeley, Assistant/
Documents.
M inda H a r t, B.A., Pennsylvania State
University, Interlibrary Loan.
Cornell Library
Em i K . H o rik a w a , B.S., University of
Nevada; M .A., University o f Utah, Science
Librarian.
Te re sa E . H e in ric h s , b .a ., Waynesburg
College, Assistant, Science Library.
M eg E. S p e n c e r, B.A ., University o f
Richmond, Science Library Assistant.
Underhill Library
George K . H u b e r, B.A., University of
Pennsylvania; M .S. in L.S., Drexel
University, Music Librarian.
Three College Library Automation
Linda 6 . B ills , B.A ., University o f
California, Los Angeles; M .S.L.S., Case
Western Reserve University, Coordinator.
FRIENDS HISTORICAL LIBRARY
J . W illiam F ro s t, B.A., DePauw
University; M.A. and Ph.D., University o f
Wisconsin, Director.
Friends Historical Library o f Suiarthmore College
M a ry Ellen C hijio ke , B.A., Swarthmore
College; M .A., University o f California, Los
Angeles; Post-Graduate Diploma in
Librarianship, University o f Ibadan;
Advanced Certificate o f Librarianship,
Columbia University, Curator.
Pa tricia Chapin O ’ Bonnell, B.A. and
M .A., University o f Pennsylvania; M .A.,
University o f Delaware, Archivist
(Cataloguing).
C laire B. S h e lte r, Cataloguer.
Pa tricia A n o n i S ilv a , B.A., Maryville
College; M .S.L.S., Drexel University,
Project Cataloguing Archivist.
N an cy P. S p e e rs , Archivist (Reference).
C h a rlo tte A . B la n d fo rd , Program
Secretary.
Honorary Curataors o f the Friends H istorical Library
M a rg a re t Hope Bacon , Es th e r L
C ooperm an, Ju lie n C orn e ll, Ba vid C .
Elkinton, Philip L G ilb e rt, Valerie G.
G la d fe ite r, A d a ly n P. J o n e s , Jo h n M .
M o o re , Ly m a n W. R ile y, Ja n e R . S m ile y.
263
A d m in is tra tio n
S w arth m ore C o lleg e P ea ce C o llectio n
W endy E. C h m ie le w s k i, B.A., Goucher
College; M.A. and Ph.D., State University
o f New York at Binghamton, Cooley
Curator.
B a rb a ra E . A d d is o n , B.S., University o f
Wisconsin (Milwaukee); M .S. in
Librarianship, University o f Wisconsin
(Madison), Cataloger.
Ele a n o r M . B a rr, B.A., Mount Holyoke
College, M .L.S., University o f Pittsburgh,
Archivist.
K a te C . M y e r , B.A., Neumann College,
Periodicals Assistant.
M a rth a P. S h an e , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Archivist.
Advisory Council o f the Swarthmore C ollege Peace Collection
Irw in A b ra m s , H elen M . C a rro ll, Ju lie n
C o rn e ll, H ila ry C o n ro y , M e rle C u rti,
L a r r y G a ra , Phebe R . Ja c o b s e n , Kendall
La n d is.
PERSONNEL
Le e R obin son, B.A., Rhode Island College,
Director o f Personnel.
Gail V. Redden, A.A ., Sullins College,
Benefits Administrator.
Jo a n K . K re h n b rin k , B.A ., Pennsylvania
State University, Associate Director o f
Personnel.
Administrator.
M ild re d L C on n ell, Personnel
A n n a M a rie M a rtin , Secretary.
PO ST OFFICE
Th e re s a M a tte o , Supervisor.
M ichae l W e e m s, Mail Courier.
B a rb a ra Bachand, Assistant.
B ern adette C a rro ll, clerk .
PUBLIC SAFETY
O w e n R e d g ra ve , B.S., West Chester
University; A .A .S., Delaware County
Community College, Director o f Public
Safety.
Le on Fra n c is , Assistant Director o f Public
Safety.
Ja m e s , Ellis , J e ffr e y Jo h n s o n , M ichael
K e rrig a n , Fre d K o h lb re n n e r, Fre d
M a rtin o , S c o tt M c La u g lin , Ro b e rt
W illiam s, A .A .S., Holyoke Community
College, Bobby Van W ilso n , Public Safety
Officers.
T e rri N a rk in , Secretary.
B ria n H a r ris , Patrol Lieutenant.
Jo h n K e lle y , B.A., Widener University,
Patrol Corporal.
J u d y F e iy , Ellie K o la c h n y, Stephen
SiSSOnS, Communications Center Staff.
REG ISTR A R’S OFFICE
Ja n e H . M u llin s , B.A., Swarthmore
College, Registrar.
N a n c y O c h s , Senior Recorder.
Ev e ly n G . H u k , A g n e s K e nn e dy,
Recorders.
264
THE SC O TT A RBO RETU M
C laire S a w y e r s , B.S. and M .S., Purdue
University; M .S., University o f Delaware,
Director.
Jo s e p h in e 0 . H o p k in s, Office Manager.
J e ff Ja b c o , B.S. and M .S., Penn State
Horticulturist.
University, Director o f Grounds and
Assistant Director—Horticulture.
K ris Jo h n s o n , A .S., Joliet Junior College,
Education Coordinator.
H elen D iFelician ton io, Secretary.
J a c k H . P o tte r, B.S., Swarthmore College,
Ja m e s M o ll, University o f W isconsin'
Madison, Curatorial Intern.
La u rie A . J e ffe r s , B.S., State University of
New York, Education Assistant.
UPWARD BOUND
Ed w in A . C ollin s, B.A., Lincoln
University; B.S. and M.Ed., Cheyney
D eLoiS M . C ollin s, B.A., Temple
University, Associate Director.
University, Director.
Robin D. G re e n e , Secretary.
DEPARTMENT SECRETARIES, ASSISTANTS AND TECHNICIANS
A r t: June V. Cianfrana, Secretary.
William H. Bishop, Jr., B.F.A., Colorado
State University; M.F.A., University o f
Cincinnati; M .L.S., University o f Texas at
Austin, Slide Curator.
Biology: Maria E. Musika, Secretary;
George Flickinger, Shop Engineer; Anne M.
Rawson, B.A., Swarthmore College; M .S.,
Cornell University, Manager o f Martin
Laboratories; Judith M. Meenen, Laboratory
Technician.
Lin g u istic s: Dorcas M. Allen, B.A.,
Rosemont College, Secretary.
M a th e m a tic s : Joyce A. Glackin, Secretary.
M od ern Lan g u ag e s: Eleonore Baginski,
B.S., St. Joseph’s University, Secretary;
Edward Dixon, B.A., La Salle College;
M .A., Pennsylvania State University,
Language Laboratory Assistant.
M u s ic : Judy Lord, A.A., Wesley College,
Secretary.
C h e m is try: Cindy Rossley, Secretary;
James W. Bell, Instrument Coordinator.
Ph ilo so p h y: Fran Cuneo, B.S., West
Chester University, Secretary.
C la ss ic s: Sarah S. Fought, B.A. and M.A.,
University o f Wisconsin, Secretary.
P h ysic a l Education and A th le tic s : Ethel
Rudsill, Secretary; David Lester, Equipment
Manager; Marie Mancini, A.T., C., B.S.,
West Chester University, Doug Weiss
Sports Medicine Resident.
Ec on o m ics: Teresa Klingler, A.A., Hershey,
Rose Maio, Secretaries.
Education: Janet A. Kazio, Secretary.
Ele ctro n ics Tech nicians: John j.
Dougherty, Charles A. White.
Engineering: Jacqueline Robinson,
Administrative Secretary; Grant Lee Smith,
Mechanician.
English Lite ra tu re : Marie R . Hentz,
Secretary.
Ph ysiC S : Marie L. Sidor, Secretary; Steven
Palmer, Mechanician.
Political S cie nce : Kathleen Kerns, B.A.,
University o f Pennsylvania, Secretary;
Nancy Maclay, B.A., Grove City College,
Secretary (International Relations);
Catherine Wareham, A .A., Wesley College,
Secretary (Public Policy).
H is to ry : Eleanor W . Bennett,
Administrative Secretary.
265
A d m in is tra tio n
P sy ch o lo g y : Donald Reynolds,
Instrumentation Technician; Julia L.
Welbon, B.A., William Smith College,
Academic Coordinator; Joanne M. Bramley,
Secretary.
266
Religion: Eileen McElrone, Secretary.
S o ciolo g y and A n th ro p o lo g y : Marie C.
Ominski, Secretary.
Visiting E x a m in e rs 1991
A rt
Professor Jasm Kuo, University o f M aryland
Professor Steven Z. Levine, Bryn Mawr
College
Professor Wahneema Lubiano, Princeton
University
Professor Linda Neagley, University o f
M ichigan
C h e m is try
■
9
Professor Anthony W. Addison, Drexel
University
Professor David R. Dalton, Temple
University
C la ssics
V
Professor Joseph A. Farrell, Jr., University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Ralph M. Rosen, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Kenneth Sacks, University o f
W isconsin
Com puter S cience
Professor Scot Drysdale, Dartmouth College
Professor Justin Smith, D rexel University
Econom ics
■
m
■
Hans P. Binswanger, The W orld Bank
Professor Janet Ceglowski, Bryn Mawr
College
Jeffrey S. Hammer, T he W orld Bank
Professor Kevin Hassett, Colum bia University
Professor Betsy Jensen, H am ilton College
Joe Minarik, House Budget Committee
Ronald Mincy, The Urban Institute
Professor Dan Mont, C ornell University
Professor Robert C. Stuart, Rutgers
University
Professor Chris Udry, Northwestern
University
Education
Professor Andrew Garrod, Dartmouth
College
Professor Leo Rigsby, Temple University
Professor Steven Yussen, University o f Iowa
English Lite ra tu re and T h e a tre S tudies
*j
Professor Kathleen M. Balutansky,
University o f Virginia
Professor Christopher Braider, H arvard
University
Professor Christina Crosby, W esleyan
University
Professor Susan Stanford Friedman,
University o f Wisconsin
Professor Elaine T. Hansen, H averford
College
Professor Jean E. Howard, Colum bia
University
Mark Lord, Bryn Mawr College
Professor Geoff Proehl, V illanova University
Professor David Qjiint, Princeton University
Professor Kris Straub, Carnegie Mellon
University
Professor Emeritus Carl Woodring,
Colum bia University
Professor Melissa Zeiger, Dartmouth College
H is to ry
Professor Alexander Bloom, W heaton
C ollege
Professor Jane Caplan, Bryn Mawr College
Professor Pamela Crossley, Dartmouth
C ollege
Professor Marc Forster, Connecticut College
Professor Paul Freedman, Vanderbilt
University
Professor Gary Marker, SUNY at Stonybrook
Professor Howard A. Ohline, Temple
University
Professor Russell Weigley, Temple University
Professor Diana Wylie, Yale University
Ling u istics
Professor Gilbert Youmans, University o f
M issouri-Columbia
Professor Michael Speirs, University o f
Pennsylvania
M ath e m a tics
Professor Dennis De Turck, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Paul Shaman, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor Yung-Sheng Tai, H averford College
M od ern Lan g u ag es—French
Professor Michel Guggenheim, Bryn Mawr
College
Professor Abby Zanger, H arvard University
M od ern Lan g u ag es—Germ an
Professor Eric Downing, H arvard University
M od ern Lan g u ag es—Russian
Professor Herman Ermolaev, Princeton
University
Professor George Pahomov, Bryn Mawr
C ollege
267
V is itin g E x a m in e r s 1991
M od ern Lan g u ag e s—Spanish
Professor Concha Alborg, St. Joseph’s
University
Professor Maria Luisa Guardiola-Ellis, Saint
Law rence University
Ph ilo so ph y
Professor Elizabeth Anderson, University o f
M ichigan
Professor Frederick Beiser, Indiana
University
Professor John Hawthorn, V illanova
University
Professor Danielle Macbeth, Haverford
C ollege
Professor Alexander Nehamas, Princeton
University
Professor Mark Okrent, Bates College
P h y s ic s / A s tro n o m y
Susan Coppersmith, AT&T, B ell Labs
Professor Kyle Cudworth, University o f
C hicago
Professor Daniel Elliott, Purdue University
Professor Martin Ligare, Bucknell University
Professor Mark Matlin, H averford College
Professor Hans C. Ohanian, Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute
Professor Stephen E. Strom, University o f
M assachusetts
Ronald Mincy, T he Urban Institute
Professor Steven E. Perlmutter, New York
University
Ps ych o lo g y
Professor Benjamin Bradley, Jam es C ook
University o f North Q ueensland
Professor Danielle Macbeth, H averford
College
Professor Randi Milden, Haverford C ollege
Professor D. Alfred Owens, Franklin &
M arshall College
Professor Alan Silberberg, The A m erican
University
Professor David Smith, The New School
Professor Earl Thomas, Bryn Mawr College
1
Religion
Professor Elizabeth Castelli, The C ollege o f
W ooster
Professor Randall Chesnutt, Pepperdine
University
Professor Melvin B. Endy, Jr., St. Mary’s
C ollege o f M aryland
Professor Gerald P. McKenny, R ice
University
Professor Vivian-Lee Nyitray, Barnard
C ollege
Professor William J. Werpehowski,
V illanova University
Political S cie nce
S o ciolo g y & An th ro p olo g y
Professor David Bachman, Princeton
University
Professor Robert Bates, D uke University
Professor Robert P. George, Princeton
University
Professor Ronald Heilman, CUNY, New
York
Professor G. John Ikenberry, Princeton
University
Professor Nancy S. Love, Pennsylvania State
University
Professor Bruce Bellingham, Florida State
University
Professor Kimberly Benston, H averford
C ollege
Professor Emeritus Lewis Coser, Boston
College
Professor Elizabeth Petras, Drexel University
Professor Michael Speirs, University o f
Pennsylvania
Professor R. Stephen Warner, University o f
Illinois a t C hicago
1
I
1
t
268
D e g re e s C o n fe rre d
June 3, 1991
*
BACHELOR OF ARTS
■
Jennifer Anne Abercrombie, Special M ajor:
Linguistics
Andrew Lee Afflerbach, Physics
Peter Daniel Alfinito, Chemistry
Burton Alexander Alper, Special M ajor:
Psycholinguistics
John Mark Altom, Economics
Frances Annette Altvater, English Literature
Jesse Blake Amar, Art
Keyvan Amir-Arjomand, History
David Campbell Anthony, M usic
Sameer Mahendra Ashar, Political Science
Valerie Elizabeth Aymer, Biology
Dayna Lynn Baily, English Literature
Mathew Anthony Barlow, Physics
William James Battin, Biology
Makonen Belema, Chemistry
Elizabeth Marion Bell, English Literature
Courtney Jane Bender, Religion
Robin Mershon Bennefield,1 English
Literature
Monica Hedy Berger, M usic and Biology
Christina Clair Berken, Biology
Edward Charles Bernstein, M athem atics
Robert Douglas Biggar, Physics
Sarah Katherine Binkley, Psychology
Andrea Bixler, Biology
Maria Valeria Bloom, History
Jennifer S. Boobar, Philosophy
Joseph Francis Bomheimer, Jr., Economics
and Psychology
Steven Michael Brands, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Robert Kelton Bronkema,34Political Science
Abigail Brown, Sociology & Anthropology
Cedric Maurice Brown, Economics
Adriane Iris Budavari, Biology
Gerard Matthew Buggy, Economics
Cynthia Jane Burks, Economics
Robert Joseph Butch, Jr., Economics
John Lenaire Byars, P olitical Science
April Marie Byrd, P olitical Science
Debra Ann Cabrera, Biology and English
Literature
Thomas Mitchell Cantine, Economics
Alison Louise Carter,1 P olitical Science
i with the
3 with the
3 with the
4 with the
John Peter Cashy, History
Timothy Charles Childers, History
Konstantinos I. Christodoulou,i2
M athem atics
Anita Louise Churchville,5 Political Science
Bethany Jean Clement, English Literature
Erin Louise Connor,7 English Literature
Margaret Lila Cooley,1 Literature
Adam Andrew Eaton Cooper, Religion
Allen Andrew Cooper, Sociology &
Anthropology
Jason Patrick Corder, Art
Jennifer Sytha Cousar,6 English Literature
Diego Jose Covarrubias-Figueroa,2
M athem atics
Jeffrey Brighton Craig, Economics
Margo Natalie Crawford, English Liiterature
Kristi Ruth Cunningham,1 Sociology &
Anthropology
John Patrick Curran, Jr., Economics
Andrew Martin Dailey, History
Julia Eve Dallman, Biology
Bradley Justin Davidson, Biology
Michael Isaac Davidson, History
Gwen Veda Davis,5 P olitical Science
Johanna Lynne Davis, Economics and History
Jeffrey Scott DeSimone, Economics and
M athem atics
Jennifer Mary DeWeerth, Political Science
Heather Despres-Burack, Sociology &
Anthropology
Carolann Wynne DiPirro, Special M ajor:
Psychology & Education
Kellie Rae Diamond, Art
Jody Lynn Dick, Sociology & Anthropology
and Religion
Keith Stanton Dillman, Religion
Max Charles Dobles, Biology
Leslie Eugenia Donato,5 Economics
Brian Daniel Driscoll, History
Jeffrey Wayne Dulberg, Philosophy
Rachel Elena Durkee,5 P olitical Science
Claudia Ann Eisen, Philosophy
Marguerite Ann Eisenstein, M athem atics
Charles W ilson Eliason IV, Psychology
James William Ellis,5 Economics
Concentration in B lack Studies
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
Concentration in International Relations 7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
Concentration in German Studies
269
D e g re e s C o n fe rre d
Sean Etan Etigson, English Literature
Scott Richard Evans, Economics
Peter Allen Fallaw, English Literature
Naomi Leah Fisher, Special M ajor: Education
and Psychology
Lila Fishman, Biology and Art History
Sheila Marie Fitzpatrick, English Literature
and Psychology
Andrew James Flosdorf, Special Major:
A m erican Cultural Studies
Mary Grace Folwell, Special M ajor:
Psychobiology
Serge Joseph Francois, Jr., History
Anna Francesca Friedman, Biology
Elisa Alexandra Frohlich,6 English Literature
Karen Anne Funk,1 5 P olitical Science
Sarah Kathleen Gaichas, English Literature
David Lindgren Gehrenbeck, Russian
Laura Nagle Gehrenbeck,7 French
Roxanna Lea Glass, M usic
Oscar Baylin Goodman, Jr., Chemistry
Micah Jeremy Goodman, History
Craig Joseph Gotsill, Philosophy
Gautam Gowrisankaran,12 Economics
Jennifer Lynn Grasso, Spanish
Rochelle Dawn Grayson, German
Charlotte Simonds Greenewalt, Art History
Michael Benjamin Greenstone, Economics
Daniel Harris Gura, Art History
Karen Gwen Hales, Biology
Christine Michelle Halstead, Mathematics
Michael Lee Harnish, Philosophy
Heather Eileen Harper, Special Major: Public
Policy
Claire LaTourette Hartten, Art History
Laura Kimberley Hatfield, Literature
Richard David Hecht, Biology
Laurel Liddon Hester, Biology and History
William Stuart Heyman, Political Science
Joseph Aaron Higgins, Economics
Jennifer Lynn Hill, Economics
Michael Paul Hitchman, M athem atics
Jessica Seeldrayers Hobart, Religion
Adrienne R . Hollander, Biology
Rachel Hollander English Literature
Jacob Eric Hollinger, Philosophy
Kevin Everett Hood, English Literature
Kevin Frederick Horch,2 3 Political Science
Warren Delano Houghteling, Philosophy
Chang-Tai Hsieh, Economics
Janice Anne Hudgings, M athematics
Aaron Hughes, Physics
Nancy Courtney Hughes, Special M ajor:
French Studies
Rezwan Bin Hussain, Political Science
William Louis Inden, History
Brian David Inouye, Biology
Rebecca Carol Jackson, M athem atics
Roger Lennox Jansson, Psychology
Anick Jesdanun, P olitical Science and Biology
James Roy Jones, Ancient History
Maeve Miriam Juran, Psychology
William Anomal Eshan Karunaratne,
Economics
Pamela Ann Kauffman, Economics
John Hagop Kedeshian, English Literature
Ann Marie Kelleher, Asian Studies
Tamara Cheryl Kellogg, Special M ajor:
Linguistics
Matthew Allen Kennel, Economics
Rustom Nivi Khandalavala,34Economics
Alicia Nanette Kikuchi, Biology
Min Hwa Kim, Chemistry and Religion
Brian Andrew Kimble, History
Tamara lone King,1 English Literature
Gerrit Avery Kischner,7 P olitical Science
Rachel Marie Kolb, Music
Peter F. Kosa, Special M ajor: Biochemistry
Joanne Julia Kramer, Economics
John David Krinsky, Religion
Martin Krusin-Elbaum, P olitical Science
Scott Alan Kugle, Religion
Theodore Atlee LaCrone, Religion
Marcia Lynn Landesman, P olitical Science
Leah LaPerle Larkin, Biology
Benjamin Todd Lee, Greek
Brian Christopher Lockey, English Literature
Susan Beth Lorenson, Special M ajor:
Linguistics
David Sheldon Loughran,5 Economics
Christopher Helm Lyford, Economics
Karan Singh Madan, Economics
Seth Andrew Major, Physics
Stephen Edward Maleson, English Literature
Deborah Lee Maraziti, Physics
Robert Edgar Marx, Physics
1 with the Concentration in B lack Studies
5 with the Concentration
2 with the Concentration in Computer Science
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
3 with the Concentration in International Relations 7
4 with the Concentration in German Studies
270
in Public Policy
Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
I
•
M
■
Jeannine Susan Mastre,7 Special M ajor:
Psychology & Education
Vicki L. Maturo, English Literature
Bruce Allen Maxwell,12 Political Science
Carolyn Ruth Maybee, English Literature
John Angelo McCauley, Chemistry
Lori Lynn McDaniel, History
Timothy Joseph McDonald, T heatre Studies
Alexander Gerard McDonnell, History
Marybeth McGinley,34History
Philip Hopkins McLean, Art History
Dierdre Holden McMahon, English
Literature
Wednesday Anne McMillan, M edieval
Studies
Brendan Blake McTaggart, History
Joseph Andrew Merchant-Both, Physics
Edward Garvey Miller, History
Laura Anne Minionis, Psychology
Dina Elizabeth Moretti, Chemistry
Jason Morton, English Literature
Danielle Renee Moss,1 English Literature and
History
Matthew Francis Murphy, Economics
Mala Narain,5 Economics
Elizabeth Landmake North, History
Joel David Offenberg, Physics
Jillian Marchelle Oliver, Special M ajor:
Education and Sociology & Anthropology
Susan Elizabeth Oliver, Russian
Allison Kellogg Oman, Special M ajor: Peace
Studies
Timothy Robert Oslovich, Political Science
Carla Marie Owens, Psychology
Sara Susan Palmer, Special M ajor: Latin
Am erican Studies
Damian J. Palovick, Psychology and Economics
J.P. Partland, Religion
Catarina Margareta Paulson, Political Science
Adam Christopher Payne, Biology and
Psychology
Timothy Scott Peichel,7 Psychology
Jeffrey R. Peterson, Biology
Per-Olov Pettersson, Physics
David Alexander Philhower,7 English
Literature
Julie Jane Plastino, Chemistry
Franklin Gregory Poehlmann, Economics
Samuel Stephen Porrecca, Economics
Noah Matthew Postyn, Religion
Christopher Lincoln Potter, Asian Studies
Gabrielle Freireich Preiser, French
Rachel Freirech Preiser, English Literature
Laura Louise Protextor, History
Kathryn Sylvia Quick, Biology
Christine Louise Reardon,7 History
Jeffrey Koster Regen,3 5 P olitical Science
Dawn Michelle Rheingans,7 Spanish
Catherine Angier Rich, Religion
Oliver Marcel Richard, Economics
Courtney Emily Dozor Richmond, Biology
Andrew J. Rieger, Psychology and Special
M ajor: Computer Science
Heather Ann Rigney, Sociology &
Anthropology
John Christopher Roberts, History
Michelle Colleen Roberts,5 Economics
Wayne Anthony Roland, Theatre Studies
Joshua Anthony Room,1 5 History
Hannah Rachel Rosner, English Literature
and T heatre Studies
Benjamin Weill Rothfeld, A ncient History
Charlotte Z. Rotterdam, Philosophy
Jennifer Lynn Rowley, Latin
Jodi Rubinstein, Religion
Georgia Louise Rucker, Art History
Matthew Charles Johannes Rudolph,
Political Science
Jennifer Helen Ruth,6 English Literature
Shawn Farrell Sabouri, Economics and
Philosophy
Olatocumbo Joseph Sam,1 7 Special M ajor:
Sociology & Anthropology and Education
Maricel Guiao Santos, English Literature
Christina MacKinnon Saunders, Sociology &
Anthropology and Psychology
Ayodele Hilary Sawyerr, Psychology
Volker Schachenmayr, T heatre Studies
Matthew Peter Schaefer, English Literature
Todd Barnett Schiff, Sociology &
Anthropology
Kelly Ann Schmidt, Psychology
Douglas Howard Schremp,2 Economics
1 with the Concentration in B lack Studies
2 with the Concentration in Computer Science
3 with the Concentration in International Relations
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
4 with the Concentration in German Studies
271
D e g re e s C o n fe rre d
Emily Catherine Schubert, Sociology &
Anthropology
Carla Francescae Scott, Sociology &
Anthropology
Gregory Hiag Selverian, Economics
Neel Dhiren Shah, Economics
John David Shakow,5 Economics
Theresa McDowell Shay,4 Special M ajor:
Linguistics and Education
James Lee Shulevitz, Philosophy
Susanna Claire Siegel, Philosophy
Gina Michelle Siesing,6 Literature
Elliott Laird Smith, Economics and Philosophy
Victor Harlan Smith, History
Stephanie Rachelle Snow, Special M ajor:
Biochemistry
Kelley Brooke Snyder, Economics
Adam H. Sohn, P olitical Science
Johanna Erlyn Stadler, Special M ajor:
Sociology & Anthropology and Education
Susan Steckel, M athem atics
Willann Stone, Psychology
Brett W ilson Summers, Art History
Daniel Tannenbaum, Philosophy
Nicole Alexandra Theodosiou, Biology
Julius Nanting Tsai, History
Diane Margo Tucker, Religion
Deborah Jeanne Vagins,6 Psychology
Edward Anthony Varga, Jr., English
Literature
Susanne Hooshmand Vikoren, English
Literature
Alexander Frederick Vishio, Religion
Peter Martin Vishton, Psychology
Rebecca Faith Volberg, English Literature
Cameron Christine Voss,3 P olitical Science
Ruth Helena Wade, Sociology & Anthropology
Jonathan Douglas Wald, Art History
James Albert Wallace III, History
Sarah Anne Walter, Chemistry
David Thomas Watkins,5 Political Science
Elizabeth Jane Watkins, Religion
Jason Lee Weiner, P olitical Science
Michael Edward Weissman, English
Literature
Thad Eldon Wengert, Economics
Jo-Ann Marie Wiechecki,7 Economics
Kirsten Wild, Religion
Lane Elizabeth W ilder, Sociology &
Anthropology
Stephanie Joy W illman,6 Sociology &
Anthropology
Holly Ann Winkler,7 Psychology
Gary Springer Winzelberg, P olitical Science
Steven Fletcher W ise, Art History
Evan John Wittenberg, English Literature and
Psychology
Emily Jane Woo, Special M ajor: Psychobiology
Mikala Marie Woodward,6 History
Julia Frances Wormser, Biology
Victor Douglas Woronov, Special M ajor:
English and French Literature
Vedat Sertac Yeltekin, Economics and Political
Science
Jennifer Yeoh, Art History
Jeffrey Alexander Young, Psychology
Eric Zahler, M athem atics
Matthew W. Zahm, Psychology
Brian Joseph Zikmund, Economics
Matthew See Zurcher, P olitical Science
i
1
1
BACHELOR O F SCIENCE
James Gary Clarke, Engineering
Eric Thomas Gratz, Engineering
Joseph Aaron Higgins, Engineering
Roger Owen Hill,5 Engineering
Janice Anne Hudgings, Engineering
Shastri Joyram, Engineering
William Anomal Eshan Karunaratne,
Engineering
I
Karan Singh Madan, Engineering
Bruce Allen Maxwell,123
4Engineering
Helder Rueda Melendez, Engineering
Gunter Sven Schemmann, Engineering
Douglas Howard Schremp,2 Engineering
Aaron Tyrone Smith,2 Engineering
Siew Khim Tan, Engineering
Ali Usman,2 Engineering
1
1 with
2 with
3 with
4 with
272
the
the
the
the
Concentration
Concentration
Concentration
Concentration
in
in
in
in
5 with the Concentration in Public Policy
B lack Studies
6 with the Concentration in Women’s Studies
Computer Science
International Relations 7 Pennsylvania Teacher C ertification
German Studies
A w a rd s and D istin ctio n s
H O N O R S A W A R D ED BY T H E V IS IT IN G E X A M IN E R S — 2 5 M A Y 1991
HIGH H O N O R S :
HONORS:
Sameer Mahendra Asher, Elizabeth Marion
Bell, Robert Douglas Biggar, Timothy
Charles Childers, Margo Natalie Crawford,
Jennifer Mary DeWeerth, Claudia Ann
Eisen, James William Ellis, Michael
Benjamin Greenstone, Jessica Seeldrayers
Hobart, Rachel Hollander, Jacob Eric
Hollinger, Chang-Tai Hsieh, Scott Alan
Kugle, Per-Olov Pettersson, Oliver Marcel
Richard, Joshua Anthony Room, Maricel
Guiao Santos, Volker Schachenmayr,
Matthew Peter Schaefer, Carla Francescae
Scott, Susanne Claire Siegel, Willann Stone,
Daniel Tannenbaum, Julius Nanting Tsai,
Peter Martin Vishton, Cameron Christine
Voss, Jonathan Douglas Wald, Michael
Edward Weissman, Brian Joseph Zikmund
Frances Annette Altvater, Courtney Jane
Bender, April Marie Byrd, Erin Louise
Connor, Michael Isaac Davidson, Jeffrey
Wayne Dulberg, Peter Allen Fallaw, Gautam
Gowrisankaran, Michael Lee Harnish, Laura
Kimberley Hatfield, William Stuart
Heyman, Warren Delano Houghteling,
James Roy Jones, Rustom Nivi
Khandalavala, Brian Christopher Lockey,
David Sheldon Loughran, Seth Andrew
Major, Deborah Lee Maraziti, Robert Edgar
Marx, Vicki L. Maturo, John Angelo
McCauley, Dierdre Holden McMahon, Jason
Morton, Mala Narain, Christine Louise
Reardon, Benjamin Weill Rothfeld,
Charlotte Z. Rotterdam, Jennifer Lynn
Rowley, Matthew Charles Johannes
Rudolph, Kelly Ann Schmidt, Mamta
Manik Shahani, James Lee Shulevitz, Kelley
Brooke Snyder, Susanne Hooshmand
Vikoren, Thad Eldon Wengert
D IS T IN C T IO N IN C O U R S E A W A R D ED B Y FA C U L T Y :
Keyvan Amir-Arjomand, William James
Battin, Monica Hedy Berger, Steven Michael
Branda, Debra Ann Cabrera, Allen Andrew
Cooper, Bradley Justin Davidson, Gwen
Veda Davis, Johanna Lynne Davis, Jeffrey
Scott DeSimone, Carolann Wynne DiPirro,
Jody Lynn Dick, Max Charles Dobles, Leslie
Eugenia Donato, Marguerite Ann Eisenstein,
Lila Fishman, Sheila Marie Fizpatrick, Serge
Joseph Francois, Jr., Anna Francesca
Friedman, Karen Anne Funk, Sarah
Kathleen Gaichas, David Lindgren
Gehrenbeck, Jennifer Lynn Grasso, Karen
Gwen Hales, Heather Eileen Harper, Laurel
Liddon Hester, Janice Anne Hudgings,
Aaron Hughes, Anick Jesdanun, William
Anomal Eshan Karunaratne, Joanne Julia
Kramer, John David Krinsky, Martin
Krusin-Elbaum, Benjamin Todd Lee, Susan
Beth Lorenson, Bruce Allen Maxwell,
Edward Garvey Miller, Allison Kellogg
Oman, Timothy Robert Oslovich, Adam
Christopher Payne, Jeffrey R. Peterson,
Christopher Lincoln Potter, Gabrielle
Freireich Preiser, Rachel Freireich Preiser,
Laura Louise Protextor, Kathryn Sylvia
Quick, Jeffrey Koster Regen, Catherine
Angier Rich, Heather Ann Rigney, Jodi
Rubinstein, Jennifer Helen Ruth, Gunter
Sven Schemmann, Douglas Howard
Schremp, Theresa McDowell Shay, Gina
Michelle Siesing, Deborah Jeanne Vagins,
Alexander Frederick Vishio, Sarah Anne
Walter, Stephanie Joy Willman, Evan John
Wittenberg, Julia Frances Wormser, Eric
Zahler
E L E C T IO N S T O H O N O R A R Y S O C IE T IE S
PHI R ETA K A P P A :
Keyvan Amir-Arjomand, Elizabeth Marion
Bell, Monica Hedy Berger, Robert Douglas
Biggar, Allen Andrew Cooper, Johanna
Lynne Davis, Jeffrey Scott DeSimone, Jody
Lynn Dick, Claudia Ann Eisen, Marguerite
Ann Eisenstein, James William Ellis, Scott
273
A w a r d s and D is tin c tio n s
Richard Evans, David Lindgren
Gehrenbeck, Jennifer Lynn Grasso, Karen
Gwen Hales, Heather Eileen Harper, Jessica
Seeldrayers Hobart, Rachel Hollander,
Chang-Tai Hsieh, Janice Anne Hudgings,
Aaron Hughes, William Anomal Eshan
Karunaratne, Joanne Julia Kramer, Scott
Alan Kugle, Susan Beth Lorenson, Bruce
Allen Maxwell, Edward Garvey Miller,
Timothy Robert Oslovich, Adam
Christopher Payne, Per-Olov Pettersson,
Gabrielle Freireich Preiser, Rachel Freireich
Preiser, Heather Ann Rigney, Jennifer Helen
Ruth, Gunter Sven Schemmann, Carla
Francescae Scott, Theresa McDowell Shay,
Susanna Claire Siegel, Gina Michelle Siesing,
Willann Stone, Daniel Tannenbaum,
Alexander Frederick Vishio, Jonathan
Douglas Wald, Julia Frances Wormser, Eric
Zahler, Brian Joseph Zikmund
S IG M A X I:
Andrew Afflerbach, Mathew A. Barlow,
Makonen Belema, Robert Biggar, Andrea
Bixler, Steven Branda, Debra Ann Cabrera,
Julia Eve Dallman, Marguerite Eisenstein,
Mary Grace Folwell, Lila Fishman, Anna F.
Friedman, Oscar Goodman, Jr., Karen
Hales, Laurel Hester, Janice Hudgings,
Aaron Hughes, Brian Inouye, William
Karunaratne, Peter F. Kosa, Leah L. Larkin,
Seth Major, Deborah Maraziti, Bruce
Maxwell, John Angelo McCauley, Joseph
Andrew Merchant-Both, Dina Moretti, Joel
Offenberg, Adam C. Payne, Jeffrey Peterson,
Per-Olov Pettersson, Julie Plastino, Gunter
Sven Schemmann, Douglas H. Schremp,
Aaron T. Smith, Stephanie Snow, Nicole
Theodosiou, Peter M. Vishton, Sara Walter
TA U B ET A PI:
Janice Hudgings, William Karunaratne,
Bruce Maxwell
F E L L O W S H IP S
The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Summer Grant to
Jeneen Piccuirro ’92 and Donna Rim ’92
The Jonathan Leigh Altm an Scholarship to
Jeneen Piccuirro ’92 and Donna Rim ’92
The Susan P. Cobbs Prize Fellowship to
Benjamin T. Lee ’91
T he Sarah Kaighn C ooper Scholarship to
Adriana Ruesink ’92
T he E lizabeth Pollard Fetter String Q uartet
Scholarships to Xander Abbe ’9 4 (violin);
Helene Muller-Landau ’9 4 (violin); Ana
Ruesink ’92 (viola); Kangho Lee ’9 4 (cello)
The John Lockw ood M em orial Fellowship to
Dayna Lynn Baily ’91 and Peter Wharton
Regen ’89
Friends o f M usic and D ance Summer
Scholarships: Jim Matheson ’92, Ana Ruesink
’92, David Ammer ’93, Susan Bisson ’92,
Zach Maupin ’93, Kangho Lee ’94, and
Xander Abbe ’9 4 (Music); Curtis Nance
’92, Melanie Kloetzel ’93, Brian
Kloppenberg ’93, Andrea Nicotera ’92,
Catherine Rich ’91, and Carolyn McConnell
’93 (Dance)
274
T he H annah A . Leedom Fellowship to David
Charles Engerman ’88, Martin KrasinElbaum ’91, and Timothy Robert Oslovich
’91
T he Eugene M. Lang Graduate Incentive
Fellowship to Jennifer Elizabeth Clancy ’88,
Tristan Stanley Reader ’89, Susanna Claire
Siegel ’91, and Alexander Frederick Vishio
’91
T he Joshua Lippincott Fellowship to William
Tryon Baldwin III ’88, Rachel Elena Durkee
’91, Rustom Nivi Khandalavala ’91, Clark
Franklin Rodman ’90, and Vedat Sertac
Yeltekin ’91
The Thom as M. M cCabe, Jr., and Yvonne
M otley M cCabe M em orial Fellowship to
Natalie Ann Jensen ’88 and Preston Charles
Polk, Jr, ’87
The Lucretia Mott Fellowship to Kristi Ruth
Cunningham ’91, Tessa Izenour ’90, and
Katherine Marie Stubbs ’89
The J. Roland Pennock Fellowship in Public
A ffairs to Heather Hill ’92
The M artha E. Tyson Fellowship to Jill Corie
Kalen ’89 and Theresa McDowell Shay ’91
A W ARDS A N D P R IZ E S
The Academ y o f A m erican Poets Prize to Scott
Hess ’92; honorable mention to Dito van
Reigersberg ’94
The Stanley Adam son Prize in Chemistry to
Sarah Gillmor ’92
The Am erican C hem ical Society Scholastic
Achievement Award to John McCauley ’91
The Am erican Institute o f Chem ists Student
Honor Award to Julie Plastino ’91
The Boyd Barnard Prize to Michelle Roy ’92
The Jam es H. Button ’72 Award to Michelle
Roberts ’91
The Paul H. B eik Prize in History to Laurel
Hester ’91 and Edward Miller ’91
The B lack Alumni Prize to Vanessa Hill ’92
The Brand Blanshard Prize to Susanna Siegel
’91
The H einrich W. Brinkmann M athem atics
Prize to Eric Zahler ’91 and Sam
Vandervelde ’93
The Susan P. Cobbs Scholarship to Jennifer
Rowley ’91
The A lice L. Crossley Prize in A sian Studies to
Ann Kelleher ’91, Chris Potter ’91, and
Julius Tsai ’91
The Robert Dunn Award to Arthur Selverian
’93
The G onzalez-V ilaplana Prize for Outstanding
Achievement in Chemistry to John McCauley
’91 and Julie Plastino ’91
The John Russell Hayes Poetry Prizes to Scott
Hess ’92, first prize; Scott Kugle ’91, second
prize—original work; honorable mention to
Meghan Clancy-Hepburn ’93, Nicole
Asquith ’92, Brent Askari ’92, and Sara
Palmer ’91 (translation)
The Philip M. H icks Prize for Literary
Criticism Essay to Gina Siesing ’91;
honorable mention to Jonathan Wald ’91
The Jesse H. Holmes Prize in Religion to Jim
Shulevitz ’91 and Erin Becker ’93
The Ivy Award to Sameer Mahendra Ashar
’91 and Serge Joseph Francois, Jr. ’91
T he Kwink Trophy to Michael Greenstone
’91
The Leo Leva M em orial Prize in Biology to
Julia F. Wormser ’91 and Karen Hales ’91
The Linguistic Prizes to Theresa Shay ’91
(psycholinguistics) and Tami Kellogg ’91
(theoretical linguistics)
The M cC abe Engineering Award to Janice
Anne Hudgings ’91
The Lois M orrell Poetry Award to Larissa
Heinrich ’92
The A . Edward Newton Library Prize to David
L. Gehrenbeck ’91, first prize; Eli Spevak
’93, second prize; Daniel Doneson ’93, third
prize
The O ak L e a f Award to Jennifer Mary
DeWeerth ’91
The May E. Parry Award to Maricel Santos
’91
The W illiam Plummer Potter Prizes in Fiction:
Jospeh Gangemi ’92, first prize; Meghan
Clancy-Hepburn ’93, second prize;
Domenick Ammirati ’93, third prize;
honorable mentions to Christopher
Castellani ’94, Amber Straus ’94, and Mark
Derenzo ’93
The Judith Polgar Ruchkin Prize Essay to
Martin Krusin-Elbaum ’91 and Jeffrey
Koster Regen ’91
The Frank Solomon, Jr., Student Art Prize to
Lila Fishman ’91, Justine Vionnet ’92, and
John Pagliaro ’93
The H ally Jo Stein M em orial Award for D ance
to Charlotte Rotterdam ’91
The K aren Dvonch Steinmetz ’76 M em orial
Award to Keren Osman ’92 and Alex Heard
’92
The Peter Gram Swing Prize to Roxanna Glass
’91
The Melvin B. Troy Award to Andrea
Nicotera ’92 and James Matheson ’92
The P. Linwood U rban, Jr., Prize in Religion to
Alexander Vishio ’91, Courtney Bender ’91,
and Scott Kugle ’91
275
En ro llm e n t S ta tis tic s
ENROLLMENT OF STUDENTS BY CLASSES 1990-91
MEN
WOMEN
Seniors
162
145
307
Juniors
180
144
324
Sophomores
166
158
324
Freshmen
173
181
354
1309
TOTAL
681
628
Graduate Students
0
0
0
Special Students
8
3
11
683
631
1320
TOTAL
GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS 1990-91
New York ...................... . 173
Pennsylvania ............... . 153
New Jersey .................... . 105
C alifo rn ia ...................... . 102
Maryland ...................... . . 86
Massachusetts ............. . . 66
Connecticut .................. . . 4 7
Florida .......................... . . 37
Illin o is ............................ . . 32
Washington .................. . . 3 1
Ohio ............................... . . 2 9
Delaw are........................ . . 26
V irg in ia.......................... . . 26
North Carolina ........... . . 2 5
District o f Columbia . . . 22
Maine ............................ . . 22
Oregon .......................... . . 1 9
Texas ............................... . . 19
Colorado ...................... . . 18
A rizo n a .......................... . . 16
M innesota...................... . . 16
Missouri ........................ . . 14
Wisconsin .................... . . 13
West V irg in ia............... . . 13
Indiana .......................... . . 11
M ichigan........................ . . 10
Tennessee ...................... . . 10
Io w a ................................. . . . 9
G e o rg ia .......................... . . . 8
New H am pshire........... . . . 8
Vermont ........................ . . . 8
Puerto Rico .................. . . . 6
Rhode Island ............... ...6
276
Utah ........................ ........... 6
Kentucky ............... ........... 5
Louisiana ................ ........... 5
New Mexico ........... ........... 5
South Carolina . . . ........... 5
Alabama .................. ........... 4
A rkan sas.................. ........... 4
Idaho ........................ ........... 4
Montana .................. ........... 4
K an sas...................... ........... 3
Nevada .................... ........... 3
O klahom a............... ........... 3
Wyoming ............... ........... 3
H aw aii...................... ........... 2
Mississippi ............. ........... 2
N ebraska.................. ........... 2
A la s k a ...................... ........... 1
iotal U .S.A.
. . . . . 1247
Canada ....................
T u rk ey ......................
India ........................
France ......................
G r e e c e ......................
Pakistan....................
Sri Lanka ...............
Bangladesh .............
E ngland ....................
Ethiopia ..................
Ghana ......................
H ongkong...............
Japan ........................
K o re a ........................
........... 7
........... 6
...........4
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 3
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
........... 2
Malaysia ......................
Mexico ........................
Singapore ....................
Sweden ........................
Union o f Soviet
Socialist Republics
A u stralia.....................
Bahamas ......................
Belgiu m ........................
B o liv ia ..........................
Bulgaria........................
Chile ............................
Colombia ....................
Cyprus ............... ..
Egypt ............................
Guam ..........................
Guyana ........................
Jamaica ........................
L e s o th o ........................
Luxem bourg...............
N orw ay........................
Peoples Republic
o f China ..................
South A frica ...............
Switzerland..................
Taiw an..........................
United Arab Emirates
....2
....2
....2
....2
....2
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
.... 1
....
....
....
....
....
1
1
1
1
1
Iotal from Abroad . . . . . . 7 3
GRAND TOTAL . . . . 1320
Index
I
V
a
1
j
I
I
I
Absence from examinations, 60
Academic honesty, 60
Administration and staff, 256
ADMISSION PROCEDURE, 18
Application dates, 19
Scholastic Aptitude and Achievement
Tests, 19
School subjects recommended, 18
Advanced Degrees, 62
Advanced Placement, 20
Advanced Standing, 20
Advising, 38
Alumni Association Officers, 237
Alumni Council, 237
Alumni Office, 44
Ancient History and Civilization, 94
Art History, 74
Arts, Studio, 41, 77
Asian Studies, 78
Astronomy, 196
Athletic fields, see map
Athletics, 43, 189
Attachments to Courses, 53
Attendance at Classes, 59
Automobiles, regulations 40
Awards and Distinctions, 273
Awards and Prizes, 64
Bachelor o f Arts Degree, 62
Bachelor o f Science Degree, 62
Bequests, 10
Biology, 80
Black Cultural Center, 36
Black Studies, 85
Board o f Managers, 233
Committees of, 235
Botany, see Biology
Calendar, College, 5
Career Planning and Placement, 38
Center for Social and Policy Studies, 13
Chemistry, 87
! Chinese, 163
CIVIC, 44
Classics, 92
College Entrance Examinations, 19
I College, committees of, 253
: College jobs, 24
Comprehensive Examinations, 48, 62
Computer Science, 97
Computing Center, 12
I
Cooper (William J.) Foundation, 13
I
Cooperation with neighboring institutions, 56
Cornell Library o f Science and Engineering, 10
Corporation, officers of, 233
Courses o f Instruction, 72
Course Program, 50
Creative Arts, 55
Curriculum, 47
Dance, 42, 179
Degree Requirements, 62
Degrees offered, 62
Degrees conferred, 269
Dining Hall, 35
Directed Reading, 53
Directions for Correspondence, 2
Directions for reaching the College, 288
Distinction in Course, 50
Distribution requirements, 48
Divisions and Departments, 254
Dormitories, 35
Drama, 43, 125
Du Pont (Pierre S .) Science Building, 12
Economics, 101
Education, 106
Education Abroad, 56
Emeritus Professors, 240
Endowed Chairs, 15
Endowment, 10
Engineering, 109
English Literature, 116
Enrollment statistics, 276
Equal Opportunity Office, 259
Equal Opportunity Statement, 2
Examination regulations, 60
Exceptions to the four-year program, 52
Exclusion from College, 61
Expenses, 21
External Examination
(Honors) Program, 47, 50
Extra-curricular activities, 41
Faculty advisers, 38, 48, 49
Faculty, committees of, 253
Faculty members, 240
Faculty Regulations, 59
Fees (tuition, residence, etc.) 21, 63
Fellowships, 69
Financial Aid, 22
Fine Arts, see Art History
Foreign students, 277
Formats o f Instruction, 53
Fraternities, 36
French, 164
Friends Historical Library, 11
Friends Meeting, 36
Geographical distribution o f Students, 276
German, 167
German Studies, 128
Gifts, 10
277
In d e x
Grades, 59
Graduate study, 62
Graduation requirements, 62
(see also Distribution requirements)
Greek, 93
Grenoble Program, 56
Handicapped Student Services, 37, 52
Health care, 3 6
Health Sciences Advisory Program, 55
History, 130
Honors Program,
(See External Examination Program)
Honors Examiners, 52, 267
Housing, 35
Insurance, 35
Interdisciplinary work, 54
International Relations, 140
Judicial Bodies, 41
Lang Music Building, 12, 42
Lang Performing Arts Center, 12
Language Laboratory, 13
Latin, 93
Leaves o f Absence, 61
Libraries, 10
Linguistics, 142
Literature Program, 147
Loans to students, 22
Madrid Program, 57
Map o f College grounds, 286
Martin Biological Laboratory, 12
Master’s degrees, 62
Mathematics, 149
McCabe Library, 10
Media, Student, 43
Medieval Studies, 157
Modem Languages and Literatures, 159
Music, 42, 174
Music, performance, 175, 179
Normal Course Load, 53
Observatory, 12, 191
Papazian Hall, 12
Peace and Conflict Studies, 182
Philosophy, 184
Physical Education and Athletics, 189
Physical Education requirements, 61, 189
Physics and Astronomy, 191
Political Science, 198
Practical work, 53
Pre-medical Program, 55
Prizes, 64
278
PROGRAM O F STUDY, 47
Freshmen and Sophomores, 48
Juniors and Seniors, 49
External Examination (Honors) Program, 511
Psychological Services, 37
Psychology, 206
Public Policy, 212
Public Relations, 45
Publications, College, 45
Publications, Student, 43
Registration, 6 0
Religion, 216
Religious life, 8, 36
Requirements for Admission, 18
Requirements for Graduation, 62
(see also Distribution requirements)
Residence, regulations, 35
Russian, 170
Scholarships, 22
Scholastic Aptitude Test, 19
Scott Arboretum, 13
Security Policies and Procedures, 39
Sharpies Dining Hall, 35
Social Affairs Committee, 41
Sociology and Anthropology, 221
Spanish, 171
Special Major, 50
Sproul Observatory, 12, 191
Student Art Association, 41
Student conduct, 40
Student-run courses, 53
Student Council, 41
Student employment, 24
Student Exchange Programs, 56
Study Abroad, 56
Summer school work, 61
Swarthmore College Peace Collection, 11
Swarthmore Foundation, 44
Tarble Social Center, 36
Theatre, Courses in, 125
Transfer, application for, 20
Tuition and other fees, 2 1 ,6 3
Tutorials, 53
Upward Bound, 43
Visiting Examiners, 267
Vocational Advising, 38
Withdrawal and Readmission
for Health Reasons, 37
Women’s Center, 3 6
Women’s Studies, 2 2 8 '
Worth Health Center, 36
|
S w a r th m o r e C o lle g e C a m p u s M a p
hi"1
i„ä
ìV
/TO
Cj$f£
S“
Exp la n a tio n off Bu ildin gs
16 . (
1> P a r r i s h H a ll —Admissions O ffice, administration offices, business offices,
classrooms, and dormitory
2. P a r r i s h A n n e x —Faculty offices, personnel offices
3. S c o t t B u il d in g —R elief map o f campus
4 . T h e E u g e n e M . a n d T h e r e s a L a n g P e r f o r m i n g A r t s C e n t e r —Theatre, dance,
and English
5. L a n g M u s i c B u il d in g — Underhill Music Library and music
6. M a r t i n B i o l o g i c a l L a b o r a t o r y a n d A n im a l L a b o r a t o r y —Biology, language
laboratory, and Kirby Lecture Hall
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
286
C o r n e l l S c i e n c e L ib r a r y
D u P o n t S c i e n c e B u il d in g —Chemistry,
mathematics, physics, and astronomy
history and studio art, and Computing Center
H i c k s H a ll —Engineering
T r o t t e r H a ll —Social sciences and Center for Social and Policy Studies
P e a r s o n A r t s C e n t e r —Education, religion, and faculty offices
P a p a z ia n H a ll —Linguistics, philosophy, psychology, and engineering laboratories^^
B e a r d s le y H a ll —A r t
F r ie n d s M e e t in g H o u s e
W h ittie r H o u se
ng
|§il H
\V
JHSITOBPARKING
* «
« T ;
W
Mi
ii
4&I
3ft
O -*
Pssfc
oy"
M i
V
fy
\M
M*
(» ï«
Isa
OELLMUTH/RATH SUPPOR]j F A ^ lIT
V
u$>
©
V
“ ¿l ae
m
§©
v X
w -#
TO
i*| |
»cV
IS
&
3\ y\
16. C u n n in g h a m H o u s e —
Scott Arboretum Offices and
The Shane Teaching Garden
I
1 7 . W is te r G re e n h o u s e
118.
M c C a b e L ib r a r y
8 9 . O ld T a r b le
20. W o r t h H e a lt h C e n t e r
|21. B e n ia m in W e s t H o u s e —
Birthplace o f Benjamin
West (designated a
national historical
landmark)—Visitor information,
security, and communications
B o n d M e m o r ia l a n d
L o d g e s —Dormitory space
and meeting rooms
R o b in s o n H o u s e —Black
Cultural Center
A sh to n G u e s t H o u se
T e n n is C o u r t s
26.
27.
28.
29.
C u n n in g h a m F ie ld s
30.
31.
32.
33.
T a r b le P a v ilio n —
D. W ille t s D o rm ito r y
W a r e S w im m in g P o o l
E . W o rth D o rm ito r y
34.
35.
36.
37.
C l o t h i e r F ie ld s
1 . P a r r is h H a ll
B arn
A . D a n a D o rm ito r y
L a m b 'M i l l e r F ie ld H o u s e —
B.
C.
Physical education
Physical education
H a llo w e ll D o r m i t o r y
W h a r t o n H a ll
S q u a sh C o u rts
F.
M e r tz H a ll
Maintenance, grounds, and
environmental services
6.
P a lm e r H a ll
S e r v i c e B u ild in g —
H e a t in g P la n t
F ra te rn ity an d S o c ia l L o d g e s
S h a r p i e s D in in g H a ll
T a r b le S o c i a l C e n t e r in C l o t h i e r M e m o r ia l—
Snack bar, student offices, bookstore
38. S p r o u l O b s e r v a t o r y — A stro n o m y and.computer
science
39.
D o r m it o r i e s a n d R e s id e n c e s
S c o t t O u t d o o r A u d it o r iu m
H . P i tt e n g e r H a ll
I . R o b e r t s H a ll
J . M a r y L y o n B u il d in g
K . W o o lm a n H o u s e
L
P ro fe sso rs' H ou ses
M . E m p lo y e e s ’ H o u se s
N . C o u rtn e y S m ith H o u se —
President’s House
287
D ire c tio n s fo r Reaching
S w a rth m o re College
DRIVING
From the Pennsylvania Turnpike
Take E xit 2 4 (Valley Forge). From the toll booth, travel about 2 miles on 1-76
to the Gulph Mills exit, then follow Route 3 2 0 South approximately 14.5
miles to College Avenue. (Beware: R oute 3 2 0 has unexpected turns along the
way.) Turn right onto College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish Hall. (The
entrance to the Admissions Office is through the archway at the back o f Parrish
Hall.)
Fro m the N e w J e r s e y Turnpike
Take E xit 3 and follow signs to the W alt W hitm an Bridge. After crossing the
Bridge, stay to the right and follow signs for 1-95 South. Pass Philadelphia
International A irport and continue on 1-95 toward Chester, Pa. Exit onto
MacDade Boulevard. Follow signs for MacDade Boulevard East. Turn left at
first light on MacDade (Dunkin’ Donuts is on the corner to the right) onto
Fairview Road. Continue 1.2 miles to Route 3 2 0 N orth (Chester R oad). Turn
right and go one mile to College Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and
follow the road to Parrish Hall.
From the South
Traveling on 1-95 from the south, exit on MacDade Boulevard. Follow signs
for MacDade Boulevard East. Turn left at first light on MacDade (Dunkin’
Donuts is on the corner to the right) onto Fairview Road. Continue 1.2 miles
to R oute 3 2 0 N orth (Chester R oad). Turn right and go one mile to College
Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and follow the road to Parrish Hall.
T R A IN
The College is readily accessible from Philadelphia by train. Am trak trains
from New York and W ashington arrive hourly at Philadelphia’s 3 0 th Street
Station. From 3 0 th Street Station, the SEPTA Media Local (R 3 ) takes 21
minutes to reach the campus.
A IR
A n express train runs from the airport to 3 0 th Street Station where you can
take the SEPTA Media Local (R 3 ) train directly to the Swarthmore campus.
The combined fare is about $ 8 .0 0 , and the trip requires about one hour. Taxi
service is also available. The fare is approximately $ 1 8 .0 0 , and the trip requires
about 3 0 minutes. By car from the airport, fake 1-95 south to MacDade
Boulevard exit, following signs for MacDade Boulevard East. Turn left at the
first light on MacDade (Dunkin’ Donuts is on the co m er to the right) onto
Fairview Road. Continue 1.2 miles to Route 3 2 0 N orth (Chester R oad). Turn
right and go one mile to College Avenue. Turn left onto College Avenue and
follow the road to Parrish Hall.
288
T O | PITTSBUR
DOWNINGTOWN
EXIT 23
Second-Class Postage Paid 1
5 0 0 College Avenue jfl
Swarthmore, PA 19081-1397
ISSN-0888-2126
i
i
Swarthmore College
5 0 0 College Avenue
Swarthmore, PA 19081-1397
215 - 3 2 8 -8 0 0 0
Swarthmore College Catalogue, 1991-1992
A digital archive of the Swarthmore College Annual Catalog.
1991 - 1992
292 pages
reformatted digital